Treasury Board of Canada Secretariat
Symbol of the Government of Canada

ARCHIVED - 2010-2011 DPRs - Horizontal Initiatives

Warning This page has been archived.

Archived Content

Information identified as archived on the Web is for reference, research or recordkeeping purposes. It has not been altered or updated after the date of archiving. Web pages that are archived on the Web are not subject to the Government of Canada Web Standards. As per the Communications Policy of the Government of Canada, you can request alternate formats on the "Contact Us" page.




Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada and Canadian Polar Commission

Horizontal Initiatives

Name of Horizontal Initiative: International Polar Year

Name of Lead Department(s): Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada (formerly INAC) – Northern Affairs Program

Lead Department Program Activity: Healthy Northern Communities

Start Date: April 1, 2006

End Date: March 31, 2012

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date): $150 million over six years

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): To support Canada's participation in International Polar Year (IPY), the Government of Canada has invested $150 million over six years. This funding is being used to carry out an innovative and multidisciplinary Arctic science program. The Government of Canada IPY program is led by AANDC and involves 12 federal departments and agencies, including Environment Canada, Fisheries and Oceans Canada, Health Canada, the Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council (on behalf of Industry Canada), Natural Resources Canada, Canadian Institutes of Health Research, and the Canadian Food Inspection Agency.

Canada's significant involvement and investment in IPY contributes to the government's stewardship of Canada's Northern Region. The Government of Canada IPY program is working with Canadian scientists and Northern communities in developing and conducting activities such as research, training and capacity building.

Key areas of the Government of Canada IPY program include:

  • Undertaking new science and research in and for the North, which includes the involvement of Northern communities
  • Ensuring the health and safety of scientists and communities conducting research in the North
  • Communicating information about the program and the science undertaken
  • Building capacity, through training opportunities for youth and Northerners, aimed at enhancing participation in Northern scientific research
  • Ensuring that the resulting scientific knowledge and data are properly managed, archived and made accessible
  • Supporting the appropriate procedural, regulatory and infrastructure framework for conducting scientific research

Funds are distributed among federal departments and agencies according to their involvement in the various aspects of the program. The Northern IPY coordinators maintain a regional network to support all aspects of Canada's IPY program in four Inuit regions across the North. Federal departments and agencies participating in IPY are undertaking research projects, delivering support for logistics and emergency preparedness and contributing to projects for training, communications and outreach.

Shared Outcome(s):

The IPY program works toward the achievement of two outcomes:

  • Increased understanding of impacts of a changing climate and of health and well-being of Northern communities informs policy and decision making, and contributes to recognition of Canada as an expert on the Canadian North
  • Northern research capacity is enhanced through newly trained scientists, knowledge and skills transfer to Northerners, and greater participation in planning and delivery of research by Northerners

Governance Structure(s):

  • Assistant Deputy Minister (ADM) Committee on IPY/Canadian High Arctic Research Station (CHARS) (chaired by the ADM of Northern Affairs, AANDC)
  • IPY Federal Program Office (housed at AANDC)
  • Directors general communications committees on IPY
  • IPY advisory subcommittees

Performance Highlights:

From a horizontal perspective, 2010-2011 produced a subsequent series of positive results for the Government of Canada Program for International Polar Year (IPY). During the past year, IPY undertook a cultural shift in redirecting resources and initiatives toward lasting legacy pieces. To ensure an optimal return on investment for each project, managers directed their focus on analyzing results, communications, consultation, deriving next steps and accessing and preserving information. Several key activities intended to synthesize the efforts of all stakeholders include the continued engagement of Northerners; the ongoing operation of the Northern Coordination and Licensing Offices; the establishment of data assembly centres; and preparations for the global IPY 2012 “From Knowledge to Action” conference, to be held April 22-27, 2012, in Montréal, Quebec. Each of these essential success components has been undertaken and continues to positively drive toward its scheduled completion and delivery before the conclusion of the Program.

 

Federal
Partners

Federal Partner
Program
Activity

Names of
Programs for
Federal
Partners

Total
Allocation (from start date
to end date)

2010– 2011

Planned Spending

Actual Spending for

Expected
Results for

Results
Achieved

AANDC

Healthy Northern Communities

Government of Canada IPY program

$59,694,657

$13,591,756

$7,653,460

Dissemination to Northern communities of the results and knowledge acquired through IPY science projects

Increased participation of Northerners and Aboriginal people in Arctic science activities

Dissemination to Northern communities of the results and knowledge acquired through IPY science projects

Increased participation of Northerners and Aboriginal people in Arctic science activities

Established legacy initiatives to preserve and maintain accessible forms of IPY data

Health Canada

Sustainable Environmental Health

Environmental Health Surveillance

(Dietary Choice and Health)

 

$158,234

$575

$575

Increased understanding of the gender-specific determinants of food choices

Identification of culturally acceptable strategies to promote healthy dietary choices

Access was found to be a major determinant of food choices among men and women.

A number of culturally acceptable strategies were found, such as community freezers and increased support to local hunters. Final results will be available in March 2012.

Environment Canada

Biodiversity –Wildlife and Habitat

Water Resources

Weather and Environmental Services for Canadians

Government of Canada IPY program

$11,169,875

$568,740

$973,436

Continued research on climate change impacts and adaptation and the health and well-being of Northern communities; the focus for 2010-2011 will be to complete field work and a data analysis, undertake data management, begin to publish results, and conduct outreach.

Science: EC science projects completed their IPY activities in 2010-2011. While some field work was conducted, activities focused on data analysis, publication and outreach, especially in Northern communities. Four of five EC-led projects presented at the Oslo Science Conference, where EC also distributed approx. 1,800 copies of the ‘EC IPY Achievements Report’ funded in 2009-2010.

Logistics:
EC completed work on infrastructure projects at Eureka and Alert. Funding also supported the ongoing operation of infrastructures at the PEARL facility (heating, lighting, etc.).

Fisheries and Oceans Canada

Oceanography and Climate Aquatic Ecosystem Science

Government of Canada IPY program

$31,542,477

$314,530

$314,530

Research conducted on the impacts of climate variability and change on Arctic marine ecosystems under the IPY program; in 2010-2011 the focus will be on publishing scientific results, data management, and continuing the sample and data analysis

Research was conducted on the impacts of climate variability and change on Arctic marine ecosystems under the IPY program; in 2010-2011 the focus was on publishing scientific results, data management, and continuing the sample and data analysis

Natural Resources Canada

 

Adapting to a Changing Climate and Hazard Risk Management

Climate Change Geoscience, Public Safety Geoscience

$3,063,000

 

$147,500

 

$147,500

 

Canada adapts to a changing climate and has the knowledge and tools to manage risks associated with natural hazards and hazards arising from human activities

The program wrapped up its IPY commitments this year, including the development and implementation of seven Northern community adaptation plans that included plans for several coastal communities.

 

Ecosystem Risk Management

Environmental Geoscience Program

Canada understands and mitigates risks to natural resource ecosystems and human health

Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council (NSERC)

Science for Climate Change Impacts and Adaptation

Health and Well-being of Northern Communities

Government of Canada IPY program

$31,290,669

$2,169,680

3,856,079

Funds provided to 37 university-based researchers working on 19 IPY projects in the areas of climate change impacts and adaptation and the health and well-being of Northern communities

Funds were allocated to university-based researchers for projects described in the original application.

Canadian Institutes of Health Research

Strategic Priority Research

Government of Canada IPY program

$9,747,988

$723,136

$958,015

Sustainable, healthy and resilient Northern communities built

Ecosystem and community vulnerability, resilience and adaptive capacity assessed

Research projects that will help identify ways that Northerners’ health is being affected by climate and cultural change and inform adaptation and health promotion strategies for people living in Northern communities were funded.

Canadian Food Inspection Agency

Food Safety and Nutrition Risks

Parasitology

$414,500

$11,250

$11,250

Trichinellosis: Testing of samples and analysis of prevalence data based on recovery of trichinella larvae from muscle tissue

Toxoplasmosis (serology): Indirect enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) for the detection of anti-Toxoplasma gondii antibodies in serum or hemolyzed blood samples: analysis of validation data; wildlife used for food and disease reservoirs

Toxoplasmosis (RT-PCR): Real-time polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR) for the detection of Toxoplasma gondii DNA in tissues and blood (analysis of validation data) and analysis of prevalence data based on the detection of Toxoplasma gondii DNA in tissues or blood samples

A total of 1,547 samples from 614 animals of 18 species were tested. Positive results were obtained from both terrestrial and marine carnivores.

A toxoplasma serological test was developed and game animals and carnivores were tested. Validation work needs to continue.

The qPCR (quantitative polymerase chain reaction) used to detect Toxoplasma DNA was conducted on 342 samples collected from 9 game species. All but two species yielded melting curve results within the range associated with Toxoplasma.

 

Parks Canada Agency

Conserve Heritage Resources

IPY Climate Change Impacts on the Canadian Arctic Tundra

$825,000

$115,000

$115,000

Standard methods developed and applied for conducting terrestrial ecological inventories and ecological integrity monitoring in Ukkusiksalik National Park

Due to logistical issues, we did not work in Ukkusiksalik National Park this year. The funds were used to conduct ecosystem mapping in three national parks and develop applications to climate change vulnerability and adaptation.

 

 

IPY Freshwater Systems

$525,000

$45,000

$45,000

Reconnaissance inventories conducted and ecological integrity monitoring methods developed for Arctic national parks

All expected results were achieved. Freshwater inventories and a set of monitoring methods were developed and are being added for operational use by Northern national parks.

Parks Canada Agency Total

$1,350,000

$160,000 

$160,000

 

 

Public Health Agency of Canada

Public Health Agency of Canada

Government of Canada IPY program

$617,000

$0

$0

No activities planned and, hence, no expected results for 2010-2011

 

Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada

Agriculture and Agri-food

Government of Canada IPY program

$156,400

$0

$0

A scientific paper to be presented at the 19th World Congress of Soil Science in 2010; work on data analysis and compilation will continue. However, no IPY-related budget allocations were made for 2009-2010 and 2010-2011

Not applicable

Canadian Museum of Civilization

Canadian Museum of Civilization

Government of Canada IPY Program

$795,200

$32,000

$144,301

Inuit History: Climatic Change and Historical Connections in Arctic Canada, 1000-1500 A.D.

Helluland Archaeology Project and Beaufort Sea Archaeological Project components:

Analysis and interpretation of archaeological data

Working in cooperation with local communities on the development of outreach products and teaching resources

Training of students and teachers

Workshop for the principal investigators on the four components of the Inuit history project

Presentations for general and scientific audiences

Preparation of publications

Evidence recovered from archaeological research on southern Baffin Island continues to produce indications of a medieval European presence in the area during the centuries around 1000 AD. The analysis of collections from this locality and from other Dorset Palaeo-Eskimo (Tuniit) and early Inuit sites in the eastern Arctic suggests that contact between Indigenous peoples and Europeans occurred through much of the past millennium. (CMC Helluland Archaeology Project).

Archaeological excavation at an early Inuit village at Resolute Bay indicates two—and perhaps three—distinct early occupations of the High Arctic region during the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries. (CMC/McGill High Arctic Thule Project).

Knowledge of human adaptation in the Mackenzie Delta-Beaufort Sea region has been advanced through the compilation and correlation of archaeological data and museum collections with traditional knowledge pertaining to the occupation of Banks Island and the Mackenzie Delta region over the past 700 years. (PWNHC Beaufort Sea Archaeological Research Project).

Paleolimnological analyses of pond sediment cores demonstrate that occupation by both Thule Inuit and Dorset Palaeo-Eskimos (Tuniit) can be tracked through their effects on local pond water eutrophication.

Modern climate warming signals are also noted in the upper levels of the cores. (U of Alberta/Queen’s U. Archaeology Palaeolimnology Project).

Grand Total

$150,000,000

$17,719,167

$14,219,146

 

 

 

Comments on Variances:

Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada: The forecasted budget of $13,591,756 was overstated and the initial allocation for fiscal 2010-2011 was actually $12,329,261. The largest contributing factor to the variance was the result of a denied $3.73 million annual reference level update request. This request was intended to act as a funding source for the IPY 2012 “From Knowledge to Action” conference, which was identified as an international ministerial commitment, scheduled to take place April 22 to 27, 2012, in Montréal, Quebec. After the request was denied, the identified funds were never returned to the IPY budget for reallocation. As part of regular business practices, the AANDC budget was reduced as a result of transfers to OGDs through the supplementary estimates in the amount of $346,300.00.

Contact Information:

Robert Fortin
Director
International Polar Year Federal Program Office
Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada
360 Albert Street, Suite 1010
Ottawa, ON K1A 0H4
Tel.: 613-995-6587
Fax: 613-995-7038
Robert.Fortin@ainc-inac.gc.ca

 

Name of Horizontal Initiative: Urban Aboriginal Strategy

Name of Lead Department(s): Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada (AANDC), Office of the Federal Interlocutor for Métis and Non-Status Indians (OFI)

Lead Department Program Activity: Urban Aboriginal Strategy

Start Date: April 1, 2007

End Date: March 31, 2012

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date): $68.5 million

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The Urban Aboriginal Strategy (UAS) was developed in 1997 to help respond to the needs of Aboriginal people living in key urban centres. Through the UAS, the Government of Canada seeks to partner with other governments, community organizations, Aboriginal people and the private sector to support projects that address local priorities.

In 2007, Canada decided to set national priorities that focus on greater economic participation and made a long-term commitment by investing $68.5 million over five years to help respond effectively to the needs of Aboriginal people living in key urban centres.

Shared Outcome(s):

The primary goal of the UAS is to better address issues facing Aboriginal people living in cities across Canada, working toward the achievement of the following outcomes:

  • Urban Aboriginal socioeconomic needs are targeted within new and renewed federal initiatives, where appropriate.
  • Access to and coordination of programs and services is improved.
  • Partners coordinate the development and communication of research, policies and knowledge.
  • Horizontal linkages and policy integration within the federal government are improved for seeking opportunities for partnership (i.e., the federal government, provincial and municipal governments, Aboriginal groups and the private sector).

To accomplish these outcomes, UAS projects will focus investments in three priority areas: improving life skills; promoting job training, skills and entrepreneurship; and supporting Aboriginal women, children and families.

Governance Structure(s): Steering committees are the catalysts for planning, making funding decisions and coordinating work through the UAS—along with other community activities—to respond to urban Aboriginal issues. Each UAS steering committee is composed of a cross-section of the Aboriginal community to ensure that the steering committee's decisions reflect broad community concerns and priorities. While the steering committee structure is meant to be reflective of local circumstances, each steering committee includes representation from the local Aboriginal community, the federal government, other levels of government and the private sector. The inclusive nature of the steering committees is indicative of the principle of partnership that underlies the UAS, particularly in keeping with the objective to establish strong and active partnerships between government and the community.

In some of the designated cities under the UAS, federal funding is administered through an incorporated community organization that has been delegated authority for delivering UAS projects on behalf of the various partners. Regardless of whether funding is delivered by a community organization, by federal officials or by a combination of the two, funding through the UAS is designed to promote cooperation with other key partners (including other federal departments) and stakeholders in support of community interests.

Performance Highlights: The OFI’s partnership work has resulted in strengthened community capacity, legitimacy, and decision making and funding of over 144 community-based projects (34 included other federal partners) to improve life skills; promote job training, skills and entrepreneurship; and support Aboriginal women, children and families. Examples of this include work on the AANDC Active Measures Initiative; joint funding with Public Safety on an anti-gang strategy that helps young men and women exit the gang life; and also joint funding with Canadian Heritage, through Cultural Connections Canada, on six initiatives that focused on leadership training, career development, continued education and cultural programming.

 

Federal
Partners

Federal Partner
Program
Activity

Names of
Programs for
Federal
Partners

Total
Allocation (from start date
to end date)
($ millions)

2010– 2011 ($ millions)

Planned Spending

Actual Spending for

Expected
Results for

Results
Achieved

AANDC – Office of the Federal Interlocutor for Métis and Non-Status Indians

5.1 Urban Aboriginal Strategy

Urban Aboriginal Strategy

$68.5

$13.5*

$2.72**

UAS projects will focus investments in three priority areas: improving life skills; promoting job training, skills and entrepreneurship; and supporting Aboriginal women, children and families.

To address the issues facing Aboriginal people living in cities, the OFI partnered with 3 other federal partners on 34 separate projects in the areas of life skills; job training, skills and entrepreneurship; and supporting Aboriginal women, children and families to increase urban Aboriginal people’s economic participation and empower them to make important life choices.

Human Resources and Skills Development Canada/ Service Canada

 

Youth Employment Strategy

 

Unknown

$0.153

 

The UAS and the Youth Employment Strategy carried out four joint initiatives that resulted in the following benefits:

  • The Music, Arts and Culture program served as a culturally inclusive learning environment for over 3,000 Aboriginal youth.
  • 80 Aboriginal students were retained in the Edmonton school system due to an attendance circle initiative.
  • 3,551 Aboriginal citizens who were relocating and/or living in Winnipeg were provided with transitional services and programs, and an Aboriginal Service Provider Forum was hosted.
  • More than 50 high-risk youth participated in hands-on training in basic carpentry and minor building renovation.

 

 

Youth Employment Strategy – Skills Link

 

Unknown

$0.520

 

The UAS and the Youth Employment Strategy – Skills Link carried out three joint initiatives that resulted in the following benefits:

  • Life skills and leadership training was offered to 21 Aboriginal youth in Richmond, BC, which helped develop their self-esteem, cultural awareness and interpersonal skills.
  • 37 youth completed the 12-week group-based employment skills and career management training to assist them in preparing for, obtaining and maintaining employment or further education, with an additional 15 taking part in work placements.
  • Additional information will be available once the final report from the recipient is received in mid-June.

 

 

Canada Summer Jobs

 

Unknown

$0.010

 

The UAS and Canada Summer Jobs carried out two joint initiatives that resulted in the following benefits:

  • 900 people participated in cultural events, 1 employment development service was created, 10 partnerships were developed to improve the delivery of programs and services, 20 people successfully completed training in various capacity-development areas.
  • Provided legal assistance in a variety of areas (e.g., tenancy issues, maintenance support, income support) to 365 low-income clients in the community of Saskatoon. They also provided 1,505 referral services for individuals seeking legal assistance.

 

 

Skills and Partnership Fund

 

Unknown

$0.151

 

The UAS and the Skills and Partnership Fund carried out one joint initiative that resulted in the following benefits:

  • Provided 44 participants with customized training designed to increase employment success and retention. As a result of this project, 37 Aboriginal people are employed at TD Bank, Fortis BC and Friendship Catering or are attending either the Vancouver Community College or the BC Institute of Training and Technology.

 

 

New Horizons for Seniors

 

Unknown

$0.025

 

The UAS and New Horizons for Seniors carried out one joint initiative that resulted in the following benefits:

  • Provided a positive, culturally inclusive learning environment to 306 Aboriginal students. Students learned about sustainable growing practices and environmental responsibility and accessed traditional knowledge from local elders.

 

 

Aboriginal Skills Employment and Training Strategy

 

Unknown

$0.129

 

The UAS and the Aboriginal Skills Employment and Training Strategy carried out two joint initiatives that resulted in the following benefits:

  • 25-30 elders attended monthly meetings to learn about the services available in the community, took life skills workshops on financial management and participated in cultural activities.
  • Provided academic upgrading to 14 urban Aboriginal, enabling them to obtain the adult dogwood diploma.

 

 

Homelessness Partnering Strategy

 

Unknown

$0.468

 

The UAS and the Homelessness Partnering Strategy carried out eight joint initiatives that resulted in the following benefits:

  • Provided nutritious meals, support, education and referrals to 500 Aboriginal children and youth from Aboriginal families to help them succeed in their daily school activities.
  • 177 Aboriginal people living with HIV/AIDS and/or HCV and those at risk for HIV and HCV received life skills support designed to enhance their adaptive skills for day-to-day living as well as substance abuse counselling.
  • Provided direct and critical support to the target group of Aboriginal women and children facing homelessness. Out of 586 clients, 196 are single women and 80% of clients are of Aboriginal descent. The housing outcomes include 52% of clients having stayed at "My Aunt's Place" securing stable housing.
  • Offered a unique concept of recovery from drug and alcohol addiction. The organization is part of a self-supported non-profit program that provides a North American network for the 1,500+ existing Oxford Houses. The Oxford House concept is based on a proven self-sustaining model. Approximately 80% of addicts who stay in an Oxford House remain sober.
  • Provided housing services to Aboriginal families in urban centres across Manitoba. Its membership manages 1,580 housing units in Manitoba, including 962 housing units in Winnipeg. The program increases community awareness of Aboriginal social housing issues through strategic collaborations, networking and communication activities and delivers training to enhance organizational capacity.
  • Provided nurturing and caring support, guidance, cultural teachings, life skills lessons and skills training to help Aboriginal women build their personal capacity and promote them into leadership roles within their communities.
  • Counselling and support was provided to 60 individuals who rely on emergency housing to help them take the first steps toward improved life skills, employment activities and more stable housing.
  • Provided holistic treatment services to 20 men to eliminate their violent behaviour, both generally and specifically within the family.

Canadian Heritage

 

Aboriginal Women’s Program element

 

Unknown

$0.067

 

The UAS and the Aboriginal Women's Program element carried out three joint initiatives that resulted in the following benefits:

  • Skills training and cultural support to 26 Aboriginal women who suffered from physical and psychological abuse.-Enhanced knowledge and life skills for 11 Aboriginal women involved in the survival sex trade.
  • Various financial education workshops and knowledge on personal finances, valuable life skills and self-esteem were given to 101 Aboriginal women.

 

 

Cultural Connections for Aboriginal Youth

 

Unknown

$0.531

 

The UAS and Cultural Connections for Aboriginal Youth carried out six joint initiatives that resulted in the following benefits:

  • Life skills and leadership training was offered to 21 Aboriginal youth in Richmond, BC, which helped develop their self-esteem, cultural awareness and interpersonal skills.
  • 22 youth benefitted from increased community participation in cultural activities as well as increased awareness of and participation in community resources.
  • 7 urban Aboriginal youth participants gained access to life skills and career development resources, and explored culture, language and identity through the development of a facilitated workshop.
  • 12 urban Aboriginal youth gained access to professional filmmaking training, life skills training and cultural support.
  • 86 students stayed in school and 102 students participated in cultural events allowing them to be successful in their educational and personal pursuits.
  • Provided cultural and recreational evening programs for 600 urban Aboriginal youth at the Bernice Sayese Centre including sports, life skills training and Aboriginal awareness activities and workshops.

 

 

Canadian Heritage

 

Unknown

$0.067

 

The UAS and Canadian Heritage carried out four joint initiatives that resulted in the following benefits:

 

  • Provided guidance and training to assist 12 elders in becoming mentors for youth. Elders in the program increased their self-confidence, the self-esteem of their youth mentees, and helped youth realize the importance of finishing high school and planning for the future.
  • 900 people participated in cultural events, 1 employment development service was created, 10 partnerships were developed to improve the delivery of programs and services, 20 people successfully completed training in various capacity-development areas.
  • 450 Aboriginal people gained knowledge and enhanced their capacity to address abuse, violence and injury-prevention issues
  • Provided 95 Aboriginal youth with cultural awareness/life skills training in the areas of active living, healthy eating and environmental stewardship. 1,011 participants were engaged in cultural learning/life skills activities including traditional teachings and cultural events promoting healthier lifestyle choices. 2 Aboriginal youth who managed this project received on-the-job skills training and career development training.

Public Safety Canada/Royal Canadian Mounted Police

 

National Crime Prevention Centre

 

Unknown

$0.487

 

The UAS and National Crime Prevention Centre carried out four joint initiatives that resulted in the following benefits:

  • The Music, Arts and Culture program served as a culturally inclusive learning environment for over 3,000 Aboriginal youth.
  • Provided nutritious meals, support, education and referrals to 500 Aboriginal children and youth from Aboriginal families to help them succeed in their day-to-day school activities.
  • Provided intensive gender-specific counselling in all life areas, such as domestic violence, cultural healing, family and relationship counselling and effective gang exit strategies. The project started with 10 women and ended with 6.
  • Provided 36 at-risk Aboriginal youth with certified health and safety training, cultural awareness, practical work experience and employment placements.

 

 

RCMP Foundation

 

Unknown

$0.02

 

The UAS and the RCMP carried out two joint initiatives that resulted in the following benefits:

  • Provided holistic treatment services to 20 men to eliminate their violent behaviour, both generally and specifically within the family.
  • Provided education support to 13 incarcerated Aboriginal youth and adults. This project included workshops on topics such as financial literacy, essential skills, literacy and employment opportunities.

Grand Total

$68.5

Unknown

$5.34

 

 

 

Comments on Variances: The UAS is an opportunity-driven strategy—rather than funding planned projects—designed to maximize federal, provincial, municipal and private investment in its three priority areas: life skills; job training, skills and entrepreneurship; and supporting Aboriginal women, children and families. The primary aim of the UAS is to increase horizontality among federal departments, align programming with provincial and municipal governments and bring in other funding partners to maximize investments and increase the impact of that investment in urban Aboriginal communities.

* In 2010-2011, the UAS was allocated $13.5 M for its entire 2010-2011 budget. Not all UAS planned spending, however, went to horizontal federal initiatives because of the opportunistic nature of the UAS. The UAS spent $1.94 M in contributions and $0.777 M on O&M on the 34 horizontal projects that it undertook with other federal departments, which contributed an additional $2.63 M to the projects. The remaining amount of UAS funding was used for other projects that had provincial, municipal, Aboriginal, private and philanthropic funding partners. Total UAS investments ($10 M in contributions and $4.03 M in operating funds) in 2010-2011 amounted to $14.03 M.

Results Achieved by Non-Federal Partners (if applicable): The UAS has proven effective in leveraging both monetary and in-kind contributions from a variety of funding partners. In the 34 UAS projects that had other federal funding partners in 2010-2011, the UAS also obtained additional contributions from provincial and municipal government partners, the private sector and Aboriginal organizations amounting to $4.1 M.

Contact Information:

Allan MacDonald
Director General
Office of the Federal Interlocutor for Métis and Non-Status Indians
66 Slater Street
Ottawa, ON K1A 0H4
Telephone: 613-992-8186

 

 

Name of Horizontal Initiative: First Nations Water and Wastewater Action Plan

Name of Lead Department(s): Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada (AANDC)

Lead Department Program Activity: Community Infrastructure

Start Date: April 1, 2008

End Date: March 31, 2012

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date): $735,639,806 for 2008-2009 and 2009-2010. Of this amount, $202,500,000 in each of 2008–-2009 and 2009-2010 were funded from existing reference levels. New funds in the amount of $165,318,143 in 2008-2009 and $165,321,663 in 2009-2010, including employee benefit plans and Public Works and Government Services Canada accommodation requirements, were sourced from the fiscal framework, as confirmed in Budget 2008.

The program was extended for an additional two years, with funding confirmed as part of Budget 2010. This will provide an additional $845,547,800 in investments into water and wastewater infrastructure over the two additional years, including funds from existing reference levels.

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The primarye objective of the First Nations Water and Wastewater Action Plan (FNWWAP) is to support First Nation communities on reserves in bringing their drinking water and wastewater services to a level and quality of service comparable to those enjoyed by Canadians living in communities of similar size and location. There are five key activity areas in the FNWWAP: infrastructure investments; operations and maintenance; training; monitoring and awareness; and standards.

To meet the objectives of the FNWWAP, several program enhancements have been introduced, including a national engineering assessment of existing water and wastewater facilities; consultations on a new federal legislative framework for safe drinking water; increased training through the Circuit Rider Training Program; the modification of existing policies related to small water and septic systems and agreements for water and wastewater services; investment in a national wastewater program; and the development of waterborne illness procedures.

The FNWWAP was implemented as part of government commitments announced in Budget 2008, Budget 2010 and the 2007 Speech from the Throne to support First Nations' access to safe drinking water. It supports the continued commitment to promote access to clean water in Aboriginal communities announced in the 2011 Speech from the Throne.

The FNWWAP supports AANDC’s strategic outcome, The Land and The Economy: First Nations and Inuit benefit from their lands, resources and environment on a sustainable basis. The FNWWAP also supports the Health Canada (HC) strategic outcome of the department's First Nations and Inuit Health Programming and Services: Better health outcomes and reduction of health inequalities between First Nations and Inuit and other Canadians.

More information on these websites:

Backgrounder – First Nations Water and Wastewater Action Plan

Budget 2008, Responsible Leadership – Chapter 4: Leadership at Home and Abroad

RPP 2007-2008 Health Canada – Health Canada's Regional Operations: An Overview

Budget 2010 – New Investments in Jobs and Economic Growth – Chapter 3.3: Building on a Strong Economic Foundation

 

Shared Outcome(s): The FNWWAP works toward the achievement of four outcomes:

  • First Nations communities have an increased capacity to address potential water quality problems.
  • Health risks associated with water quality and supply are reduced.
  • All First Nations community water and wastewater facilities meet federal standards.
  • First Nations communities have increased confidence in their drinking water.

Governance Structure(s): The FNWWAP is a successor to the joint First Nations Water Management Strategy (2003-2008) and the AANDC Plan of Action for Drinking Water (2006-2008). A memorandum of understanding has been in place between AANDC and HC since 2005 regarding data sharing related to drinking water. AANDC shares information on the proposed water and wastewater infrastructure investments; the annual inspections of water and wastewater treatment plants; and action related to drinking water advisories. Conversely, HC shares information such as drinking water sample results that do not meet the Guidelines for Canadian Drinking Water Quality and the reasons for recommending drinking water advisories. At the working level, the Strategic Water Management on Reserve Committee, which includes representatives from HC, AANDC, Environment Canada and the Assembly of First Nations, provides a forum for discussion to share information and coordinate joint action, although this is not a formal decision-making body. It also provides integrated and coordinated leadership to ensure safe drinking water for First Nations communities and to implement the FNWWAP.

Directors general and assistant deputy ministers from HC and AANDC meet when needed to exchange and coordinate actions on all relevant issues related to the FNWWAP.

Performance Highlights: The National Assessment—the largest, most in-depth study of on-reserve drinking water and wastewater services in Canadian history—was completed in the spring of 2011. This independent third-party assessment is the most comprehensive and rigorous survey of First Nations water and wastewater systems ever undertaken. This one-time assessment is an unprecedented reference tool that provides Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada and First Nations a detailed account of the current state of water and wastewater systems on reserves. The assessment involved the review of 4,000 systems, including 1,300 communal water and wastewater systems, 800 wells and 1,900 septic fields in 571 First Nations communities across the country. The purpose of the assessment was to determine operational needs and establish long-term infrastructure development strategies and needs for each community on a sustainable basis.

 

Federal
Partners

Federal Partner
Program
Activity

Names of
Programs for
Federal
Partners

Total
Allocation (from start date
to end date)
($ millions)

2010– 2011 ($ millions)

Planned Spending

Actual Spending for

Expected
Results for

Results
Achieved

AANDC

Community Infrastructure

Capital Facilities and Maintenance Program

$671.0 M

$137.4

$127.5

Percentage of First Nations communities with acceptable water and wastewater facility risk ratings (i.e., not high risk): 85% of systems will be either low or medium risk

The completed National Assessment indicated 314 high-risk systems out of 807 studied.

Therefore, 61% came in as low or medium risk.

The increased risk can be mainly attributed to a much more thorough and detailed National Assessment. This will serve to establish a new baseline for measuring progress in the future long-term water strategy.

Health Canada

First Nations and Inuit Health

Drinking Water Safety Program – FNWWAP funding

$54.6

$24.1

$21.8

(A1) Increased capacity of First Nations to monitor drinking water quality

(A1) In 2010-2011, out of a total of 770 community sites, 713 had access to a Community-Based Drinking Water Quality Monitor (CBWM), which represents a 2% increase from last fiscal year.*

* Note: Results exclude Saskatchewan due to delays in the data collection. Once data is received, results will be updated accordingly.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(A3) Increase EHOs to support drinking water quality monitoring

(A3.1) In 2010-2011, 32 out of 40 FNWWAP EHO positions were staffed.*

(A3.2) In 2010-2011, 60% of piped drinking water distribution systems were monitored weekly in First Nations communities, which represents a 7% increase from 2009-2010.*

(A3.3) In 2010-2011, a total of 127,430 water samples were taken and analyzed: 50,905 bacteriological samples were analyzed in accredited laboratories, 72,085 bacteriological samples were analyzed using a portable lab kit, 4,244 samples were analyzed for chemical parameters, and 196 samples were analyzed for radiological parameters.*

* Note: Results exclude Saskatchewan due to delays in the data collection.

Once data is received, results will be updated accordingly

 

 

Drinking Water Safety Program – A-base funding

$10.0

$5.0

$5.0

(B1) Implementation

of early warningdatabase.

(B1) All regions have a water database in place to monitor sample results.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(B2) Investigate waterborne diseases and waterborne outbreaks

(B2) There were no instances where gastrointestinal illness was identified as a possible outbreak of waterborne disease.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(B3) Review of water and wastewater project proposals

(B3) In 2010-2011, 40 water, wastewater and solid waste project proposals were reviewed at HQ from a public health perspective.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(B4) Development of a national wastewater program

(B4) The National Framework for the Environmental Public Health Program in First Nations Communities South of 60° was developed and implemented. This document contains a chapter that outlines the objectives, roles, responsibilities, activities and reporting requirements of Health Canada’s First Nations Environmental Public Health Program with regard to wastewater.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(B5) Development of public awareness and educational materials

(B5) HC has developed and distributed the Procedural Guidelines for Waterborne Disease Events in First Nations Communities South of 60°, an annual success stories newsletter on drinking water and environmental health issues, national door hangers to notify residents that an EHO or CBWM came by to test their drinking water and stickers providing residents with cleaning instructions for bottled-water coolers.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(B6) Development of a recruitment and retention strategy for environmental health officers

(B6) Recruitment and retention strategies are ongoing. These include the implementation of an EHO exchange initiative in collaboration with US Indian Health Services.

Health Canada Total

$64.6

$29.0

$26.8

 

 

Grand Total

$735.6

$166.5

$154.3

 

 

 

Comments on Variances: $10 M was reprofiled to 2011-2012 to address projects that were late starting.

Results Achieved by Non-Federal Partners (if applicable): N/A

Contact Information:

Sébastien Labelle
Director
Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development
Program Design and Regional Partnerships Directorate, Community Infrastructure Branch
Telephone: 819-994-6466
sebastien.labelle@ainc-inac.gc.ca

 

Name of Horizontal Initiative: Indian Residential Schools Settlement Agreement – Health Supports component

Name of Lead Department(s): Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada (AANDC)

Lead Department Program Activity: Managing Individual Affairs

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: September 2003

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: March 31, 2013

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start date to end date): $112,353,000

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The Health Supports component of the Indian Residential Schools Settlement Agreement (IRSSA) ensures that former students of Indian residential schools and their families can safely address a broad spectrum of mental wellness issues related to the disclosure of childhood abuse through all phases of the IRSSA. The Health Supports component of the IRSSA is composed of the Indian Residential Schools Resolution Health Support Program (formerly the Mental Health Support Program) and a 24-hour crisis line.

Health Canada (HC) delivers the Resolution Health Support Program, which allows eligible former Indian residential school students and their families, to access an appropriate level of health support services, through all components of the IRSSA. Program components include emotional support services provided by Resolution Health Support Workers (RHSWs); cultural support services provided by elders; professional counselling; and assistance with the cost of transportation to access counselling, elder, and/or traditional healer services.

AANDC – Resolution and Individual Affairs Sector (RIAS) provides a national 24-hour toll-free Indian residential school crisis line (1-866-925-4419) to support individuals in crisis, which is operated by trained Aboriginal crisis counsellors. AANDC is also responsible for coordinating the verification of program eligibility, and ensuring that Health Canada is aware of dates for independent assessment and alternative dispute resolution processes, and truth and reconciliation and commemorative initiatives, so that health supports can be provided in a seamless fashion.

 

Shared Outcome(s): The IRSSA Health Supports component works toward the achievement of two outcomes:

  • Eligible former students of Indian residential schools and their families have access to an appropriate level of mental wellness support services.
  • Eligible former students of Indian residential schools can safely address a broad spectrum of mental wellness issues related to the disclosure of childhood abuse.

Governance Structure(s): AANDC is responsible for the overall implementation of the IRSSA. AANDC is working in partnership with HC to coordinate and provide services to former Indian residential school students across all components of the IRSSA.

Planning Highlights:

The Health Supports component will:

  • Continue to deliver professional, paraprofessional and cultural supports to former Indian residential school students and their families through the Resolution Health Support Program (RHSP), as required under the IRSSA;
  • Provide former Indian residential school students and their families with access to a 24-hour national crisis line;
  • Undertake communication activities to ensure that the health supports program is well known; and
  • Strengthen research, knowledge and training initiatives to ensure that health supports are well-suited to meet the needs of Indian residential school claimants, their families and communities.

 

Federal
Partners

Federal Partner
Program
Activity

Names of
Programs for
Federal
Partners

Total
Allocation (from start date
to end date)
($ millions)

2010– 2011 ($ millions)

Planned Spending

Actual Spending for

Expected
Results for

Results
Achieved

Health Canada

First Nations and Inuit Health Programming and Services

Indian Residential Schools Resolution Health Support Program

$112.4

$14.8

$53.8

Demand-driven health supports are provided to former IRS students and their families throughout all phases of the IRSSA.

Provided over 4,000 health support interactions at the Truth and Reconciliation Commission (TRC) first national event in Winnipeg, June 2010.

At Independent Assessment Process (IAP) hearings, provided support to all those who requested it (100%).

Provided health support services to former Indian Residential Schools (IRS) students and their families at community events, during TRC statement gatherings and during the TRC’s Northern tour.

Total

$112.4

$14.8

$53.8

 

 

 

Comments on Variances: Actual spending was higher than planned spending as a result of securing the Budget 2010 funding ($65.9 M over two years for the Resolution Health Support Program). This funding permitted the program to meet the increased number of IAP hearings and allowed for the commencement of the Truth and Reconciliation events.

 

Contact Information:

Health Canada
Andrea Challis
Manager, Indian Residential Schools Resolution Health Support Program
Mental Health and Addictions Division
Community Programs Directorate
First Nations and Inuit Health Branch, Health Canada
Tel.: (613) 952-1377
andrea.challis@hc-sc.gc.ca

 

Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada
Alia Butt
Director
Policy and Strategic Planning
Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada
Tel.: 613-996-2603
alia.butt@ainc-inac.gc.ca

Top of Page

Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada

Horizontal Initiatives




Name of Horizontal Initiative: Agricultural Regulatory Action Plan of Growing Forward

Name of Lead Department: Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada (AAFC)

Lead Department Program Activity: Regulatory Efficiency Facilitation

Start Date: April 1, 2008

End Date: March 31, 2013

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date): $94.9 million over five years

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

This initiative targets four specific regulatory issues that were identified by agri-food stakeholders, namely: 1) minor use pesticides and pesticide risk reduction; 2) veterinary drugs; 3) health claims, novel foods, and ingredients; and 4) food fortification. The Agricultural Regulatory Action Plan supports the general principles of the Government of Canada's Cabinet Directive on Streamlining Regulation. The Plan specifically addresses the development of regulatory frameworks based on the accumulation of sound science, as well as advancing the transparency, timeliness, responsiveness, efficiency, public interest, and government collaboration to minimize regulatory burden for stakeholders.

Shared Outcomes:

Addressing key regulatory obstacles to promoting a competitive and innovative sector, while protecting and advancing the public interest

Governance Structure:

Memoranda of Understanding (MOUs) between AAFC and Health Canada set out the roles and responsibilities for the management of this initiative. The Deputy Ministers of the two departments oversee the governance process that includes the following levels of management in accordance with the MOUs:

  • An Assistant Deputy Ministers' (ADM) Committee oversees the management of the MOUs and reports back to the Deputy Ministers.
  • Joint Management Committees (JMC), composed of directors general or equivalent level representatives, have been established to manage the implementation of the MOUs and report semi-annually to the ADM Committee.

Performance Highlights:

The plan continued to foster government collaboration while supporting the development, implementation and enhancement of regulatory frameworks to address issues identified by stakeholders. In the area of minor use pesticides and pesticide risk reduction, project prioritization and expedited regulatory reviews increased the number of approved minor use pesticides. Enhanced guidance to stakeholders and the improved uptake of joint review opportunities increased the number of veterinary drugs available for food-producing animals in Canada. In the area of health claims, novel foods, and ingredients, key matters of food regulatory modernization were identified to accompany food industry innovation efforts and scientific substantiation of health claims. Finally, policy options continued to be explored, informed by nutrition-related data in the area of food fortification.

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) ($ millions) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Due to rounding, figures may not add up to the totals shown.
AAFC Regulatory Efficiency Facilitation Minor Use Pesticides and Pesticide Risk Reduction 36.2 9.1 8.5 Increased minor-use pesticides and reduced risk pest management tools permissible or available for use Data and information were generated for 80 minor-use pesticides submissions and 20 new reduced risk tools, resulting in increased pesticide risk reduction tools, practices and technologies available to growers.
Health Claims, Novel Foods, and Ingredients 16.1 3.6 3.4 Enhanced sector ability to navigate the food regulatory system, which should lead to improved sector understanding of regulatory processes/requirements Sector analysis-based input led to several regulatory policy updates and advice including scientific, provided to industry and sector groups resulted in two health claims and two novel food submissions meeting regulatory requirements.
Health Canada Pesticide Regulation Minor Use Pesticides and Pesticide Risk Reduction 16.0 4.0 4.0 New minor uses of pesticides available to growers through a dedicated minor use review process Developed a new approach to streamline the regulatory submission process, and registered 135 new pesticide minor uses. Six transition strategies were developed.
Health Products Veterinary Drugs 5.0 1.2 1.2 Reduction in review times for veterinary drug submissions and increased availability of drugs for food-producing animals Completed the first Minor Use Minor Species submission. Eliminated the backlog of submissions and reduced the review time of new drugs.
Food and Nutrition Health Claims, Novel Foods, and Ingredients 17.4 3.5 3.5 Modernized and efficient policy and regulatory approaches and pre-market processes leading to new, innovative and safe food products and claims, focusing on health benefits Drafted amendments to modernize the Food and Drugs Act. Completed 14 regulatory amendments and 12 Interim Marketing Authorizations, published summaries of assessment for two new health claims, and classified 600 products at the food/natural health product interface.
Food Fortification 4.3 1.2 1.2 Increased staff capacity to deliver Temporary Market Authorisation Letters, while continuing to explore policy options for the voluntary addition of vitamins and mineral nutrients to foods.
Total 94.9 22.5 21.8    

Comments on Variances: Not applicable

Results Achieved by Non-Federal Partners: Not applicable

Contact information:

Lynn Stewart, Director
Food Regulatory Issues Division
Sector Development and Analysis Directorate
Market and Industry Services Branch
Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada
Room 242, Floor 2, Tower 5
1341 Baseline Road
Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0C5
613-773-0153
lynn.stewart@agr.gc.ca

Note:

AAFC's Growing Forward is the five-year policy framework that replaced the Agricultural Policy Framework as of the 2008–09 fiscal year. Planned spending figures are consistent with the 2010–11 RPP. They represent the amounts included in Main Estimates. They do not include any additional amounts that may have been brought into the Department's reference levels during 2010–11, due to the timing of the 2010–11 RPP. Total Federal Funding Allocation reflects all currently approved TB Submissions and reallocations. Total allocation, planned spending and actual spending are net of indirect costs.



Name of Horizontal Initiative: Agricultural Flexibility Fund

Name of Lead Department: Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada (AAFC)

Lead Department Program Activity:

The Agricultural Flexibility Fund contributes to several program activities within AAFC: Environmental Knowledge, Technology, Information and Measurement; On-Farm Action; Food Safety and Biosecurity Risk Management Systems; Trade and Market Development; Science, Innovation and Adoption; and Agri-Business Development.

Start Date: July 21, 2009

End Date: March 31, 2014

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date):

$412.2 million (of which $140.6 million is funding through Canada’s Economic Action Plan)

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

The Agricultural Flexibility Fund (AgriFlexibility) is a five-year fund (2009–2014) that helps implement new initiatives, both federally and in partnership with provinces, territories and industry. AgriFlexibility’s goal is to improve the sector's competitiveness and help the sector adapt to pressures through non-business risk-management measures that will reduce costs of production, improve environmental sustainability, promote innovation, and respond to market challenges. AgriFlexibility initiatives can be implemented federally (Federal Initiatives), in partnership with provinces and territories (Cost-Shared Federal-Provincial/Territorial Initiatives) or by the industry (Industry-led initiatives).

Funding for industry-led initiatives is provided through a contribution agreement while funding for federal-provincial cost-shared initiative is provided through a bilateral agreement. This Horizontal Initiative is part of the Canada's Economic Action Plan.

Three federal initiatives under AgriFlexibility have been announced and implemented. They are: Livestock Auction Traceability Initiative (LATI); AgriProcessing Initiative (API); and Canada Brand Advocacy Initiative (CBAI).

Shared Outcomes:

  • Producers/partners/industry to improve their environmental practices
  • Producers/partners/industry to reduce their costs of production
  • Improved food safety, biosecurity, traceability, and risk management measures
  • Increase in value-chain efforts focussed on innovation and adaptation
  • Agri-industry implement actions to respond to market threats and take advantage of emerging market opportunities

Governance Structure:

The following is a description of the internal governance for approval/rejection of AgriFlexibility proposals:

  • AgriFlexibility is administered within the Agriculture Transformation Programs Directorate. Once AgriFlexibility proposals have been assessed, they are presented to the Directors General Innovation (DGI) Committee which is comprised of Directors General from across the Department and is co-chaired by: the Director General of Agriculture Transformation Programs Directorate, Farm Financial Programs Branch, and the Director General, Innovation Directorate, Research Branch. This Committee reviews proposals, verifies program eligibility, provides expert advice; makes a recommendation to one of the Assistant Deputy Minister (ADM) boards: the Policy, Programs and Results Board (PPRB) or Horizontal Management Board (HMB). The DGI Committee also reviews the financial status and status reports of AgriFlexibility on a regular basis.
  • PPRB and HMB are comprised of ADMs from across the Department. Since these two boards have very similar membership and meet on alternate weeks, either one or the other is used to review AgriFlexibility proposals and make funding recommendations, in order to make decisions on proposals in a timely manner.
  • Final approval of proposals is granted by the Minister, with a recommendation from the Deputy Minister.

Performance Highlights:

A lesson learned from AgriFlexibility is that providing industry, provinces and territories the ability to develop proposals to address specific needs enables industry to take action and a leading role in addressing specific issues of relevance to them. As of March 31, 2011 a total of 36 projects/initiatives from provinces, territories and industry have been approved for a total value of about $149.4 million in funding under the AgriFlexibility.

As most AgriFlexibility projects/initiatives are taking place over several years, and results are known at the end of activities, it is a challenge to report on an annual basis on the achievement of targets. Provinces and territories are to provide an annual report in the fall on the progress of their initiatives.

It should also be noted that provinces and territories are allowed to change their targets annually under their bilateral agreements.

Federal Partners Federal
Partner
Program
Activity
Names of
Programs
for Federal
Partners
Total
Allocation
(from start
to end date)
($ millions)
2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
*As most AgriFlexibility projects are taking place over several years, it is not possible to report annually on the achievement of specific targets. It should also be noted that targets may change, as provinces and territories are allowed to change their targets annually under their contribution agreements. A total of 36 projects from provinces, territories and industry have been approved for a total value of about $149.4 million in funding under AgriFlexibility.
AAFC Various program activities Agricultural Flexibility Fund 412.2 121.4 28.9 Producers and industry improve their environmental practices N/A*
Producers and industry reduce their costs of production N/A*
Improved food safety, biosecurity, traceability and risk management measures N/A*
Total 412.2 121.4 28.9    

For more information on AgriFlexibility visit: http://www.agr.gc.ca/agriflexibility.

Comments on Variances:

As announced in Budget 2010, a total of $42M of 2010-11 planned spending was transferred to the Slaughter Improvement Program (SIP), the Over Thirty Months Payment program (OTMPP) and the Slaughter Waste Improvement Program (SWIP), and is not reflected in the AgriFlexibility actual spending. A portion of the unspend funding is expected to be carried forward into future years.

Results Achieved by Non-Federal Partners:

Overall the same results are to be achieved by provincial and territorial partners.

Contact information:

Linda Parsons, Director General
Agriculture Transformation Programs Directorate
Farm Financial Programs Branch
Room 220, Floor 8, Tower 7
1341 Baseline Road
Ottawa Ontario K1A 0C5
613-773-1900
linda.parsons@agr.gc.ca

Note:

Planned spending figures are consistent with the 2010–11 RPP. They represent the amounts included in Main Estimates. They do not include any additional amounts that may have been allocated to this initiative during 2010–11, due to the timing of the 2010–11 RPP. Total Federal Funding Allocation reflects all currently approved Treasury Board Submissions and reallocations. Total allocation, planned spending and actual spending are net of indirect costs.



Name of Horizontal Initiative: AgriInsurance

Name of Lead Department: Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada (AAFC)

Lead Department Program Activity: Business Risk Management (BRM)

Start Date: April 1, 2008

End Date:

AgriInsurance contributions are statutory and ongoing.

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date):

As the program is statutory and demand-driven, actual spending may vary. Total federal funding allocation is $1,629.4 million over four years (2008–09 to 2011–12).

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

AgriInsurance (formerly known as Production and Crop Insurance) aims to reduce the financial impact on producers of production losses caused by uncontrollable natural perils.

Authorities for the program include Section 4 of the Farm Income Protection Act, as well as Growing Forward: A Federal-Provincial-Territorial Framework Agreement on Agriculture, Agri-Food and Agri-Based Products Policy and the Federal/Provincial AgriInsurance Agreement.

The program links to the departmental strategic outcome of a competitive agriculture, agri-food and agri-based products sector that proactively manages risk and the Government of Canada's outcome of Strong Economic Growth.

For more information, visit the following websites:

Federal AgriInsurance
British Columbia
Alberta
Saskatchewan
Manitoba
Ontario
Quebec
New Brunswick
Nova Scotia
Prince Edward Island
Newfoundland

Shared Outcome:

To mitigate the financial impacts of production losses by providing effective insurance protection

Governance Structure:

AgriInsurance is part of the comprehensive Growing Forward agricultural policy framework developed by federal, provincial and territorial (FPT) Ministers of Agriculture, and falls under the BRM priority.

AgriInsurance is a provincial-territorial program to which the federal government contributes financially under the FPT AgriInsurance Agreement. The program is administered provincially in all provinces. The federal and provincial governments cost-share a portion of the premium costs together with program participants. Governments also fully cost-share the administrative costs of the program (60:40 federal-provincial).

Governance structure includes various national standards outlined in Canada Production Insurance Regulations. Like the other BRM programs, the governance structure for the program consists of working groups and committees, including the FPT AgriInsurance Working Group (AIWG), the FPT BRM Policy Working Group and the FPT Administrators Working Group, as well as the National Program Advisory Committee (NPAC) which includes FPT government officials and industry representatives. These groups examine BRM policy and program issues and, as requested, develop options to be brought forward to senior management, including FPT Assistant Deputy Ministers (ADMs), FPT Deputy Ministers and FPT Ministers.

Performance Highlights:

The value of insured to eligible production for insurance for 2009-10 exceeded the target of 60% with 62.68%. Production losses were mitigated with indemnity payments of $1.116 billion (including $257.3 million for unseeded benefits). The value of insured production amounted to $12.3 billion as 65.6 million of acres were covered.

The value of agricultural products eligible for insurance for 2009–10 compared to the total value of all agricultural products exceeded the target of 85% at 86.95%. This ratio has remained fairly consistent over the last two years.

Federal Partners Federal
Partner
Program
Activity
Names of
Programs
for Federal
Partners
Total
Allocation
(from start
to end date)
($ millions)
2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
AAFC Business Risk Management AgriInsurance 1,629.4
over four years
(2008-09 – 2011-12)
413.6 517.2

The financial impacts of production losses are mitigated by providing effective insurance protection.

 

Indicators:

Value of insured production compared to the total value of all agricultural products eligible for insurance - Target 60 %.

The ratio of insured to eligible production for insurance for 2009-10 exceeds the target of 60% with 62.68%.
Value of agricultural products eligible for insurance compared to the value of all agricultural products - Target 85 %. The ratio exceeded the target of 85% at 86.95% in 2009-10.
Total 1,629.4 413.6 517.2    

Comments on Variances:

Actual spending was higher than planned spending for 2010–11 due to a substantial increase in premiums caused by higher grain prices that are reflected in the insurable values.

Results Achieved by Non-Federal Partners:

Planning and development activities are done jointly with the provinces. Therefore, the expected results are the same, but the achieved results will vary by province.

Contact information:

Danny Foster, Director General
Business Risk Management Program Development
Room 241, Floor 3, Tower 7
1341 Baseline Road
Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0C5
613-773-2100
danny.foster@agr.gc.ca

Note:

Planned spending figures are consistent with the 2010–11 RPP. They represent the amounts included in Main Estimates. They do not include any additional amounts that may have been allocated to this initiative during 2010–11, due to the timing of the 2010–11 RPP. Total Federal Funding Allocation reflects all currently approved Treasury Board Submissions and reallocations. Total allocation, planned spending and actual spending are net of indirect costs.

This program is statutory and demand-driven; therefore, actual spending could vary. See also the related horizontal initiatives on AgriStability, AgriInvest and AgriRecovery.



Name of Horizontal Initiative: AgriInvest

Name of Lead Department: Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada (AAFC)

Lead Department Program Activity: Business Risk Management (BRM)

Start Date:

Agreements were signed with the provinces December 19, 2007, to implement the program for the 2007 program year.

End Date:

AgriInvest grants and contributions are statutory and ongoing.

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date):

As the program is statutory and demand-driven, actual spending may vary. Total federal funding allocation is $843.0 million over five years (2007-08 to 2011-12).

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

AgriInvest allows producers to self-manage, through producer-government savings accounts, the first 15% of their margin losses for a production year and/or make investments to reduce on-farm risks or increase farm revenues. Under the program, annual producer deposits of up to 1.5% of their allowable net sales are matched by government deposits. Government deposits are cost-shared 60:40 by federal, provincial and territorial (FPT) governments. In combination with the AgriStability program, AgriInvest is the successor to the Canadian Agricultural Income Stabilization program. AgriInvest replaces coverage for smaller income declines while AgriStability assists producers in managing larger losses.

AgriInvest provides producers with a secure, accessible, predictable, and bankable source of income assistance to address small drops in farm income and manage on-farm risks.

Authorities for the program include Section 4 of the Farm Income Protection Act, as well as Growing Forward: A Federal-Provincial-Territorial Framework Agreement on Agriculture, Agri-Food and Agri-Based Products Policy and the Federal/Provincial/Territorial Agreement with Respect to AgriStability and AgriInvest.

The program links to the departmental strategic outcome of a competitive agriculture, agri-food and agri-based products sector that proactively manages risk and the Government of Canada's outcome of Strong Economic Growth.

For more information, visit the following websites:

Federal AgriInvest
AgriInvest in Quebec (La Financière agricole du Québec)

Shared Outcome:

To provide producers with flexibility in how they choose to manage and/or mitigate small income losses through the availability of timely and predictable funds

Governance Structure:

The AgriInvest program is part of the comprehensive Growing Forward agricultural policy framework developed by FPT Ministers of Agriculture, and falls under the BRM priority. Program costs, including program payments and administrative costs, are cost shared by the federal government and the provinces and the Yukon Territory on a 60:40 basis, respectively.

As a transitional measure, the deposit requirement was waived for the 2007 program year. Producers were required to make a deposit for the 2008 program year in order to receive matching government funding. The federal government held the AgriInvest accounts for both of these years except in Quebec.

For the 2009 program year, the AgriInvest program continued to be delivered by the federal government in all provinces except Quebec. However, governments worked with financial institutions to set up the infrastructure necessary to establish and hold AgriInvest accounts. Producers were able to make deposits under the AgriInvest program with financial institutions in the summer of 2010 for the 2009 program year. In Quebec, the AgriInvest program is, and will continue to be, delivered provincially by La Financière agricole du Québec.

Like the other BRM programs, the governance structure for the program consists of working groups and committees, including the FPT BRM Policy Working Group and FPT Administrators Working Group, as well as the National Program Advisory Committee (NPAC) which includes FPT government officials and industry representatives. These groups examine BRM policy and program issues and, as requested, develop options to be brought forward to senior management, including FPT Assistant Deputy Ministers (ADMs), FPT Deputy Ministers and FPT Ministers.

Performance Highlights:

About 60% of participants who suffered an income decline and triggered AgriStability payments in the 2008 program year also made withdrawals from their AgriInvest accounts, suggesting that the majority of producers are using the program to manage income declines. The 60% target was met.

The 2010 BRM performance indicator survey indicated that 90% of those who withdrew money from the accounts used it to address income declines, which is far better than the target of 75%.

AAFC has also established the target of 65% for the percentage of producers participating in AgriInvest. Participation in AgriInvest reached over 70% of all Canadian producers in the 2008 program year, which was similar to the first year of the program.

Federal Partners Federal
Partner
Program
Activity
Names of
Programs
for Federal
Partners
Total
Allocation
(from start
to end date)
($ millions)
2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
*As most AgriFlexibility projects are taking place over several years, it is not possible to report annually on the achievement of specific targets. It should also be noted that targets may change, as provinces and territories are allowed to change their targets annually under their contribution agreements. A total of 36 projects from provinces, territories and industry have been approved for a total value of about $149.4 million in funding under AgriFlexibility.
AAFC Business Risk Management AgriInvest 843.0 168.2 208.8

Producers have the flexibility in managing small financial risks.

Producers use program account balances to address income declines or to make investments to reduce on-farm risks or increase farm revenues.

The following results are based on the 2008 program year, the latest year for which processing is complete and data is available.

Indicators:

Percentage of AgriInvest producers receiving AgriStability payments and making withdrawals from their AgriInvest saving accounts – Target: at least 60% of AgriInvest producers

About 60% of participants who triggered AgriStability payments in 2008 also made withdrawals from their AgriInvest accounts.

Percentage of producers indicating that they use their funds to address income declines or make investments to reduce on-farm risks or increase to farm revenues – Target: at least 75% 90% of those who withdrew money from the accounts used it to address income declines.
Total 843.0 168.2 208.8    

Comments on Variances:

AgriInvest is demand-driven, rather than being funded from a set allocation for each fiscal year. Although the administrative costs of the program remain relatively constant, the variance of the year-to-year grant and contribution payments is directly related to both participation and commodity prices, as producer deposits and government contributions are based on a percentage of their income generated from the sale of commodities for a production year.

Results Achieved by Non-Federal Partners:

Coordination of program oversight and delivery with the federal government will ensure that the program is delivered consistently and that program objectives and reporting requirements are met.

Contact information:

Danny Foster, Director General
Business Risk Management Program Development
Room 241, Floor 3, Tower 7
1341 Baseline Road
Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0C5
613-773-2100
danny.foster@agr.gc.ca

Note:

Planned spending figures are consistent with the 2010-11 RPP. They represent the amounts included in Main Estimates. They do not include any additional amounts that may have been allocated to this initiative during 2010-11, due to the timing of the 2010-11 RPP. Total Federal Funding Allocation reflects all currently approved TB Submissions and reallocations. Total allocation, planned spending and actual spending are net of indirect costs.

This program is statutory and demand-driven; therefore, actual spending could vary. See also the related horizontal initiatives on AgriStability, AgriInsurance and AgriRecovery. Total allocation does not include funding for the one-time federal-only 2007 AgriInvest Kickstart program.



Name of Horizontal Initiative: AgriRecovery – Agricultural Disaster Relief Program (ADRP)

Name of Lead Department: Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada (AAFC)

Lead Department Program Activity: Business Risk Management (BRM)

Start Date: December 6, 2007

End Date: March 31, 2012

During the 2010-11 fiscal year, the program authorities were extended until March 31, 2012.

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date):

Total federal funding allocation is $814.1 million over five years (2007–08 to 2011–12 fiscal years).

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

AgriRecovery enables federal, provincial and territorial (FPT) governments to provide timely assistance to help producers quickly re-establish their income stream and contain the long-term impacts after small- to mid-size disasters (e.g. disease, pest and weather). Programs under AgriRecovery are developed on a case-by-case basis after an assessment is completed and it is determined that there is need for assistance beyond existing programs, such as AgriInvest, AgriStability and AgriInsurance.

Under AgriRecovery, the ADRP helps focus the coordination effort, providing a process to fast-track authorities for programs to quickly fund initiatives under AgriRecovery.

Participating provinces and territories cost-share initiatives on a 60:40 FPT basis. For AgriRecovery programming outside the ADRP, funding options are negotiated with the provinces and territories on a case-by-case basis.

Authorities for the program include sub-section 12(5) of the Farm Income Protection Act, as well as various agreements for individual programming developed under AgriRecovery.

The program links to the departmental strategic outcome of a competitive agriculture, agri-food and agri-based products sector that proactively manages risk and the Government of Canada's outcome of Strong Economic Growth.

For more information, visit: http://www.agr.gc.ca/agrirecovery.

Shared Outcome:

To reduce the economic impact of catastrophic natural disasters on producers through timely assistance not otherwise provided by other programs

Governance Structure:

The AgriRecovery framework, including the ADRP, is part of the comprehensive Growing Forward policy framework developed by FPT Ministers of Agriculture, and falls under the Business Risk Management (BRM) priority. Under the ADRP, program costs, including program payments and administrative costs, are expected to be cost-shared by the federal government and the provinces and territories on a 60:40 basis, respectively. For AgriRecovery programming outside the ADRP, funding options are negotiated with the provinces and the territories on a case-by-case basis, however the 60:40 cost share requirement remains in effect.

Like the other BRM programs, the governance structure for the program consists of working groups and committees, including the FPT BRM Policy Working Group and FPT Administrators Working Group, as well as the National Program Advisory Committee (NPAC) which includes FPT government officials and industry representatives. These groups examine BRM policy and program issues and, as requested, develop options to be brought forward to senior management, including FPT Assistant Deputy Ministers (ADMs), FPT Deputy Ministers and FPT Ministers.

Specific to AgriRecovery and the ADRP are FPT Task Teams, which are initiated on a case-by-case basis when requested to assess and analyze a disaster and its impacts and, if needed, develop options for an individual disaster assistance initiative to be brought forward to participating FPT Ministers.

Performance Highlights:

Producers affected by a disaster situation benefit from financial assistance from federal, provincial and territorial governments. Since the inception of AgriRecovery, about 58,000 producers have received payments under various initiatives.

Federal Partners Federal
Partner
Program
Activity
Names of
Programs
for Federal
Partners
Total
Allocation
(from start
to end date)
($ millions)
2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
AAFC Business Risk Management AgriRecovery (including ADRP) 814.1 121.7 256.9 Farm business operations resume operations following a natural disaster Thirteen initiatives were put in place in 2010–11 under the ADRP to help producers deal with disaster events.
Producers affected by a disaster situation benefit from financial assistance The results of the initiatives put in place will be available in the 2011–12 program year.

Indicators:

Percentage of producers who believe that the financial assistance provided under the program played a role in the recovery. Target is 75%

For 2009–10, provinces reported that almost all of the producers who received AgriRecovery assistance indicated it has helped in the recovery of their operations, surpassing the target of 75%.
Percentage of producers still farming one year after the disaster. Target is 70% of producers still farming one year later In the majority of cases, the producers were still in business one year after the disaster payments.
Total 814.1 121.7 256.9    

Comments on Variances:

The increase is as a result of four initiatives that were implemented to respond to wide spread excessive moisture and flooding in the western provinces.

Results Achieved by Non-Federal Partners:

Joint planning and execution (federally and provincially) will be undertaken so that results are consistent.

Contact information:

Danny Foster, Director General
Business Risk Management Program Development
Room 241, Floor 3, Tower 7
1341 Baseline Road
Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0C5
613-773-2100
danny.foster@agr.gc.ca

Note:

Planned spending figures are consistent with the 2010–11 RPP. They represent the amounts included in Main Estimates. They do not include any additional amounts that may have been allocated to this initiative during 2010–11, due to the timing of the 2010–11 RPP. Total Federal Funding Allocation reflects all currently approved Treasury Board Submissions and reallocations. Total allocation, planned spending and actual spending are net of indirect costs.

This program is statutory and demand-driven; therefore, actual spending could vary. See also the related horizontal initiatives on AgriStability, AgriInvest and AgriInsurance.



Name of Horizontal Initiative: AgriStability

Name of Lead Department: Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada (AAFC)

Lead Department Program Activity: Business Risk Management (BRM)

Start Date:

Agreements were signed with the provinces December 19, 2007, to implement the program for the 2007 program year.

End Date:

AgriStability grants and contributions are statutory and ongoing.

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date):

As the program is statutory and demand-driven, actual spending may vary. Total federal funding allocation is $3,141.1 million over five fiscal years (2007–08 to 2011–12).

For the period of 2007–08, funding in the amount of $561.1 million pertains to the Canadian Agriculture Income Stabilization (CAIS) program, which preceded AgriStability.

Included in the total allocation is $14.8 million ($3.0 million for 2009-10 and $11.8 million for 2010–11) for the transfer of delivery from the federal administration of the program to British Columbia and Saskatchewan, which is a Canada Economic Action Plan Initiative.

Description of the Horizontal Initiative:

AgriStability is a margin-based program that provides support when producers experience large farm-income losses that result in drops in their margins (eligible farm income, less eligible farm expenses) for a program year of more than 15% relative to their average margins from previous years (i.e., their reference margins). Thus a payment is triggered under the program when producers' program-year margins drop below 85% of their reference margin. AgriStability also includes coverage for negative margins, as well as mechanisms to advance to participants a portion of their expected payments during the year when significant declines in incomes are expected (interim payments and Targeted Advance Payments). In combination with the AgriInvest program, AgriStability is the successor to the CAIS program. AgriInvest replaces coverage for smaller income declines while AgriStability assists producers in managing larger losses.

Authorities for the program include Section 4 of the Farm Income Protection Act, as well as Growing Forward: A Federal-Provincial-Territorial Framework Agreement on Agriculture, Agri-Food and Agri-Based Products Policy and Federal/Provincial/ Territorial Agreement with Respect to AgriStability and AgriInvest.

The program links to the strategic outcome of a competitive agriculture, agri-food and agri-based products sector that proactively manages risk and the Government of Canada's outcome of Strong Economic Growth.

For more information, visit the following websites:

Federal AgriStability
AgriStability in British Columbia
AgriStability in Alberta (Agriculture Financial Services Corporation (AFSC))
AgriStability in Saskatchewan
AgriStability in Ontario (Agricorp)
AgriStability in Quebec (La Financière agricole du Québec)
AgriStability on Prince Edward Island (PEI Agricultural Insurance Corporation)

Shared Outcome:

To mitigate the short-term impacts of large income losses

Governance Structures:

The AgriStability program is part of the comprehensive Growing Forward agricultural policy framework developed by Federal, Provincial and Territorial (FPT) Ministers of Agriculture, and falls under the BRM priority. Program costs, including program payments and administrative costs, are cost-shared by the federal government and the provinces/territory on a 60:40 basis, respectively.

In British Columbia, Alberta, Saskatchewan, Ontario, Quebec, and Prince Edward Island, the AgriStability program is delivered provincially. The AgriStability program is administered by the federal government in Manitoba, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, Newfoundland and Labrador, and the Yukon Territory.

Like the other BRM programs, the governance structure for the program consists of working groups and committees, including the FPT BRM Policy Working Group and FPT Administrators Working Group, as well as the National Program Advisory Committee (NPAC) which includes FPT government officials and industry representatives. These groups examine BRM policy and program issues and, as requested, develop options to be brought forward to senior management, including FPT Assistant Deputy Ministers (ADMs), Deputy Ministers and Ministers. NPAC provides advice through FPT ADMs.

Performance Highlights:

Participation in the 2008 program year declined largely due to improved farm incomes, particularly in the grains and oilseeds sector. Although participation was below the 75% target, the program continues to play a significant role in the management of risk on Canadian farms with the percentage of market revenues covered by the program being 68%.

For producers receiving AgriStability payments, their current year margins improved from about 24% of their historical average margin to 63% in the 2008 program year, slightly below the target of 65%.

AAFC has established a target of 97% for accuracy of payments for the federal delivery of AgriStability. In 2010-11, the accuracy rate for federal payments for the 2008 program year was 98.3%.

In addition, for timeliness of payments, a target has been set to process 75% of all final applications in a program year within 75 days of receipt. The percentage of applications processed within 75 days by all administrators of the program, although still below the 75% target, improved significantly from 52% in 2007 to 68% in the 2008 program year.

Federal Partners Federal
Partner
Program
Activity
Names of
Programs
for Federal
Partners
Total
Allocation
(from start
to end date)
($ millions)
2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Note: The performance measures reported in the RPP supplementary table have been revised to better target the objectives and outcomes of the AgriStability program.
AAFC Business Risk Management AgriStability 3,141.1
for 2007–08
to 2011–12
657.8 395.9 Short-term impacts of large income losses are reduced The following results are based on the 2008 program year, the latest year, for which processing is complete and data is available.

Indicators:

Participants' farm market revenues compared to total farm market revenues for the industry. Target is 75% of total farm market revenues are covered by the program (see note below).
The percentage of market revenues covered by the program in the 2008 program year was 68%.
Participant's production margin with payments compared to reference margin. Target is that program payments bring producer's margin up to 65% of reference margin (see note below). Program payments, brought producer’s current year margin to 63% of the reference margin in the 2008 program year.
Total 3,141.1 657.8 395.9    

Comments on Variances: Fiscal requirements for the AgriStability program decreased in 2010–11 primarily due to stronger commodity prices and payments from AgriInsurance and AgriRecovery which reduced the funding requirements of the program.

Results Achieved by Non-Federal Partners:

Coordination of program oversight and delivery with the federal government will ensure that the program is delivered consistently and that program objectives and reporting requirements are met.

Contact information:

Danny Foster, Director General
Business Risk Management Program Development
Room 241, Floor 3, Tower 7
1341 Baseline Road
Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0C5
613-773-2100
danny.foster@agr.gc.ca

Note:

Planned spending figures are consistent with the 2010–11 RPP. They represent the amounts included in Main Estimates. They do not include any additional amounts that may have been allocated to this initiative during 2010–11, due to the timing of the 2010–11 RPP. Total Federal Funding Allocation reflects all currently approved Treasury Board Submissions and reallocations. Total allocation, planned spending and actual spending are net of indirect costs.

This program is statutory and demand-driven; therefore, actual spending could vary. See also the related horizontal initiatives on AgriInvest, AgriInsurance and AgriRecovery. Total allocation does not include funding for the one-time, federal-only 2007 AgriInvest Kickstart program.



Name of Horizontal Initiative: Canada's Rural Partnership

Name of Lead Department: Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada (AAFC)

Lead Department Program Activity: Rural and Co-operatives Development

Start Date:

Start date under the Growing Forward Framework: April 1, 2008 (Original start date under Agricultural Policy Framework: April 1, 2003)

End Date: March 31, 2013

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date):

$52.9 million over five years (including in-year transfers)

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

The Canada's Rural Partnership (CRP) leads an integrated, government-wide approach through which the government aims to co-ordinate its economic, social, environmental, and cultural policies towards the goal of economic and social development and renewal of rural Canada.

Shared Outcomes:

  • Collaboration between rural communities and stakeholders to address barriers and challenges to local development
  • Information and tools are used by rural communities and regions to develop local amenities and other assets
  • New economic activities are being implemented in rural Canada

Governance Structures:

The CRP is managed by the Rural and Co-operatives Secretariat. It has instituted mechanisms that contribute to raising awareness and inclusion of rural Canada in federal policies and programs, as well as engaging government and non-government partners to stimulate economic development in rural Canada. This includes:

  • the Rural Development Network, a policy-maker forum involving 28 federal departments and agencies;
  • the National Rural Research Network that brings together research partners from both academia and government to focus on enhancing knowledge about rural issues to better inform policy making;
  • the Community Information Database, a free web-based resource that provides comprehensive and reliable information on economic, social and demographic factors at the community level, to support decision-making and action; and
  • the Community Development Program that offers funding to assist rural and northern regions to obtain information and to access or develop the expertise, tools and processes needed to respond to challenges and opportunities in order to become more competitive and to generate economic activities.

Performance Highlights:

As lead of CRP, AAFC funded 19 rural community initiatives with partners in 2010-11 (bringing the total to 38) that enhance capacity for innovative rural development and develop and transfer knowledge (information, expertise, tools and processes) to rural communities and regions to assist them in responding to barriers to development.

AAFC was involved in 39 partnership initiatives in 2010-11 with government organizations and rural stakeholders to help address barriers to development and capture new economic development opportunities. More specifically, barriers to access to services were identified in over 160 communities in 18 regions. AAFC is engaging with rural stakeholders to address those that would have the most impact on economic development.

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from start to end date) ($ millions) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
AAFC Rural and Co-operatives Development Canada's Rural Partnership 52.9 10.3 11.1 40 Rural communities and regions are using information, tools and processes to develop local natural and cultural amenities and other assets 32 rural communities used new and updated/adapted information and tools to innovate and diversify their economies
Total 52.9 10.3 11.1    

Comments on Variances:

Building on the partnership experience over the last two years, AAFC staff has fostered partnerships and/or participated in networks with the purpose of connecting rural communities to useful and quality information and tools to innovate and diversify their economies. The results, although lower than anticipated, will increase in future years; this is due to the fact that building partnership is a complex process that takes time.

Moreover, fewer projects than planned were funded; actual project funding spent ($1.5 million) was also lower than planned ($3.2 million). Project proponents' difficulty in securing matching contributions and the time necessary to build a project with communities and stakeholders involvement have been significant factors in lower than expected program participation.

Results Achieved by Non-Federal Partners: Not applicable

Contact information:

Michaela Huard
Executive Director
Rural and Co-operatives Secretariat
Room 125, Floor 2, Tower 7
1341 Baseline Road
Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0C5
613-773-2916
michaela.huard@agr.gc.ca

AAFC's Growing Forward is the five-year policy framework that replaced the Agricultural Policy Framework as of 2008-09. Planned spending figures are consistent with the 2010-11 RPP. They represent the amounts included in Main Estimates. They do not include any additional amounts that may have been allocated to this initiative during 2010-11, due to the timing of the 2010-11 RPP. Total Federal Funding Allocation reflects all currently approved Treasury Board Submissions and reallocations. Total allocation, planned spending and actual spending are net of indirect costs.



Name of Horizontal Initiative: Co-operative Development Initiative

Name of Lead Department: Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada (AAFC)

Lead Department Program Activity: Rural and Co-operatives Development

Start Date:

Start date under the Growing Forward Framework: April 1, 2008 (Original start date under Agricultural Policy Framework: April 1, 2003)

End Date: March 31, 2013

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date):

$23.6 million over five years (including in-year transfers)

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

Through the Co-operative Development Initiative, the Rural and Co-operatives Secretariat provides advice on policies and programs affecting co-operatives, and builds partnerships within the federal government and with industry, provinces and other key stakeholders in the implementation of initiatives to support the development of co-operatives. The Secretariat manages a grants and contributions program, which includes:

  • providing advisory services and funding innovative co-op projects, delivered by the co-operative sector; and
  • funding research to build knowledge contributing to co-op development.

Shared Outcomes:

  • Access to services across the country creates an enabling environment for co-operative development and growth
  • More and stronger co-operatives respond to public policy challenges
  • Canadians are better able to utilize the co-operative model to meet their economic and social needs

Governance Structure:

The Co-operatives Secretariat (now integrated into a single Rural and Co-operatives Secretariat) was created as a focal point between Canadian co-operatives and federal departments and agencies. It has instituted mechanisms to raise awareness and inclusion of co-operatives in federal policies and programs. These include dialogue and collaboration with key federal departments as well as with provincial counterparts and the sector.

Performance Highlights:

AAFC continued its partnership with the two national co-op sector organizations in program delivery to provide advisory services and fund innovative co-operative projects across Canada.

As a result of this partnership, an integrated co-op development information and support referral system (utilizing the Internet and a toll-free line) is in place across the country. AAFC has also invested in a partnership with the co-op sector and the academic community towards the elaboration of a knowledge sharing platform that will serve to better link researchers and stakeholders and improve knowledge for co-operatives development.

In 2010–11, the Secretariat began discussions with the Business Development Bank of Canada to develop a financing product to help meet co-operatives’ capitalization and expansion needs. The Secretariat also embarked on a joint research initiative with Industry Canada to study the applicability of various co-op models for business succession in communities that fall under the definition of official language minority communities included in the Federal Roadmap for Canada's Linguistic Duality 2008–2013.

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from start to end date) ($ millions) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
AAFC Rural and Co-operatives Development Co-operatives Development Initiative 23.6 4.7 5.1 25 Innovative co-operative development projects are implemented

82 co-operative innovation projects were approved and implemented

Another 45 projects were approved to be implemented in 2011–12.

Total 23.6 4.7 5.1    

Comments on Variances:

Demand for both advisory services and project funding remains strong. Three calls for proposals were administered in 2010–11. The number of projects approved and implemented is significantly higher than the target. This is explained by the strong demand seen from all parts of the country. Program administrators are also processing proposals that are more focussed and smaller in scope. The median recommended contribution is correspondingly smaller than would normally have been expected were the projects multi-phased and faceted.

Results Achieved by Non-Federal Partners:

Program delivery is through third party and the above-noted expected results and measures are to be achieved by the partners.

Contact information:

Michaela Huard
Executive Director
Rural and Co-operatives Secretariat
Room 125, Floor 2, Tower 7
1341 Baseline Road
Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0C5
613-773-2916
michaela.huard@agr.gc.ca

Note:

AAFC's Growing Forward is the five-year policy framework that replaced the Agricultural Policy Framework as of 2008-09. Planned spending figures are consistent with the 2010-11 RPP. They represent the amounts included in Main Estimates. They do not include any additional amounts that may have been allocated to this initiative during 2010-11, due to the timing of the 2010-11 RPP. Total Federal Funding Allocation reflects all currently approved Treasury Board Submissions and reallocations. Total allocation, planned spending and actual spending are net of indirect costs.



Name of Horizontal Initiative: Growing Forward non-BRM Cost-Shared Programs (formerly known as the Growing Forward Program Initiatives Development)

Name of Lead Department: Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada (AAFC)

Lead Department Program Activity: Food Safety and Biosecurity Risk Management Systems

Start Date: April 1, 2009

End Date: March 31, 2013

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date): $20.8 million over four years

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

A Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) between AAFC and Canadian Food Inspection Agency (CFIA) sets out the general terms, roles and responsibilities for the management and funding of the various components of the Canadian Integrated Food Safety Initiative (CIFSI), funded under AAFC's Growing Forward Framework Agreement. The following initiatives are delivered by CFIA, in collaboration with AAFC:

  1. CFIA System Recognition and Scientific and Technical Support element under the National Food Safety Systems component of the CIFSI:
    The CFIA-led System Recognition will provide government recognition of on-farm and post-farm food safety systems developed by national (or equivalent) industry organizations. CFIA will continue to develop and deliver food safety system recognition programs. Under the Scientific and Technical Support element, CFIA will continue to provide scientific and technical advice to support food safety system development based on Hazard Analysis Critical Control Points (HACCP).

  2. National Biosecurity Standards Development:
    The National Biosecurity Standards Development will allow CFIA to focus on developing nationally consistent plant and animal biosecurity standards. These standards will be developed with industry, commodity organizations and provinces. Once the biosecurity standards are approved by CFIA, they will become the national biosecurity standard for that particular commodity.

  3. Traceability Information Sharing Solution element under the Developing National Traceability Systems component of the CIFSI:
    The Traceability Information Sharing Solution will explore potential solutions for accessing and querying traceability information between industry and government partners in a planned, measured and constructive way. The allocation of funding will be used to develop materials necessary to define and document the high level requirements and initial project planning for the national Traceability Information Sharing Solution, which may lead to preliminary project approval. This initiative will be managed through joint leadership between CFIA and AAFC and coordinated through the Traceability Management Office.

  4. Traceability Management Office Legislative and Regulatory Infrastructure element under the Developing National Traceability Systems component of the CIFSI:
    The Traceability Management Office will be established to collaboratively undertake the work relating to the overall government legislative and regulatory infrastructure necessary to put traceability authorities, agreements and protocols in place. The allocation of funding to CFIA will be used to develop the legislative and regulatory infrastructure for the initiative.

Shared Outcomes:

This initiative contributes to the following strategic outcomes of AAFC:

  • An environmentally sustainable agriculture, agri-food and agri-based products sector
  • A competitive agriculture, agri-food and agri-based products sector that proactively manages risk

Governance Structures:

The overall administration of the MOU for:

  1. AAFC is delegated to:
    Director General - Agriculture Transformation Programs Directorate
    Director General - Sector Policy Directorate
    Director General - Food Value Chain Bureau
    and
  2. CFIA is delegated to:
    Executive Director - Food Safety and Consumer Protection Directorate
    Executive Director - Animal Health Directorate, Programs
    Executive Director - Plant Health and Biosecurity
    Chief Information Officer - CFIA
    Executive Director - Domestic Policy Directorate

Performance Highlights:

To better reflect the CFIA progress towards obtaining final acceptance by Federal-Provincial-Territorial (FPT) governments of the On-Farm and Post-Farm Food Safety Recognition Programs, this memorandum was amended by changing the target dates for acceptance to May 2012 and December 2012 respectively.

The National Farm Level Biosecurity Standard for the Beef Sector has been drafted and is in the final phase of consultation.

The Traceability Information Sharing Solution is proceeding as planned. This is subject to a separate MOU with CFIA, with a complementary, but different governance structure.

The CFIA is in the process of seeking authority to develop a legislative and regulatory framework for traceability.

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from start to end date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Due to rounding, figures may not add up to the totals shown.
AAFC Food Safety and Biosecurity Risk Management Systems CFIA System Recognition and Scientific and Technical Support N/A - funds
transferred to CFIA
N/A - funds
transferred to CFIA
  Work performed
by CFIA
Results reported
by CFIA
National Biosecurity Standards Development N/A - funds
transferred to CFIA
N/A - funds
transferred to CFIA
  Work performed
by CFIA
Results reported
by CFIA
Traceability Information Sharing Solution N/A – funds
transferred to CFIA
N/A – funds
transferred to CFIA
  Planned to be completed by March 31, 2010 Completed March 31, 2010
Traceability Management Office Legislative and Regulatory Infrastructure N/A – funds
transferred to CFIA
N/A – funds
transferred to CFIA
  Work performed
by CFIA
Results reported
by CFIA;
CFIA Food Safety and Nutrition Risks CFIA System Recognition and Scientific and Technical Support 7.3 2.1 1.8 Continuous improvement of the On-Farm Food Safety Recognition Program and the Post-Farm Food Safety Recognition Program

Completed the draft of the on-farm recognition procedures manual for Phase II, implementation and third party audit and Phase III implementation assessment.

The post-farm recognition procedures manual for Phase I – Technical Review nearly completed and Phase II development has started.

Ongoing technical review and assessment of on-farm and post-farm food safety programs for recognition

Technical review of one national producer organization (NPO) was completed. Three reviews currently in process.

Two 18-month reviews conducted. Other reviews suspended until 2011-12.

Scientific and technical support provided as needed to AAFC and AAFC stakeholders Six application reviews conducted as submitted by NPOs under the Growing Forward Food safety development component of AAFC.
Animal Health Risks and Production Systems National Biosecurity Standards Development 9.5 2.0 1.7 Review and approval process adopted The Canadian Swine Health Board has developed a National Farm Level Biosecurity Standard for the swine sector and review of the standard is in process.
Plant Health Risks and Production Systems Environmental scan of current state of biosecurity within a commodity sector

Two new expert groups established for Sheep and Grains and Oilseeds increasing the total to seven.

Benchmark tools and national sampling plans developed for dairy, bees (alfalfa leaf cutting) and in the process of being developed for potato and bees (bubble bee and honey) and sheep.

National biosecurity standard approved None of the agri-commodity specific biosecurity standards have been completed this year. Beef, Dairy and Bees standards are scheduled to be completed by the end of 2011-12.
Production and dissemination of standard Multi-species plant and animal biosecurity planning templates have been finalized to assist the provinces in their design and development of biosecurity implementation programming.
Production and dissemination of educational and training material Communication products have been developed and disseminated for these agri-commodities: Beef, Potato, Bees and Dairy.
Quarterly progress report and annual presentation to FPT Committee of Officials and/or Food Safety Biosecurity and Traceability (FSBT) Programs Working Group Several presentations were made to the FPT FSBT Programs Working Group
Animal Health Risk and Production Systems Traceability Information Sharing Solution 1.1 0.0 N/A Planned to be completed by March 31, 2010 Completed March 31, 2010
Traceability Management Office Legislative and Regulatory Infrastructure 3.0 0.9 0.9 Establish a National Legislative Framework for Traceability

A recommended option for traceability was presented to FPT ministers in July 2010 and CFIA is proceeding forward pursuant to FPT Ministers’ direction.

CFIA is in process of seeking authority to develop a legislative and regulatory framework for traceability.

Ongoing amendment and continuous improvement for a regulatory framework for traceability Health of Animals regulations were amended so all non-electronic cattle tags initially approved were revoked to support movement reporting.
Develop information sharing agreements with Canadian provinces Traceability information sharing negotiations started with British Columbia and still ongoing with Quebec, Manitoba and Ontario.
Develop a policy framework for traceability

CFIA has advanced the policy framework document through internal governance for approval.

Working with AAFC to develop implementation plans for the four priority species (cattle, sheep, hog and poultry) identified in the FPT ministers’ commitment.

Initiate Privacy Impact Assessments (PIA) The results of the PIA for the Canadian Cattle Identification Agency is now in the process of being published on the CFIA web site. Additional PIA with NPOs are being planned.
Total 20.8 5.0 4.4    

Comments on Variances:

Actual spending is $600,000 less then expected because 1) the delay in re-establishing the FPT Food Safety Recognition sub-committee, 2) the delay in a NPO starting the post-farm food safety recognition program, 3) delays in hiring two CFIA staff to conduct 18-month reviews and 4) the extensive time needed for consultation in the development of biosecurity national standards.

Results Achieved by Non-Federal Partners: Not applicable

Contact information:

Linda Parsons, Director General
Agriculture Transformation Programs Directorate
Farm Financial Programs Branch
Room 220, Floor 8, Tower 7
1341 Baseline Road
Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0C5
613-773-1900
linda.parsons@agr.gc.ca

Note:

AAFC’s Growing Forward is the five-year policy framework that replaced the Agricultural Policy Framework as of 2008–09. Planned spending figures are consistent with the 2010–11 RPP. They represent the amounts included in Main Estimates. They do not include any additional amounts that may have been allocated to this initiative during 2010–11, due to the timing of the 2010–11 RPP. Total Federal Funding Allocation reflects all currently approved Treasury Board Submissions and reallocations. Total allocation, planned spending and actual spending are net of indirect costs.


Top of Page

Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency

Horizontal Initiatives




Name of Horizontal Initiative:
Atlantic Canada Tourism Partnership (ACTP)

Name of Lead Department:
Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency (ACOA)

Lead Department Program Activity:
Community Development

Start Date:
April 1, 2009

End Date:
March 31, 2012

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date):
$9,975,000

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):
The ACTP is a nine-member, pan-Atlantic marketing consortium comprising ACOA, the four provincial tourism industry associations, and the provincial departments responsible for tourism in Newfoundland and Labrador, Nova Scotia, New Brunswick and Prince Edward Island. The ACTP is dedicated to promoting Atlantic Canada as a leading vacation destination in key American, European and Pacific markets.

The 2009-12 ACTP is a $19.95-million agreement that supports:

  • fully integrated consumer, trade and media relations marketing strategies based on sound market research, economies of scale and commonality;
  • funding that is incremental to provincial marketing budgets;
  • the preservation of provincial brand equity;
  • marketing activities dictated by the marketplace;
  • clear and responsive measurement systems that benefit all four Atlantic provinces; and
  • end-of-agreement project evaluations.

Additional information can be found on the ACTP website.

A memorandum of understanding for the renewal of the ACTP was signed on April 1, 2009. This initiative directly supports the Agency’s strategic outcome.

Shared Outcomes:
The goal of the ACTP exemplifies the Agency’s priority to increase revenues, profits, investments and wages. It aims to:

  • increase Atlantic Canada’s competitiveness in targeted markets;
  • promote regional co-operation (e.g. federal, provincial, industry);
  • promote incremental marketing activities;
  • achieve economies of scale in marketing;
  • raise awareness of Atlantic Canada as a “top-of-mind” destination; and
  • increase tourism arrivals and tourism revenues for the four Atlantic provinces.

The 2009-12 ACTP is expected to generate $10 in incremental economic activity for every $1 invested in marketing. The three-year revenue target (2009-10 through 2011-12) is $190 million in incremental revenues for small and medium-sized tourism enterprises in Atlantic Canada.

Governance Structure:
The activities of the ACTP are managed by a ten-person management committee, consisting of:

  • the ACOA vice-president responsible for tourism;
  • the ACOA director general of Tourism Atlantic;
  • the four provincial deputy ministers responsible for tourism; and
  • the presidents of the four provincial tourism industry associations (or their permanent designates).

Decisions taken by this management committee require a consensus of members. Six members constitute a quorum, provided all four provinces are represented by both government and industry present, as well as ACOA. A representative of the Canadian Tourism Commission sits as an ex officio member of the management committee.

The management committee is responsible for the administration and management of the agreement, allocation of annual budgets on a per-market basis, approval of the program’s annual work plans and budgets, and evaluations of its activities. It oversees the work of a marketing committee, develops and oversees a communications policy, and provides program interpretation and dispute resolution.

Performance Highlights:
During fiscal year 2010-11, the ACTP generated $45.3 million in export revenues for small and medium-sized tourism enterprises in Atlantic Canada. With a return on investment (ROI) of $10.86 for every $1.00 invested in marketing, the partnership surpassed its ROI target of 10 to 1. The ACTP also generated $2.7 million in media buying efficiencies and leveraged $456,072 from its joint marketing agreement with tour operators based in the United States and the United Kingdom.

Federal Partner Federal Partner Program Activity Name of Program for Federal Partner Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
ACOA Community Development Atlantic Canada Tourism Partnership $9.975 million 3.325 3.591 Export revenues:  55.2 45.3

Comments on Variances:
Spending - The variance in planned spending is due to reduced advertising expenditures of $0.266 million in fiscal year 2009-10 following a cautious approach to the ACTP’s developmental markets in the mid-Atlantic region of the United States. This amount was reallocated to fiscal year 2010-11, increasing ACOA’s investment from $3.325 million to $3.591 million.

Results - The variance of $9.9 million less revenues generated by the ACTP in 2010-11 was the result of reduced advertising expenditures, a weak U.S. economy and the ACTP’s new focus on development markets in the mid-Atlantic region of the United States.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners:
The ACTP enables industry and the four Atlantic provincial governments to pool their resources in order to increase their visibility in priority markets; in most cases, this exposure would not be accessible to them individually. The ACTP facilitates the following: relationship building and a collaborative partnership with the Canadian Tourism Commission; joint marketing partnerships with tour wholesalers/operators; marketing efficiencies (e.g. media buys, media relations); research efficiencies that support marketing strategies and tactics; familiarization tours that provide travel writers and tour operators with first-hand information on (and exposure to) the region’s tourism assets; and support to Atlantic Canada Showcase, a venue that allows small and medium-sized enterprises in the tourism industry to interact with tour wholesalers and tour operators.

Contact information:
Rob McCloskey
Director General, Tourism Atlantic
Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency
P.O. Box 40
Charlottetown, Prince Edward Island
C1A 7K2
Telephone: 902-626-2479
E-mail: Rob.McCloskey@acoa-apeca.gc.ca



Name of Horizontal Initiative:
International Business Development Agreement (IBDA)

Name of Lead Department:
Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency (ACOA)

Lead Department Program Activity:
Enterprise Development (program sub-activity: Trade)

Start Date:
April 1, 2005

End Date:
March 31, 2011

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date):
$8.4 million

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):
In May 1994, ACOA entered into an agreement (Canada–Atlantic Provinces Agreement on International Business Development) with the four Atlantic Provinces, Foreign Affairs and International Trade Canada, and Industry Canada to “undertake specific measures to optimize regional coordination on a pan-Atlantic scale and combine limited resources to coordinate trade-related activities.” 1  With an initial launch in 1994, the agreement was extended in 1997, 2000, 2005 and 2010, for a total investment of $25 million over the course of 17 years. Funding is cost-shared 70-30 between the federal and provincial governments.

In April 2011, ACOA renewed the agreement with its partners for another five years (2011-16) with a budget of $10 million ($7 million ACOA, $3 million provinces). The commitment to this IBDA, with the increased funding allocation, attests to both the agreement’s positive results and its significance for the future of the region’s international business development.

More information can be found on the IBDA website.

Shared Outcomes:
The shared outcomes for the IBDA partners support ACOA’s Trade program sub-activity and are (1) increased number of new exporters, (2) existing exporters reporting sales to new markets, and (3) existing exporters reporting increased sales to existing markets.

Between 2005 and 2010, the Agency and its partners administered over 90 projects. Clients surveyed to date have reported the following results: 23 companies started exporting; 135 exporters increased sales in existing markets; and 107 exporters expanded into new markets.

Governance Structure:
ACOA is the lead organization for this initiative and houses the secretariat responsible for administering the agreement. A management committee comprised of a representative from each of the partners is responsible for the planning and management of the agreement’s strategic elements and the evaluation of projects.

Partners

   Federal government (70% funding)

  • ACOA (lead department)
  • Foreign Affairs and International Trade Canada (non-funding partner)
  • Industry Canada (non-funding partner)

   Provincial governments (30% funding)

  • Business New Brunswick
  • Nova Scotia Business Inc.
  • Newfoundland and Labrador Department of Innovation, Trade and Rural Development
  • Prince Edward Island Department of Innovation and Advanced Learning

Performance Highlights:
During 2010-11, the Agency and its partners approved 16 projects. The coordination of the projects on a pan-Atlantic basis provided an opportunity to streamline the funding and application approach and to simplify the administration of the projects by consolidating all the services in one office and creating a central point of control. A client survey demonstrates that 2 companies began exporting, 28 exporters increased their exporter sales in existing markets, and 26 exporters expanded into new markets.

Federal Partner Federal Partner Program Activity Name of Program for Federal Partner Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
ACOA Enterprise Development International Business Development Agreement $8.4 million 1.4 0.6 New exporters: 8 2
Existing exporters reporting sales to new markets: 20 26
Companies reporting increased sales to existing markets: 30 28

Comments on Variances:
Spending - In addition to not having received the number of proposals projected, claims for eight projects, valued at $400,000, were not paid before April 1, 2011.

Results - Proposals received over the reporting period were mostly from existing exporters rather than non-exporters.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners:
Same as federal partners.

Contact information:
Michel Têtu
Director General, Trade and Investment
Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency
P.O. Box 6051
Moncton, New Brunswick
E1C 9J8
Telephone: 506-851-6496
E-mail: Michel.Tetu@acoa-apeca.gc.ca 

[1] Canada-Atlantic Provinces Agreement on International Business Development (April 1, 2005).

Top of Page

Canadian Food Inspection Agency

Horizontal Initiatives

Table A: Bovine Spongiform Encephalopathy


Name of Horizontal Initiative: Bovine Spongiform Encephalopathy (BSE) Program

Name of Lead Department(s): Canadian Food Inspection Agency (CFIA); Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada (AAFC) (2003-04 to 2007-08)

Lead Department Program Activity: Zoonotic Risks / Internal Services (CFIA only)

Start Date: 2003-04 (enhanced programming)

End Date: Ongoing

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date): $3,601.1M (2003-04 to 2013-14) and $26.6M ongoing

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The BSE program protects human and animal health by conducting surveillance, research and risk assessments regarding BSE and other transmissible spongiform encephalopathies (TSEs) and minimizing the risk of exposure to infected materials; maintains consumer confidence through assessing the effectiveness of the risk mitigation measures and having measures in place to control any potential outbreaks; and supports market access for cattle, beef and related products through promoting and explaining Canada's BSE program to domestic and international stakeholders.

The CFIA verifies that specified risk material (SRM) is being removed from the animal feed chain and the human food chain, monitors products entering and leaving Canada for adherence to Canadian standards or the standards of the importing country, monitors for the prevalence of BSE in the cattle population (through surveillance), verifies that measures to control potential outbreaks are in place and explains Canada's BSE control measures to domestic and international stakeholders (for example, through the veterinarians abroad program) in order to maintain confidence in Canada's BSE program. Health Canada conducts research and risk assessments regarding human exposure to BSE and other TSEs, and the Public Health Agency of Canada (PHAC) carries out surveillance and targeted supporting research in this area as well. AAFC has been involved in supporting, stabilizing and repositioning Canada's beef and cattle industry, including through the provision of compensation payments to stakeholders impacted by BSE in Canada.

 
Year Departments Funding Period Intent of Funds
2003-04 CFIA, AAFC, HC 2003-04 to 2007-08 Measures to secure the future of the Canadian beef industry
2003-04 CFIA 2003-04 to 2007-08 The removal of SRM from the food chain and re-entering export markets (referred to as the Enhanced BSE Initiative)
2004-05 CFIA 2004-05 to 2008-09 Reposition the Canadian beef and cattle industry to operate on a profitable and sustainable basis
2004-05 CFIA 2004-05 to 2008-09 Strengthen animal feed restrictions
2005-06 CFIA 2005-06 to 2008-09 Additional measures to address critical pressures facing the ruminant industry
2006-07 CFIA 2006-07 Continue the work the Agency was undertaking for the enhanced feed ban
2007-08 CFIA On-going Implement the enhanced feed ban restrictions
2008-09 CFIA 2008-09 Extend sunsetting elements of the enhanced BSE initiative
2009-10 CFIA, PHAC, HC 2009-10 to 2013-14 Continue work on the core BSE activities

Shared Outcome(s): Contributing to the protection of human and animal health, which supports domestic and international market access for Canadian cattle, beef and beef products.

Governance Structure(s): The CFIA is the federal lead for the delivery of the BSE Program. In 2008, a summative evaluation of the CFIA's BSE program was conducted, which noted that the governance of the program should be strengthened to enhance coordination and communication regarding BSE-related activities, both internally and with other partner organizations. The CFIA accepted this recommendation and agreed to develop options for an improved governance model to facilitate horizontal dialogue that is consistent with governance models for related horizontal initiatives. In 2010, the CFIA launched a new committee structure to bring the Agency's overall approach to governance more in line with evolving business needs. The new governance structure focuses on the importance of sharing information internally and ensures a more efficient and streamlined senior-level committee structure. It is expected that the renewed structure will foster a whole-of-Agency approach to decision-making and will support day-to-day operations across the Agency. To ensure business line perspectives are integrated into decision-making, the three senior executive-level committees are supported by four committees: Animal Health, Plant, Food and Horizontal Management.

Performance Highlights: In 2010-11, the Government continued to work on core BSE activities that contribute to the protection of human and animal health.

($ Millions)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Canadian Food Inspection Agency

Zoonotic Risks

Internal Services

SRM Removal from the Human Food Chain 91.5 (2003-04 to 2013-14) 9.5 7.0 Safe food. Continue the enforcement and verification of SRM removal by CFIA inspection staff.

Federally inspected boning establishments and slaughter establishments continue to be verified on-site and record reviews are performed by CFIA inspection staff to ensure that:

Operators are following their written HACCP System related to the removal and control of Specified Risk Material (SRM).

Effectiveness of Operator's written HACCP system to meet regulatory requirements related to the removal and control of SRM in boning establishments.

In the 2010-11 fiscal year, a compliance rate of 99.76% has been achieved in 5,023 tasks delivered on the enforcement and verification of SRM removal.

Provincially inspected slaughter establishments continue to be verified on-site and record reviews are performed by CFIA inspection staff to ensure that the removal, segregation and disposal of SRM, are carried out to determine the adequacy of Provincial oversight regarding plant controls.

These reviews have been and will continue to be a crucial part in our ongoing efforts to strive for continuous improvements to the consistency and overall quality of our inspection verifications and related activities in non-registered provincial establishments.

Import Controls 2.8 (2004-05 to 2013-14) 0.3 0.4

Products imported into Canada meet Canadian standards.

The CFIA reviews and updates current import policies and conditions for BSE as required in order to reflect changes to international standards and evolving science.

Update relevant import policies and procedural directives (by priority, minimum 25% per year) to ensure compliance with regulatory requirements and CFIA domestic disease control; and to support market access by maintaining and improving Canada's animal health status and production of safe food, feed, fertilizer from imported animal origin ingredients

CFIA acceptance of OIE BSE disease categorization for trading countries: negligible risk, controlled risk or undetermined risk

Co-partnered scientific evaluation with Health Canada on the manufacture process of gelatine from cattle hides sourced from controlled and undetermined risk for BSE countries

Revised BSE import policy (umbrella import policy) officially signed off by Health Canada partners and Chief Veterinary Officer of CFIA. Submitted to WTO for comments (2009) and implementation (2010).

Updated 25 percent of the procedural imports directives for precision and clarity; further updates continuing this year (2010-2011) more specifically combined the 5 different rendered and inedible products directives into one document by commodity type.

All Terrestrial Animal Health Division, Import Section activities support domestic disease control (EFB, 1997 FB) programs, align with international obligations, advance scientific knowledge, and support market access by maintaining Canada's domestic reputation for animal health.

The CFIA continues to conduct animal health risk assessments on TSE to support the National Terrestrial Animal Health Program.

The CFIA conducted a joint scientific advice on reduction of BSE infectivity in the production of bovine hide derived gelatine in collaboration with Health Canada.

BSE Surveillance 159.9 (2003-04 to 2013-14) 15.4 18.8

Safe animals and food.

1. Monitoring prevalence of BSE in Canada and assessing the effectiveness of the BSE control measures including the Feed Ban and imports controls

2. Analyzing options to redesign the BSE surveillance program and consulting with stakeholders to explore further targeting of surveillance

The Canadian BSE surveillance program continues to be delivered in accordance with national and international / OIE guidelines.

CFIA collected 35,655 samples during the 2010 calendar year and triggered, in compliance with the national reimbursement program eligibility criteria, an approximately equivalent number of payments to eligible partners of the program including cattle producers, private veterinarians and dead stock collection operators.

TSE Laboratories network completed the testing of 35,655 received samples with a detection of one BSE case

The CFIA explored, in a joint working group with the Government of Alberta, avenues to refine the program by having a more targeted surveillance focussed on sampling high risk category of animals.

Results of the Canada-Alberta BSE surveillance pilot continue to be periodically reviewed.

Further analysis to be undertaken regarding the integration of criteria being evaluated in the pilot project, into the remaining national program.

The CFIA conducted national training for clarification of sampling technique and maintenance of chain of evidence for samples (from September 2010 continuing into February 2011).

Cattle Identification 29.2 (2003-04 to 2013-14) 2.8 2.2

Safe animals and food.

Continue work on cattle identification enforcement activities, including verification at auctions and federally and provincially inspected abattoirs that cattle are identified with an official ear tag.

Federal abattoir operators are routinely verified in order to ensure all cattle received bear an approved tag.

In the 2010- 2011 fiscal year, a compliance rate of 99.76% was achieved in over 1,265 tasks delivered at federally inspected abattoirs on cattle identification enforcement activities.

The CFIA inspection staff continues to monitor and enforce the Canadian Livestock Identification program at auctions, dead stock collectors, farms and livestock operations, feedlots, provincial abattoirs, renderers and tag distributors. 8,848 visits were performed. <0.7% of visits were reported as in violation. 98% of cattle were tagged.

The CFIA's livestock identification and traceability program has performed extensive work on:

  • training material and a Manual of Procedures for the implementation of compliance verification system (CVS) in the program;
  • a livestock traceability data sharing agreement with Manitoba Agriculture, Food and Rural Initiatives;
  • an epidemiological, disease control and compliance verification perspective of acceptable enhancements to the cattle traceability system;
  • a revised tag approval and revocation framework with the objective of improving the performance of approved tags;
  • program delivery and design options in order to meet ministerial expectations with respect to livestock traceability;
  • a legislative framework which will provide stronger traceability regulatory-making authorities; and,
  • a single-window initiative through which authorized used would have access to traceability data collected in multiple databases in order to enhance our ability in managing a sanitary issue and verifying compliance.
Export Certification 53.2 (2003-04 to 2013-14) 5.7 3.4

Products exported from Canada meet requirements imposed by foreign countries.

Continue the provision of export-related certification services to a wide range of affected industries.

The CFIA remains committed to promoting an international regulatory framework to protect Canadian exporters from discriminatory and unnecessary barriers. The CFIA also leads or participates in a number of international and bilateral agreements. Consistent with its international regulatory cooperation framework, the CFIA maintains close relations with key foreign regulatory counterparts.

Enhanced Feed Ban 241.0 (2004-05 to 2013-14) plus 26.6 ongoing 26.6 16.8

Safe feed, fertilizer, animals and food.

Continue the enforcement of enhanced feed ban restrictions.

The CFIA began enforcing an initial set of feed ban regulations in 1997. At that time, these new regulatory requirements (without benefit of any additional funding) were integrated into existing inspection programs for feed and feed ingredient manufactured, distributed and used by inedible rendering plants, commercial feed mills and on farms.

In response to the detection of a native-born case of BSE in Canada in 2003, the CFIA received additional funding in 2005-06 and subsequent fiscal years to support implementation and enforcement of an enhanced feed ban regulatory framework that took effect in 2007. The impact of implementing the enhancements principally involved:

1. Increasing inspection capacity and frequency throughout the feed supply and use chain (i.e. at inedible rendering plants, commercial feed mills, feed retail outlets, and farms); and

2. Implementing and administering a system of control permits and compliance inspection activities at abattoirs, dead stock collectors, landfills and other processing and disposal sites regarding the collection, transport, treatment and disposition of cattle Specified Risk Material (SRM) tissues. As part of the enhanced regulations, SRM must be segregated, identified and appropriately managed until final disposal. CFIA workload increased to include inspection oversight of SRM equipment and facilities, tracking movement at several points in the chain to final disposal or alternative use not historically subject to CFIA inspection.

3. During 2010-11, the CFIA continued to monitor fertilizer and supplement products as possible SRM outlets unless its use was authorized by a permit issued under the Health of Animals Regulations. These permits continued to be issued on a case-by-case basis and included requirements for processing the material (e.g. composting) as well as conditions for its final disposal (i.e. use on non-food, non-feed and non grazing land) to mitigate against potential risks to human, animal health and the environment. As an added measure, a marketplace monitoring program targeting proper record keeping and recall procedures was put in place to ensure manufacturers, distributors, importers and sellers could expedite an effective product recall if necessary.

During 2010 calendar year, the CFIA continued to verify compliance with the 2007 regulatory enhancements at rendering plants, commercial feed manufacturers, feed retail outlets, on-farm feed manufacturers and ruminant feeders as well as at meat slaughter and processing establishments, cattle dead stock collectors, transporters and receivers of SRM downers and dead stock and commercial composting and fertilizer manufacturing facilities.

Performance Summary:
Feed inspections in the 2010 calendar year:
Commercial Feed Mills: 4884 tasks were performed at 460 facilities;
Rendering Facilities: 884 tasks were performed at 45 facilities; and
Retail: 2473 tasks were performed at 468 facilities.
Farms: 332 tasks were performed at 73 facilities
Renewed and issued a total of 1,401 permits for the control of SRM in Canada

Technical Market Access Support 44.1 (2004-05 to 2013-14) 5.0 1.8

Confidence in Canada's animal production and food system, facilitating access to domestic and international markets.

Continue the establishment and maintenance of strong relationships with trading partners, and the provision of global leadership and influence regarding international policies and standards development.

The CFIA continues to play an active and participatory role at the international level. In addition, the CFIA is contributing to and influencing international science-based disease control standards for BSE, which are critical components of the foundation for safe trade and the maintenance of international market confidence. On a bilateral basis this involves the invitation to trading partners for incoming technical missions to confirm first hand the integrity and implementation of Canada's inspection controls. At the multi-lateral level, the CFIA is maintaining the official designation as a BSE Controlled Risk country through the evaluation process of the 176 member country World Organization for Animal Health (OIE). The CFIA continues to contribute to the discussions at OIE, not only with respect to at the General Session and in revisions to the various Codes, but also with respect to having an OIE BSE reference laboratory as well as CFIA employees on a number of the OIE commissions.

Establish-ment Review 2.3 (2004-05 to 2006-07) - -

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Over-supply of Aged Cattle 0.3 (2004-05) - -

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Meat Inspection Reform 9.2 (2005-06 to 2007-08) - -

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

CFIA's Subtotal 633.5 (2004-05 to 2013-14) plus 26.6 ongoing 65.3 50.4    
Public Health Agency of Canada

Surveillance and Population Health Assessment +

Public Health Surveillance +

Prion Diseases Program 7.9 0.8 0.8 Ongoing prospective surveillance of all human TSEs in Canada, to ensure that risks of zoonotic (animal-to-human) and secondary (human-to-human) infectious transmission of these diseases are closely monitored, promptly investigated, thoroughly characterized, and appropriately mitigated.

The PHAC Creutzfeldt-Jakob Disease Surveillance System (CJDSS) continues to conduct comprehensive national surveillance of human TSEs – detailed statistics can be found at http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/hcai-iamss/cjd-mcj/cjdss-ssmcj/stats-eng.php. All forms of human TSE – sporadic, genetic, and those acquired by infectious transmission – continue to be detected in Canada, as a direct result of the high-quality laboratory services and non-laboratory support provided to Canadian health professionals by the CJDSS.

In the last calendar year (2009) for which CJDSS data are complete, the estimated mortality rate for all human prion diseases in Canada was 1.57 per million, which is consistent with international benchmarks.

A case of variant Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease (the second to date in a Canadian resident) was confirmed by the CJDSS in February 2011 (see http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/ccdrw-rmtch/2011/ccdrw-rmtcs1011r-eng.php). The case was found to be an imported one, confirming the absence of negative implications for the safety of Canadian beef.

Research continues with the goal of developing improved methodologies for detection and diagnosis of human and animal prion disease – for example, the PHAC Prion Diseases Program has discovered potential urine-based biomakers for BSE; and the CJDSS has completed a 6-year prospective study of the accuracy of biomarkers in cerebrospinal fluid for diagnosis of human prion disease.

PHAC's Subtotal 7.9 0.8 0.8    
Health Canada Health Products Risk Assessment and Targeted Research 44.0 4.4 3.5

Review of master files and product licence applications which contain ingredients where the ingredients are sourced from animals and which may be susceptible to TSE.

To track and assess all ingredients in each application, which are sourced from animal tissues, with regards to BSE risk.

Increased expertise and knowledge of BSE/TSE science, risks and product surveillance.

Health Canada continued to review master files and product licence applications which contain ingredients where the ingredients are sourced from animals and which may be susceptible to TSE. As part of the risk assessment, every review requires an assessment for animal sourced ingredients. During this time period, approximately 80 new and 210 generic drug submissions were reviewed with a percentage, approximately 15%, being contracted out for review. In addition, 250 Notifiable Change Applications and 15 Drug Master File submissions were reviewed by contractors.

All applications assessed for animal tissue sources. To date, approximately. 32% of product licences issued (equal to 9,176 product licences) list an active bovine or cattle animal tissue form. This includes 2,088 product licences that were issued in 2010, and 496 issued so far in 2011.

Pre-market review activities of biologics with accompanying risk assessments for variant CJD (human equivalent of mad cow disease) and or for BSE. These activities are conducted as part of the biologics review process to verify that animal-derived materials that are being used in the manufacture of biologics have low risk for transmission of BSE to Canadian population.

Activities related to the development of risk management strategies for mitigating risk of BSE and vCJD in blood products (post-market with PHAC). Ongoing oversight or surveillance to determine the need for deferrals when evidence becomes available on potential risk of transmission of BSE and vCJD. Appropriate risk management actions are put in place in consultation with PHAC.

Scientific and clinical input to policies related to managing vCJD risk (vCJD Directives and ongoing analyses of relevancy of travel deferrals for exposure of Canadians to BSE risk). Ensure that new scientific and clinical evidence are incorporated into the development or revision of directives on vCJD to minimize the exposure of Canadians to BSE risk.

International collaborative efforts to harmonize strategies for managing BSE and vCJD risk of biologics. Sustain collaboration with international partners to ensure sharing of scientific and clinical information and forge development of harmonized strategies to deal with identified risk of transmission of BSE in biologics.

Update of BGTD's"Draft Guidance Document: Regulatory Requirements to Minimize the Risk of Transmission of Transmissible Spongiform Encephalopathies (TSEs) via Animal-Sourced Materials used in the Manufacture of Schedule D (Biologic) Drugs" to reflect the information contained within the revised WHO document entitled "Tables on Tissue Infectivity Distribution in Transmissible Spongiform Encephalopathies".

Compliance and Enforcement * 1.0 (2003-04 to 2007-08) - - Not Applicable Not Applicable
Product Assessment * 6.2 (2003-04 to 2007-08) - - Not Applicable Not Applicable
Tracking and Tracing * 3.1 (2003-04 to 2007-08) - - Not Applicable Not Applicable
Food and Nutrition Risk assessment and targeted research 18.1 1.8 1.3

Outcome: Increased expertise and knowledge of BSE/TSE science, risks and product surveillance.

Output/Activities: Conduct consultations with stakeholders, external collaborations/research and training and conferences attendance.

The BSE Summative Evaluation was originally planned to be conducted in 2009-10, but was delayed until 2010-2011 because of the one-year extension of funding. The Summative Evaluation is expected to be completed in 2011-2012.

Health Canada (HC) continues to conduct risk assessments and unique research projects on TSE in collaboration with external partners (CFIA, Germany, and France) to generate novel and critical data related to the pathogenesis of BSE, TSEs, and specified risk material to support hazard characterization, risk assessment and standard setting. Also, HC continued its scientific and consultative role as a member of Canada's national and international delegations for BSE and TSEs

The BSE Summative Evaluation Planning was done in 2010-2011 for a cost of $50K salary. The Summative Evaluation will be contracted in fiscal year 2011-2012 for $160K O&M and managed for $50K salary.

CFIA's Subtotal 72.4 6.2 4.8    
Total 3,601.1 (2003-04 to 2013-14) and 26.6 ongoing** 72.3 56.0    

+ PHAC: In the 2010-11 RPP, incorrect descriptive information was entered for the Public Health Agency of Canada's Prion Diseases Program in columns 12 and 13 of Table 9c. In the present version of the table, the correct information has been provided.

*Health Canada: Funding sunsetted in 2007-08.

**Note: The total federal funding allocation includes funding for AAFC ($2,887.3M), CFIA ($633.5M plus $26.6M ongoing), Health Canada ($72.4M) and PHAC ($7.9M). A table outlining planned and actual spending for AAFC is not included in the RPP or DPR as their resources sunsetted in 2008-09.

Comments on Variances:

CFIA: The variance between Planned Spending and Actual Spending is related to funding reallocated to expenditures that support this initiative, along with other Agency priorities. While efforts are made to meet the intended program objectives, reallocation occurs to deal with items which take precedence at the time.

AAFC: No variance required.

PHAC: No variance required.

Health Canada: HC underspent BSE funding by $1.4M in 2010-11 for a number of reasons. Following a retirement, a senior advisor position became vacant for approximately one year and many meetings and follow-up contracts were delayed until FY 2011-12 when the position was staffed. A BSE evaluation planned for 2010-11 was delayed until 2011-12. A realignment of responsibility in 2010-11 prevented full expenditure in some areas.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): N/A

Contact information:

Canadian Food Inspection Agency
Colleen Barnes
Executive Director
Domestic Policy Directorate
613-773-5901

Agriculture and Agri-food Canada
John Ross
Director, Animal Industry Division
613-773-0220

Public Health Agency of Canada
Dr. Michael Coulthart
Director, Prion Diseases Program
Prion Diseases Program
204-789-6026

Health Canada
Scott LeBrun
A/Director
Strategic Planning and Accountability Division
Health Products and Food Branch, Health Canada
613-952-6178


Table B: National Aquatic Animal Health Program

Name of Horizontal Initiative: National Aquatic Animal Health Program (NAAHP)

Name of Lead Department(s): Canadian Food Inspection Agency (CFIA) and Fisheries and Oceans Canada (DFO)

Lead Department Program Activity: Animal Health Risks and Production Systems (CFIA); Aquatic Animal Health (DFO)

Start Date: April 1, 2005

End Date: Ongoing

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date): $59.0M (2005-06 to 2009-10) and $10.3M ongoing

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The NAAHP goal is to protect Canada's aquatic animal's resources and productivity by preventing the introduction and spread of aquatic animal diseases and by maintaining the seafood industry's competitiveness in international markets. This is in line with the Government of Canada's priority to protect the natural resources of Canada and economic stability. The Agency's priority in this area is a safe and sustainable animal aquatic resource base.

Shared Outcome(s): Sustainable Aquatic Resource Productivity and Internationally Competitive Aquatic Animal Resource Base Industry, which will allow trade to continue and expand.

Governance Structure(s): The CFIA is the federal lead for delivery of the NAAHP in collaboration with DFO. Respective federal roles and responsibilities are outlined in a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU). The Animal Health Business Line and the Horizontal Steering Committee for Aquatic Animal Health are responsible for monitoring the financial governance within the CFIA budget. An Executive Steering Committee at the Assistant Deputy Minister (ADM) level from both organizations, is responsible for the strategic direction, monitoring and analysis of the NAAHP implementation. At the Federal, Provincial and Territorial (FPT) level, the Canadian Council of Fisheries and Aquaculture Ministers (CCFAM) has oversight over the program through a working group with the CFIA. There is also an industry/Federal/Provincial/Territorial advisory committee, the Aquatic Animal Health Committee, that meets annually to guide the development of the program.

Performance Highlights: Regulations were amended to protect the health of aquatic animals in December 2010 and January 2011. To implement these amendments, the mandatory notification was put in place and progress was made on the establishment of an Aquatic Animal Health Import Program for December 2011. Discussions continued with different partners to ensure their information needs were met under the legislative implementation of the NAAHP.

($ Millions)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Canadian Food Inspection Agency

Animal Health Risks and Production Systems

Internal Services

National Aquatic Animal Health Program 32.1 (2005-06 to 2009-10) and 6.3 ongoing 6.3 4.9

Products exported from Canada meet requirements imposed by foreign countries.

Protection of the National Aquatic Animal Health (NAAH) System.

Develop and establish an import system for products meeting Canadian standards.

The Aquatic Animal Health Division (AAHD) continued to provide market access for Canadian aquatic animals and seafood products through country to country negotiations.

Through successful revisions to regulations supporting the National Aquatic Animal Health Program (NAAHP) in December 2010 and January 2011, the CFIA can now receive and respond to any suspected or confirmed cases of the 20 reportable diseases and 15 immediately notifiable diseases for aquatic animals.

Work continued on the implementation of the Aquatic Animal Health Import Program for December 2011 to ensure compliance with Canadian requirements.

The CFIA continued to work with its partners such as industry, provinces, territories and Aboriginal organizations to ensure that their information needs were met under the legislative implementation of the NAAHP by leading and participating to meetings with the industry, provinces and territories; developing and distributing materials; and organizing consultations on program activities.

The CFIA continued to conduct aquatic animal health risk assessments related to: import/ export; aquatic animal health diseases; scientific advice; and, evaluation of the disease status of countries, zones and regions.

CFIA's Subtotal 32.1 (2005-06 to 2009-10) and 6.3 ongoing 6.3 4.9    
Department of Fisheries and Oceans

Aquatic Animal Health

National Aquatic Animal Health Program 26.9 (2005-06 to 2009-10) and 4.0 (2010-11) ongoing 4.0 3.8

Diagnostic tests developed and validated to OIE requirements.

Operational Laboratory Information Management System (LIMS).

Amendment of the Fish Health Protection Regulations (FHPR).

Capacity for diagnostic testing.

Development and validation of diagnostic tests are proceeding on a top down priority basis, on track.

LIMS development is progressing. Planned date for national roll out is Fall 2011.

Work continued on the FHPR amendments to coincide with coming into force by CFIA of the Aquatic Animal Health Import Program in December 2011.

Laboratory capacity is commensurate with resource base at the three DFO NAAHP laboratories.

DFO's Subtotal 26.9 (2005-06 to 2009-10) and 4.0 (2010-11) ongoing 4.0 3.8    
Total 59.0 (2005-06 to 2009-10) and 10.3 ongoing 10.3 8.7    

Comments on Variances:

CFIA: This variance is due to amounts being reallocated corporately and because of staffing delays. Delays in consultations, translation, training and procurement also contributed to the lapse.

DFO: No explanation necessary.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): N/A

Contact information:

Canadian Food Inspection Agency (CFIA)
Annie R. Champagne
Director
Aquatic Animal Health Division
(613) 221-3779

Department of Fisheries and Oceans (DFO)
Stephen J Stephen
Director
Biotechnology and Aquatic Animal Health Science Branch
(613) 990-0292



Table C: Listeria

Name of Horizontal Initiative: Government Response and Action Plan to the 2008 Listeriosis Outbreak

Name of Lead Department(s): Canadian Food Inspection Agency (CFIA); Health Canada (HC); and, Public Health Agency of Canada (PHAC)

Lead Departments Program Activity: CFIA: Food Safety and Nutrition Risks; HC: Food and Nutrition; and, PHAC: Surveillance and Population Health Assessment

Start Date: 2009-10

End Date: 2011-12

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date): $75.0M (2009-10 to 2011-12)

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The objective of this horizontal initiative is to address recommendations made in the report by the government-appointed Independent Investigator, Sheila Weatherill, who reviewed the circumstances leading to the 2008 Listeriosis outbreak in Canada. The Government developed an action plan based on three thematic areas: address immediate food safety risks, enhance surveillance and early detection, and improve Government response to food-borne illness outbreaks in Canada.

To implement the action plan, the three federal organizations – CFIA, HC, PHAC – received a total spending authority of $75.0 million over three years (CFIA: $46.8 million, PHAC: $17.7 million, and HC: $10.5 million). Each federal organization has identified the resource requirements, strategic outcomes, objectives and implementation plan for each thematic area. Implementation of this horizontal initiative will further enhance Canada's food safety system.

Shared Outcome(s): Address Immediate Food Safety Risks by hiring and training new Ready-to-Eat (RTE) meat inspection staff, updating food safety programs and directions to industry, building 24/7 capacity for health risk assessments, and improving electronic access for inspection staff.

Enhanced Surveillance and Early Detection by upgrading (web-based) national public heath surveillance system, improving detection methods for Listeria, enhancing laboratory testing capacity, and improving laboratory diagnostic tools.

Improve Government Response to Food-borne Illness Outbreaks in Canada by strengthening federal leadership capacity for outbreak response, revising the national Foodborne Illness Outbreak Response Protocol (FIORP), improving risk communication during food-borne emergencies, targeting communications to vulnerable populations, and improving public access to integrated Government of Canada food safety information.

Governance Structure(s): Responsibility for the implementation of the recommendations made by the Independent Investigator is based on the mandates of the CFIA, HC, PHAC. In addition, the Deputy Minister of AAFC chairs a special committee of deputy heads from CFIA, HC and PHAC which provides recommendations to improve the ways the organizations work together to deliver their food safety mandates. The CFIA, PHAC, HC, and AAFC work horizontally through a governance structure to implement and monitor the implementation of the recommendations.

The governance framework includes an ADM-level Committee on Food Safety (ADM-CFS) that is supported by a DG-level committee. The ADM-CFS receives support and direction from the AAFC, CFIA, PHAC, and HC deputy heads. Furthermore, each department monitors the implementation of the recommendations through a department specific governance structure that includes inter-branch director-level, executive director or DG-level, vice-president or ADM-level, and senior management-level committees.

Performance Highlights: Key performance results achieved by CFIA, HC, and PHAC include clarified roles and responsibilities, enhanced coordination of oversight of food safety among federal partners and industry, and improved communication among federal partners, industry and the public on food safety issues. These achievements have led to improved management of risks associated with Listeria in RTE meats and better prevention of foodborne illnesses in Canada.

($ Millions)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Canadian Food Inspection Agency

Food Safety and Nutrition Risks

Internal Services

Hiring of Inspection staff in Ready to Eat Meat Facilities 21.3 10.3 7.1 Improved management of Food Safety risks.

The Government made funds available to hire 70 full-time inspectors. As of January 2011, the CFIA had hired all 70 inspectors. As a result, management of food safety risks has been improved in federally regulated ready-to-eat meat facilities.

Scientific and technical training programs 11.6 4.3 4.1

Enhance scientific and technical knowledge among RTE meat inspection staff in all federally registered meat establishments.

The CFIA has completed an assessment of training needs and has developed a new national training plan for meat processing plant inspectors. The plan includes a new course curriculum that incorporates instruction in required skills and facilitates continual training for both new and incumbent inspectors. The enhanced training is now being delivered on an ongoing basis.

Enhanced connectivity of Inspectors 3.0 1.0 0.2

Improved and timely documentation and communication of inspection results.

The CFIA has increased the use of laptops and cell phones and has provided faster network connectivity. In addition, a pilot project completed on April 1, 2010 assessed whether inspectors – particularly those in remote areas – could benefit from wireless technology, which would allow them secure access to the CFIA computer network applications.

The pilot project results informed CFIA's plan for the first phase of a new system to improve connectivity. The new system will improve communication and provide inspectors with better access to information to support decision-making.

The project to deliver wireless technology is currently in the execution phase and the installment of the supporting infrastructure was completed by March 31, 2011.

In 2011-2012, CFIA will deploy the wireless devices to the identified inspectors.

Enhanced Food Safety Program Risk Management 4.6 1.8 1.9

Review of food safety programs and directives to apply similar lessons learned.

The CFIA works to review and update its programs, regulations and directives on an on-going basis. In April 2011, CFIA began developing a framework, as well as business processes that will facilitate the routine updating of manuals. These manuals provide information on program requirements to CFIA staff, including guidance to CFIA staff and regulated parties regarding the interpretation of legislation, regulations, and related policies, and what is required to achieve compliance.

Improve test detection methods for Listeria and other food-borne hazards 1.2 0.5 0.8

Improve test detection methods for Listeria and other food-borne hazards to provide greater availability and choice of testing methods for the detection of Listeria, and faster turn around time for reporting of results.

The CFIA continues to improve and validate detection methods for Listeria in meat products and in the meat processing environment to reduce the time required to test samples and enable more rapid response during food safety investigations.

The CFIA validated three rapid methods in 2010-11 that are currently undergoing technical review to determine if these methods are suitable for regulatory testing for product and/or environmental testing.

Additional Listeria testing 4.1 1.4 1.3

Conduct additional Listeria testing to contribute to improved decision making and earlier detection and faster response to potential foodborne illness outbreaks.

The CFIA's laboratory capacity was enhanced to enable testing of additional RTE meat and environmental samples, which were planned as a result of the updated Listeria Directives. As well, the funding enabled the purchase of environmental test kits, which are used to conduct environmental sampling to identify the presence of Listeria in the processing environment.

Government of Canada food safety portal 1.0 0.3 0.5

Improve public access to integrated Government of Canada food safety information.

The Government of Canada's online Food Safety Portal (www.foodsafety.gc.ca) as a one-stop source of information about food safety and foodborne illness. The food safety and foodborne illness information initiatives developed by CFIA, PHAC and HC can now be found on the Portal along with links to CFIA, PHAC and HC websites. To raise awareness on the Food Safety Portal, CFIA issued a social media news release that encouraged individuals to share information about the Portal online by using social media book-marking and tagging options. As well, the Agency participated in six food related events and exhibits between May 2010 and March 2011 to promote the Food Safety Portal and raise awareness of safe food-handling practices and recall procedures.

CFIA's Subtotal 46.8 19.6 15.9    
Public Health Agency of Canada

Surveillance and Population Health Assessment

Surveillance of Infectious Disease 2.9 1.3 1.0 Strengthen laboratory diagnostic and networking tools.

PulseNet Canada is a key PHAC program that utilizes laboratory DNA fingerprinting technology to perform surveillance for food-borne disease, detect outbreaks at the earliest possible stage, and to serve as a primary data sharing and communications link between all provincial public health laboratories, the Canadian Food Inspection Agency, Health Canada, and the Public Health Agency of Canada (PHAC). The goal of PulseNet Canada and these member agencies is to identify the emergence of food-borne illness (both regionally and nationally) and to help identify the contaminated food source so that public health and food safety responses can then be initiated. PulseNet Canada is currently developing a comprehensive online training program, and is continuing to expand and improve its training and certification programs to new and existing member laboratories to ensure that lab capacity exists across provincial and federal laboratories

The PulseNet Canada DNA fingerprinting method used to detect and confirm the emergence of food-borne outbreaks has the benefits of being applicable to a wide range of food-borne pathogens. The resulting laboratory data can be readily shared and jointly analyzed between PulseNet Canada members. This method will continue to be used in the future. In addition, public health investigators have recognized that the latest generation of genomics technologies will revolutionize the diagnosis, surveillance and control of disease through vastly improved molecular epidemiologic investigation of food-borne pathogens. Genomics was formerly a research tool and technological advances have made whole-genome sequencing feasible and suitable for use in public health investigations of bacterial diseases. Within the programs instituted at the National Microbiology Laboratory through this initiative, PHAC is now acknowledged as an international innovator for the use of public health genomics and continues the pursuit of public-health ready versions of these emerging laboratory technologies.

Public health Preparedness and Capacity

Public Health Tools 4.5 1.5 1.0 National public health surveillance tools and platforms.

To implement its commitments, PHAC initiated defining, documenting and validating PHAC and provincial/territorial (P/T) requirements for pan-Canadian management of food-borne outbreaks using electronic systems. PHAC worked with subject matter experts to define these requirements so that corresponding functionalities within the Panorama system could be improved. For the purposes of this project, it was determined that information sharing agreements would not be required as artificial data will be used to test the system.

The work encountered unplanned delays due to prolonged unavailability of Panorama governance structure, which was revived through PHAC leadership after about nine months.

The current project and the insights gained from participating in the Panorama governance have drawn the conclusion that it is highly improbable for a sole electronic system to be used for the collection and analysis of public health data. Since it is recognized that PHAC and its P/T partners will always be using multiple electronic systems for such purposes, it is therefore critical for the forward strategy to provide leadership and support in the area of data and systems interoperability standards. This will facilitate the seamless and standardized collection and transmission of public health data, particularly during emergency and outbreak situations.

Public health Preparedness and Capacity

Emergency Preparedness 4.2 1.6 1.3 Develop an operational framework that provides procedures and guidance to the Health Portfolio for the coordination and management of food-borne illness emergencies.

The Public Health Agency of Canada (PHAC), in consultation with Health Canada and the Canadian Food Inspection Agency, developed a Food-borne Illness Emergency Response Plan (FIERP) for food-borne illness outbreaks requiring a response beyond the scope of the Foodborne Illness Outbreak Response Protocol (FIORP). The FIORP is the existing national technical and operational protocol that is used in the investigation and management of any food-borne illness outbreak involving more than one province/territory or country.

The FIERP builds on the FIORP, which was updated in 2010, and sets out the principles for Health Portfolio management of a food-borne illness emergency and makes use of a common incident command structure. Once endorsed at the federal level, the FIERP will be exercised in conjunction with the FIORP (2010) in a national multi-lateral exercise in 2011-12.

Disease and Injury Prevention and Mitigation

Food-borne, Environmental and Zoonotic Diseases 2.8 1.0 1.1 Revise and modernize the Food-borne Illness Outbreak Response Protocol (FIORP).

Following extensive consultations with federal, provincial and territorial (F/P/T) partners, the Food-borne Illness Outbreak Response Protocol (FIORP) was updated, and endorsed by the F/P/T Deputy Ministers of Health and Agriculture, the F/P/T Food Safety Committee and the Council of Chief Medical Officers of Health in June 2010.

The revised protocol includes clearer language and guidance for improved coordination of public communications among F/P/T partners, and an appendix that discusses communicating with the public and with those at greater risk. The FIORP (2010) also provides an enhanced description and a template for guidance of the post-outbreak review process. The process includes confirmation of the outbreak's cause, proposed measures to prevent reoccurrence, assessment of the effectiveness of outbreak-control measures and evaluation of utilized processes and methods. Three post-event reviews have been conducted since the FIORP (2010) was finalized in June 2010. The results of post-event reviews will be used to evaluate the FIORP and make required changes.

Bilateral FIORP (2010) exercises were held with each province and territory from January to April 2011, in order to test the FIORP and to support related knowledge development. These exercises included testing for communication gaps, assisting with knowledge development, and strengthening networks among communication partners. A national multi-lateral exercise of the FIORP (2010) will be held in 2011-2012.

Regulatory Enforcement and Emergency Response

Health Emergency Response Team 3.3 1.5 1.1 Pilot test a surge capacity model of qualified public health experts.

An inventory of knowledge and skill sets required to detect and respond to food-borne illness events was created and validated, and a gap analysis was completed. This informed the scope of the Public Health Reserve pilot and the training strategy. In consultation with internal and external public health experts, the Public Health Reserve framework was developed, and will be tested and assessed in 2011-12 through various training and exercise events. The outcomes of the assessment will support recommendations for the Public Health Reserve concept.

The project also supported planning of the Field Services Training Institute (FSTI) 2011 event, which included training of FSTI facilitators and development of course materials related to food-borne illness surveillance and response.

Internal partners have been engaged to support the strategic development and implementation of the pilot (e.g., administrative models, Memoranda of Understanding, etc). The data requirements gathering process for the reserve database/web application was completed, which will support the application development. This database will be used to support surge capacity requirements.

PHAC's Subtotal 17.7 6.9 5.5    
Health Canada Food and Nutrition Build health risk assessment capacity 4.9 1.5 1.5

HC will continue to enhance its ability to provide risk assessments, based on the best available science and risk modelling methods to strengthen prevention and response to food safety incidents.

HC hired 5 additional, specialized experts, trained and cross-trained more staff to conduct risk assessments, and enhanced the procedures used to support the CFIA during its food safety investigations. This included clarification of timelines in the Health Risk Assessment (HRA) process. All HRAs have been conducted within established service standards (less than 8 hours for the highest risk category of assessments).

  • Health Canada continued to prioritise the review and approval of novel processes and applications with demonstrated food safety benefits, which are under its regulatory oversight.
    • In order to enable prioritization of approvals of food safety interventions with proven health benefits, Health Canada has developed a policy which provides guidance and criteria to assist industry in identifying these interventions when seeking pre-market approval. This policy was posted on Health Canada's website in January 2011. Specific eligibility criteria have been developed and will be used to determine which applications would be subject to priority handling.
    • In addition, Health Canada is assessing other areas where regulatory modernization would contribute to shortening approval timelines for safe additives and other food safety interventions. For instance, Health Canada has initiated a streamlined approach to publishing its intent to amend regulations to allow the use of certain food additives. The approach consists of web posting consultations of intended amendments and notify trading partners while the drafting of the regulations is underway. Publication in Canada Gazette Part II of the final regulations would proceed once stakeholders comments are addressed.
    • As result of these streamlined processes, two "High Pressure Treatment" processes and a new food additive aimed to reduce microbial contamination of foods, were reviewed and approved in 2010-11.
  • Health Canada finalized and published a guidance document on the weight of evidence needed to support appropriate and timely actions to protect consumers during foodborne illness outbreak investigations.
Improve test detection methods for Listeria and other foodborne hazards 3.6 2.2 2.2 HC will continue to have a suite of rapid, validated analytical tools available to industry and government partners, to allow early detection of hazards , reducing the exposure of Canadians in a food safety emergency.
  • An enhanced method for isolation of Listeria (results in 3-5 days instead of the former 7-10 days) has been developed and is currently being validated for different food commodities/categories by Health Canada and the CFIA. Industry and other stakeholders will be notified when the validated method is published in the Microbiological Methods Committee's Compendium of Analytical Methods.
  • 13 methods for Listeria have been updated in the Compendium of Analytical Methods. These methods will be used by both industry (to demonstrate compliance with the new requirements) and by the CFIA (in its enforcement activities). Listeria methods were given priority for validation. This will be expanded to other microbiological methods in the near future
  • HC began collaborating with the National Research Council (NRC) in a multi-year project to develop a microchip-based laboratory method for Listeria which would allow results in 48hrs
  • Rapid purification and screening of priority toxins including mycotoxins, phycotoxins and process induced toxins in food and feed stocks have been and are being developed. These methods allow for the detection and quantification of toxins in hours rather than days and have the capability to be multiplexed to detect several toxins in one analysis. Immunological reagents used in these assays have been developed and characterized for six priority toxins are currently being developed into assays and purification tools. Once methods are validated and published, they will be made available to stakeholders through posting on the Health Canada website.
  • An enhanced mass spectrometry method using multiple reaction monitoring has been developed to simultaneously detect and quantify 23 mycotoxins and metabolites in a single sample. This multiplex method is currently being validated and will allow for increased sampling and data collection for risk assessment.
Marketing and Communications Safe Food Handling Social Marketing Strategy 2.0 0.7 0.7

HC will deliver the second year of the Safe Food Handling social marketing strategy to three at-risk groups: older adults, pregnant women and those with compromised immune systems, building awareness among these groups that they are at higher risk and communicating safe food handling practices specific to their needs.

For each audience, educational resources were developed and made available in both printed and electronic formats. Outreach activities focused on raising awareness of the safe food handling messages found within these publications through print and web advertising. In addition, web content and web interactive tools were developed to help all consumers learn about safe food handling practices in the home and grocery store. Communications activities were strengthened with 2-3 monthly Food Safety related Information Updates distributed to media, tweeted to 10,700+ followers and emailed to 200 stakeholders.

Results achieved this year specific to each audience included:

Adults 60+:

  • Articles and print ads in targeted publications such as the seniors edition of Reader's Digest and Bel Age, with a readership total of over 5 million people;
  • Just under 500,000 booklets distributed through magazines and partnerships with Meals on Wheels;
  • Distribution of 35,000 posters to health professionals who treat older adults;
  • Insertion of 400,000 brochures in Old Age Security mailings; and
  • YouTube video with 920 views.

Pregnant Women:

  • Strategic alliance with Thyme Maternity provided 300,000 booklets for point of purchase distribution at 76 stores nationally;
  • Articles and print ads in magazines directed to pregnant women, such as Expecting Magazine and C'est Pour Quand? with a readership total of over 5 million people;
  • Distribution of 35,000 posters to family doctors, obstetricians and midwives;
  • Web advertising on pregnancy and women's health Web sites; and
  • YouTube video with 4,025 views

Immunocompromised:

  • Distribution of 22,750 booklets through disease associations;
  • Distribution of 20,000 posters to specialized health practitioners and cancer clinics;
  • Articles and print ads in targeted publications, such as Best Health;
  • Web advertising on health Web sites; and
  • YouTube video with 891 views.
HC's Subtotal 10.5 4.4 4.4    
Total 75.0 (2009-10 to 2011-12) 30.9 25.8    

Comments on Variances:

CFIA: The variance in relation to hiring inspectors was due to the timing of funds being released and gaps in the timing of hiring inspection staff. Some inspectors accepted job offers as late as January. In addition, inspector hiring occurred in several areas and regions at different paces.

The variance in relation to enhancing the connectivity of inspectors was due to the fact that the pilot project was not rolled out to other inspectors because of concerns around costs and long term funding. Now that additional funding has been secured through budget 2011 for inspector modernization, the roll out of the connectivity solution is expected to be completed by March 31, 2012.

PHAC: The Public Health Agency of Canada encountered unexpected and prolonged delays in securing staff and contractor resources which impeded progress of the files. Additionally, the restructuring of a national advisory council placed unexpected strains on the advancement of the initiative.

Health Canada: There were no planned spending amounts identified in the 2010-11 RPP for this initiative. The amounts shown are based on the funding received through the supplementary estimates.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): N/A

Contact information:

Canadian Food Inspection Agency
Theresa Iuliano
Senior Director
Policy and Strategies Division
Policy and Programs Branch
(613) (773) 5827

Health Canada
Sylvain Gauthier
Planning Analyst
Policy, Planning and International Affairs Directorate
Health Products and Food Branch
(613) 960-0553




Table D: Invasive Alien Species (IAS)

Name of Horizontal Initiative: Invasive Alien Species (IAS)

Name of Lead Department(s): Canadian Food Inspection Agency (CFIA)

Lead Department Program Activity: Plant Health Risks and Production Systems

Start Date: 2010-11

End Date: Ongoing

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date): $95.0M (2010-11 to 2014-15) and $19.0M ongoing

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): Invasive alien species (IAS) are those species introduced by human action outside their natural distribution (past or present), that threaten the environment, economy, or society, including human health. Annually, IAS causes billions of dollars in direct losses, control costs, increased production costs and lost market access. The annual impact of IAS is estimated to be as much as $20 billion to the forest sector, $7 billion for aquatic invasive species in the Great Lakes, and $2.2 billion for invasive plants alone in the agricultural sector. IAS have gained international attention as globalization, climate change, and increases in international trade have elevated the risks of IAS introductions.

In recognition that responding to IAS is a shared responsibility, "An Invasive Alien Species Strategy for Canada" was adopted in 2004 by federal, provincial and territorial resource ministers as a national coordinated approach toward prevention and management of IAS. The objective of the Strategy is to initiate implementation of the priority objectives (i.e. prevention, early detection and rapid response to new invaders and management of established and spreading invaders) and will be met through contributions to work in five thematic areas: Risk Analysis, Science and Technology, Legislation, Regulation and Policy, Engaging Canadians and International Cooperation. Environment Canada is the lead for invasive animal species; the Department of Fisheries and Oceans leads the aquatic invasive species issues; the Canadian Food Inspection Agency leads for invasive plants and other plant pests; and, Natural Resources Canada leads for forest pests.

Budget 2010 allocated $19 million per year to Environment Canada, the Department of Fisheries and Oceans, National Resources Canada and the Canadian Food Inspection Agency (CFIA) to continue implementation of the Government of Canada's IAS Strategy as well as maintain and enhance the advances made in the previous five years in invasive alien species activities. Ongoing implementation of the IAS Strategy is critical to continue the protection of Canada's ecosystems and resource-based economy.

Shared Outcome(s): Continuing the implementation of the Invasive Alien Species Strategy for Canada is essential to protect Canada's aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems and their native biological diversity as well as domestic plants and animals from the risks of invasive alien species. The key outcomes of the Strategy are the prevention and management of IAS in a manner that ensures environmental sustainability, economic competitiveness and societal well being.

Governance Structure(s): The government-wide IAS Strategy involves the Department of Fisheries and Oceans, Environment Canada, Natural Resources Canada and the Canadian Food Inspection Agency. The departments and agencies are committed to ongoing collaboration on IAS issues. Federally, coordination continues to be discussed through the Directors' General Interdepartmental Committee on Invasive Alien Species. Currently, the governance model for the National IAS Strategy is under revision. Nevertheless, inter-jurisdictionally, federal-provincial-territorial (FPT) cooperation on IAS issues continue under the auspices of the annual joint meeting of Resource Ministers' Councils for wildlife, forests, fisheries and aquaculture, and endangered species, as well as associated meetings of Deputy Ministers and Assistant Deputy Ministers. The Minister of Agriculture is the lead federal Minister responsible for responding to invasive alien plants and plant pests. Efforts will continue to seek the full engagement of federal, provincial, and territorial Ministers of agriculture and facilitate their participation in addressing invasive alien species.

Performance Highlights: The Departments of Fisheries and Oceans Canada, Environment Canada, Natural Resources Canada and the Canadian Food Inspection Agency worked collaboratively on a successful submission to Treasury Board to acquire funding to continue implementing their respective contributions to the National IAS Strategy. Work toward meeting the objectives of the Strategy resulted in the initiation and advancement of key projects within the thematic areas for each partner as specified in section 18 of the tables. Work to revise the governance structure for the IAS strategy to enhance engagement and communication was undertaken. Notable among cooperative projects between and among the groups were the initiation of a decision support framework for forest IAS (FIAS) as a joint endeavour between the CFIA and NRCan, initial review of IAS Partnership program propsals for the 2011-2012, and completion of the Canadian Invasive Plants Framework document and initiation of the national Invasive Plants Early Detection and Rapid Response plan. Engagement with other governments (federal, provincial, territorial, municipal and international), partners and stakeholders was enhanced.

($ Millions)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Canadian Food Inspection Agency

Plant Health Risks and Production Systems

Internal Services

Risk Analysis 60.0 (2010-11 to 2014-15) and 12.0 ongoing 12.0 7.7

Prevention and spread of invasive plants and plant pests is managed in a risk based manner.

Outcome: The CFIA will continue to identify highest risk potential IAS, their pathways, and appropriate means by which to mitigate identified risks through continuing to conduct pest and weed risk analyses, assess import controls and develop initial response to early detections.

  • Several pest risk assessments and weed risk assessments completed.
  • Enhancement of weed risk assessment methods and harmonization of approaches with US.
  • Early Detection Rapid Response framework for invasive plants was initiated.
  • Initiated development of a Risk-Based Decision Support Framework with Canadian Forest Service.
Science and Technology      

Outcome 1: Entry and domestic spread of invasive plants and plant pests is managed.

Outcome 2: The Agency will support IAS prevention, detection and response through continued efforts to develop scientific tools and expertise.

Outcome 3: The impact of IAS introductions will be minimized through continued efforts in early detection.

  • Developed rapid and accurate diagnostic tests for detection of IAS including new molecular methods for distinguishing plant pests.
  • Increased capacity for weed identification implemented through augmentation of seed and herbarium reference samples, inspector training, as well as research projects focusing on foreign weed species.
  • Delivery of targeted inspection and surveillance activities such as invasive plants around grain and seed importing facilities.
  • Removal of jointed goat grass from two existing sites in Ontario in support of further regulatory action.
Legislation, Regulation and Policy      

Outcome 1: Entry, domestic spread and response to invasive plants and plant pests are planned, implemented and evaluated.

Outcome 2: The CFIA will continue to modernize the legislative framework by updating regulations or creating new ones and harmonizing approaches, where possible, in consultation with stakeholders.

Outcome 3: To ensure consistency with international standards and its own mandate, the CFIA will continue to develop and design new science-based program policies and update existing ones, with a focus on high risk pathways of introduction.

  • Formation of new working relationships and partnerships with provincial and territorial agencies for eradication and management of IAS (e.g. woolly cupgrass in Québec).
  • Proposed revisions to the Weed Seeds Order, development of the Invasive Plants Policy and review of Canada's List of Regulated Pests;
  • A domestic management plan for woolly cupgrass was developed in consultation with industry and partners. This plan will support further regulatory action on this species.
Engaging Canadians      

Outcome 1: Increased cooperation and awareness from stakeholders on plants and plant pests and compliance with policies and regulations.

Outcome 2: The Agency will continue to facilitate information sharing among federal departments and other partners to ensure that CFIA's mandate is met.

Outcome 3: Awareness will be raised about IAS, their potential pathways and associated policies and programs.

Outcome 4: Early reporting of IAS and best management practices for reducing the risk to Canada's plant resources will be promoted.

  • Facilitated collaboration, mutual support and information sharing among organizations through participation at industry meetings and workshops (e.g. participation in Ontario Critical Plant Pest Management Committee, British Columbia Pest Advisory Committee, Ontario Invasive Plants Council, Invasive Plants Council of British Columbia).
  • Completed of the Canadian Invasive Plants Framework.
  • Developed and distributed information products (field guides, fact sheets, posters) to organization and members of the public across Canada. To enhance Canadian's awareness of invasive species and how they spread.
  • Conducted broad Canadian stakeholder consultation to validate Invasive Plants Policy and plants under consideration for regulation.
  • Piloted a weed risk assessment training workshop to provincial regulatory officials.
  • Worked with Environment Canada to review 129 research project proposals as part of the IAS Partnership Program.
International Cooperation      

Outcome 1: Increased international engagement, cooperation and awareness of invasive species and compliance with policies and regulations.

Outcome 2: International standards will reflect Canadian interests.

Outcome 3: Participation in international standard setting, harmonization of approaches, negotiations and bilateral meetings with key trading partners to mitigate the risk of IAS introduction through trade pathways and maintain access to foreign markets.

  • Informed key international partners (e.g. United States, China and India) of Canada's invasive plants regulatory initiatives and discussed potential risk mitigation measures and cooperative approaches.
  • Participated in panels, working groups and in meetings of international organizations to develop and implement harmonized standards and guidelines on IAS as well as to share information and collaborate on other initiatives related to Plant Health (e.g. aligning CFIA policy on Asian Gypsy Moth with the NAPPO standard;. phase-in of ISPM 15 for wood packaging material moving between the US and Canada; development of NAPPO IAS pathways risk assessment standard).
CFIA's Subtotal 60.0 (2010-11 to 2014-15) and 12.0 ongoing 12.0 7.7    
National Resources Canada

Adapting to a Changing Climate and Hazard Risk Management

Risk Analysis 3.0 (2010-11 to 2014-15) and 0.6 ongoing 0.6 0.6

Risk Analysis:

Outcome: The capacity to identify and address forest invasive alien species risks and prevent their introduction is increased.

Outputs/Activities: National risk analysis models and risk maps for selected forest invasive alien species are developed to improve understanding of the pathways of forest invasive alien species movement and help to better assess human-assisted introductions and spread of new invasive alien forest pests and their impacts.

Considerable work in 2010-11 to advance pest risk mapping science, analyze pest spread, and assess impacts of major invasive species.

Presentations and peer reviewed articles on improving risk mapping and working around knowledge gaps;

Terrestrial transportation pathways analysis and modeling (Canada/U.S. border crossings and commercial transportation

Analysis of spread of Brown Spruce Longhorn Beetle (BSLB) in Nova Scotia, and Emerald Ash Borer (EAB) in Ontario

Estimating economic and ecological impacts of EAB.

Science and Technology 5.0 (2010-11 to 2014-15) and 1.0 ongoing 1.0 1.0

Science and Technology:

Outcome 1: Knowledge of forest invasive alien species taxonomy, biology, and ecology is improved.

Outputs/Activities: Scientific research is undertaken to address knowledge gaps in taxonomy, biology, ecology, distribution, and pest-host and forest-pathogen relationships.

Outcome 2: Likelihood of establishment or spread of forest invasive alien species is minimized and their impacts are mitigated.

Outputs/Activities: Detection, diagnostic and surveillance tools and strategies are developed for forest invasive alien species. Response tools and methods are developed and provided to responsible agencies to deal with control and eradication of forest invasive alien species.

Outcome 1:

Examples of work in 2010-11 include research into:

  • Life-cycle and behaviour of Asian Longhorned Beetle (ALHB);
  • Pathology and tree resistance to Sudden Oak Death (notably in Eastern Canadian tree species);
  • Relationships of European Wood Wasp to other co-existing fungi and insects;
  • Biological control agents for EAB;
  • EAB: Overwintering ecology; life-cycle; ash tree chemicals as attractants; pheromones; and
  • BSLB flight behaviour and natural dispersal; biological control agents

Outcome 2:

Examples of work in 2010-11 include:

  • Genetic identification techniques are being developed for insects and fungi that are difficult to identify based on visual examination – required in some instances to distinguish native from alien species, or between different alien species (e.g. Gypsy moth; fungal diseases of White Pine);
  • Generic pheromones are being developed in order to enhance the efficacy of insect survey traps; and
  • A comprehensive review (272 page book) of 510 alien introduced beetle species recorded from Atlantic Canada and Quebec was published in 2010 – it provides baseline information for Eastern Canada; work is underway to complete an ATLAS of introduced species of beetles for all of Canada, including identification tools.
Legislation, Regulation and Policy 1.0 (2010-11 to 2014-15) and 0.2 ongoing 0.2 0.2

Legislation, Regulation and Policy:

Outcome 1: Decision-making related to forest invasive alien species (FIAS) management by regulatory agencies and other organizations is informed by scientific and policy expertise.

Outputs/Activities: Science and policy expertise on forest invasive alien species prevention, detection and response are provided to regulatory agencies and other federal Departments, Provinces and Territories, Municipalities Industry and First Nations.

Outcome 2: Canadian positions in national and international discussions on phytosanitary trade issues are informed by scientific and policy expertise.

Outputs/Activities: Scientific and policy advice is provided in support to phytosanitary trade negotiations and the development of national and international forest phytosanitary standards.

Outcome 1:

Canadian Forest Service personnel regularly provide science advice and policy expertise to governments and other stakeholders both in Canada and internationally; examples in 2010-11 include:

  • Recommendations on ALHB survey requirements to CFIA, survey priorities for 2010-11, and survey strategy to end ALHB eradication program;
  • ALHB host list to CFIA;
  • Advice to Environment Canada on the Butternut recovery program, and to other government departments and stakeholders (Transport Canada, National Defense, First Nations and regional environment councils in Québec) on protection of Butternut;
  • Branch sampling protocols, via technical notes and technology transfer workshops for arborists and city foresters; and
  • Advice and training on EAB to Canadian Food Inspection Agency staff; City of Ottawa, Governments of Manitoba and Québec, U.S. Government.

Outcome 2:

Canadian Forest Service personnel are actively engaged in international deliberations regarding phytosanitary standards; examples of work in 2010-11 include:

  • Recommendations on wood chip size for ALHB – treated material; and
  • Recommendations to CFIA on International phytosanitary standard 15 (wood packaging).

 

Engaging Canadians 0.5 (2010-11 to 2014-15) and 0.1 ongoing 0.1 0.1

Engaging Canadians:

Outcome: Scientific Information on FIAS is made available to agencies, researchers and the public.

Outputs/Activities: Application functionality and content of the CanFIAS Database and the Forest Invasive Alien Species Web Portal are enhanced and expanded.

With respect to the CanFIAS database, work in 2010-11 focused on the capture of post-1995 and external information on invasive species from CFS, partners and clients, including: identification of primary record sources; capture or transfer of records; verification; inclusion; quality control; documentation.

Building on previous years' work, specific work in 2010-11 included:

The CanFIAS database (http://ravageursexotiques.gc.ca/db_list_eng.asp) was improved by scanning and including (historical) primary collection information for selected species;

A draft manual in support of CanFIAS for analysis of alien invasions was completed; and

The Exotic Pests web portal (includes CanFIAS database) was promoted at technology transfer events and conferences.

International Cooperation 0.5 (2010-11 to 2014-15) and 0.1 ongoing 0.1 0.1

International Cooperation:

Outcome: International cooperation with phytosanitary organizations and trading partners is facilitated.

Outputs/Activities: Collaboration is fostered through active participation in scientific activities and knowledge transfer in support to international phytosanitary organizations such as the North American Plant Protection Organization and the International Forestry Quarantine Research Group that provides internationally coordinated research analyses to the International Plant Protection Convention's Technical Panel on Forest Quarantine and Commission of Phytosanitary Measures.

Research – NRCan-Canadian Forest Service (CFS) has coordinated international research activities that have provided data critical to the adoption of international standards, e.g. International Standards for Phytosanitary Measures (ISPMs) No. 15 the wood packaging standard that significantly reduces risk of invasive pest movement internationally. Scientific refinements to this standard and the development of other regulatory instruments continue to reduce pest risk to Canadian forests. In 2010-11 new treatments for wood pests were proposed by the International Forest Quarantine Research Group (IFQRG) and are under review by international community.

Market Access – China, India: Technical discussion and provision of scientific analyses have addressed Chinese and Indian phytosanitary concerns and opened markets for Canadian wood commodities. Log and lumber shipments to China have increased significantly since a Phytosanitary Arrangement signed in 2009. As a result of work culminating in bilateral meetings in 2011, India now accepts Canadian spruce, pine, fir and western red cedar lumber. NRCan science has contributed to the removal of trade barriers with other countries (e.g. Australia, EU, Turkey, Malaysia, Taiwan, and Korea) and continues to do so as issues arise.

International Phytosanitary Education – NRCan-CFS co-authored a UN-FAO "Guide to the implementation of phytosanitary standards in forestry", published in 2011. The Guide will be used in Canada and around the world to promote awareness in the forestry sector of methods to reduce the international movement of forest pests.

NRCan's Subtotal 10.0 (2010-11 to 2014-15) and 2.0 ongoing 2.0 1.9    
Department of Fisheries and Oceans Science for Sustainable Fisheries and Aquaculture Risk Analysis 2.0 (2010-11 to 2014-15) and 0.4 ongoing 0.4 0.41

Risk analysis for priority species and pathways

Peer-reviewed risk assessment finalized for the ship-mediated pathway (ballast and hull-fouling vectors) in the Great Lakes and Arctic.

Baitfish pathway risk assessment finalized for Ontario.

Biological synopses completed for: Asian Shore Crab, Tench, 'pedicure fish', compound sea squirt, light-bulb sea squirt and European sea squirt. Updated biological synopsis for Bighead and Silver carps (2006+) was also completed.

Center of Expertise for Risk Assessment website updated to provide information on biological risk assessments, framework documents, and biological synopses of high risk aquatic invasive species for internal and external (other countries, government departments, provinces, public and stakeholders) clients.

Prepared a background report in order to develop a socio-economic framework by the end of fiscal year 2011-2012 and began work on the development of the framework.

Completed a case study on the socio-economic impacts of Aquatic Invasive Species (AIS).

Science and Technology 5.1 (2010-11 to 2014-15) and 1.02 ongoing 1.02 0.97 Decision makers are provided with information in order to manage species and pathways in a risk based manner.

Summary of Science research funding for 2005-2010 initiated, this document will provide decision makers with a summary of results.

Ongoing funding for monitoring and science research activities to identify impacts, high risk species and pathways.

Legislation, Regulation and Policy 1.1 (2010-11 to 2014-15) and 0.21 ongoing 0.21 0.20 Development of components of aquatic invasive species regulations

Input solicited from provincial/territorial partners, OGDs and DFO regional staff on a regulatory intent document, outlining potential components of an AIS regulation.

Industry Profile completed for industries potentially impacted by new AIS regulations.

Legal analysis completed on several legal issues associated with the regulatory proposal.

Held a workshop to identify science needs to complete the proposal and implement a potential AIS regulation.

Consultation plan has been drafted for further consultations with stakeholders once the proposal is further refined.

Engaging Canadians 0.4 (2010-11 to 2014-15) and 0.09 ongoing 0.09 0.08 Stakeholder and partner are aware of activities that can mitigate the risk of aquatic invasive species

Regular meetings held with provinces to discuss AIS issues though the National Aquatic Invasive Species Committee.

Developed and distributed various communication products such as identification booklets, Signs, posters, fact sheets and other public education materials throughout Canada.

International Cooperation 11.4 (2010-11 to 2014-15) and 2.28 ongoing 2.28 2.24

The impact of Sea Lamprey is effectively managed in the Great Lakes

Canada is engaged with international discussion to address the introduction and spread of aquatic invasive species.

DFO delivered a full program of sea lamprey assessment and control in 2010-11, including: the lampricide treatment of 51 tributaries and offshore area, as well as 875 HA in the St. Marys River; the assessment of larval populations in 219 tributaries and offshore area; the reconstruction of sea lamprey barriers in two tributaries and the maintenance of barriers in 26 tributaries; and the operation of spawning-phase assessment traps at 22 sites in 19 tributaries.

Lake-wide spawning-phase abundance targets were met in Lake Ontario, were they have been within or near target since the late 1980's, and in Lake Superior for the third consecutive year. A 36% reduction was observed in Lake Erie, while a slight increase was observed in Lake Huron, although the larval population in the St. Marys River, the major sea lamprey producing tributary to Lake Huron, was at its lowest point in the time series (1998-2010). Largely as a result of the Sea Lamprey Control Program, lake trout have been rehabilitated in Lake Superior, and are showing positive signs of recovery in Lake Huron. The program also protects fisheries for other native species and introduced salmonids.

DFO participates in and contributes to various international working groups that focus on Aquatic Invasive Species. Canada coordinates with the United States through the Aquatic Nuisance Species Task Force. Canada also participates in aquatic invasive species at the International Council for the Exploration of the Sea (ICES - Atlantic) and the North Pacific Marine Science Organization PICES.

DFO's Subtotal 20.0 (2010-11 to 2014-15) and 4.0 ongoing 4.0 3.9    
Environment Canada

Biodiversity - Wildlife and Habitat

Engaging Canadians - Invasive Alien Species Partnership Program 5.0 (2010-11 to 2014-15) and 1.0 ongoing 1.0 0.02

Completed Invasive Alien Species Partnership Program projects have addressed priorities set out in An Invasive Alien Species Strategy for Canada

Increased contribution of individuals and organizations in activities related to IAS

Only 1 project addressing priorities outlined in An Invasive Alien Species Strategy for Canada was funded in 2010-11

Total participation: 59 person-days, 11 organizations involved

EC's Subtotal 5.0 (2010-11 to 2014-15) and 1.0 ongoing 1.0 0.02    
Total 95.0 (2010-11 to 2014-15) and 19.0 ongoing 19.0 13.52    

Comments on Variances:

CFIA: The expected results for each of the programs are ongoing and involve several different projects and activities. Such activities and projects are in various stages of initiation, development, validation, implementation, and/or re-evaluation. By its nature, the regulatory plant protection mandate of the CFIA involves IAS. As such, it is essential to note that in the past year, some activities carried out as part of the overall plant program are related to IAS, but were not recorded exclusively as IAS work. In 2010-2011, the CFIA achieved the expected results for the specific activities undertaken in proportion to the resources spent on IAS. A dedicated IAS committee–under the Plant Business Line governance structure now in place at the CFIA–will develop and evaluate an annual plan for IAS activities. This will provide more formal governance that, along with internal coding to support the five thematic areas of IAS work, will improve planning, allocation and accuracy of reporting of IAS resources in subsequent years.

NRCan: NRCan essentially achieved its objectives and spent the budgeted amount across all five program themes. A small portion of the operational budget was not spent owing to a combination of factors, including the late approval of the funding (especially impacts field work that was dependent on the funds), some work reduced or combined, and some work progressing more slowly than expected.

DFO: The spending reported does not include all spending on Aquatic Invasive Species within the Department. Currently the department supports a wide range of activities under other areas such as ecosystem science.

Environment Canada: Due to late signing of the TB Submission and associated program restructuring, the program did not have a call for proposals in 2010-2011. Only one IASPP project for $15,500 was funded in 2010-2011.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): N/A

Contact information:

Canadian Food Inspection Agency
Wendy Asbil
National Manager, Invasive Alien Species
Office of the Chief Plant Health Officer
Plant Health and Biosecurity Directorate
(613) 773-7236

Environment Canada
Bruno Paris
A/Head, Invasive Alien Species Unit
Canadian Wildlife Service
(819) 953-9939

National Resources Canada
Jacques Gagnon
Director
Science Policy / Science Program Branch / NRCan – Canadian Forest Service
(613) 947-9043

Fisheries and Oceans Canada
Patrice Simon
Director
Environment and Biodiversity Science
(613) 990-0289

Top of Page

Canadian Heritage

Horizontal Initiatives


  • 2010 Olympic and Paralympic Winter Games - Delivering on our Commitments
  • Roadmap for Canada's Linguistic Duality 2008-2013: Acting for the Future


Name of Horizontal Initiative: 2010 Olympic and Paralympic Winter Games - Delivering on our Commitments

Name of Lead Department(s): Department of Canadian Heritage

Lead Department Program Activity: Sport

Start Date: 2003-04

End Date: March 31, 2012

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date): $582.865M

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

The 2010 Games Secretariat monitored and reported on the Government of Canada's contribution to the 2010 Winter Games, which engaged Canadians from across the country, reflected Canadian values and priorities in their planning, delivery, and international profile, and promoted opportunities to advance public policy goals and to make strategic investments that supported long-term tangible economic benefits and sport, social, cultural and environmental legacies for all Canadians (www.pch.gc.ca).

The Government of Canada was a key partner in the 2010 Winter Games. The 2010 Federal Secretariat within the Department of Canadian Heritage worked horizontally to support and promote federal engagement in the planning and delivery of the Games, which included providing high-quality essential federal services as well as capital and legacy funding. Fifteen federal Departments provided services deemed essential for conducting successful Games. Therefore these departments, whether they received incremental funding for this purpose or supported the services from their A-base, were accountable for delivering essential federal services under the Multi-Party Agreement signed in 2002. The 2010 Federal Secretariat worked with its partners and stakeholders to leverage the Games as an opportunity to advance public policy objectives, establish lasting legacies, and derive maximum benefit for all Canadians (www.canada2010.gc.ca).

Canadian Heritage was the lead department for federal participation in support of the 2010 Winter Games with the exception of games security and public safety. In October 2007 the Prime Minister appointed Ward Elcock as the Coordinator for the 2010 Olympic and G8 Security and established an office within the Privy Council Office. As a result of this appointment, the RCMP became the lead coordinating Department to develop a Horizontal RMAF for Games Security and Public Safety collectively with Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA), Citizenship and Immigration Canada (CIC), Canadian Security Intelligence Service (CSIS), Department of National Defence (DND), Industry Canada (IC), Public Health Agency of Canada (PHAC), Public Safety Canada (PS), Transport Canada (TC), Health Canada (HC), Canadian Coast Guard (CCG), Canada Post and Privy Council Office (PCO).

Shared Outcome:

There were three levels of shared outcomes as identified below:

Final Outcomes

  • Sport, economic, social and cultural legacies are established for the benefit of all Canadians;
  • Canadian excellence and values are promoted domestically and internationally; and
  • Canada is recognized as a capable and inclusive host.

Intermediate Outcomes

  • Pan-Canadian engagement in sport, economic, social and cultural activities related to the 2010 Winter Games;
  • Enhance Canada's domestic and international profile; and
  • Canadians and international participants experience safe and high-quality games.

Immediate Outcomes

  • Leverage 2010 Winter Games to advance existing federal priorities;
  • Positive exposure and heightened recognition of the Government of Canada as a key partner in the 2010 Winter Games; and
  • Successful delivery of mandated essential federal services.

Governance Structure(s):

2010 Federal Games Secretariat
Representative Working Group (RWG)

The 2010 Federal Secretariat, under the leadership of the Deputy Minister of Canadian Heritage, supported the Framework for Federal Coordination (FFC). The FCC was the primary mechanism for promoting horizontal management of the Winter Games. This governance structure consisted of three levels:

  • A Deputy Ministers and Heads of Agency Coordination Committee that facilitates interdepartmental and intergovernmental consultation and coordination of Games-related issues and commitments;
  • An Assistant Deputy Minister-level Representative Working Group (RWG) that reports on the progress of essential federal service delivery; and,
  • Working-level Issue Clusters that support intergovernmental coordination and information sharing.

In addition, an Essential Federal Services Committee (EFS Committee) was established under the authority of the RWG to support, promote, coordinate and monitor seamless planning of essential federal services.

Performance Highlights:

Following the successful completion of the 2010 Olympic and Paralympic Winter Games, efforts turned to bringing Government of Canada activities related to this major event to a close. The 2010 Federal Secretariat was wound up, with responsibility for 2010 Winter Olympic Games transferred to the Sport Canada Branch of Canadian Heritage. As well, the Horizontal Evaluation of the Government of Canada's investment in the 2010 Olympic and Paralympic Winter Games was completed and a draft report was submitted to Canadian Heritage. The Evaluation Report is expected to be finalized in the 2011-12 fiscal year.

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending for
2010-11
Actual Spending for
2010-11
Expected Results for
2010-11
Results Achieved in
2010-11
Canadian Heritage (lead) Canadians participate and excel in sport 2010 Secretariat Federal $563.24M $2.9M $2.9M

Positive exposure and heightened recognition of the Government of Canada as a key partner in the 2010 Winter Games.

The 2010 Federal Secretariat was wound up, with responsibility for 2010 Winter Olympic files transferred to the Sport Canada Branch of Canadian Heritage.

The Horizontal Evaluation of the Government of Canada's investment in the 2010 Olympic and Paralympic Winter Games was completed and a draft report was submitted to Canadian Heritage. The Evaluation Report is expected to be finalized in the 2011-12 fiscal year.
Public Health Agency of Canada The health and safety of federal public service employees working on location during the Winter Games as well as the health protection of the public during the Winter Games are ensured.   $2.7M N/A N/A

No expected results were planned for 2010-11.

No expected results were planned for 2010-11.

Health Canada

The health and safety of federal public service employees working on location during the Winter Games are ensured.

Workplace Health

Sustainable Environmental Health
$2.6M
(Health Safety)
N/A N/A

No expected results were planned for 2010-11.

No expected results were planned for 2010-11.

Health Canada

Health Canada evaluates and monitors the safety, quality and efficacy of drugs (human and animal), biologics, medical devices, and natural health products. Health products $0.325M
(Entry of Goods and Individuals into Canada)
N/A N/A

No expected results were planned for 2010-11.

No expected results were planned for 2010-11.

Human Resources and Skills Development Canada Enhanced Canadian productivity and participation through efficient and inclusive labour markets, competitive workplaces and access to learning. Foreign workers and immigrants

N/A
The Temporary Foreign Workers Program (TFWP) has not received funding through this mechanism to support its Olympic Process.

N/A N/A

No expected results were planned for 2010-11.

No expected results were planned for 2010-11.

Environment Canada

Weather and environmental predictions and services reduce risks and contribute to the well-being of Canadians. Improved knowledge and information on weather and environmental conditions influence decision-making. $9.3M $0.3M N/A

Canadians have greater awareness and understanding of sustainability initiatives associated with the 2010 Games.

Scientific and technical expertise and input to the environmental assessment process including follow-up activities as required.

With regards to sustainability awareness, projects such as the Biodiversity Profiles and the Vancouver Biokit –which provided legacy information on the Vancouver area – and additional funding for the video adaptations to the "Vancouver 2010 Sustainability Journey" were from the 2010-11 budget.

Concerning Sustainability Showcasing, funding was in support of promotion of the Sea-to-Sky Green Guide Map and the Winter Games venues and facilities case studies as well as funding support for the translation of the Athlete's Village Challenge Series ( LEED Green Building overview) into Mandarin for use at the Shanghai Expo.

Canada's natural capital is restored, conserved and enhanced.

Environmental Assessment is integral part of program and policy decision-making.

Canadians adopt approaches that ensure the sustainable use and management of natural capital and working landscapes.

Efficient and effective environmental assessments
$4.1M $0.1M $0.1M
Fisheries and Oceans Canada Healthy and productive aquatic eco-systems. Habitat Management $0.6 M $0.1M N/A

Environmental effects of regulatory decisions are considered in a timely manner before regulatory decisions are made under the Fisheries Act.

Activities in relation to the stated expected result have ceased.

Total $582.865M $3.4M $3.0M     

Comments on Variances:
Fiscal year 2010-11 was the sunset period of this Horizontal Initiative. Therefore, all activities were related to the reporting requirement, since Departments' specific expected results were achieved leading up to and during the 2010 Olympic and Paralympic Winter Games.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): N/A

Contact information: Walter Raschkowan, Canadian Heritage - Sport Canada Branch, (819) 956-8071, walter.raschkowan@pch.gc.ca



Name of Horizontal Initiative: Roadmap for Canada's Linguistic Duality 2008-2013: Acting for the Future

Name of Lead Department(s): Canadian Heritage

Lead Department Program Activity: Official Languages

Start Date: April 1, 2008

End Date: March 31, 2013

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date): $1,110.10 M

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

The Roadmap for Canada's Linguistic Duality 2008-2013: Acting for the Future (Roadmap) is a Government of Canada policy statement that includes a number of initiatives to strengthen and promote linguistic duality. Fifteen federal institutions have received funds for sectoral programs and activities related to official languages. The Roadmap contributes to the attainment of a strategic outcome for Canadian Heritage (Canadians have a sense of their Canadian identity) and to the Government of Canada's outcome (A diverse society that promotes linguistic duality and social inclusion).

Another key component of the Roadmap is the implementation of an accountability framework and a coordinated government-wide approach to official languages. Implementing the Roadmap is a component of the Official Languages Program, as defined and approved by the Committee of Deputy Ministers on Official Languages in December 2004.

Web site: http://www.pch.gc.ca/pgm/slo-ols/strat-eng.cfm

Shared Outcome:

Three levels of outcomes have been established.

Ultimate outcome: Canadians enjoy the benefits of linguistic duality; live and work in communities that reflect Canadian values with respect to the use of English and French; and have access to government services in the language of choice.

Three intermediate outcomes:

  • Enhanced capacity of Canadians (English-speaking in Quebec and French-speaking across Canada) to live and work in vibrant communities in the language of choice.
  • Increased proportion of Canadians who are aware of the benefits and have the necessary tools to appreciate linguistic duality.
  • Strengthening capacity of the Government of Canada relating to official languages.

Eight immediate outcomes:

  • Continued and improved access to justice services in both official languages.
  • Continued and improved access to health services in both official languages.
  • Improved social and economic development of official-language minority communities (OLMC).
  • Strengthened capacity of language industries.
  • Improved knowledge and use of both official languages.
  • Improved access to cultural expressions of both linguistic groups.
  • Reinforced coordination for the Official Languages Program (OLP).
  • Reinforced linguistic duality in federal public service.

Governance Structure(s):

The Minister of Canadian Heritage and Official Languages is responsible for the implementation of the Roadmap. The Official Languages Secretariat (OLS) (Canadian Heritage) supports the Minister of Canadian Heritage and Official Languages. With respect to roles and responsibilities, the OLS is responsible for developing and coordinating the results of the Roadmap. The OLS ensures that all information (financial and non-financial) needed is gathered and that the content of all logic models of the Roadmap's structure is taken into consideration. The OLS is also responsible for the complete implementation and the accountability framework for the Roadmap. This role was given to the OLS by the partners through the development of a Management Framework for the Roadmap, which outlines the activities and results structure, the governance structure, as well as the roles and responsibilities of departments and different interdepartmental committees, while also identifying the relevant operational issues concerning its horizontal implementation. The OLS will also support the governance of the Official Languages Program through various mechanisms and committees: the Committee of Assistant Deputy Ministers on Official Languages, the Assistant Deputy Ministers on Official Languages Executive Committee, and the Official Languages Program Interdepartmental Coordination Steering Committee.

Performance Highlights:

The year 2010-11 marked the third year of implementation of the Roadmap for Canada's Linguistic Duality 2008-2013, and implementation continued in line with the Horizontal Results-based Management and Accountability Framework released in September 2009. The coordination of implementation activities was facilitated by the formal governance structure currently in place.

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending for
2010-11
Actual Spending for
2010-11
Expected Results for
2010-11
Results Achieved in
2010-11
Ultimate outcome: Canadians enjoy the benefits of linguistic duality; live and work in communities that reflect Canadian values with respect to the use of English and French; and have access to government services in the language of choice.
Intermediate outcome 1: Enhanced capacity of Canadians (English-speaking in Quebec and French-speaking across Canada) to live and work in vibrant communities in the language of choice.
Immediate outcome 1.1: Continued and improved access to justice services in both official languages.
Justice Canada Justice, Policy, Legislation and Programs

Contraventions Act Fund

Result for the 2008-2013 Roadmap:

Improved capacity to carry on judicial activities and to deliver extrajudicial services related to federal contraventions in both official languages.
$47.46 M $9.49 M $4.75 M

Signed agreement with Newfoundland-Labrador (NL) with a view to offering extra-judicial services and to undertake judicial activities in both official languages.

Negotiations commenced with Saskatchewan (Saskt.) and Prince-Edward-Island (PEI) in order to enter into an agreement aimed at offering extra-judicial services and undertake judicial activities in both official languages.

Four jurisdictions (British-Columbia, Manitoba, Ontario and Nova Scotia) and one municipality (Mississauga) have entered into an agreement containing language provisions with the Department and, as a result, are fully prepared, under the Official Languages Act to offer judicial and extra judicial services.

The Department has been actively pursuing negotiations with NL in 2010-11 with a view to signing an agreement.

The Department commenced correspondence with Sask. regarding implementation of the Act that would include language provisions.

Ongoing negotiations with PEI to sign a new agreement which will include provisions to increase PEI's capacity to offer judicial and extrajudicial services in both official languages made great strides and an agreement is expected to be signed in 2011-12. The current agreement with the Province signed in 1997 does not contain language rights provisions.

The Department invited Alberta to begin negotiations towards signing an agreement that will contain provisions that will increase Alberta's capacity to offer judicial and extra-judicial services in both official languages.
Justice Canada Internal Services Contraventions Act Fund $1.92 M $0.38 M $0.16 M N/A  N/A
Justice Canada Justice, Policy, Legislation and Programs

Initiative of support to access to justice in both languages (new component: justice training)

Result for the 2008-2013 Roadmap:

Increased capacity of partners and the Department to implement solutions relating to access to justice in both official languages.
$38.02 M $9.11 M $5.72 M

Implementation of the pan-Canadian study on justice training needs in both official languages.

Continued judicial awareness and information activities in order to promote increased access to justice services in both official languages.

The Department has been actively working with its partners to ensure sound implementation of the Support Fund including the training component. In 2010-11, the Department funded 50 projects that responded to the needs of official-language minority communities across Canada, namely:

  • Fifteen projects aimed at increasing awareness or providing public legal information.
  • Eight projects to support the ongoing activities of French-speaking jurists associations and their Federation.
  • Twelve projects that provide advance training focusing on legal terminology for bilingual justice professionals.
  • One project that contributes to the development of a curriculum for bilingual students interested in pursuing a career in the field of justice.
  • Eight projects that are aimed at elaborating a recruitment strategy and the promotion of justice-related careers.
  • Six projects that are focused on developing linguistic training tools.
Justice Canada Internal Services Initiative of support to access to justice in both languages (new component: justice training) $1.89 M $0.43 M $0.32 M N/A N/A
Immediate Outcome 1.2: Continued and improved access to health services in both official languages.
Health Canada

Canadian Health System
Official-language minority community development

Training, Networks and Access to Health Services

Results for the 2008-2013 Roadmap:

1) Increased number of health professionals to meet health service needs of OLMCs in both official languages.

2) Increased coordination and integration of health services for OLMCs within institutions and communities.

3) Increased partnerships, interaction of networks in provincial, territorial health systems.

4) Increased awareness among stakeholders that networks are a focal point for addressing health concerns of OLMCs.

5) Increased dissemination and uptake of knowledge best practices to address health concerns of OLMCs.

$174.30 M $37.8 M $37.8 M

In 2010-11, Health Canada entered into new funding agreements with two community-based stakeholders (primary funding recipients) under two components of the Official Languages Health Contribution Program. Anticipated outcomes are as follows:

  • Société Santé en français: Three to four new funding agreements under the Official Languages Health Projects component will be initiated in 2010-11 to fund projects aiming to improve the health of French-speaking language minority communities, for a value of $5.5 M.
  • Consortium national de formation en santé: A new funding agreement for the Cultural and French-language training subcomponent of the Support for Training and Retention of Health Professionals component will be initiated in 2010-11 for a value of $1M.

In addition, 19 multi-year funding agreements with community-based stakeholders were initiated in 2009-10 and will all conclude in March 2013, comprising a total investment of $30.2 M in 2010-11. These funds are for:

  • Health Networking: $5.0 M;
  • Training and Retention of Health Professionals: $22.2 M;
  • Official Languages Health Projects for English-speaking minority communities: $3.0 M.

In 2010-11, Health Canada will undertake consultations with official-language minority communities to assess Health Canada's progress in implementing the Official Languages Health Contribution Program and to ascertain community perspectives regarding program renewal in April 2013. Anticipated outcomes are as follows:

  • Official-language minority communities are satisfied with Health Canada's progress in administering the Official Languages Health Contribution Program.
  • Community perspectives are summarized.

1147 new student registrations were accepted in 2010-11 into training programs funded under the coordination of the Consortium national de formation en santé. There were 518 graduates from these same programs for the academic year ending in May/June 2010. A follow-up survey of training graduates from 2008-09 - which was released in 2010-11 - revealed that 86% of graduates surveyed were employed in health professions serving official-language minority communities.

McGill University coordinated language training activities in 2010-11 for some 1325 health professionals in Quebec to improve their ability to serve English-speaking minority communities.

Approximately 70 projects are being launched during 2010-13 in French-speaking minority communities outside Quebec. Examples of projects launched in 2010-11:

  • A three-year project (2010-13) to facilitate the delivery of health care services in French in retirement homes and to provide support to family caregivers in three French-speaking communities of three regions of Newfoundland and Labrador: Avalon, Port-au-Port and Labrador City.
  • Another three-year project (2010-13) to create and distribute public health education and awareness tools for French-speaking and Acadian preschool children in Nova Scotia.

A total of 38 projects have been launched in English-speaking minority communities in Quebec over 2010-2013. Examples of projects launched in 2010-11:

  • A project designed to co-ordinate recruiting efforts of regional stakeholders in order to fill the need for bilingual workers in the Gaspésie-Îles-de-la-Madeleine region.
  • English translation of health information documents in Saguenay-Lac-Saint-Jean.

Further information regarding these projects is available from the Websites of Program recipients:

  • Société Santé en français
  • Community Health and Social Services Network
  • Consortium national de formation en santé
  • McGill University
Immediate Outcome 1.3: Improved social and economic development of Official-Language Minority Communities (OLMC).
Canadian Heritage Official Languages

Minority-Language Education

Component: Support to Minority-Language Education.

Results for the 2008-2013 Roadmap:

1) Improved access of OLMCs to a quality education in their own language and their environment.

$280.0 M $56.0 M $56.0 M Maintain or increase the offers of Provinces and Territories educational programs and activities that promote access to a minority language education. 13 education agreements with the Provinces and Territories that helped almost 245,000 young Canadians in minority communities study in their language in over 900 schools across Canada and supported the work of 40 minority language school boards and 39 minority language post-secondary institutions in all regions of Canada.
Canadian Heritage Official Languages

Minority-Language Education

Component: Official-language Monitors

Results for the 2008-2013 Roadmap:

1) Improved access of OLMCs to a quality education in their own language and their environment.

$5.2 M $1.04 M $1.04 M Maintain the amount of participants in the Odyssée program which allows students to work as language monitors in minority language classrooms.

Odyssey enabled 274 young Anglophones and Francophones across Canada to work as language monitors in minority language schools.

Canadian Heritage Official Languages

Minority-Language Education

Component: Summer Language Bursaries

Results for the 2008-2013 Roadmap:

1) Improved access of OLMCs to a first-rate education in their own language and their milieu.

$1.7 M $0.344 M $0.344 M Support the Destination Clic program to maintain its yearly enrolment. This program helps young francophones outside Québec enrich their mother tongue while discovering new communities in Canada. The Destination Clic program enabled 252 young Francophones from minority language communities to enrich their mother tongue while discovering other Francophone communities in Canada.
Canadian Heritage Official Languages

Community vitality

Component: Youth Initiatives.

Results for the 2008-2013 Roadmap:

1) Increased capacity of OLMCs to live in their own language, in their environment and increased access to a range of programs and services delivered in their language (especially for youth).

$10.5 M N/A N/A N/A N/A
Canadian Heritage Official Languages

Community vitality

Component: Support to Official-language Minority Communities

Result for the 2008-2013 Roadmap:

Improved capacity of OLMCs to live in their own language in their milieu and improved access to a range of programs and services offered in their language.

$22.5 M $4.5 M

$4.5 M

Create, improve and deliver activities, and services intended for OLMC that promote a sense of belonging. Support to over 400 community organizations, including community centres, community radio and newspapers, youth organizations and parent organizations, in their efforts to promote the development and vitality of official-language minority communities (OLMCs).
Canadian Heritage Official Languages

Community vitality

Component: Intergovernmental Cooperation.

Result for the 2008-2013 Roadmap:

Increased access of OLMCs to provincial, territorial and municipal services in the minority language.

$22.5 M $4.5 M $4.5 M Improvement of signed Federal/Provincial/Territorial agreements on services and on approved special projects. In 2010-11, 13 services agreements with the Provinces and Territories were in effect and ten special projects were approved.
Canadian Heritage Official Languages

Community vitality

Component: Cultural Development Funds

Results for the 2008-2013 Roadmap:

1) Increased access to provincial, territorial and municipal services in the minority language (especially in culture).

2) Increased capacity of OLMCs to live in their own language in their milieu and increased access to a range of programs and services delivered in their language (especially in culture).

$14.0 M $3.5 M $3.5 M Continue to support cultural projects that promote a sense of belonging for the OLMC.

In 2010-11, the Cultural Development Fund supported over 30 projects across Canada in various fields of interest.

A meeting with the community was held in October 2010 to evaluate the program's mid-term results and to explore future actions.

Human Resources and Skills Development Canada Social Development

Strengthening NGOs' means for Early Childhood Development

Result for the 2008-2013 Roadmap:

The capacity of NGOs in early childhood in minority environment will be increased.

$4.0 M $0.8 M $0.8 M

Ongoing implementation of the National Framework for Collaboration on Early Childhood Development in Minority Francophone Communities in Canada.

The National Framework for Collaboration is a roadmap to guide the initiatives of national, provincial, territorial and community partners. To ensure implementation of the National Framework, the partners under the Table nationale en développement de la petite enfance have agreed to harmonize their activities.

The National Framework will enable groups interested in early childhood development, stakeholders, parents and, ultimately, children to benefit from a continuum of integrated services.

Intersectoral collaboration in Early Childhood Development (ECD) has improved. Note, for example, the partnerships with the health, justice and education sectors.

ECD partners are in a better position to intervene in their communities and are better equipped to develop common initiatives and action plans. 

Educational tools and products to improve programs for children and families have been developed for use in homes and centre-based settings in OLMCs. These include video clips, a guidebook demonstrating various concepts of Early Childhood and Family Centers and resources for professionals in the areas of physical activity, nutrition and French language development. Research related to models for Early Childhood and Family Centres was produced and was useful in the implementation of several centres put in place in different provinces.

A data collection strategy has been developed to measure the number of French speaking children from 0-6 years, the type of services offered for ECD and the number of interveners in OLMCs. This information helps partners identify the appropriate approach to serving Francophones in OLMCs.

Following consultation with parents in French minority communities, integrated childhood and family initiatives and programs have been implemented. These programs increase the profile of ECD and the importance of introducing and sustaining French use in early childhood.

Human Resources and Skills Development Canada Skills and Employment

Family Literacy Initiative

2008-2013 Roadmap:

Community stakeholders can act in the area of family literacy, and tools and support are available and used by those members of OLMCs that need them.

$7.5 M $1.8 M $1.8 M

The launch of three research projects on new groups, such as immigrant women, parents of francophone military families and Newfoundland and Labrador's Francophones, to identify specific literacy needs and tools required for these groups.

The development, testing and adaptation of six new family literacy models designed to address the needs of new groups.
The development of two promotional strategies to increase the awareness of literacy partner organizations of new family literacy models for new groups.

Pursue the implementation of a results-based performance measurement framework.

Conception and methodology of three research projects targeting immigrant women, parents of francophone military families and Newfoundland and Labrador's Francophones are being finalized.

Research reports were produced for seven projects designed to identify specific tools and needs in family literacy for various target groups including: exogamous families, seasonal workers, grandparents, fathers, new parents in precarious situations in rural and urban areas, and immigrants.

Five family literacy approaches were developed and/or adapted and tested with five different target groups: newcomers, families with school-age children, new parents, fathers and exogamous families.

The network capacity has increased to better meet the literacy and essential skills development needs of Francophone minority communities.

Two strategies designed to promote and raise awareness of partner organizations were developed and implemented.

An environmental scan to identify the country's French language literacy and essential skills issues was produced.

Literacy and essential skills promotional tools were developed and published.

Promotional activities were organized for Family Literacy Day.

The implementation of the performance measurement framework continues. Progress reports and evaluation forms are being tested.
Human Resources and Skills Development Canada Social Development

Child Care Pilot Project

Result for the 2008-2013 Roadmap:

New knowledge on child care services for minority Francophone communities.

$13.5 M $2.7 M $1.1 M

A research report will be prepared on the short-term impact of the French-language preschool program on the development and readiness for school of children. The report's results will add to the collective knowledge of what works with respect to early childhood development services.

The project will assess children and survey parents to measure the impact of the French-language preschool program on the development of the children, one year after the end of the program.

A portion of the 2010-11 money could be spent on other projects to better understand issues relating to early childhood development, literacy and/or immigration

A research report has been completed describing the short-term impact of the French-language preschool program on the development and readiness for school of children.

Data collection activities (evaluations of children and surveys of parents) have been undertaken to measure the impacts of the program one year after the end of its delivery.

Production and release of provincial and territorial portraits of official language minorities in Canada by Statistics Canada.

Support for two research projects, one on the economic integration of immigrants and another on developing skills among youth, undertaken by Skills and Employment Branch.
Citizenship and Immigration Canada

Integration

Recruitment and integration of immigrants

Result for the 2008-2013 Roadmap:

French-speaking immigrants obtain reinforced services of establishment in OLMCs.

$20.0 M $4.5 M $15.2 M[1]

For 2010-11, CIC will maintain its existing activities in order to foster immigration to Francophone minority communities (FMCs). It will also continue working towards achieving the priorities of the Strategic Plan to Foster Immigration to Francophone Minority Communities.

More specifically, CIC will work towards to:

  • Increasing coordination, cooperation and research activities among main partners
  • Intensifying the promotion and recruitment activities of French-speaking people
  • Supporting targeted recruitment strategies to facilitate the twinning of potential immigrants and labour market needs
  • Strengthening the existing networks, forming new networks and strengthening settlement services in FMCs

CIC continued its consultations with Francophone Minority Communities (FMCs) and stakeholders by holding regular meetings the CIC-FMCs Steering Committee, the Implementation Committee and its working groups to ensure continuity in the implementation of the Strategic Plan.

The CIC-FMCs Steering Committee held its annual meeting on May 10, 2010 and the following three priorities were established for 2010-11:

  • Strengthening of immigration networks in the Provinces and Territories;
  • Economic integration of French-speaking immigrants into FMCs; and
  • Promotion and recruitment.

To facilitate the implementation of the three priorities, the CIC-FMCs Implementation Committee continued to rely on better communication and information-sharing by the various partners, an improved performance measurement and data collection strategy, and research.

A meeting of the Implementation Committee was held on October 4, 2010. Two meetings of the working group on international and economic integration issue were held on December 16, 2010 and on February 16, 2011. The discussions focused primarily on issues in relation to the economic integration of newcomers and their needs. International priorities were also discussed related to the recruitment activities abroad, university recruitment and retention of international students in Canada.

A Working Group on Francophone Immigration, made up of employees from headquarters and regional offices, met monthly to improve communication and address current various priorities, such as ways to improve the data collection mechanisms for the ongoing performance measurement and evaluation of the Recruitment and Integration of Immigrants initiative, and challenges and successes related to the needs of FMCs, as well as funding to Francophone service provider organizations (SPO).

Regional and provincial committees and subcommittees consisting of other federal departments, provinces and Francophone organizations implemented action plans reflecting the goals and objectives of the CIC-FMCs Strategic Plan, as well as identified regional priorities.

CIC commissioned Statistics Canada to prepare a Statistical Portrait of the French speaking Immigrant Population outside Quebec (1991 to 2006). This report, published in March 2010, presents information on the demographic, linguistic, social and economic characteristics of Francophone immigration in FMCs.

CIC is taking part in the research project Economic integration of immigrants in OLMCs being conducted by Human Resources and Skills Development Canada (HRSDC).

CIC is still involved in the CIC-QCGN research project entitled Anglophone communities and the benefit of attracting and retaining immigrant populations in the four regional communities of Quebec - in complement to the research being conducted in the three regions of Quebec on the dimensions of the benefit of attracting and retaining immigrants.

In 2010-11, research reports were drafted on areas where measures are needed to promote the presence of Francophone minorities outside Quebec and the presence of Anglophones in Quebec through immigration and various CIC programs. Roughly ten research activities on official languages were completed at the Department.

The 7th Destination Canada job fair was held in Paris and Brussels in November 2010. Nine provinces and two territories took part in the event. Officers from seven other visa offices (Bucharest, Dakar, Damascus, Rabat, Tunis, Nairobi and Mexico City) shared information on the potential recruitment of French-speaking immigrants from their respective regions with Canadian employers and provincial and territorial representatives. A total of 2,600 participants were selected to attend the event. 364 job profiles covering more than 1,500 openings were posted on the event Website by 68 employers or their authorized representatives.

Also, mini Destination Canada events were held in other Canadian missions in November 2010 in Tunisia and Romania, and four education, employment and international mobility fairs were held in Paris, Brussels and Geneva.

CIC encouraged and supported P&Ts in their participation at Destination Canada. Three liaison trips were organized in eight P&Ts in June and September 2010 and in March 2011.

Two Press trips were also organized in September and October 2011 and one in March 2011.

In 2010-11, CIC collaborated with the Department of Foreign Affairs and International Trade (DFAIT) to support post-secondary recruitment of French-speaking foreign students.

CIC signed a memorandum of understanding with the Province of Alberta to fund and support overseas French-speaking student recruitment from Morocco, Senegal, Lebanon, Tunisia, China, France and Cameroon.

The Ontario Region participated in the Salon des études et des carrières in Paris, in January 2011, in order to attract Francophone students to Francophone universities and colleges in Ontario.

In Ontario, CIC provided funding to College Boreal for a project focusing on the attraction and retention of French-speaking foreign students in Northern Ontario. The college has organised job fairs to augment the employment opportunities for foreign students and a number of socio-cultural activities fostering their integration into Canadian CIC signed memoranda of understanding (MOU) with Atlantic Provinces, provinces of Manitoba, Alberta and the Northwest Territories to support Destination Canada activities. In addition, a MOU was signed with the Province of Saskatchewan to support recruitment activities in Mauritius. L'Assemblée communautaire fransaskoise (ACF) also received funding for its participation in Destination Canada.

CIC signs a contribution agreement each year with the Governments of B.C. and Yukon for Francophone immigration recruitment projects. The majority of the funding is used by the Governments of B.C. and Yukon to send representatives of the FMCs to represent their respective jurisdictions and regional employers at Destination Canada.

CIC continued to implement projects to raise awareness among employers and foster the economic integration of French-speaking immigrants.

For instance, CIC organized job fairs for immigrants, and participated with HRSDC in a research project on the economic integration of immigrants in OLMCs.

In the Ontario Region, the RDÉE Ontario was funded for the project La Bonne Affaire, focusing on economic integration of French-speaking immigrants in small and medium-size businesses and through entrepreneurship. Employers have a better awareness of the economic potential of French-speaking immigrants and can offer them employment.

The funds received by the College Boreal in Ontario allowed organizing job fairs to augment the employment opportunities for foreign students and a number of socio-cultural activities fostering their integration into Canadian society.

As a result of consultations between CIC and the Consortium National de Formation en Santé (CNFS) in better preparing French-speaking immigrants working in the health sector for their economic integration to FMCs, discussions are under way for the funding of a study to be conducted by the CNFS in partnership with the Association of Canadian Community Colleges to identify the needs of skilled French-speaking immigrants and the possibility of offering pre-arrival orientation services for this clientele.

Building on the programs already in place to meet the needs of immigrants, CIC concluded nearly 80 contribution agreements with either community organizations or provinces this past year in support of the integration of Francophone immigrants outside Quebec.

Existing and new Réseaux de soutien en immigration francophone (13 in total) received funds through a national call for proposal process to make it possible to pursue a more integrated approach to services (cooperation activities) in order to meet the need of French-speaking immigrants. The Réseaux also increased leadership capacity, as well as coordination and cooperation between the communities, the federal and provincial governments in the area of Francophone immigration.

CIC continued to fund SPOs to deliver new and enhanced settlement and integration services outside Quebec, such as language training, newcomer information, and community transition and employment assistance services to Francophone clients across Canada. SPOs will be reporting on their obligations under the official languages clauses in their agreements.

A total of 121 service points in French are offered by Francophone SPOs in 24 cities across Canada outside Quebec.

CIC funded organizations to deliver settlement services in French in schools and with a point of service in French in various schools, provided a conceptual and practical framework of training and continuing education for teachers of French as a second language, and organized bilingual job fairs for immigrants.

CIC funded a one-stop shop service for French-speaking immigrants in Moncton, Regina, Saskatoon and Winnipeg, in partnership with the Provinces, and recently in Sudbury, where a coordinated delivery of settlement and employment services is provided to French-speaking immigrants.

French LINC on-line courses have also been created for levels 3-7. The delivery of levels 3-4 was piloted in Northern and South-Western Ontario.

Web traffic to the "Francophone immigration outside Quebec" page was monitored in 2010-11 to assess awareness of the new tool that was implemented on this page in 2009-10 to direct newcomers to free settlement services (http://servicesfornewcomers.cic.gc.ca/index.php). The French version of the page received 51,712 visits and the English version received 24,074 visits. A benchmark for Web traffic to the Francophone immigration page was established in 2010-11.

The Francophone immigration outside Quebec page has been revised to ensure that all information and links posted on this page are current. The general mailbox which has been set up to allow visitors to provide feedback on the page content (Immigration.francophone@cic.gc.ca) continues to be monitored for incoming feedback, and page content is revised accordingly.

CIC also continued to address issues important to English-speaking communities in Quebec: the Department continued working with those communities, and supporting them through research projects (i.e., research conducted in the three regions of Quebec regarding the benefit of attracting and retaining immigrants that will help in identifying the issues and the needs of the English-speaking communities).

Canadian Heritage

Official Languages

CTRC Study

Results for the 2008-2013 Roadmap:

1) CRTC report is issued on the availability and quality of broadcasting services to English and French linguistic minority communities in Canada.

2) The findings of the report will inform policy and decision-making on the availability and quality of broadcasting services in English and French linguistic communities in Canada.

Non-monetary N/A N/A N/A N/A
Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency Community Development

Support to francophone immigration in New-Brunswick

Result for the 2008-2013 Roadmap:

Enhanced capacity to support francophone immigration in New Brunswick.

$10.0 M $3.52 M $1.24 M Applicant will implement the structure necessary to the project overall.

Twenty-six projects have been funded for a total investment of $1.24M in New Brunswick communities. Funding was mainly invested in four welcome centres for newcomers in northern New Brunswick's francophone regions (Chaleur, Madawaska-Victoria, Restigouche, Acadian Peninsula) and support was also provided to other organizations in the province's large urban centres (Fredericton, Moncton and Saint John) dealing with francophone immigrants. 

The welcome centers provided services to nearly 615 newcomers, and in doing so, enabled close to 670 volunteers to help out with the planning of community activities that have facilitated the settlement process for newcomers in French.

Through these welcome centres, 137 newcomers were able to receive employment assistance services, which helped 89 of them to find a job. 120 of the 137 newcomers were given access to language courses adapted to their needs.

Industry Canada--FedNor

Community, Economic and Regional Development (of Ontario)

Economic Development Initiative

Results for the 2008-2013 Roadmap:

Development of new expertise through innovation, diversification of activities as well as partnerships and increased support of small businesses.

$4.45 M

$1.95 M

$1.525 M This funding will support an estimated 52 projects that contribute to innovation, diversification and partnerships as well as enhanced support to small businesses in OLMCs. As at June 30, 2011, 49 projects were supported through the EDI. These projects helped organization create partnerships, diversify and innovate and provided increased support for SME in OLMCs.
Industry Canada - Regional Operations Sector Community, Economic and Regional Development Greater understanding of the economic issues of OLMCs.

$1.6 M

$0.4 M $367 784 This funding will support research and consultation to enhance greater capacity of OLMCs. In September and October 2010, Dialogue Days with Francophone and Anglophone communities were held. This helped to better understand the OLMC new priorities and needs. Two follow-up committees have been put in place in order to maintain a continuing dialogue with OLMC, to support OLMC capacity building and better coordinate joint initiatives. Six researches and studies supporting OLMC needs have been undertaken. These researches and studies provide solutions to explore in OLMC economic development.

Canadian Northern Economic Development Agency (CanNor)

Northern Economy

Economic Development Initiative

Results for the 2008-2013 Roadmap:

Development of new expertise through innovation, diversification of activities as well as partnerships and increased support of small businesses.

$0.4 M $0.1 M $0.098 M

Funding is expected to be allocated via a proposal-driven process in 2010-11.

This funding is expected to support the social and economic development of official-language minority communities in the territories.
A pan-territorial francophone tourism marketing strategy is being delivered by the Conseil de développement économique des Territoires du Nord-Ouest (CDÉTNO) over a three year period. In 2010-11, CDETNO organized a two day pan-territorial forum bringing together Territorial governments and French economic development agencies to identify new ways to attract francophone tourists to the North.
Federal Economic Development Agency for Southern Ontario (FedDev Ontario)  

Economic Development Initiative

Results for the 2008-2013 Roadmap:

Development of new expertise through innovation, diversification of activities as well as partnerships and increased support of small businesses.

$4.45 M

$1.95 M $510 500 This funding will support an estimate of 50 projects to address specific economic challenges of OLMCs in Southern Ontario by promoting the development of new expertise through innovation, diversification of economic activities, partnerships, and increased support of small- and medium-sized businesses. A total of 22 contribution agreements with community groups to support the economic development of OLMC are in place for a total of $ 861 715. A total of $ 510 500 was spent in 2010-11. One million dollars of the 2010-11 budget was reprofiled in 2011-12.
Canada Economic Development (CED) for Quebec regions

Community Development

Economic Development Initiative

Results for the 2008-2013 Roadmap:

Development of new expertise through innovation, diversification of activities as well as partnerships and increased support of small businesses.

$10.2 M $3.6 M

$2.5 M

  • Innovation
    2 projects - $ 180k (5%)
  • Support to Small and Medium Enterprises
    10 projects - $ 540k (15%)
  • Partnerships
    6 projects - $ 900k (25%)
  • Diversification 12 projects - $ 1.98 million (55%)

11 EDI projects underway in 2010-11

Result: Increased capacities of SME's and communities: 2 projects which support partnership activities to promote integration of OLMC's and participation in local development.

Result: Develop SME's: 7 projects which support the development/maintenance of OLMC SME's or capacity development.

Result: Community Development: 2 projects supporting OLMC community development.
Western Economic Diversification Canada

Research and Analysis
Community Economic Planning, Development and Adjustment
Business Development and Entrepreneurship Innovation

Economic Development Initiative

Results for the 2008-2013 Roadmap:

Development of new expertise through innovation, diversification of activities as well as partnerships and increased support of small businesses.

$3.2 M $0.75 M $722 880

Enhanced capacity of OLMCs as reflected by:

  • the number of partnerships created or maintained, and ;
  • project funding leveraged.

Development of francophone enterprises as reflected by:

  • the number of enterprises created, maintained or expanded, and;
  • project funding leveraged.

Development of francophone communities as reflected by:

  • the number of projects, initiatives, or studies that contribute to the diversification or expansion of the economic base of the OLMCs, and;
  • project funding leveraged.

Manitoba (CDEM) initiative to support youth, rural diversification, and business development in the province:

  • Youth: 31 youth related businesses created/ maintained/expanded.
  • Planning: 2 CED planning project completed.
  • New-immigrant: 19 businesses created/ maintained/expanded with 52 jobs created.
  • $8.5 M business investment in rural economy and $9.6 M in urban economy.

Alberta (University of Alberta) initiative to purchase and implement a distance delivery technology to reach a widely dispersed western Canadian Francophone population, creating or maintaining 37 jobs and increasing capacity in the organization. Leveraged an additional $1.5M for other sources.

Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency Community Development

Economic Development Initiative

Results for the 2008-2013 Roadmap:

Development of new expertise through innovation, diversification of activities as well as partnerships and increased support of small businesses.

$6.2 M $2.882 M $1.166 M Projects implementation with the official-language minority community. Twelve projects were approved during the period, therefore committing a total of $1.6M in OLMCs in Atlantic Canada.
Human Resources and Skills Development Canada Skills and Employment

Enabling Fund for Official-Language Minority Communities

Results for the 2008-2013 Roadmap:

1) Contribute to synergies among Government of Canada programming relevant to OLMCs; Contribution recipients are informed and contribute to knowledge building and program/policy issues; Knowledge shared among federal partners, contribution recipients and OLMCs.

2) Program results are available to inform management and program policy issues.

3) OLMCs' access to Government of Canada programs and services.

4) Collaborative arrangements.

$69.0 M $13.8 M $13.6 M

The governance structure of the National Committees for Economic Development and Employability will be reinforced to strengthen the commitment of community and federal partners.

An interdepartmental research initiative on community economic and human resource development will be implemented to increase knowledge and share best practices.

The program will implement new reporting requirements with recipient organizations to focus on the achievement of tangible outcomes for communities.

The program will implement contribution agreements with 14 official-language minority organizations responsible to enhance community economic and human resource development. The contribution agreements will start on April 1, 2010.

Two meetings of the National Human Resources Development Committee for the English Linguistic Minority of Quebec were held. Federal representatives to these committees also had additional Interdepartmental Government Table Meetings, which allowed for information exchange on issues of common interest.

Federal partners of Anglophone and Francophone Government Tables were consulted on the governance structure of the National Committees. Discussions were also undertaken with community representatives.

The Interdepartmental Research Committee on Economic Development of OLMCs (IRCEDO) was created. IRCCED held three meetings and supported the production and publication of three reports :

  • 1. Successful Programs for Developing Entrepreneurship Skills among Youth
  • 2. Best Approaches for Economically Integrating Immigrants
  • 3.Report on Promoting OLMC participation in the knowledge-based economy

A new reporting template was implemented allowing the Enabling Fund to better track and assess the results achieved by OLMC organizations.

Fourteen agreements were signed with OLMC organizations, including one agreement for each Province and Territory and one with a francophone national umbrella organization for francophone minority communities.

Intermediate Result 2: Increased proportion of Canadians who are aware of the benefits and have the necessary tools to appreciate linguistic duality.
Immediate Result 2.1: Strengthened capacity of language industries.
Public Works and Governmental Services Canada

Linguistic Management and Services

University Scholarships Program in Translation

Result for the 2008-2013 Roadmap:

Scholarships help encourage students to pursue post-secondary studies in translation, interpretation and terminology.

$8.0 M $1.95 M $1.631 M Award scholarships to students.

The CLSEP awarded 622 scholarships in translation between April 1, 2010 and March 31, 2011.

Moreover, since the creation of the program, some universities have experienced an increase in registration in translation programs that may lead to a career in translation. In particular, the University of Moncton had an increase of about 50 % in the number of registration in translation programs.
Public Works and Governmental Services Canada

Linguistic Management and Services

Language Industry Initiative

Result for the 2008-2013 Roadmap:

Funded projects help enhance the capacity, diversity and effectiveness of the language sector.

$10.0 M $3.435 M $3.068 M

Offer compensated internships to students.

Grant contributions to businesses to supervise trainees.

68 internships were offered between April 1, 2010 and March 31, 2011.

Furthermore, the program has contributed to innovation, promotion, and language technologies project initiatives.

National Research Council of Canada Interactive Language Technologies

Languages Technologies Research Centre

Results for the 2008-2013 Roadmap:

1) Collaboration with key partners in the implementation of an R&D strategy responsive to industry needs.

2) Innovative tool prototypes for the support of translation, and the creation and management of multilingual and multicultural content.

$10.0 M $1.9 M $1.89 M

Result 1 - Implementation of a functional R & D strategy to meet the needs of the industry:

  • 3 collaborative agreements and (or) protocols for agreements
  •  2 innovative tools to aid in translation and (or) management of multilingual and multicultural content developed or in the process of development
  • 2 ILT seminars / LTRC / AILIA and 8 presentations at the national level.

Result 2 - 60 citations by peers in the scientific community

  • 1 award of excellence, internal and (or) external awards received by staff of the ITL Group
  • 1 invitation for Canadian and foreign researchers
  • 2 students at post-doctoral, doctoral and (or) master's degree received / formed by the ITL Group

Number of tasks on the editorial boards of journals, number of leadership roles in program committees of international conferences, number of tasks of proofreading articles for journals and scientific conferences.

  • 2 writing scientific journals
  • 1 task management of the committee or sub committee of international program conferences
  • 20 tasks for editing journals and scientific conferences
  • Number of scientific articles, patents, and licensing of research
  • 10 scientific papers
  • 1 Patent Applications
  • 2 Licensing of Research

Result 3 - Number and quality of knowledge transfer and technology

  • 3 collaborative arrangements of R-D: 3 collaborative projects for a total value of $ 600,000
  • 1 business license for a total value of $ 30,000
  • 2 participations in exchange activities with partners and businesses (e.g. LTRC, AILIA, trade shows, etc.):
  • 3 pilot projects with institutional and industrial partners

2 collaborative agreements and memoranda of understanding concluded.

2 technologies transferred to industry (PORTAGE, WeBiText). Ongoing evaluations of 5 prototypes (CATÉGO-NLP, PORTAGE-NLP, TerminoContextuelle, PORTAGE-Parliament, CATÉGO--NVTC)

3 ILT/LTRC seminars and 10 presentations at the national level.

283 citations

1 Best Paper Award at the 2010 Traitement automatique des langues naturelles conference (TLAN-2010) and 1 internal award from the Institute for Information Technology of the National Research Council of Canada.

1 foreign researcher hosted for 2 years.

1 doctoral and 1 bachelor level students hosted.

7 articles edited

1 chair: Multilingualism committee of the COLING 2010 conference on Computational Linguistics

35 reviews

19 papers

2 patent applications

2 new research licences

4 collaboration agreements for a total value of $707,685

2 commercial licences, total value of $35,000 + royalties in the future.

Participating in the AILIA-Technology committee and ACCORD collaborator.
Immediate Result 2.2: Improved knowledge and use of both official languages.
Public Works and Governmental Services Canada Linguistic Management and Services

Canada Language Portal

Result for the 2008-2013 Roadmap:

Canadians have better access to quality language resources in both official languages
$16.0 M $3.44 M $3.44 M

Develop new articles for the Magazine section of the Portal.

Add new writing tools to the Collection section of the Portal.

Conclude agreements with partners to develop the Magazine section of the Portal.

Obtain authorizations given by our partners to establish links to online language resources.

13 articles in each official language

3 tools added (Le Rouleau des prépositions, Les mots du droit and Peck's English Pointers)

6 agreements signed

French : 251 links added, 27 withdrawn

English  : 227 links added, 30 withdrawn
Canada School of Public Service

Official Languages Learning
Language retention services
Development of new technologies, methodologies and products

Expanding Universities' Access to Language Learning

Result for the 2008-2013 Roadmap:

Increased access to language training products to Canadians through new partnerships with Canadian universities.
$2.5 M $0.93 M $0.87 M
  • Language learning tools meet university learners needs
  • Access and support to language learning products is provided to learners in the selected universities

Three satisfaction surveys were sent to learners (April 2010, August 2010 and January 2011) to assess their satisfaction.

Access was provided to 16 of the School's language learning tools.

Weekly bulletins were sent to learners to provide guidance in the use of the School's tools.
Canadian Heritage Official Languages

Second Language Education

Component: Support to Second-Language

Results for the 2008-2013 Roadmap:

1) More Canadians have a practical knowledge of both official languages.

$190.0 M $38.0 M $38.0 M Maintain or increase the offers of Provinces and Territories programs and activities that promote the learning of French and English as a second official language. Maintain or increase the proportion of Canadians who learns French and English as a second official language.

13 education agreements signed with all the Provinces and Territories to support the instruction of English and French as a second language for 2.4 million young Canadians, including over 317,000 students in immersion programs.

Canadian Heritage Official Languages

Second Language Education

Component: Summer Language Bursaries

Results for the 2008-2013 Roadmap:

1) More Canadians have a practical knowledge of both official languages.
$38.3 M $7.66 M $7.66 M Ensure the amount of scholarship holders take advantage of the Explore program. This program offers a cultural exchange that helps learners perfect their comprehension of their second official language competencies. The Explore program enabled over 7,900 young Canadians to take part in a summer program to enrich their second official language skills and participate in a cultural exchange.
Canadian Heritage Official Languages

Second Language Education

Component: Official-language Monitors

Results for the 2008-2013 Roadmap:

1) More Canadians have a practical knowledge of both official languages.
$14.8 M $2.96 M $2.96 M Ensure the amount of participants in the Odyssée program is maintained. This program allows students to work as language assistants in second language classrooms across the country. The Odyssey program enabled over 300 young people to work as language monitors in schools across Canada.
Canadian Heritage Official Languages

Promotion of Linguistic Duality Component: Youth Initiatives

Results for the 2008-2013 Roadmap:

1) More young Canadians have a practical knowledge of their second language.

$2.0 M N/A N/A N/A N/A
Immediate Result 2.3: Improved access to cultural expressions of both linguistic groups.
Canadian Heritage Cultural Industries

National Translation Program for Book Publishing

Result for the 2008-2013 Roadmap:

Improved access to cultural expressions of both linguistic groups.

$5.0 M $1.25 M $800 686

Canadian-owned publishers that benefit from the program select and translate Canadian-authored books in both official languages.

Canadian publishers produce more translations of books by Canadian authors in both official languages.

Funding was allocated to Canadian publishers for eligible translations.

69 translations of Canadian-authored books from one official language to the other were funded.
Canadian Heritage Cultural Industries

Musical Showcase Program for Artists from Official-language Communities

Result for the 2008-2013 Roadmap:

Improved access to cultural expressions of both linguistic groups.

$4.5 M $1.0 M $1.0 M

Music showcases are organized and presented

Artists from OLMCs perform at these Showcases

Artists from OLMCs are exposed to a larger audience

OLMCs have access to more music showcases in their language

236 artists of OLMCs performed in 538 music showcases presented at regional, national and international events, in addition to several touring opportunities. More than 2000 industry professionals were present at the events where the showcases took place.
Intermediate Result 3: Strengthening capacity of the Government of Canada relating to official languages.
Immediate Result 3.1: Reinforced coordination for the Official Languages Program (OLP).
Justice Canada Legal Services to Government

Accountability and Coordination Framework

Result for the 2008-2013 Roadmap:

Support to the ministers with statutory or sectoral responsibilities for Official Languages and to work with them.

$2.18 M $0.44 M $0.44 M

Continue training of DOJ employees in order to increase awareness of language rights.

Production of two framework opinions on key provisions of the Official Languages Act to better equip legal counsel within the legal service units.

The Official Languages Law Section gave 30 presentations on language rights during the 2010/11 fiscal year.

We currently have two framework opinions being drafted. We decided to prioritize the update of Charter-related records (sections 16 to 23). Out of eight records, seven were completed in February 2011.

Justice Canada Internal Services Accountability and Coordination Framework $0.15 M $0.03 M $0.03 M N/A N/A
Canadian Heritage (Official Languages Secretariat) Official Languages

Accountability and Coordination Framework

Results for the 2008-2013 Roadmap:

1) The Government of Canada has official languages strategies.

2) The partners are supported in the implementation of their official languages initiatives.

3) The quality of information on results (financial and non-financial) provided by the partners is improved.

4) The results of the research on official languages are communicated to the partners.

5) The Minister of Official Languages is advised on official languages files.

$13.5 M $2.68 M $1.97 M

Support to Minister of Canadian Heritage and Official Languages and senior officials in elaborating timely documentation and in insisting on quality assurance of given information and strategic advice.

To facilitate the implementation of the Roadmap by organizing regular meetings of interdepartmental committees of various levels, by consulting with the partners, by coordinating the collection of information for ministerial reports, by sharing timely financial and non-financial information and by preparing the organization of a symposium on research on official languages.

Implementation of the Horizontal Results-based Management Accountability Framework (HRMAF).

Support for the Minister of Official Languages and senior management
The Official Languages Secretariat (OLS) offered strategic advice and direction for policy development and decision-making.

The OLS also coordinated the Ministerial Conference on the Canadian Francophonie held in Yellowknife, Northwest Territories, in June 2010, for the federal government and helped drive progress in priority issues, particularly economic development and Francophone immigration.

Facilitating the Roadmap's implementation
The OLS helped to coordinate the federal governments' official languages activities through regular interdepartmental meetings.

The OLS supported the Deputy Minister of Canadian Heritage in restructuring the horizontal governance model for interdepartmental committees to improve functioning and effectiveness.

In May 2010, the OLS organized a three-day dialogue session in Ottawa to identify the official-languages needs and priorities. The event brought together 165 participants from the community sector and key linguistic-duality organizations, and all of the Roadmap partners.

The OLS organized the Symposium on Official Languages Research, slated for September 1 in Ottawa.

HRMAF implementation
The OLS developed the Official Languages Performance and Information Management System (OLPIMS) to follow-up on the objectives of the federal government's Roadmap partners. The OLS updated the performance measurement strategy.

The annual planning and accountability requirements have been fulfilled.
Immediate Result 3.2: Reinforced linguistic duality in federal public service.
Office of the Chief Human Resources Officer Human resources management - Establishing Directions

Centre of excellence

Result for the 2008-2013 Roadmap:

Linguistic duality is reinforced in the federal public service.

$17.0 M $3.4 M $3.273 M

Continuous support to the review of policy instruments on human resources management to ensure the instruments on official languages are simplified, modernized and include general principles.

Support to the development and review of policy instruments from other policy centres on all issues pertaining to official languages.

Policy interpretations on horizontal issues.

Monitoring the status of official languages in institutions subject to the Official Languages Act, through risk based annual reviews on official languages.

An assessment of the official languages performance of institutions as part of the Management Accountability Framework (MAF).

An annual report on official languages submitted to Parliament that presents a strategic overview of the Official Languages Program, and is integrated into the Report on the Human Resources Management of the Public Service of Canada.

Preparing for the compliance review of the Regulation based on the next decennial census data (the data will likely be available by December 2012).

Almost 60% of the work has been completed to date. The new set of policies on official languages will include 4 instruments[2]. A draft of these new instruments was prepared. The consultation process is underway.

6 policy instruments from other policy centres were assessed. The guidelines on internal use of social media were distributed.

The interpretation for the implementation of CALDECH and a corresponding analytical grid were sent to the institutions in June 2010.

11 interpretation requests affecting one institution were processed.

73 annual reviews were requested from the institutions and 68 were received (93%).

The status of official languages was assessed under the MAF.

The Annual Report on Official Languages 2008-09 was submitted in October 2010.

The preparatory work is well underway. The overall schedule and detailed list of tasks have been established. The main tools and templates have been developed.

Office of the Chief Human Resources Officer Human resources management - Enabling Infrastructure         Horizontal support to institutions in particular through the advisory committees on official languages, the Network of official languages champions, the annual conference of official languages champions and the annual forum on best practices.

The preparatory work is well underway. The overall schedule and detailed list of tasks have been established. The main tools and templates have been developed.

The Departmental Advisory Committee and the Crown Corporations Advisory Committee on Official Languages have each held 2 meetings and 1 retreat. Average participation rate: 75% for the departments and 46% for the Crown corporations.

A Network of champion's conference was organized. The theme was leadership and working language. The Network also held 6 meetings.

The annual forum on best practices was held under the theme of communities at the heart of official languages.

20 information sessions and workshops were offered to federal institutions.

1 information session was offered to TBS analysts.

2 horizontal requests for advice and information were processed.

76 requests for advice and information affecting a single institution were processed.

10 requests for information from the public were processed.

7 pieces of correspondence were written.

5 Access to Information requests were processed.

A special study on the management of the Official Languages Program in institutions is underway and will be distributed during the next fiscal year.

Improvements were made to the Regulations Management System (RMS) in preparation for the compliance review of the Regulations. More improvements will follow next year.

Corrections were made to the ABCs of Linguistic Profiles at Your Fingertips tool.
Total $1 110.1 M $234.92 M $215.6 M    

Comments on Variances:

ACOA: The variance in planned versus actual spending associated to the Francophone immigration project is largely due to delays in opening the welcome centres, staffing the centres and subsequently delivering activities to newcomers. The cause for the delays in opening was as a result of the time it took to organize the four communities, ensure they had a steering committee in place and engage both the business community and community at-large.

As for the variance on planned and actual spending in the delivery of the Economic Development Initiative, the variance is mostly due to delays incurred in certain projects that resulted in extending their completion date as well as incurring forecasted expenses in the 2011-12 financial year instead of the 2010-11 financial year.

Canada Economic Development (CED) for Quebec regions: In the first two years of the initiative, efforts to raise awareness regarding the EDI were to take place with OLMC. These efforts were carried out with various associations representing the OLMC. As a result, there have been more projects submitted to the Agency during the last year considering the time normally required for project requests to be developed by the OLMC and subsequently submitted to us. Having said that, we have, for some time now, noticed that we are reaping greater benefits from our increased contacts with the OLMC.

CIC: The total amount actually spent by CIC in 2010-11 exceeds the funding set out by the Roadmap for the same period. An additional $10.7M was taken from CIC settlement funds for the implementation of official languages initiatives, as specified in CIC's submission to the Treasury Board in relation to the Roadmap.

FedDev Ontario: Given the fact that the Initiative was created prior to the establishment of the Agency, there have been a number of challenges and delays that have impacted the execution of funding agreements and the disbursement of funding.

HRSDC :
Childcare pilot project
All the funding required to carry out the Child Care Pilot Project was spent. In 2009-10, a process was implemented to identify additional research projects. Projects have been identified. Some were carried out in 2010-11, while others began in 2011-12 and will continue in 2012-13.

Enabling Fund
The Enabling Fund renewed 14 contribution agreements with national, provincial and territorial organizations; however, $200,000 in program funding was not spent by one of the recipient organizations.

Industry Canada-FedNor: Some projects started late. The funds will be allocated later in 2011-12.

Industry Canada - Regional Operations Sector: A project with the Institute of Moncton was not financed at their request, due to lack of time on their part.

Justice Canada:
Explanation for the Contraventions Act Fund: Only provinces/territories/municipalities are eligible for funding under the Fund. The Department has been diligently working to negotiate new agreements in 2010-11, namely with Newfoundland-and-Labrador and Prince Edward Island. As staff at the provincial level changed, negotiations were temporarily suspended until such time as new staff was assigned. The Department continues to work to move negotiations forward towards getting the provinces/territories/municipalities to sign contribution agreements, which once accomplished will utilize available funding.

Explanation for the Access to Justice Support Fund: The process to increase awareness on the training component has been longer than anticipated which has reduced the number of anticipated projects. However, departmental efforts to increase awareness of the component in 2010-11 were increased and as a result, it is anticipated that more funding applications will be received in 2011-12.

PCH-OLS: The difference between planned spending and real spending is attributed to the overtime needed to recruit additional resources. The planned staffing level was achieved before fiscal year-end. Recruitment time led to delays in carrying out some activities.

PCH-Cultural industries: The National Translation Program for Book Publishing's annual budget exceeded demand for support for literary translation in 2010-11. To encourage more official-language translations, Canadian Heritage and the Canada Council for the Arts, which administers the program on behalf of the Department, have introduced funding for supplemental activities, including a translation rights fair.

PWGSC - Translation Bureau: Contribution payments for the Language Sector Enhancement Program were not paid in full due to delays in program delivery, primarily due to stakeholders and recipients not being able to process contributions. This resulted in lower than planned expenditures (unused portion of $0.7 million)

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): N/A

Contact information: Isabelle Delage, Canadian Heritage - Official Languages Secretariat, (819) 997-0622, isabelle.delage@pch.gc.ca


[1] CIC's planned Roadmap spending for 2010-11 was $4.5M. However, the amount spent was higher than the planned Roadmap spending for 2010-11. An additional $10.7 M in CIC settlement funds was used to implement official languages initiatives, but this is not included in the total amount spent within the Roadmap framework for the 2010-11 fiscal year.

[2] Policy on Official Languages, Directive on the Use of Official Languages in Human Resources Management, Directive on the Use of Official Languages for Communications with and Services to the Public and Directive for Implementing the Official Languages Regulations.

Top of Page

Department of Finance Canada

Horizontal Initiatives



Name of Horizontal Initiative: Canada's Anti-Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorist Financing Regime, formerly the National Initiative to Combat Money Laundering

Name of Lead Department(s): Department of Finance Canada

Lead Department Program Activity: Economic and Fiscal Policy Framework

Start Date: June 2000

End Date: 2010–11

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date): $533.8 (millions)

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The National Initiative to Combat Money Laundering was established in 2000 as part of the government's ongoing effort to combat money laundering in Canada. Legislation adopted that year, the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) Act, created a mandatory reporting system for suspicious financial transactions, large cross-border currency transfers, and certain prescribed transactions. The legislation also established the Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada to collect and analyze these financial transaction reports and to disclose pertinent information to law enforcement and intelligence agencies. In December 2001, the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) Act was amended to include measures to fight terrorist financing activities and renamed the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act.

The National Initiative to Combat Money Laundering was expanded and is now known as Canada's Anti-Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorist Financing Regime. In December 2006, Bill C-25 amended the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) Act to ensure that Canada's legislation remains consistent with international anti-money laundering and anti-terrorist financing standards established by the Financial Action Task Force and is responsive to areas of domestic risk. Amendments include enhanced client identification requirements, the creation of a registration regime for money services businesses, and the establishment of an administrative and monetary penalties regime to deal with lesser infractions of the Act.

Shared Outcome(s): To detect and deter money laundering and the financing of terrorist activities and to facilitate the investigation and prosecution of money laundering and terrorist financing offences

Governance Structure(s): Canada's Anti-Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorist Financing Regime is a horizontal initiative comprising both funded and non-funded partners. The funded partners are the Department of Finance Canada, the Department of Justice Canada, the Public Prosecution Service of Canada, the Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada, the Canada Border Services Agency, the Canada Revenue Agency, the Canadian Security Intelligence Service and the Royal Canadian Mounted Police. The non-funded partners are Public Safety Canada, the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada, and Foreign Affairs and International Trade Canada. An interdepartmental assistant deputy minister-level group and working group, consisting of all partners and led by the Department of Finance Canada, has been established to direct and coordinate the government's efforts to combat money laundering and terrorist financing activities. In addition, the Department of Finance Canada also chairs a Public/Private Sector Advisory Committee. This broad-based advisory committee, comprising both public and private sector representatives, provides general guidance for Canada's Anti-Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorist Regime.

Performance Highlights: A 10-Year evaluation of Canada's Anti-Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorist Financing Regime, which included a Management Action Plan, was completed and published on the Department of Finance Canada website.

The Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada (FINTRAC) increased its disclosures to law enforcement and security partners to 769 cases of suspected money laundering, terrorist financing and threats to the security of Canada.

The Royal Canadian Mounted Police created five anti-money laundering teams in Ottawa, Montreal, Toronto, Calgary and Vancouver.

The Canadian Border Services Agency performed more than 1,640 seizures under the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act, totalling over $30 million.

The Public Prosecution Service of Canada laid 6,494 charges for the possession of proceeds of crime and 30 charges for money laundering under the Criminal Code, as well as 31 charges under the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act.

The Canada Revenue Agency's (CRA's) Special Enforcement Program completed 115 audits based on FINTRAC disclosures; total federal income taxes were reassessed at $26,756,939, and total Goods and Services Tax / Harmonized Sales Tax dollars were assessed at $813,069. In addition, CRA's Charities Directorate revoked the registration of three Canadian charities on grounds that included links to terrorism.

Canada continued to play a leadership role in the revision of the Financial Action Task Force (FATF)'s international standards for anti-money laundering and anti-terrorist financing. As well, Canada recently extended its participation in the FATF-Style Regional Bodies network by becoming an observer of the Grupo de Accion Financiera de Sudamerica, the FATF-Style Regional Body for South America.

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Department of Finance Canada Financial Sector Policy Canada's Anti- Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorist Financing Regime $3.3 $0.3 $0.3

The Department of Finance Canada will provide effective oversight of Canada's Anti-Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorist Financing (AML/ATF) Regime.

The Department will complete the 10-year Treasury Board-mandated evaluation of the AML/ATF Regime to assess its effectiveness and access to continued funding.

The Department will implement the Budget 2009 measure related to counter-measures against illicit financing.

The Department will monitor the financial sector for money laundering and terrorist financing risks as well as other emerging illicit financing risks.

The Department will participate in international forums related to combatting money laundering and terrorist financing such as the G7 Financial Experts meetings, the Financial Action Task Force, the Caribbean Financial Action Task Force, and the Asia Pacific Group on Money Laundering. In addition, the Department will contribute and respond to G20 work on illicit financing.

The Department of Finance Canada continued to address policy and operational issues to ensure the effectiveness of the AML/ATF Regime. The Department also hosted spring and fall meetings of the AML/ATF Regime's Public/Private Sector Advisory Committee.

The Department completed the 10-year evaluation of the AML/ATF Regime and led the interdepartmental working group conducting the evaluation. The evaluation report was published on the Department's website.

The Department continued to implement the Budget 2009 measure related to counter-measures against illicit financing, including legislative amendments promulgated as part of the legislation that implemented Budget 2010, the Jobs and Growth Act.

The Department consulted with provincial gaming authorities on modernizing the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act to explicitly cover online casinos. The Department also met regularly with domestic partners to discuss potential money laundering and terrorist financing risks.

The Department actively participated and undertook a leadership role at plenary and intercessional meetings of the Financial Action Task Force (FATF), the Caribbean Financial Action Task Force (CFATF), the Grupo de Accion Financiera de Sudamerica (GAFISUD) and the Asia/Pacific Group on Money Laundering (APG) plenary as well as meetings of the G7 Financial Experts.

As the head of Canada's delegation at international forums relating to anti-money laundering and combatting the financing of terrorism (AML/CFT), the Department:

  • coordinated federal partners' contributions;
  • played a challenge function in FATF, APG, GAFISUD and CFATF mutual evaluation processes, a comprehensive peer review process that is the cornerstone of the global implementation of FATF standards (the FATF 40 Recommendations on money laundering and the 9 Special Recommendations on Terrorist Financing);
  • contributed to the development of FATF policy and standards and the analysis of new AML/CFT trends and typologies;
  • hosted a domestic workshop to feed into international work on incorporating effectiveness into the mutual evaluation process;
  • participated in the FATF International Co-operation Review Group to identify and monitor high-risk jurisdictions;
  • identified and leveraged funds to support capacity building and technical assistance for APG and CFATF as well as training for their individual members; and
  • provided advice and guidance to CFATF member countries on governance and capacity issues.
Department of Justice Canada The National Initiative to Combat Money Laundering Canada's Anti- Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorist Financing Regime $7.1 $0.1 $0.1 The Criminal Division of the Department of Justice Canada plays an important role in Canada's Anti- Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorist Financing (AML/ATF) Regime. For 2010–11, it is anticipated that the Criminal Division will use the resources it receives to carry out work related to the Financial Action Task Force (FATF), including attending FATF-related international meetings. Resources will also be allocated to ensure the Criminal Division's continued involvement in policy development related to money laundering and terrorist financing. Finally, the Human Rights Law Section will receive money to deal with any ancillary constitutional issues raised during the prosecutions.

The Department of Justice Canada, including the Criminal Law Policy Division and the Criminal Division of the Litigation Branch, continued to do operational work in support of the AML/ATF Regime. Counsel from the Criminal Division continued to provide legal advice to the Department of Finance Canada and to other participants in the AML/ATF Regime, and attended a number of FATF meetings.

The funds targeted for the Department of Justice Canada within the AML/ATF Regime were used for Regime-related purposes only.

Public Prosecution Service of Canada (PPSC) Addressing criminal issues to contribute to a safer world Canada's Anti- Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorist Financing Regime $11.5 $2.3 $3.0

PPSC plays a significant role in Canada's Anti-Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorist Financing (AML/ATF) Regime. For 2010–11, it is anticipated that information provided to law enforcement by the Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada  (FINTRAC) will result in a need by law enforcement for more prosecutorial legal advice. It is also anticipated that this information will result in additional charges being laid for money laundering and terrorist financing offences, thus resulting in an increased workload for prosecutors.

PPSC also has responsibilities related to the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act (PCMLTFA). The work planned includes applications for production orders and prosecutions for PCMLTFA-related offences.

In addition, resources will be used for the training of law enforcement personnel and prosecutors and for the development and coordination of policy related to AML/ATF.

Finally, PPSC resources will be used to carry out work related to the Financial Action Task Force, as required.

During 2010–11, 6,494 charges for the possession of proceeds of crime and 30 charges for money laundering were laid under the Criminal Code, as well as 31 charges under the PCMLTFA. There were no charges laid related to the terrorism financing provisions of the Criminal Code during this period.

Legal advice was provided by in-house counsel against 41 per cent of the possession of proceeds of crime files, 40 per cent of the money laundering files, and 19 per cent of the PCMLTFA files that these new charges represent.

Finally, PPSC counsel provided both formal and ad hoc training to law enforcement personnel over the course of investigations. Resources were also dedicated to policy development and coordination to ensure consistency across all regions.

The Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada (FINTRAC) Collection, analysis and dissemination of financial information Canada's Anti- Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorist Financing Regime $306.6 $37.5 $36.2

FINTRAC's financial intelligence and case disclosures on money laundering will be widely disseminated to, and used by, law enforcement and intelligence agencies.

FINTRAC will provide enhanced compliance in high-risk-reporting entity sectors.

In 2010–11, FINTRAC disclosed 769 cases of suspected money laundering, terrorist financing, and threats related to the security of Canada to law enforcement and security partners. This represents a significant increase over the 579 cases disclosed in 2009–10 and the 556 cases disclosed in 2008–09.

In 2010–11, the average timeliness of case analysis improved by 18 per cent, decreasing from 68 days to 56 days. This decrease was due to improved business processes and a better understanding of partner needs.

FINTRAC continued to make improvements to its mechanisms for defining and prioritizing partners' intelligence requirements. These enhancements have allowed FINTRAC analysts to better understand and respond to the needs of investigative and intelligence partners and to focus on the cases of highest importance.

FINTRAC also continued to fulfill the needs of various partners and stakeholders in producing and disseminating a wide range of strategic financial intelligence assessments, briefs and reports. These products served to inform government policy and decision makers as well as reporting entities about money laundering and terrorist financing issues, methods, indicators and case studies, which enabled them to better combat money laundering and terrorist financing. One example during the year was the third report in FINTRAC's Typologies and Trends Report series entitled Money Laundering and Terrorist Financing (ML/TF) Typologies and Trends for Canadian Money Services Businesses (MSBs). This report, published in July 2010, will enable MSBs and other reporting entities and partners to recognize and combat money laundering and terrorist financing more effectively.

Examinations continue to be a primary method for FINTRAC to ensure that reporting entities are complying with their obligations under anti-money laundering and anti-terrorist financing legislation.

During 2010–11, FINTRAC made a number of enhancements to its current examination plan. The aim was to increase its coverage of reporting entities operating in the higher-risk sectors by examining the key market players, representing the majority of the respective sectors' market share, transactions and assets. FINTRAC also completed 684 examinations, of which 376 (55 per cent) were on-site examinations and 308 (45 per cent) were desk examinations.

The Administrative Monetary Penalties (AMPs) program continues to encourage change in non-compliant behaviour. In its second year of implementation, an additional eight AMPs have been publicly named on FINTRAC's website, and one Non-Compliance Disclosure  was submitted to law enforcement.

Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP) Money Laundering Units (AML) Canada's Anti- Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorist Financing Regime $62.8 $6.9 $5.7

The RCMP will enhance national and international opportunities for the detection and investigation of money laundering activities, including leading national joint cash-smuggling interdiction operations.

The RCMP will develop Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada (FINTRAC) disclosures, as well as other intelligence, to a point where resources from Integrated Proceeds of Crime units or from elsewhere in the RCMP could be redirected to investigations in order to increase seizures.

The RCMP will review current distribution of resources in the Anti-Money Laundering Program to determine effectiveness, with a view to maximizing available resources.

The RCMP's Crime Branch has an on-site resource from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service's (IRS's) Criminal Investigation section to share intelligence from IRS databases for ongoing RCMP investigations involving U.S. targets and/or Canadians living in the U.S. Files with an international component for 2010 totalled 181.

As part of the Integrated Proceeds of Crime and anti-money laundering (AML) human resource allocation review in 2010, five AML teams have been created in Ottawa, Montreal, Toronto, Calgary and Vancouver. This model will allow proactive FINTRAC intelligence to develop into large-scale money laundering and proceeds of crime investigations.

Anti-Terrorist Financing Units Canada's Anti- Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorist Financing Regime $28.1 $5.2 $3.8

Through the gathering and analysis of financial intelligence, the Anti-Terrorist Financing Team (AFTF) will focus on converting that intelligence into proactive investigations, thus enhancing its ability to detect and deter terrorist financing activities.

The AFTF will continue to work closely with domestic partners to further criminal investigations into terrorist financing and will participate in and contribute to international forums, such as the Financial Action Task Force and international law-enforcement working groups on terrorist financing.

The ATFT supports counter-terrorism strategies related to terrorist financing, financial intelligence gathering, investigations and enforcement. In 2010–11, ATFT supported 30 major investigations.

In 2010-11, ATFT submitted six voluntary information reports to the Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre (FINTRAC).

In 2010–11, ATFT received 13 disclosures from FINTRAC.

ATFT continues to provide training to the RCMP and its partner agencies. In 2010–11, two Anti-Terrorist Financing courses were delivered, with 52 candidates receiving training.

ATFT continues to support the Financial Action Task Force (FATF), the Asia/Pacific Group on Money Laundering, and the Middle East and North Africa Financial Action Task Force. Building on existing partnerships with the lead department, the Department of Finance Canada, and its partners, the RCMP has participated at four practitioners' groups and conferences.

The Department of Finance Canada continues to consult with ATFT on FATF-related matters, such as international cooperation, information sharing and related projects.

Canada Revenue Agency (CRA) Special Enforcement Program (SEP) Canada's Anti- Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorist Financing Regime $23.8 $2.2 $2.2

CRA will focus on the following four pillars:

  • Participating in committees and initiatives to manage and enhance Canada's Anti-Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorist Financing (AML/ATF) Regime;
  • Enhancing operational relationships with the Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada (FINTRAC) and other partners in the AML/ATF Regime;
  • Conducting research and analysis; and
  • Contributing to the work of international organizations to enhance cooperation between tax adminis-trations and AML/ATF authorities.

In 2010–11, SEP will continue to thoroughly review all disclosures received from FINTRAC and to select those with potential for audit. The projected number of audits remains at 90, with a projected federal tax recovery of $7 million. However, the complexity of the files resulting from FINTRAC referrals is increasing, and this may lead to a reduction in the number of audits SEP is able to complete in 2011–12.

The results of these audits will be gathered for intelligence purposes to determine whether trends can be established.

CRA has made significant efforts to enhance its operational relationships FINTRAC and other partners in the AML/ATF Regime. During this reporting period, CRA coordinated an information session with FINTRAC, focusing on its operational functions in order to improve the quality of information shared between the two organizations.

CRA continues to explore options to increase its interaction with FINTRAC and its law enforcement partners, particularly the Royal Canadian Mounted Police. Meetings at the headquarters level were held to discuss and clarify roles, expectations, impediments and responsibilities to maximize the partnership and the shared goal of addressing the accumulation of illicit wealth in the criminal economy.

CRA received 124 FINTRAC disclosures between April 1, 2010, and March 31, 2011. The majority of the disclosures have been worked on by SEP, which conducts audits, delinquent actions and other enforcement activities on individuals suspected of deriving income from illegal activities.

In 2010–11, SEP completed 115 audits based upon FINTRAC disclosures, with total federal income taxes reassessed in the amount of $26,756,939 and total Goods and Services Tax / Harmonized Sales Tax dollars assessed at $813,069.

Of the 115 audits completed, four cases were referred for consideration of criminal prosecution related to tax evasion.

CRA has begun tracking information from FINTRAC disclosures in order to identify trends in tax non-compliance. This intelligence will be useful for risk assessment of future disclosures and other referrals from law enforcement agencies to CRA.

Charities Directorate Canada's Anti- Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorist Financing Regime $11.8 $4.4 $4.4

CRA, under the Income Tax Act, has responsibility for administering the registration system for charities. This recognizes that the existence of a strong regulatory deterrence against terrorist abuse of charities contributes to suppressing the financing of terrorism in Canada and to protecting and preserving the social cohesion and well-being of Canadians.

CRA's regulatory oversight of charities has been strengthened by the enactment of complementary measures under the Charities Registration (Security Information) Act and the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act and by changes to the Income Tax Act that authorize broader information sharing between anti-money laundering and anti-terrorist financing (AML/ATF) agencies.

Under these authorities, intelligence provided to CRA assists in its mandate to protect the integrity of the registration system for charities, and information disclosed by CRA can be used for investigative purposes.

In 2010–11, CRA will consolidate its capacity to identify and respond to cases involving possible links to terrorism through continuing information technology (IT) development, expanding formal information-sharing arrangements with Regime partners, refining performance measurement and risk management tools, and staffing and training its full complement of program full-time equivalents.

Results delivered in 2010–11 focused on enhancing the suite of IT tools to support analysis and performance measurement; refining risk management tools; and continuing to staff and train the full complement of program full-time equivalents. CRA continued the normal business of reviewing applications for charitable registration, monitoring registered charities, and exchanging information under legal authorities with its partners, in relation to risks of support for terrorist activities. CRA revoked the registration of three Canadian charities on grounds that included their links to terrorism. It also continued to develop and enhance relationships and training with Regime partners, and provide a strong CRA presence in interdepartmental committees addressing cross-cutting policy and review activities relevant to Canada's AML/ATF regime.

Note: The numbers in columns 4 and 5 have been revised from what was originally reported in the 2010–11 Report on Plans and Priorities.

Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA)1 Risk Assessment Program Canada's Anti- Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorist Financing Regime $74.6 $2.0 $1.4 The Risk Assessment Program involves identifying high-risk individuals and goods before their arrival at Canada's border by using advance passenger and cargo information from carriers, importers, exporters, and other partners. Once identified, high-risk individuals or goods are flagged for closer examination and possible enforcement action at a Canadian port of entry.

During 2010–11, the CBSA performed more than 1,640 seizures under the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act, totalling over $30 million. Approximately $2.6 million of this total was forfeited to the Crown, and penalties have been assessed in excess of $800,000.

Over 100 seizures have resulted in forfeiture as suspected proceeds of crime or funds for the use of terrorist activities.

Enforcement Canada's Anti- Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorist Financing Regime $3.5 $5.4 Border services officers detain, seize or forfeit, and impose penalties on goods and currency that are non-compliant with the Customs Act or other Canadian legislation and regulations, such as the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act. They are also responsible for administrating and enforcing the Immigration and Refugee Protection Act.
Conventional Border Canada's Anti- Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorist Financing Regime $0.4 $0.2 CBSA is responsible for the development and administration of border-related programs and associated policies, regulations, and procedures.
Recourse Canada's Anti- Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorist Financing Regime $0.3 $0.3 A redress process is available to individuals, importers, and carriers for CBSA enforcement-related actions.
Internal Services Canada's Anti- Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorist Financing Regime $1.3 $1.3 Internal Services provides program support in areas such as governance and management support (e.g., communications and legal services), resources management services (e.g., information technology, human resources and financial management), and asset management services (e.g., real property and acquisitions).
Total $529.5 $66.3 $64.3    

Total Allocation For All Federal Partners (from Start to End Date) Total Planned Spending for All Federal Partners for 2010–11  Total Actual Spending for All Federal Partners for 2010–11
$533.8 $66.3 $64.3
† Certain organizations that are partners in Canada's Anti-Money Laundering and and Anti-Terrorist Financing Regime are exempt from reporting; therefore, the figures presented in the table may not sum to the total amount allocated.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): Not applicable

Contact information.

Rachel Grasham
Chief, Financial Crimes Section
Telephone: 613-943-2883


1 The figures reported for CBSA under Planned Spending 2010–11 include 20 per cent for the employee benefits plan (EBP) but not the 13 per cent for Public Works and Government Services accommodation costs.


Top of Page

Department of Justice Canada

Horizontal Initiatives




Name of Horizontal Initiative: National Anti-Drug Strategy

Name of Lead Department(s): Department of Justice

Lead Department Program Activity: Justice policies, laws and programs

Start Date: 2007-08

End Date: 2011-12 and ongoing

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date): $588.9 M (Total Allocation has been changed from $578.6M to reflect changes to Health Canada amounts).

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

The National Anti-Drug Strategy was launched by the Government of Canada in 2007, with a clear focus on illicit drugs and a particular emphasis on youth. Its goal is to contribute to safer and healthier communities through coordinated efforts to prevent use, treat dependency and reduce production and distribution of illicit drugs. It encompasses three action plans: prevention, treatment and enforcement.

The prevention action plan supports efforts to prevent youth from using illicit drugs by enhancing their awareness and understanding of the harmful social and health effects of illicit drug use, and to develop and implement community-based interventions and initiatives to prevent illicit drug use. The treatment action plan supports effective treatment and rehabilitation systems and services by developing and implementing innovative and collaborative approaches. The enforcement action plan aims to contribute to the disruption of illicit drug operations in a safe manner, particularly targeting criminal organizations.

Shared Outcome(s):

  • Reduced demand for illicit drugs in targeted populations and areas;
  • Reduced impacts of illicit drug use through prevention and treatment efforts; and
  • Reduced supply of illicit drugs.

Governance Structure(s):

The governance structure of the Strategy consists of an Assistant Deputy Minister Steering Committee and working groups on policy and performance, prevention and treatment, enforcement, and communications. The governance structure is supported by the Youth Justice and Strategic Initiatives Section of the Department of Justice Canada.

The Assistant Deputy Minister Steering Committee (ADMSC), which is chaired by the Department of Justice Canada, oversees the implementation of the Strategy, making decisions necessary to advance the initiative, where required, and ensuring appropriate and timely outcomes for the initiative and accountability in the expenditure of initiative resources. The ADMSC prepares questions for the consideration of Deputy Ministers, where appropriate.

The Prevention and Treatment Working Group, chaired by Health Canada, oversees the implementation of the Prevention and Treatment Action Plans. The Enforcement Working Group, chaired by the Department of Public Safety Canada, oversees the implementation of the Enforcement Action Plan. The Policy and Performance Working Group, chaired by the Department of Justice Canada, oversees policy directions and outcomes for the Strategy and the work of the Sub-Committee on Evaluation and Reporting. The Communications Working Group, chaired by the Department of Justice Canada, oversees communication of the Strategy, including making decisions necessary to advance communication of the initiative and ensuring coordination of communication.

Performance Highlights:

For 2010-11, the 12 federal partner departments and agencies involved in the NADS continued to implement the Strategy as planned, with its focus on contributing to safer and healthier communities through coordinated efforts to prevent use, treat dependency, and reduce the production and distribution of illicit drugs. Since certain components of the Strategy will sunset in 2012, partners began planning for their renewal and discussing the Strategy's scope in general. In addition, as is required by the accountability structure for the Strategy, an impact evaluation was initiated.

The overall operating environment did not change in 2010-11. Bill S-10, which proposed mandatory minimum penalties for serious drug offences, was not passed by Parliament; therefore, the legislation-related components of the Strategy were not implemented.

The following tables present the performance results for each federal partner's program activities.

Federal Partner: Department of Justice

Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
A1 – Justice policies, laws and programs a. Drug Treatment Courts 16.2 3.6 3.6 Link 1 Link 1

b. Youth Justice Fund

(Treatment Action Plan)

6.8 1.6 1.4 Link 2 Link 2
c. Justice Canada Lead Role for the National Anti-Drug Strategy 1.4 0.3 0.3 Link 3 Link 3
C1 – Internal Services d. Justice Canada Lead Role for the National Anti-Drug Strategy 1.5 0.3 0.3 Link 4 Link 4
e. National Anti-Drug Strategy 0.3 0.1 0.1 Support programs  
Total 26.2 5.9 5.7    

Expected Results for 2010–11:

Link 1:

Reduced drug substances relapse among drug treatment court clients.

Link 2:

Overall results:

  • To work collaboratively with interested provinces and territories as well as other stakeholders in order to identify gaps in drug treatment programs for youth in the justice system.
  • To introduce, pilot and evaluate a number of drug treatment options for youth involved in the youth justice system in communities.
  • To share knowledge of the piloted drug treatment programs and promising practices with provinces and territories as well as other interested stakeholders.

Immediate outcomes:

  • Projects on treatment services and program enhancements.
  • Enhanced capacity to plan/deliver a range of treatment services and programs to targeted populations.
Intermediate outcomes:
  • Increased availability of, and access to, effective treatment services and programs for targeted populations in areas of need.
  • Improved treatment systems, programs and services to address illicit drug dependency in targeted populations in areas of need.
  • Reduced risk-taking behaviours.

Link 3:

Effective leadership of the federal response to concerns around illicit drug prevention, treatment and enforcement through:

  • exercising overarching responsibility for policy and coordination;
  • maintaining the NADS Governance Structure;
  • taking lead responsibility for performance reporting;
  • implementing the recommendations from the Implementation Evaluation; and
  • starting the process for the renewal of sunsetting components of the Strategy.

Link 4:

Effective leadership of the federal response to concerns around illicit drug prevention, treatment and enforcement through:

  • leading and coordinating all NADS communications activities; and
  • taking lead responsibility for Strategy evaluation.

Results Achieved in 2010–11:

Link 1:

Early results collected through the Drug Treatment Court Information System show Drug Treatment Court clients have clean urine screen tests (i.e., no drug use) 62% of the time that they are in the program.

Link 2:

In 2010-11, a total of 17 projects were funded, including 12 through contributions and five through grants. Of these, seven were on-going contribution agreements from previous years; one was deferred from 2009-10 to 2010-11; one was deferred to begin in 2011-12; and three were new pilot projects. The total value of these projects was $1,138,881 in contributions and $149,000 in grants. Of the 17 projects:

  • five were with a provincial government or its designate;
  • one was a project located in Prince Albert, Saskatchewan, funded jointly with Human Resources and Skills Development Canada's Homelessness Partnering Strategy; and
  • 11 were with front-line community organizations.

The funded projects covered the following areas: training/education, information sharing, evaluation, and program pilot projects.

The Department of Justice Canada also held a two-day forum with program managers and researchers to explore effective approaches for dealing with youth in conflict with the law with drug abuse issues.

Link 3:

The Department of Justice Canada provided effective leadership of the federal response to concerns around illicit drug prevention, treatment, and enforcement through its work in the following four areas: policy and coordination, the NADS governance structure, communications activities (see Link 4 below), and evaluation and performance reporting (see Link 4 below).

Policy and Coordination:

  • Supported the process for Parliamentary consideration of a Government Bill to address serious drug crimes by proposing minimum penalties;
  • Collaborated with the partner departments to fully implement the action plans developed in response to the Implementation Evaluation and is currently working in partnership with the other departments to conduct the Impact Evaluation which examines the continued relevance, effectiveness, and demonstrated efficiency and economy of the NADS;
  • Implemented a process for renewing sunsetting components of the Strategy, including organizing and hosting a Policy Planning Retreat with the partner departments, and chairing an interdepartmental Ad Hoc Research Working Group to support renewal;
  • Organized and hosted the NADS Speaker Series, with four presentations by scientific researchers and experts in 2010-11; and
  • Oversaw NADS involvement in the development of the Action Plan to implement the new Hemispheric Drug Strategy of the Organization of American States.

Governance:

  • Chaired and provided the secretariat function for the NADS ADM Steering Committee;
  • Chaired and provided the secretariat function for the NADS Policy and Performance Working Group;
  • Participated in meetings of the Prevention and Treatment, and Enforcement Working Groups; and
  • Led the Sub-Committee on Evaluation and Reporting and the Communications Working Group.

Link 4:

The Department of Justice Canada provided effective leadership of the federal response to concerns around illicit drug prevention, treatment and enforcement through its work in the following four areas: policy and coordination (see Link 3 above), the NADS governance structure (see Link 3 above), communications activities, and evaluation and performance reporting.

Communication:

  • Organized the NADS Communications Working Group meetings and monthly horizontal meetings between NADS communications advisors;
  • Produced and coordinated media lines and “Qs and As” for the release of various drug-related reports and academic research;
  • Oversaw 16 NADS announcements, one tri-ministerial message, and one tri-ministerial news release (Justice, Health Canada, and Public Safety);
  • Developed and coordinated approvals and the implementation of an overarching NADS Communications Strategy;
  • Released a new “drugsnot4me” prevention campaign ad and Facebook page; and
  • Redesigned and maintained the NADS website.

Evaluation and Reporting:

  • Fully implemented the action plans developed in response to the Implementation Evaluation;
  • Initiated the Impact Evaluation;
  • Chaired the Policy and Performance Working Group's Sub-Committee on Evaluation and Reporting;
  • Produced the NADS Annual Report; and
  • Coordinated the DPR and RPP processes.

Federal Partner: Health Canada

Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
3.4.3 Controlled Substances

a. Mass Media Campaign

(Prevention Action Plan)

29.8 7.0 7.2 Link 1 Link 1
3.4.3 Controlled Substances

b. Drug Strategy Community Initiatives Fund (DSCIF)

(Prevention Action Plan)

59.0 14.0 14.3 Link 2 Link 2
3.4 Substance Use and Abuse

c. Drug Treatment Funding Program (DTFP)

(Treatment Action Plan)

124.7 30.7 17.3 Link 3 Link 3
4.1.1.2 First Nations and Inuit Mental Health and Addictions

d. National Native Alcohol and Drug Abuse Program (NNADAP)

(Treatment Action Plan)

36.0 8.9* 11.1 Link 4 Link 4
3.4.3 Controlled Substances

e. Office of Controlled Substances

(Enforcement Action Plan)

27.2** 5.7** 5.1 Link 5 Link 5

f. Drug Analysis Services (DAS)

(Enforcement Action Plan)

45.0*** 9.5*** 9.5 Link 6 Link 6
3.41 1 1
Total 325.1 75.8 64.5    

All figures listed above include employee benefit plan (EBP) and Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC) Accommodation costs.

* Planned Spending was changed from $7.5M to the correct amount of $8.9M.

** Total Allocation was changed from $12.8M to $27.2M and Planned Spending was changed from $3.1M to $5.7M to properly align the resources approved for NADS.

*** Total Allocation was changed from $49.2M to $45.0M and Planned Spending was changed from $2.3M to $9.5M to properly align the resources approved for NADS.

Expected Results for 2010–11:

Link 1:

The mass media campaign plans to enhance the capacity of targeted populations to make informed decisions about illicit drug use. The mass media campaign's progress and contribution to this outcome will be measured by the change in the level of capacity among targeted populations to prevent illicit drug use and related risk-taking behaviour through post campaign public opinion research conducted with both youth 13-15 years of age and their parents, measured against the baseline surveys that were conducted with parents in 2008 and with youth in 2009. The campaign's success will also be measured through website hits, booklet downloads, calls to 1-800-O-Canada and the number of booklets ordered/shipped; and by evidence of capacity changes for influencing decision-making and behaviours around illicit drug use and associated consequences in targeted populations.

Link 2:

DSCIF plans to enhance the capacity of targeted populations to make informed decisions about illicit drug use. The program's success and progress will be measured by the level/nature of acquired or improved knowledge/skills to avoid illicit drug use within the targeted population, and will be measured by evidence that capacity changes are influencing decision-making and behaviours around illicit drug use and associated consequences in targeted populations.

DSCIF also plans to strengthen community responses to illicit drug issues in targeted areas, and will measure their progress based on the type/nature of ways that community responses have been strengthened in targeted areas. For example, the adoption/integration of evidence-informed/best practices within the targeted areas will indicate the program's contribution to this outcome.

Link 3:

DTFP plans to increase availability of, and access to, effective treatment services and programs for at-risk youth in areas of need. The Program's success and progress will be measured by the type/nature of treatment services and supports that have been made available by end of FY and will be measured by the program/service utilization trends associated with their populations and areas of need.

DTFP will also seek to improve treatment systems, programs and services to address illicit drug dependency of affected Canadians. The Program's success and progress in this plan will be measured by the extent to which treatment system improvements have been made; perceptions of stakeholders; and, the extent to which uptake/integration of evidence-informed practices has occurred.

Link 4:

The First Nations and Inuit Health Branch (FNIHB) plans to increase availability of, and access to, effective treatment services and programs for Aboriginal populations in areas of need (as determined by regional needs assessments). The progress of this plan will be measured by the nature of new or enhanced services that have been made available through funding in targeted areas and are based on research or best practices. FNIHB also plans to improve treatment systems, programs and services to address illicit drug dependency in Aboriginal populations in areas of need. The progress of this plan will be measured by the proportion of treatment facilities accredited to F/P/T or other appropriate standards of accreditation; the changes in stakeholder/client perceptions regarding the extent to which treatment services have been improved in NADS-supported investment areas; the types of collaborative/partnerships with Aboriginal organizations to improve systems, programs and services; and the extent to which an uptake/integration of evidence-informed practices has occurred. Lastly, FNIHB plans to reduce risk-taking behaviours among clients of treatment programs. The success of this plan will be measured by changes in stakeholder/client perceptions regarding the extent to which clients are make healthy decisions concerning substance use post-Strategy compared to pre-Strategy.

Link 5:

Health Canada plans to increase compliance and reduce risk associated with the diversion of precursor chemicals. The success of this plan will be measured by the level of potential diversion of precursor chemicals and controlled substances (as indicated by Loss and Theft Reports), and by the rates of compliance with policies and regulations.

Health Canada also plans to reduce the health, safety and security risks associated with illicit drug production. The success and progress of this plan will be measured by the size of synthetic drug production disrupted (as indicated by the detailed requests for authorizing disposal of synthetic substances).

Link 6:

Drug Analysis Services (DAS) plans to improve drug enforcement intelligence and evidence. The success and progress of this plan will be measured by the perceptions of stakeholders regarding the benefit and timeliness of DAS contribution to court/police response. DAS also plans to increase safety in dismantling illicit drug operations. The success and progress of this plan will be measured by the number and nature of injuries to law enforcement officers and other first responders during the investigation and dismantling of illegal drug operations, and will also be measured by the level of additional risk to the environment as a result of investigation and dismantling of illegal drug operations.

Results Achieved in 2010–11:

Link 1:

Public Opinion Research (POR-08-07) "NADS Youth On-line Baseline Survey" was conducted prior to the December 2009 launch of the youth mass media campaign targeting youth aged 13-15 years. Youth drug awareness, knowledge and perception levels were measured and will be compared to Public Opinion Research (POR-10-13) "NADS Advertising and Recall Tracking Survey" when results are available.

Results of the 2010-11 youth "drugsnot4me" campaign were positive with over 527,000 visits to the website and over 1,000 drug prevention “stories” submitted by youth. Additionally, the campaign's Facebook fan page attracted over 63,000 followers within nine months (launched in July 2010) and the television ads were viewed over 94,000 times on YouTube. The 'drugsnot4me' website consistently ranked among the top ten most visited pages on the Health Canada website.

Link 2:

During 2010-11, 35 new contribution agreements were signed. DSCIF is employing a cluster evaluation approach which clusters projects that have the same primary outcome to better determine the extent to which the DSCIF is achieving its intended outcomes. Results from this approach will be available in 2012-13.

Link 3:

The projects funded across Canada in alignment with the DTFP objectives have shown progress towards meeting the Program's intended outcomes and contributing to strengthening Canada's drug treatment services and systems. The Systems projects began to demonstrate evidence of greater collaboration between service providers, and more importantly, increasing collaboration at the community/municipal level. The recipients viewed the DTFP as a catalyst to introduce new or enhanced services and to enhance their treatment systems.

Of the 29 projects funded to date, many are in the early stages of implementation. However, projects have demonstrated early signs of progress towards results. While treatment projects are in the early stages of implementation, evidence to date indicates significant progress in establishing community partnerships and linkages in support of new and enhanced treatment services, and enhanced collaboration amongst P/Ts on national level activities such as the development, collection and reporting of national treatment indicators. Funded projects have already helped to produce a wider range of services by developing partnerships within the community, expanding hours of service, offering different locations when working with clients, and offering a range of activities to help attract youth to their services.

The DTFP Implementation Evaluation also found that collaboration is beginning to occur with the projects that are most mature. It also provides some early indication of an enhanced capacity to plan and deliver a range of treatment services and programs to targeted populations. In addition, partnerships are being formed to provide better services across communities and quite a few projects have started offering services at different times and locations in order to better reach at-risk youth.

Link 4:

During 2010-11, FNIHB's NADS-related investments continued to be consistent with the Treatment Action Plan goal of improving the quality, effectiveness and accessibility of on-reserve addictions services. In particular, NADS funding continued to be invested in:

  • Treatment centre re-profiling/modernization efforts aimed at strengthening and expanding NNADAP services vis-à-vis community needs and recognized service gaps (e.g., women, youth, and families). During 2010-11, nine centres re-oriented or expanded their services to meet population needs per the NADS guidelines. Since 2007, 33 treatment centres have re-focussed programming to be youth-specific (n = 4), offer family treatment (n = 5), and strengthen their capacity to address mental health issues and concurrent disorders (n = 24), including adapting services to the needs of illicit drug users;
  • Improving service quality by supporting treatment centres to become accredited with a recognized body. FNIHB is currently working toward a goal of achieving 100% accreditation by 2013. During 2010-11, six additional treatment centres became involved in the accreditation process. In total, 43 of 58 (74%) treatment centres were accredited in 2010-11, increasing from 37 (64%) in 2009-10;
  • Increasing the number of addictions treatment centre workers certified to 186 of 272 (68%). FNIHB is on course to meet the NADS target of 80% worker certification by 2013. FNIHB is continuing to work towards a goal of increasing the number of qualified addictions workers within the NNADAP system by supporting certified educational opportunities (e.g., training on treating illicit drug use) and providing financial incentives to workers to obtain and retain certification with a recognized national body;
  • Continued progress on the implementation of eight mental wellness teams across Canada (Quebec, Ontario, Manitoba, Saskatchewan, British Columbia and Atlantic Regions, including an Inuit-specific pilot in Labrador) in select First Nations and Inuit communities; and
  • Continued development of the NNADAP Renewal Process, an evidence-based review. NNADAP Renewal is an on-going, NADS-supported review of on-reserve addictions services that is being carried out in partnership with First Nations leadership and representative organizations. The aim of the process is to improve the quality, effectiveness and accessibility of on-reserve addictions services (per the NADS guidelines), with particular attention to the needs of youth, women, families and illicit drug users. This review will result in the development of a renewed framework for on-reserve addiction services by summer of 2011. In 2010-11, a draft of this framework was unanimously endorsed by First Nations leadership at the Assembly of First Nations Special Chief's Assembly on December 15, 2010. Implementation of the framework will be guided by the NNADAP Renewal Leadership Team–a national committee with broad, cross-Canada representation from First Nations treatment centres, communities, leadership, research, and a range of other key stakeholders and partners, which met four times during 2010-11.
Link 5:

Health Canada has three tools to measure its performance in preventing the diversion of precursor chemicals and controlled substances for illegal use: loss and theft reports, compliance inspections, and drug disposal requests. Licensed dealers must report incidents involving the loss or theft of controlled substances and precursor chemicals to Health Canada when they occur. In 2010-11, Health Canada received 7,418 loss and thefts reports, which represented a slight increase over the previous year. Reminders of the security requirements for licence holders and follow up visits by inspectors were conducted to monitor compliance to the Regulations. In 2010-11, Health Canada inspected 97% of its Class A licensed dealers and one licence was revoked. In addition, 75 targeted inspections were conducted of growers authorized under the Marihuana Medical Access Program.

Health Canada works with law enforcement partners to disrupt illicit drug production. When a drug is seized, law enforcement officers request Health Canada's authorization to dispose of it. In 2010-11, Health Canada processed 137,020 requests for disposal of seized controlled substances, which represented an increase of 3% over the previous year. This partnership with law enforcement has produced results that would not be possible without the synergy created by the National Anti-Drug Strategy.

Link 6:

DAS contributed to improved drug enforcement intelligence and evidence as the analytical capacity of evidences was increased with new personnel (2 analysts) added to laboratories. More specifically, DAS analyzed 121,346 suspected illicit drug exhibits submitted by enforcement officials, assisted in the shutdown and dismantling of 33 clandestine drug laboratories, and provided expert testimony in court. All certificates of analysis/reports were provided within the 60-day service standard or before the court date. As for the due date, considering the backlog that DAS was facing, rush analyses were undertaken upon the client's court dates so the certificates/reports were issued on time. Thus, to the Services' knowledge, no court cases were lost because of DAS delivery time.

DAS contributed to reduced health, safety and security risks associated with illicit drug production by assisting with the safe shutdown and dismantling of seized clandestine drug laboratories and by providing training to law enforcement officers and first respondents. Thirty-three laboratories were shut down with DAS assistance and 46 training sessions were delivered. The extent to which operations were safely dismantled was assessed by tracking the number and nature of injuries and/or environmental risk caused by unsafe handling of chemicals. There was only one minor injury reported in 2010-11 for clandestine laboratories where DAS provided assistance and no incident associated with dismantlement that would have had an environmental impact was reported to DAS.


Federal Partner: Canadian Institutes of Health Research

Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
1.4 Health and Health Services Advances

Research on Drug Treatment Models

(Treatment Action Plan)

4.0 1.0 0.9 Link 1 Link 1
Total 4.0 1.0 0.9    

Expected Results for 2010–11:

Link 1:

Improved knowledge translation with respect to treatment and understanding of the consequences of illicit drug use.

Results Achieved in 2010–11:

Link 1:

Canadian Institutes of Health and Research (CIHR) have launched three funding opportunities for the purpose of contributing to meet the Intermediate and Long-term Outcomes of the Treatment Action Plan. A continuing increase in the number of applications suggests a higher visibility of the Initiative and a good research capacity in the area of illicit drug research. The funding results of these opportunities increased the total number of grants funded by CIHR for the initiative to 18 (three Research Team Grants (partial funding from the NADS), two Operating Grants, 11 Catalyst Grants, and two Knowledge Synthesis Grants).

CIHR also held a Substance Abuse Treatment and Prevention Initiative Workshop, attended by funded researchers, CIHR staff and federal government researchers and representatives. This workshop allowed researchers to present the results of their studies, and focus groups discussed the strategic direction that should be taken should the Initiative renewal be funded. These discussions also informed CIHR for the elaboration of its next five-year strategic plan.


Federal Partner: Department of Public Safety Canada

Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
3. Law Enforcement

a. National Coordination of Efforts to Improve Intelligence, Knowledge, Management, Research, Evaluation

(Enforcement Action Plan)

3.92 0.78 0.78 Link 1 Link 1
5. Crime Prevention

b. Crime Prevention Funding and Programming:

(Crime Prevention Action Fund)

(Prevention Action Plan)

20.0 10.6 16.1 Link 2
Link 3
Link 2
Link 3
8. Internal Services*   0.08 0.02 0.02 Link 4 Link 4
Total 24.0 11.4 16.9    

* For improved reporting, the financial table above reports Internal Services program activity (PA) separately, whereas this PA was included under Law Enforcement in the 2010-11 RPP. The total remains unchanged.

Expected Results for 2010–11:

Link 1:

Safer communities and more effective policing through strategic national law enforcement policies.

Link 2:

Reduced offending among targeted populations.

Link 3:

Effective evidence-based responses to substance use/abuse and crime-related issues in communities.

Link 4:

Support Services

Results Achieved in 2010–11:

Link 1:

The national coordination of the Enforcement Action Plan (EAP) was accomplished through the following activities:

  • Public Safety Canada led the Enforcement Action Plan Working Group (September 2010) and the EAP sub-working group on Storing and Disposition of Offence-Related Property, in partnership with Health Canada, in response to law enforcement concerns and discussions at the National Coordinating Committee on Organized Crime; and consulted and compiled EAP emerging issues for the NADS Policy Planning Retreat in February 2011.
  • Public Safety Canada hosted a two-day Emerging Issues Workshop in November 2010 for enforcement stakeholders to inform the Strategy; participated in the Synthetic Drug Initiative meetings; and coordinated input and participated in domestic and international fora to advance Canadian supply reduction policy objectives (e.g., United Nations Commission on Narcotic Drugs (March 2010), Inter-American Drug Abuse Control Commission (November 2010, February 2011), the G8 Ministerial Meeting on Transatlantic Cocaine Trafficking (March 2011), Canada-Mexico security consultations (November 2010), Federal/Provincial/Territorial Coordinating Committee of Senior Officials – Drug Issues Working Group (April 2010, November 2010), Canadian Association of Chiefs of Police (CACP) – Drug Abuse Committee meetings (May 2010, August 2010, November 2010).
  • Public Safety Canada appeared before the Senate Committee with respect to Bill S-10; advanced the development of guides and manuals in support of the Drug Endangered Children project through an agreement with the Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP); funded seven research and/or contributions initiatives in support of the Enforcement Action Plan; and supported the Minister of Public Safety through briefings related to emerging policy issues and meetings with stakeholders (e.g., the Canadian Association of Chiefs of Police, the Canadian Association of Police Boards, and the Department of Homeland Security (DHS)) and with international counterparts (e.g., Ambassadors of Mexico, Japan, Paraguay, and Israel; the Director of the Office of National Drug Control Policy, and Secretary of DHS).

Link 2:

Of the 21 NADS projects that have impact evaluations, all have reported positive changes in risk and protective factors that are known to lead to drug-related offending. Actual reductions in offending among the targeted populations are expected to occur in the longer term (5+ years). These results will be available for NADS projects that are part of an impact evaluation, including those that include a one year follow-up on youth after their participation in the program.

Link 3:

In 2010-11, $16.1 million of National Crime Prevention Centre funding has supported 60 active projects in 48 communities across the country, of which 17 were model programs, 30 promising practices, 12 innovative projects, and one knowledge transfer project. The evaluation of these projects contributes to an increasing knowledge base of effective crime prevention and, subsequently, to a broader implementation of evidence-based responses.

Link 4:

Support Services


Federal Partner: Royal Canadian Mounted Police

Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
1.1.2.7

a. Drug and Organized Crime Awareness Services

(Prevention Action Plan)

15.1 3.0 2.0 Link 1
Link 2
Link 1
Link 2
3.5.2 Community and Youth Programs

b. National Youth Intervention and Diversion Program

(Treatment Action Plan)

3.4 0.8 0.5 Link 3 Link 3
1.1.2.9

c. Marijuana and Clandestine Lab Teams/Proceeds of Crime

(Enforcement Action Plan)

91.4 20.4 15.7 Link 4
Link 5
Link 6
Link 4
Link 5
Link 6
Total 109.9 24.2 18.2    

Expected Results for 2010–11:

Link 1:

Increased awareness of the nature, extent and consequences of substance use/abuse within the school, workplace and Aboriginal communities and among youth, professionals and the general public through partnerships with internal and external departments.

Link 2:

Improved skills/competencies in the delivery of programs.

Link 3:

  • Increased police awareness of risk and protective factors of youth offenders and victims.
  • Increased community satisfaction with RCMP youth-related services.
  • Increased police awareness of community-based youth-serving resources and referral procedures.
  • Increased referrals to youth addictions treatment and intervention programs by police.

Link 4:

Expanded international and national cooperation to enhance our understanding and knowledge of drugs, related trends, and production and diversion methods.

Link 5:

Enhanced ability to detect and respond to the supply of illicit drugs and harmful substances.

Link 6:

Enhanced ability to improve tactical targeting, through an improved intelligence network.

Results Achieved in 2010–11:

Link 1:

Throughout fiscal year 2010-2011, the Drugs and Organized Crime Awareness Service (DOCAS) gave 4,273 awareness presentations reaching 78,900 youths, 28,377 parents, 5,624 Aboriginal youths, 2,981 Aboriginal parents, and 17,134 professionals. In sum, DOCAS reached out directly to 133,016 Canadians through its presentations on the Kids and Drugs Program, D.A.R.E., Drug Endangered Children, the Aboriginal Shield Program, the Drugs and Sport Program, the Drugs in the Workplace Program, and the Racing Against Drugs Program. In addition to the 4,273 community outreach presentations, a total of 110 DOCAS training sessions were provided to professionals, parents and students that also included the training of 1714 police officers. A total of 4,676 partnerships were established and maintained with other provincial, territorial, municipal, Aboriginal, and non-government partners as well as with other enforcement agencies/detachments. DOCAS coordinators distributed 150,141 publications throughout communities across Canada.

Link 2:

DOCAS continually explores new avenues that will afford it the ability to improve service delivery. Over the past fiscal year, DOCAS improved its service delivery in the following programs:

Kids and Drugs Program

There were 150 new facilitators trained from communities throughout Canada that can deliver the Kids and Drugs Program to parents.

Drug Endangered Children (DEC):

DEC is an early intervention initiative that seeks to stop the cycle of child abuse caused by the exposure to drug activity. It involves a resource guide which has now been translated into French. The guide is part and parcel to the training programs focused toward service delivery personnel, supervisors/managers, protocol partners, and the general public. The resource manual was completely revised with Canadian content. A facilitator guide was also finalized. DOCAS, in collaboration with Zebra Family Services and Alberta Health Services, held a DEC workshop for “train the trainers”, resulting in 24 new individuals accredited in delivering DEC programming. As a result, several subsequent DEC training sessions were held throughout Alberta (i.e., Calgary, Edmonton, Ft. McMurray, Lethbridge and Edson), preparing a total of 152 frontline personnel.

The Aboriginal Shield Program (ASP)

In November 2010, 38 DOCAS personnel, including community champions, were certified as ASP trainers in Edmonton, Alberta. This approach has enabled DOCAS to offer the ASP to a greater number of Aboriginal communities throughout Canada. The ASP reflects the three main Aboriginal cultures in Canada: Inuit, First Nations, and Métis.

Drug Awareness Officer Training (DAOT)

In June 2010, a five-day DAOT course was held in Halifax, Nova Scotia and attended by 31 participants from different police forces. In February 2011, the Quebec City DAOT workshop held in French resulted in the participation of 24 representatives of municipal police services and other enforcement agencies operating in the Greater Québec City area.

Link 3:

National Youth Intervention and Diversion (NYID) workshops were provided to two detachments in 2010-11. The workshops focused on risk and protective factors, police obligations under the Youth Criminal Justice Act to consider alternatives to charging, and the use of a pre-charge youth screening tool (YLS/CMI-SV) to assess the risk of youth offenders to reoffend. Workshops were extended to community agencies as well as local RCMP detachment members. An implementation review was completed in 2010-11 and results indicate that NYID workshops provided an opportunity for members to increase their awareness of community-based youth-serving agencies and referral options.

Early indications are that referrals have increased at NYIDP detachments with a dedicated youth worker to accept referrals from detachment members. The number of referrals by RCMP members at NYIDP detachments is being continuously tracked and changes over time will be more thoroughly assessed during the impact assessment.

Link 4:

Focused enforcement efforts are being used to address the synthetic drug and marihuana grow operation (MGO) problem in Canada. Working groups have been formed internally in order to interface on NADS-funded positions distributed across the organization. An external working group, including the RCMP, Health Canada, Canada Border Services Agency, Environment Canada, Revenue Canada, Public Safety Canada, Department of Justice Canada, Public Prosecution Service of Canada, and Department of Foreign Affairs and International Trade, has been formed to collaborate on the Synthetic Drug Initiative. This working group meets quarterly and focuses on providing operational support to each other. Initiatives such as Project Catalyst have grown from these quarterly meetings as well as the identification of gaps in policy and drug regulations. Based on this “gap analysis”, a separate working group has been formed, with Public Safety at the helm, which informs Health Canada officials responsible for Policy and Regulatory Affairs so it can consider making changes/additions to the Precursor Control Regulations, Rescheduling Amphetamine Type Stimulants, and updating destruction authorities for seized controlled substances and precursors to act and address the concerns of the RCMP.

The RCMP developed the Marihuana Grow Initiative (MGI) which, to a certain degree, is complementary to the Synthetic Drug Initiative. The MGI provides a roadmap to the Coordinated Marihuana Enforcement Teams (CMETs) and also to community partners, as law enforcement cannot solve this problem alone. It is an initiative based on three key components: enforcement, deterrence, and awareness. This initiative lays down a framework outlining the current issues (e.g., their roots and their evolution), the RCMP’s response to these issues, and its expectations based on performance measures already in place, affording a yardstick as to the success of the initiative.

The RCMP also assisted in international training initiatives through its partnership with Inter-American Drug Abuse Control Commission (CICAD) and offered two workshops in 2010-11. One training workshop encompassed general drug enforcement investigative techniques and was delivered in Mexico and the Dominican Republic. The other workshop was on synthetic drugs and chemical diversion and was delivered in El Salvador. This training focused on the safe handling and dismantling of clandestine drug laboratories. By conducting such capacity-building workshops in the Americas, the RCMP is effectively empowering foreign law enforcement officials to create opportunities to interdict illicit drugs and synthetic drug precursors destined for Canada.

Link 5:

There were 512 MGO seizures and 59 clandestine laboratory seizures made by the NADS teams in 2010-11. Regarding the MGOs, this resulted in the seizure of 274,798 plants and 304 kg of marihuana bud. For the clandestine lab operations, over 113 kg of methamphetamine and 73.9 kg of MDMA, along with 110,000 tablets of methamphetamine, 182 kg of Red Phosphorous and 43.5 liters of GHB/GBL mix, were seized by the NADS teams as part of their disruptions. Of the 59 clandestine labs dismantled in Canada, 28 were unique to the RCMP-funded teams.

Link 6:

Intelligence gathering about how organized crime groups operate, their sources for production material, their capacity to produce, and their networks (especially those that access international sources outside regulations) dramatically increased the RCMP’s ability to effectively mobilize resources and attain results. For example, the RCMP created an engagement strategy with Chinese authorities through the auspices of Project Steadfast that will afford an enhanced ability to exchange intelligence and information, thereby strengthening joint Chinese-Canadian operations. This relationship and intelligence-sharing opportunity will pay significant dividends in interdicting synthetic drug precursors and laboratory equipment destined for Canada. Negotiations towards a similar strategy are beginning with India, with a more concrete framework anticipated for Fall 2011.

Canada’s participation in the G8 Law Enforcement Projects Sub Group (Project MOLE) on the monitoring of laboratory equipment also assisted in the global prevention of these materials reaching organized crime groups producing synthetic drugs. The RCMP also participated in Project Synergy, a Europol-led project developing intelligence on precursors and laboratory equipment.


Federal Partner: Correctional Service Canada

Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
3.0 Community Supervision

Case Preparation and Supervision of provincial Offenders

(Enforcement Action Plan)

23.31 6.41 0.0 Link 1 Link 1
Total 23.31 6.41 0.0    

Expected Results for 2010–11:

Link 1:

Timely case preparation; rate of offenders successfully reintegrated into the community.

Results Achieved in 2010–11:

Link 1:

The program will become effective upon Royal Assent of proposed legislation related to mandatory minimum penalties for serious drug crimes (formerly Bill S-10).


Federal Partner: National Parole Board of Canada

Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Conditional Release Decisions Conditional Release Decisions 4.4 1.3 0.0 Link 1 Link 1
Conditional Release Decisions Openness and Accountability Conditional Release Decisions Openness and Accountability 1.8 0.5 0.0 Link 2 Link 2
Internal Services   1.3 0.4 0.0 Support Programs  
Total 7.51 2.21 0.0    

Expected Results for 2010–11:

Link 1:

Should the proposed legislation be passed by Parliament and receive Royal Assent this funding will provide the National Parole Board of Canada (NPB) the capacity for effective management of its legislated responsibilities for parole decision-making for offenders in relation to the requirements of the new legislation. NPB will collect information and report on workloads and outcomes of parole for provincial offenders incarcerated as a result of new legislative provisions (e.g., the number and proportion of offenders who successfully complete their parole).

Link 2:

Should the proposed legislation be passed by Parliament and receive Royal Assent this funding will provide the NPB the capacity for provision of information and assistance to victims of crime, observers at hearings and individuals who seek access to the decision registry in relation to the requirements of the new legislation. In a similar manner, the NPB will report on the extent of involvement of victims and observers in conditional release processes and the level of satisfaction of these individuals with the information and assistance provided by NPB.

Effective management of both these responsibilities will contribute to public safety and reinforce public confidence in the justice system.

Results Achieved in 2010–11:

Link 11

Link 21


Federal Partner: Office of the Director of Public Prosecutions

Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
1.1 Drug, Criminal Code, and terrorism prosecution program

a. Prosecution and prosecution -related services

(Enforcement Action Plan)

8.8 2.7 3.0 Link 1 Link 1

b. Prosecution of serious drug offences under the CDSA

(Enforcement Action Plan)

33.51 TBD1 0.0 Link 2 Link 2
Internal Services

Enforcement Action Plan

1.1 0.2 0.4 Support Programs  
Total 43.4 2.9 3.4    

Expected Results for 2010–11:

Link 1:

Provision of pre-charge legal advice and litigation support, as well as prosecution of drug offences under the Controlled Drugs and Substances Act (CDSA) in response to the workload generated by the enhanced RCMP dedicated anti-drug teams and criminal intelligence and technical operations support staff.

Link 2:

Provision of prosecution-related advice and litigation support during police investigations, and prosecution of drug charges under the CDSA resulting from the mandatory minimum penalties, subject to the proposed legislation being passed by Parliament and receiving Royal Assent.

Results Achieved in 2010–11:

Link 1:

In 2010-11, the ODPP handled 28,275 litigation files dealing with drug production and distribution offences (pursuant to CDSA 5(1), 5(2), 6(1), 6(2), 7(1) and 7(2)). These include new files opened in 2010-11 (n = 14,742) as well as files carried over from previous fiscal years against which time has been recorded (n = 13,533). Of these, 24,438 included distribution offences, whereas 3,837 included production offences. Approximately 7.6% (or 2,158) of the total number of files included both production and distribution offences. Files are handled by staff prosecutors and Crown agents. Actual spending reflects in-house prosecution costs only since agent costs fall under the ODPP’s Drug Prosecution Fund.

Link 2:

The program will become effective upon Royal Assent of proposed legislation related to mandatory minimum penalties for serious drug crimes (formerly Bill S-10).


Federal Partner: Canada Border Services Agency

Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Risk Assessment

Intelligence Development & Field Support Division, Organized Crime & Contraband Section, Precursor Chemical Diversion, Analysis and Scientific Services

(Enforcement Action Plan)

4.7 1.2 1.3 Link 1
Link 2
Link 1-7
Enforcement

Border Intelligence, Precursor Chemical Diversion (BIPCD), Analysis and Scientific Services

(Enforcement Action Plan)

7.0 1.8 1.5 Link 3
Link 4
Link 5
Internal Services

Intelligence Development & Field Support Division, Organized Crime & Contraband Section, Precursor Chemical Diversion, Analysis and Scientific Services

(Enforcement Action Plan)

1.0 0.3 0.3 Link 6
Link 7
Total 12.7 3.3* 3.1    

* This figure includes 20% EBP and 13% PWGSC accommodation costs of $0.3M.

Expected Results for 2010–11:

Link 1:

Increase awareness and capacity to gather information and intelligence of illicit drug issues relative to the border.

Link 2:

Laboratory and Scientific Services Directorate (LSSD): Continuation of the original NADS plan with respect to additional sampling, analysis and increased use of mobile laboratory capabilities to assist in the detection of precursor chemicals at the ports of entry. Safe sampling tools still in development. Pilot tests anticipated in 2010-11.

Link 3:

Increase intelligence support to regional enforcement activities to interdict goods entering and leaving Canada under the strategy.

Link 4:

Improve relationships and communication with partner agencies under the Strategy to identify opportunities and improve intelligence activities such as targeting and information-sharing related to illicit drugs and other goods (such as precursor chemicals) identified under the Strategy as they relate to the border.

Link 5:

LSSD: Continuation of the original NADS plan with respect to additional sampling, analysis and increased use of mobile laboratory capabilities to assist in the detection of precursor chemicals at the ports of entry. Safe sampling tools still in development. Pilot tests anticipated in 2010-11.

Link 6:

Establish national coordination of efforts, leverage partner networks and activities to support risk assessment and enforcement activities.

Link 7:

Identify best practices domestically and abroad to strengthen border-related operations under the strategy.

Results Achieved in 2010–11:

Link 1:

The Intelligence Development and Field Support Division assisted in the development of training for frontline officers in the identification, targeting, and safe sampling of precursor chemicals. It was felt that this has resulted in more effective targeting and an increase in the rates of examination, resulting in higher interdiction rates and subsequently more data for analysis and intelligence development.

Link 2:

The Laboratory and Scientific Services Directorate (LSSD) used the mobile laboratory in five operations, three of which dealt specifically with drug precursors. During these operations, more than 500 samples were analyzed with a number of resulting seizures, controlled deliveries, and two arrests. The Science and Engineering (S&E) Directorate analyzed over 3,200 samples of suspected contraband in which GBL, anthranilic acid, 1-[(2-chlorophenyl)-N-(methylamino)methyl] cyclopentanol (ketamine precursor), and 1-phenyl-2-nitropropene (pre-precursor to methamphetamine) were present, among others.

Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA) saw significant amounts of synthetic cannabinoids such as JWH-018, JWH-250, CP47, 497, etc. These continued to be stopped by frontline border services officers and analyzed by the S&E Lab. Piperazines, phenethylamines and other non-controlled substances were also stopped.

In 2010-11, pilot tests occurred in two regions related to sampling tools as a means to see how they worked operationally. Ongoing discussions continue with the program areas regarding the usability of these tools.

Link 3:

The creation of a formalized Intelligence Network provided Intelligence Officers a level of comfort in knowing exactly who to contact when they need to acquire or share information regarding precursor chemicals. The constant flow of communication within CBSA and between partners assisted in the identification of entities involved in the illicit trade and helped provide a national and international snapshot of which organized crime groups operate in which region and in what chemicals.

Link 4:

The NADS has contributed to a stronger relationship between the CBSA, RCMP and international customs organizations by facilitating a flow of communication through Project Catalyst, the Precursor Chemical Workshop, and the formal Precursor Chemical Intelligence Network. These activities contributed to improved intelligence development for all parties, resulting in better identification of entities involved in the criminal importation and export of precursor chemicals and synthetic drugs, leading to higher rates of interdiction, arrests, prosecutions, and the eventual disruption of organized operations.

Link 5:

Same as Link 2 results.

Link 6:

The creation of a formal Precursor Chemical Intelligence Network throughout the CBSA, which includes the identification of domestic and international partners. Stronger partnerships with other law enforcement and other agency partners, both internationally and domestically, through the three-day Precursor Chemical Workshop that included all domestic and many international participants.

Link 7:

A CBSA Headquarters Intelligence-led joint project with the RCMP has been developed over the past year in support of the CBSA Precursor Chemical Diversion Project and the RCMP Synthetic Drug Initiative, both very important but complementary initiatives under the NADS. This national project combined the efforts of CBSA and RCMP intelligence and enforcement sections in identifying, targeting, interdicting, and disrupting criminal organizations involved in the importation of precursor chemicals being used in the manufacture of illicit synthetic drugs meant for both the domestic and international marketplace. One of the purposes of the joint project was to conduct a proof of concept to determine the effectiveness of new CBSA targeting initiatives to identify a new modus operandi used primarily in the commercial stream, in order to intercept and seize illicit goods being imported using this method and to identify the persons and groups involved.


Federal Partner: Department of Foreign Affairs and International Trade

Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
1.2 Diplomacy and Advocacy - International Operations and Programs

Annual Contributions to UNODC and CICAD

(Enforcement Action Plan)

4.5 0.9 0.9 Link 1
Link 2
Link 1
Link 2
Total 4.5 0.9 0.9    

Expected Results for 2010–11:

Link 1:

Improved capacity of the United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC) to fulfill its mandate in the fight against drugs and international crime at the global level.

Link 2:

Improved capacity of the Inter-American Drug Abuse Control Commission (CICAD) to fulfill its mandate in the fight against drugs in the Americas.

Results Achieved in 2010–11:

Link 1:

Improved capacity of UNODC to fulfill its mandate in the fight against drugs and international crime at the global level; and improved capacity of CICAD to fulfill its mandate in the fight against drugs in the Americas.

Link 2:

DFAIT successfully managed the projects involving the provision of training, equipment, technical and legal expertise resulting in increased capacity of beneficiary states and governments to prevent and combat international crime and drugs. Capacity building activities addressed the supply of illicit drugs and also responded to Canadian policy priorities.


Federal Partner: Canada Revenue Agency

Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
4. Reporting Compliance

Special Enforcement Program

(Enforcement Action Plan)

4.2 0.8 0.8 Link 1 Link 1
Total 4.2 0.8 0.8    

Expected Results for 2010–11:

Link 1:

15 audits of MGOs and clandestine laboratories resulting in over $2,500,000 of federal taxes.

Results Achieved in 2010–11:

Link 1:

  • 17 audits that incorporated adjustments under the Income Tax Act and Excise Tax Act (GST/HST) and 12 income tax audits for a total of 29 completed compliance actions.
  • The results from the above noted compliance actions were as follows:
    • Total unreported income that was assessed amounted to $9,848,934;
    • Total federal taxes reassessed was $2,365,947; and
    • Total GST/HST reassessed totalled $303,353.

Federal Partner: Public Works and Government Services Canada

Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
1.7 Specialized Programs and Services

Forensic Accounting Management Group

(Enforcement Action Plan)

1.6 0.4 0.4 Link 1 Link 1
Total 1.6* 0.4** 0.4**    

* This figure includes $101,240 in accommodation premiums.

** This figure includes $39,277 in EBP and $25,530 in accommodation premiums.

Expected Results for 2010–11:

Link 1:

Increased operational capacity to provide additional forensic accounting services to law enforcement agencies. Forensic accounting services assist law enforcement and prosecution agencies in determining whether the assets of suspects were derived from criminal activities, thereby allowing the Government of Canada to seize the assets and remove the financial incentive for engaging in criminal activities.

Results Achieved in 2010–11:

Link 1:

The Forensic Accounting Management Group (FAMG) provided specialized forensic accounting services and analysis to the Royal Canadian Mounted Police on proceeds of crime investigations, including investigations related to the importation, exportation, production, trafficking and possession of controlled drugs and substances.


Federal Partner: Financial Transactions and Analysis Centre of Canada

Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
2004113 Detection and deterrence of money laundering and terrorist financing

Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada

(Enforcement Action Plan)

2.5 0.8 0.8 Link 1 Link 1
Total 2.5 0.8* 0.8*    

* Planned and Actual Spending include employee benefit plan figures.

Expected Results for 2010–11:

Link 1:

  • Law enforcement and intelligence agencies receive financial intelligence related to drug production and distribution that is useful for further actions.
  • Enhanced compliance in high-risk reporting entity sectors.

Results Achieved in 2010–11:

Link 1:

In 2010-11, the Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada (FINTRAC) disclosed a total of 769 cases to law enforcement, including 199 unique cases that related to at least one drug-related offence, a modest increase from the 190 unique drug-related disclosures made in 2009-10. A breakdown between distribution and production of various types of drugs is provided in the following table (please note that the total does not equal 199 as one case can be related to multiple drug offenses):

Drug-Related Disclosures Number of Cases
Distribution - Cocaine

55

Distribution - Hashish (Cannabis Resin)

2

Distribution - Heroin

5

Distribution - Marihuana

30

Distribution - MDMA (Ecstasy)

9

Distribution - Methamphetamine

5

Distribution - Synthetic Drugs

3

Distribution - Khat

1

Distribution - Unspecified

93

Production - Cocaine

2

Production - Hashish (Cannabis Resin)

1

Production - Heroin

1

Production - Marihuana

41

Production - MDMA (Ecstasy)

3

Production - Methamphetamine

4

Production - Synthetic Drugs

3

Production - Opium

1

Production - Unspecified

5

It is important to note that the predicate offences (drug-related) were determined through a manual review of FINTRAC disclosures and that some cases were not identified as drug-related where there was insufficient context provided by investigators or reports to enable the determination of the predicate offence.

FINTRAC’s Financial Analysis and Disclosures Directorate (FADD) is organized into work units that focus on specific regions of the country. This allows FINTRAC to enhance support to law enforcement by improving cooperation, building stronger relationships, and more easily discussing our partners’ priorities. Having a solid understanding of the operational and investigative priorities of our partners allows FADD analysts to focus on cases of the greatest importance to law enforcement, including cases that should have the largest impact. NADS funding is utilized to enhance that support and relationship building with law enforcement, as well as to continue focusing resources on case analysis pertaining to the drug-related priorities of our partners. This approach, and the NADS funding received to date, has been effective as evidenced by the fact that over 25% of FINTRAC case disclosures made in 2010-11 relate to suspicions of money laundering or terrorist financing where the predicate offence is believed to be drug distribution or production.


($ millions)

Total Allocation For All Federal Partners (from Start to End Date) Total Planned Spending for All Federal Partners for 2010-11 Total Actual Spending for All Federal Partners for 2010-11
588.9 136.0 115.6

Comments on Variances:

Health Canada

Substance Use and Abuse: The $13.4M variance between the planned spending of $30.7M and actual spending of $17.3M is due to two items. Health Canada is exploring options to retain $10.9M to achieve the desired program objectives over the next two fiscal years. Also, $2.5M was reallocated to the National Native Alcohol and Drug Abuse Program and the Drug Strategy Community Initiatives Fund (See Links 2 and 4).

First Nations and Inuit Health Mental Health Addictions: Expenditures increased by $2.2M as a result of Regions and Programs Branch's lapsing of NADS funding from DTFP (see Link 3). FNIHB was able to offset a portion of the lapse by using the funds in support of major repairs and maintenance of NNADAP treatment centres.

Department of Public Safety Canada

The planned spending estimate for 2010-11, as reported in the Report on Plans and Priorities (RPP), was based on approved NADS projects. Subsequently, during the fiscal year, additional projects were developed and approved resulting in a higher actual spending than anticipated ($5.5M).

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): N/A

Contact information:

Gillian Blackell
A/Director General and General Counsel
Youth Justice and Strategic Initiatives Section
Department of Justice Canada
(613) 954-3233
gblackel@justice.gc.ca


1 This funding to implement mandatory minimum penalties (MMPs) for serious drug offences is held in a frozen allotment, to be released subject to the proposed legislation being passed by Parliament and receiving Royal Assent.


Top of Page

Environment Canada

Horizontal Initiatives




Name of Horizontal Initiative: The Canadian Group on Earth Observations is a collection of federal departments participating in the international Group on Earth Observations (GEO).

Name of Lead Department(s): Environment Canada is the lead department by virtue of the identification of the ADM of the Meteorological Service of Canada as the GEO Principal.

Lead Department Program Activity: Canadians are equipped to make informed decisions on changing weather, water and climate conditions.

Start Date: July 2003. There are no dedicated funds; however, this initiative is funded from existing resource envelope (A-Base).

End Date: Ongoing.

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date): Provided through existing resource envelope and in-kind contributions from federal departments.

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The GEO is seeking to implement the Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS), which will allow free and open access to Earth observations for decision- and policy-makers in all countries.  In so doing, users such as Environment Canada and other participating departments will be better able to more accurately predict the future state of planet Earth and better warn citizens of the onset of hazardous conditions.  See the GEO website for more details at http://www.earthobservations.org/.

Shared Outcome(s)

  • Enhancing access to Global Earth Observation data and science to meet Canadian environmental and socio-economic monitoring requirements;
  • Maximizing the effectiveness of Canadian investments in Earth observation networks, both domestic and international; and
  • Improving evidence-based decision-making in operational and policy domains based on coordinated, comprehensive and sustainable Earth observations.

Governance Structure(s): Coordination is achieved through the ADM Steering Committee, the DG‑level Interdepartmental Coordinating Committee (ICC) and ad hoc working-level committees and task groups.

Performance Highlights:

($ millions)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from start date to end date) 2010-2011
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
1 Environment Canada PA1 Weather and environmental services for Canadians a. Meteorological Service of Canada Not available $150,000 salary
$75,000 O&M
$38,000 G&C
$25,000 in-kind
$100,000 salary
$50,000 O&M
$88,000 G&C
$50,000 in-kind
See below See below
2 Natural Resources Canada PA1 N/A a. Earth Sciences Sector Not available Not available Not available See below See below
b. Canadian Forest Service Not available Not available Not available See below See below
3 Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada PA1 N/A a. Agri-Environment Services Branch Not available $20,000
In-kind TBD
Not available See below See below
b. Research Branch Not available $20,000
In-kind TBD
Not available See below See below
4 Canadian Space Agency PA1 N/A a. Earth Observations Not available $40,000
In-kind TBD
Not available See below See below
5 Fisheries and Oceans Canada PA1 N/A a. Science and Technology Not available Not available Not available See below See below
6 Health Canada PA1 N/A a. Radiation Not available Not available Not available See below See below
7 Statistics Canada PA1 N/A a. Agriculture Not available Not available Not available See below See below
8 Foreign Affairs and International Trade Canada PA1 N/A a Environment Not available Not available Not available See below See below
9 National Defence PA1 N/A a. Meteorology and Oceanography Not available Not available Not available See below See below
Total          

Comments on Variances: In general, Environment Canada expenditures in terms of salary and O&M for GEO were reduced as a result of limited capacity being redirected to other priorities. In terms of grants and contributions, in the past DFAIT made a contribution of $50K to GEO, which the department stopped doing a couple of years ago. Environment Canada has been able to find room in its grants and contributions budget to continue to keep the Canadian contribution at $88K since that time.

Expected Results:

 Environment Canada:

  • Bilateral projects and activities with United States, including international testbeds and research projects
  • Coordination of Canadian inputs and positions for international 2010 GEO Ministerial Summit in China
  • CGEO departments are engaged in Earth observation data issues and policy development

Results Achieved in 2010–2011:

 Environment Canada:

  • The binational Great Lakes Observing System (GLOS), was accepted as an international GEO participating organization to advance monitoring and data sharing of Earth observation data in the Great Lakes Basin
  • Progress was achieved in development and implementation of activities for binational testbed and research projects for better understanding of the water cycle and better predictions of drought, flood and water quality conditions
  • Canada was actively engaged in achieving significant outcomes from the 2010 GEO Ministerial Summit and Plenary meeting in Beijing, China, November 3–5
  • Canada is contributing and leading global initiatives in  areas including forest carbon tracking (FCT), the Joint Experiment for Crop Assessment and Monitoring (JECAM), the GEO Monitoring and Evaluation Working Group, and the first and second evaluations of GEO and GEOSS progress and results
  • High-level interdepartmental initiatives were established to engage and align Earth observation data issues and policy development in line with Government of Canada Open Data initiatives

Results Achieved by Non-federal Partners (if applicable): Not applicable

Contact Information:

Michael Crowe
Director, Strategic Integration
Meteorological Service of Canada
Environment Canada
141 Laurier Ave. W.,
Ottawa, ON  K1A 0H3
613-943-5580



Name of Horizontal Initiative: The Federal Contaminated Sites Action Plan (FCSAP), approved March 2005 (followed from the two-year Federal Contaminated Sites Accelerated Action Plan (FCSAAP)).

Name of Lead Department(s): Environment Canada and Treasury Board of Canada Secretariat.

Lead Department Program Activity: Threats to Canadians and their environment from pollution are minimized (EC); Management Policy Development and Oversight (TBS).

Start Date: The FCSAP has been in effect since April 2005. Former two-year FCSAAP program commenced April 2003.

End Date: The FCSAP is expected to continue until 2020. However, the current policy approval ended in March 31, 2011.

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date): $1,775.5 M (including PWGSC accommodations charges) to March 31, 2011.

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The Federal Contaminated Sites Action Plan (FCSAP) provides a long-term mechanism to address federal contaminated sites having the highest human health and ecological risks. At the end of March 2004, federal contaminated sites represented a financial liability of approximately $3.5 billion. Although responsibility for the actual management and remediation of federal contaminated sites rests with responsible custodial departments, the overall program is administered jointly by Environment Canada and the Treasury Board of Canada Secretariat.

Shared Outcome(s): Reduce federal financial liability and risks to human health and the environment, including fish habitat. Increase public confidence in the overall management of federal real property through the effective risk management or remediation of individual federal contaminated sites.

Governance Structure(s): The Federal Contaminated Sites Assistant Deputy Ministers Steering Committee is supported by the Director Generals’ Committee, the Contaminated Sites Management Working Group (CSMWG) and the FCSAP Secretariat (Environment Canada), which provides overall program coordination.

Performance Highlights: Fiscal year 2010–2011 represented the second year of FCSAP accelerated activities under Canada’s Economic Action Plan (CEAP). Along with ongoing assessment and remediation activities undertaken during the year by FCSAP partners, Environment Canada developed, in collaboration with the Treasury Board of Canada Secretariat and 16 other participating federal entities, a proposal seeking program and policy approval for the FCSAP for the next 5 years. Several key program aspects and tools were developed during 2010–2011 to improve decision making, performance measurement and program reporting.

($ dollars) (Totals may not add due to rounding)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from start date to end date) 2010-2011
Planned Spending1 Actual Spending1,2 Expected Results Results Achieved
Agriculture and Agri-
FoodCanada
Enterprise Activities Asset Management $5,465,649 1,282,000 1,168,637 See below
Canada Border Services Agency Corporate Management and Direction Infra-
structure and Environment
$1,620,212 $0 $0 NA
Canadian Food Inspection Agency N/A N/A $183,783 $0 $0 NA
Correctional Service Canada Internal Services Facilities/
Asset Management Services
$10,368,090 $4,867,669 $3,215,092 See below
Environ-
ment Canada
Threats to Canadians and their environment from pollution are minimized Asset Remediation and Disposal $48,874,994 $16,213,037 $12,110,733 Custodian
Contamina-
ted Sites
$44,900,126 $6,640,375 $5,804,727 Secretariat and Expert Support
Subtotal $93,775,120 $22,853,412 $17,915,460  
Fisheries and Oceans Canada (DFO) Internal Services Contamina-
ted Sites – FCSAP projects
$78,437,194 $22,277,365 $22,202,165 Custodian
FCSAP Expert Support $21,665,285 $3,335,637 $3,336,166 Expert Support
Subtotal $100,102,479 $25,613,002 $25,538,331  
Health Canada First Nations and Inuit Health First Nations and Inuit Health Protection $7,445,162 $536,000 $195,792 Custodian
Contamina-
ted Sites
Healthy Environ-
ments Consumer Safety Branch
$43,721,890 $6,689,725 $6,686,888 Expert Support
Subtotal $51,167,052 $7,225,725 $6,882,680  
Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Develop-
ment Canada
Responsible Federal Stewardship Contamina-
ted Sites Management Program
$148,254,393 $48,563,181 $51,706,447 See below
Northern Land and Resources Contamina-
ted Sites
$685,536,311 $139,912,237 $139,617,268 See below.
Subtotal $833,790,704 $188,475,418 $191,323,715  
Jacques Cartier and Champlain Bridges Incorpo-
rated
Management of federal bridge, highway and tunnel infra-
structure, and properties in the Montréal area
N/A $955,672 $293,000 $0 See below
Marine Atlantic Inc. Corporate Management FCSAP (projects) $120,000 $70,000 $0 See below
National Capital Commission Real Asset Management Land and real asset management $8,600,052 $3,620,000 $3,535,028 See below
National Defence Environ-
mental Protection and Stewardship
A Defence Contamina-
ted Sites Management Plan in which funding is provided to clean up worst sites first
$380,070,345 $61,064,529 $55,943,233 See below
National Research Council of Canada Internal Services Environ-
mental Operations
$4,835,000 $2,455,000 $2,533,151 See below
Natural Resources Canada Corporate Management The provision of relevant and timely policy analysis and advice for decision making on government priorities and departmental responsi-
bilities
$27,915,807 $8,970,000 $9,239,527 See below
Parks Canada Conserve Heritage Resources Active Management and Restoration $38,814,369 $16,589,822 $18,344,878 See below
Public Works and Government Services Canada Federal Accommoda-
tion and Holdings
FCSAP (projects) $26,360,173 $5,203,785 $14,410,745 See below
FCSAP (expert services) $5,450,000 $900,000 $879,824 See below
Subtotal $31,810,173 $6,103,785 $15,290,569  
Royal Canadian Mounted Police Corporate Infra-
structure / Internal Services
FCSAP (projects) $23,100,214 $4,500,500 $3,309,699 See below
Transport Canada Sustainable Transporta-
tion Development and the Environment
Environ-
mental Programs
$150,758,925 $62,266,540 $28,439,600 See below
Treasury Board of Canada Secretariat Management Policy Development and Oversight Assets and Acquired Services $2,747,200 $480,229 $478,330 See below
Totals for All Federal Partners $1,766,200,846 $416,730,631 $383,157,930  

1Excluding PWGSC accommodations charges.
2Actual Spending: Estimate based on information provided by custodians in summer 2011. Program reporting for 2010–2011 will not be finalized before fall 2011.

Expected Results1 and Results Achieved for each Federal Partner:

  • Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada
    • Expected Results:
      • Completion of 34 assessment projects and 11 remediation and risk management projects.
    • Results Achieved:
      • Completion of 25 assessment projects and advancement of 3 remediation projects.
  • Correctional Service Canada
    • Expected Results:
      • Sites being risk-managed: 3
      • Sites being remediated (multi-year): 5
      • Remediations expected to be completed: 3
      • Site assessments: 15
    • Results Achieved:
      • Sites being risk-managed: 0
      • Sites being remediated (multi-year): 5
      • Remediations expected to be completed: 3
      • Site assessments: 82
  • Environment Canada – Custodian
    • Expected Results:
      • Implementation of 9 remediation projects and approximately 42 assessment projects.
    • Results Achieved:
      • Implementation of 17 remediation projects and 46 assessment projects.
  • Environment Canada – Secretariat
    • Expected Results:
      • In cooperation with the Treasury Board of Canada Secretariat, supports the DG and ADM Steering committees and the Contaminated Sites Management Working Group (CSMWG); manages project selection process; coordinates funding and reporting processes; manages data and program communications; evaluates program performance; and oversees audit and evaluation. In 2010–2011 the Secretariat will also lead the development of the 5-year program renewal proposal.
    • Results Achieved:
      1. Developed a proposal seeking program and policy approval.
      2. Initiated the development of the detailed proposal required to seek funding approval for the next five years of the program.
      3. Prepared annual funding documents for Ministerial approval.
      4. Developed and coordinated the 2010–2011 project submission process.
      5. Provided ongoing Secretariat support to the Contaminated Sites Management Working Group (CSMWG) and the Federal Contaminated Sites Steering Committees.
      6. Implemented the second year of accelerated FCSAP activities under Canada's Economic Action Plan (CEAP).
  • Environment Canada – Expert Support
    • Expected Results:
      • Provides to custodians scientific and technical advice with respect to ecological risks at federal contaminated sites such that the remediation/risk management strategies implemented at these sites will mitigate or reduce these risks; provides supplemental ecological risk assessment tools, as well as a tool to measure ecological risk reduction resulting from remediation/risk management project implementation.
    • Results Achieved:
      1. Provided scientifically sound guidance and expert advice to 19 custodial departments for the management of their sites so that risk to the environment is reduced or minimized.
      2. Reviewed the site classification for more than 160 projects to ensure that remediation/risk management projects are eligible for funding.
      3. Developed and provided training to custodians on the National Classification System and the FCSAP Aquatic Site Classification System to assist in the prioritization of their sites and for making decisions on remediation/risk management of their sites.
      4. Partially developed the Tool for Risk Assessment Validation and the Site Closure Reporting Tool to assist custodians in evaluating the reduction of risk at their sites where remediation/risk management activities are being completed and for closing sites.
      5. Developed a guidance document entitled FCSAP Ecological Risk Assessment (ERA) Guidance for use by custodians in conducting ecological risk assessment at their contaminated sites.
      6. Finalized two technical guidance documents (Toxicity Testing and Toxicity Reference Values) to supplement the FCSAP Ecological Risk Assessment Guidance and to be used for toxicity testing and for selecting toxicity reference values when conducting an ERA at contaminated sites.
      7. Developed the Framework for addressing and managing aquatic contaminated sites under FCSA with Fisheries and Oceans Canada to ensure a nationally consistent approach to decision making for assessing and managing aquatic contaminated sites funded by FCSAP.
  • Fisheries and Oceans Canada (DFO) – Custodian
    • Expected Results:
      • 719 baseline assessment projects
      • 674 accelerated assessment projects
      • 117 baseline remediation/risk management projects
      • 37 accelerated remediation/risk management projects
    • Results Achieved:
      • 415 baseline assessment projects
      • 487 accelerated assessment projects
      • 129 baseline remediation/risk management projects
      • 29 accelerated remediation/risk management projects
  • Fisheries and Oceans Canada (DFO) – Expert Support
    • Expected Results:
      • Provision of scientific and technical advice to custodial departments with respect to the management of federal contaminated sites that may be impacting, or have the potential to impact, fish or fish habitat.
      • Development of guidance material and provision of training on the management of FCSAP Aquatic Sites to custodial organizations (e.g. the Aquatic Sites Classification System and Aquatic Sites Framework).
      • Review of project submissions to ensure that the potential impacts to fish and fish habitat have been appropriately considered.
      • Review and evaluation of FCSAP projects to ascertain if, and to what degree, the risk to fish and fish habitat has been reduced as a result of custodial actions.
    • Results Achieved:
      • DFO Expert Support provided technical and expert advice to custodians on issues and questions related to risks to fish and fish habitat (e.g. on assessment, remediation/risk management and monitoring plans). Further, in collaboration with the Aquatic Sites Working Group, DFO Expert Support co-led the rollout of and provision of training on the FCSAP Aquatic Sites Classification System and the Aquatic Sites Contaminated Sites Management Framework. As well, DFO Science conducted 5 targeted research projects and 2 literature reviews related to the impacts that contaminated sites pose to fish and fish habitat.
  • Health Canada – Custodian
    • Expected Results:
      • To complete remediation at Kasabonika and Moose Factory communities and also undertake remediation at the communities of Lansdowne House and Summer Beaver.
    • Results Achieved:
      • Remediation proceeded at one site: Moose Factory Hospital.
  • Health Canada – Expert Support
    • Expected Results:
      • Service delivery to federal custodial departments with respect to the provision of guidance, training and advice on human health risk assessment and public involvement; peer review of human health risk assessments conducted for federal contaminated sites; participation in interdepartmental regional working groups and input to public involvement plans and remedial action plans on a site-by-site basis; assistance to custodial departments in the application of the Risk Reduction Metric on a site-by-site basis; publication of national guidance documents on the conduct of human health risk assessments at federal sites; support for scientific research to address data gaps on issues that influence exposure at contaminated sites; toxicological evaluations of toxic substances found at federal contaminated sites; development of scientific criteria documents to support new or revised CCME soil quality guidelines that protect human health.
    • Results Achieved:
      • Provided expert advice and training on human health risk assessments, risk management and public involvement to custodial departments under the Federal Contaminated Sites Action Plan (FCSAP). Conducted site visits and reviewed site related documents submitted under the FCSAP program.
      • HC provided assistance to custodial departments in the application of the Risk Reduction Metric on a site-by-site basis.
      • Developed soil quality guidelines (SQG) and initiated protocol development for indoor dust and sediment.
      • Developed guidance documents - 1) human health risk assessment guidance including preliminary and detailed risk assessment, vapour intrusion, radiological, toxicity reference values (TRVs), peer review checklists, supplemental air guidance, remediation, country foods, amortization, model statement of work for risk assessment; 2) public involvement; and 3) site investigation. Most of the documents are in the final stages of publication.
      • Supported research in the areas of bioaccessability / bioavailability and other studies directly applicable to guideline development, human health risk assessment and risk management of contaminated sites in Canada.
      • Reviewed projects and site submissions in order to determine the eligibility for funding.
  • Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada – Indian and Inuit Affairs
    • Expected Results:
      • The financial liability associated with high- and medium-risk contaminated sites on reserve lands and lands under Indian and Inuit Affairs jurisdiction will be reduced by 15% from April 1, 2010 baseline levels.
    • Results Achieved:
      • The financial liability associated with high- and medium-risk contaminated sites on reserve lands and lands under Indian and Inuit Affairs jurisdiction will be reduced by 9.46% from April 1, 2010 baseline levels.
  • Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada – Northern Affairs
    • Expected Results:
      • Phase I/II environmental site assessment (ESA) activity undertaken at 264 sites.
      • Phase III ESA activity undertaken at 35 sites.
      • Remediation activity undertaken at 89 sites.
      • Ongoing risk management activity and/or long-term monitoring at 9 sites.
      • The completion of 22 priority contaminated sites by fiscal year-end.
    • Results Achieved:
      • Phase I/II environmental site assessment (ESA) activity undertaken at 260 sites.
      • Phase III ESA activity undertaken at 24 sites.
      • Remediation activity undertaken at 21 sites.
      • Ongoing risk management activity and/or long-term monitoring at 9 sites.
      • The completion of 27 priority contaminated sites by fiscal year-end (12 in 2010–2011).
  • Jacques Cartier and Champlain Bridges Incorporated
    • Expected Results:
      • Complete remediation/risk management strategy for 1 project.
    • Results Achieved:
      • Remediation strategy was established.
  • Marine Atlantic Inc.
    • Expected Results:
      • To have the environmental site assessment completed and a remediation and risk management plan initiated for 1 project (1 site).
    • Results Achieved:
      • RFP was awarded to have an environmental remedial action plan developed for the Bar Harbor Facility but due to the timeline required to complete the RFP, the project was not initiated in time for the 2010–2011 budget.
  • National Capital Commission
    • Expected Results:
      • Conduct 63 site assessments and 7 remediation projects.
    • Results Achieved:
      • Conducted 28 site assessments and 5 remediation projects.
  • National Defence
    • Expected Results:
      • In 2010–2011, 65 more sites will be under remediation or under risk management and 19 suspected sites will have been assessed and will have completed step 3 of the Federal Approach to Contaminated Sites (10-step process).
      • The Department’s current Sustainable Development Strategy (SDS) includes a target for a contaminated sites year-over-year reduction in liabilities of 7% per year.
    • Results Achieved:
      • In 2010–2011, 32 more sites were under remediation/risk management; 42 suspected sites were assessed, and step 3 of the Federal Approach to Contaminated Sites (10-step process) was completed.
      • The liability reduction in fiscal year 2010–2011 is 16.1%.
  • National Research Council of Canada
    • Expected Results:
      • Completion of soil remediation projects at NRC’s two existing registered contaminated sites and completion of assessment projects at 5 other NRC sites.
    • Results Achieved:
      • Completion of soil remediation projects at 4 NRC contaminated sites and completion of assessment projects at 7 other NRC sites.
  • Natural Resources Canada
    • Expected Results:
      • Remediation and risk management for 2 projects (3 sites).
      • Assessment of approximately 6 sites.
    • Results Achieved:
      • Remediation of 2 contaminated sites (2 projects).
      • Five environmental site assessments and additional groundwater sampling events at 3 individual sites, supplementing historical environmental site assessments.
  • Parks Canada
    • Expected Results:
      • Twenty-five contaminated site assessment projects, comprising 61 sites, are planned for 2010–2011.
      • Fifty contaminated site remediation/risk management projects, comprising 57 sites, are planned for 2010–2011.
    • Results Achieved:
      • A total of 63 contaminated site assessment projects, comprising 137 sites, were undertaken in 2010–2011.
      • Fifty-one contaminated site remediation/risk management projects, comprising 78 sites, were carried out in 2010–2011.
  • Public Works and Government Services Canada – Custodian
    • Expected Results:
      • The reduction of the Department’s financial liability associated with contaminated sites, as well as the reduction of associated risks to human health and the environment.
    • Results Achieved:
      • The Department’s financial liability associated with contaminated sites was reduced, as well as the associated risks to human health and the environment.
  • Public Works and Government Services Canada – Expert Support
    • Expected Results:
      • The development of project management tools and best practices, to assist with successful implementation of remediation projects by custodial departments. thus allowing other departments to achieve their objectives.
      • The collection and sharing of information on innovative technologies to promote their use.
      • Liaison with the environmental industry to ensure that industry members are aware of future federal demand and can build adequate capacity to respond.
    • Results Achieved:
      • Project management tools and best practices were developed to assist with successful implementation of remediation projects by custodial departments, thus allowing other departments to achieve their objectives.
      • Information on innovative technologies was collected and shared with federal custodians to promote their use.
      • Demand forecast reports were shared with the environmental industry to provide awareness of future federal demand so that the private sector could ensure adequate capacity to respond.
  • Royal Canadian Mounted Police
    • Expected Results:
      • The RCMP plans to complete 23 remediation sites and 6 risk management sites, and to assess 154 sites.
    • Results Achieved:
      • Remediation work was performed at 15 sites and 144 assessments were performed.
  • Transport Canada
    • Expected Results:
      • Transport Canada will undertake 4 accelerated site assessments and 22 accelerated remediation projects in 2010–2011. In addition, 3 baseline site assessments and 15 baseline remediation projects will be undertaken.
    • Results Achieved:
      • Transport Canada undertook 5 accelerated site assessments and 20 accelerated remediation projects in 2010–2011. In addition, 11 baseline assessment and 21 baseline remediation projects were undertaken.
  • Treasury Board of Canada Secretariat
    • Expected Results:
      • Ensures consistency with Treasury Board policies on management of federal contaminated sites, reviews financial aspects of proposals, administers the fund, advises Environment Canada on the monitoring of government-wide progress, maintains the Federal Contaminated Sites Inventory and coordinates planning for the 2010 Federal Contaminated Sites National Workshop, to be held in Montréal, Quebec from May 10–13, 2010.
    • Results Achieved:
      1. Supported the Environment Canada FCSAP Secretariat and custodians to ensure that implementation of the second year of accelerated FCSAP activities under Canada’s Economic Action Plan were consistent with Treasury Board policies on management of federal contaminated sites.
      2. Supported Environment Canada in the development of the proposal for program renewal for presentation to Cabinet and Treasury Board in 2011, including advising on progress achieved in Phase I of FCSAP.
      3. Reviewed financial aspects of proposals and administered the FCSAP fund.
      4. Maintained the Federal Contaminated Sites Inventory.
      5. Delivered the May 2010 Federal Contaminated Sites National Workshop in Montréal.

1 Expected Results: Note that custodians have flexibility with respect to activities undertaken and often the number of sites actually worked on will vary from what was planned due to unforeseen delays (weather, difficult access to remote locations, etc.) or changes in custodian priorities.

Comments on Variances:

For the program as a whole, $12.4 M was reprofiled or carried forward and $37.8 M was lapsed. See below for details.

  • Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada
    • The estimated actual spending for 2010–2011 differs from the planned spending as a result of a minor lapse in project dollars ($2.8 K) resulting from a change in project priorities and projects coming in under budget. The anticipated number of remediation projects had considerable uncertainty and was contingent on results of forthcoming assessment projects. As a result of additional assessment work at one of AAFC's priority sites that identified additional contamination, the majority of remediation funds were redirected from smaller projects to this high-priority project.
  • Correctional Service Canada
    • $1.4 M and $1 M was transferred via Supplementary Estimates (B) to PWGSC and to NRC. Also $2.04 M was carried into 2010–2011 and $1.29 M was carried forward into 2011–2012. $0.5 K was lapsed.
  • Environment Canada
    • Custodian
      • Actual spending for one of the major projects was less than planned. $3.527 M has been reprofiled for this project. Funding and resources were available to carry out more projects than planned. $575 K was lapsed.
    • Secretariat and Expert Support
      • $836 K was lapsed from the program as a result of delays in completion of contracts due in large part to the significant workload of the FCSAP Secretariat during the year in preparing documentation to secure program renewal and work required to support program commitments and reporting under Canada's Economic Action Plan.
  • Fisheries and Oceans Canada
    • Custodian
      • $37.5 K of the variance of $75,200 is attributable to the Employee Benefit Program (EBP) conversion penalty. The remaining $37.7 K was lapsed.
      • The expected results for 2010–2011 originated from the 2009–2010 Treasury Board submission, which was developed at the end of fiscal year 2008–2009. Since these projections, the FCSAP program has changed significantly, including the introduction of the 2-year accelerated Economic Action Plan program, resource allocation and the ability to move FCSAP projects from baseline to accelerated and vice versa. The reason for the decrease in the number of projects is that the projects going forward have higher costs, i.e. assessments scheduled for 2010–2011 have higher costs then the original Treasury Board submission. It is important to note that all FCSAP spending and projects were undertaken in accordance with FCSAP program requirements.
  • Health Canada
    • Discrepancy of $2.8 K surplus (lapsed).
  • Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada
    • Responsible Federal Stewardship
      • Total FCSAP Allocations for 2010–2011 were: $52.7 M; Reprofiled from 2009–2010 to 2010–2011: $1.8 M; Cash-managed from 2009–2010 to 2010–2011: $2.3 M; Cash-managed from 2010–2011 to 2011–2012: $711 K: Lapsed: $292 K.
      • The total reduction of our liabilities in dollar amounts surpassed any previous year ($29.6 M); however, due to some changes in our liability calculations that helped make them more robust, we did not meet our percentage decrease. The expected result was determined prior to the 2010–2011 liability exercise, and considering the unexpectedly high increase in our liabilities (from $142 M to $312 M) between the 2009–2010 and the 2010–2011 liability reports, our future expected results will be re-evaluated to be in line with the change in our liabilities and the change in our funding.
    • Northern Land and Resources
      • The NCSP had an additional $16.5 M of reprofiled funds and internal reallocations of $6.7 M. The program expended $139.6 M on projects and program management. $7.5 M has been reprofiled to 2011–2012, and $2.6 M was lapsed by the program.
      • The statement "Remediation activity undertaken at 89 sites" under "Expected Results for 2010–2011" is incorrect. AANDC NAO only has a total of 79 class 1 and 2 sites, 15 of which already had completed remediation activities prior to the 2010–2011 fiscal year, and AANDC NAO was not planning on working on all its remaining class 1 and 2 sites.
  • Jacques Cartier and Champlain Bridges Incorporated
    • Financing was taken from regular parliamentary appropriation instead of FCSAP. $205 K was carried forward to 2011–2012. $88 K was lapsed.
  • Marine Atlantic Inc.
    • Due to the timeline required to complete the RFP, the project was not initiated in time for the 2010–2011 budget. $70 K was lapsed.
  • National Capital Commission
    • Objective presented in column B of this document is on 2 years: 2009–2010 and 2010–2011. Expected Results for 2010–2011 were: Conduct 35 site assessments and 5 remediation projects. $85 K was lapsed.
  • National Defence
    • $5.1 M was lapsed. Because of short field season and lack of resources, fewer sites were under remediation/risk management than planned. The increase in sites assessed is due to a collective assessment of suspected sites, which is more efficient. DND is actively engaged in meeting the contaminated sites liabilities reduction target of 7% per year.
  • National Research Council of Canada
    • The number of projects has been increased from 2 to 4 since new assessment work identified two additional contaminated sites requiring remediation and/or risk management (R/RM) work. Funding for this additional R/RM work came from cost savings on the 2 projects that were originally planned.
  • Natural Resources Canada
    • NRCan received a transfer of $4 M via Supplementary Estimates B for completion of remediation projects in fiscal year 2010 from other government departments. Only a small portion of those funds were spent; $3.7 M was lapsed.
  • Parks Canada
    • The $1.8 M variance represents spending from funding available due to Parks Canada’s ability to spend amounts appropriated over a 2-year period.
    • Contaminated site remediation/risk management and assessment activities were undertaken at more sites than initially planned so as to ensure continued site eligibility for FCSAP funding under the renewed program (2011–2012 to 2015–2016).
  • Public Works and Government Services Canada
    • Custodian
      • Additional projects were facilitated via funds transferred from Correctional Service Canada and Transport Canada. $3.2 M was lapsed.
    • Expert Support
      • Consultant billings were less than the original estimates.
  • Royal Canadian Mounted Police
    • The variance is explained by a total of $1.1 M worth of projects not going through: approximately $726 K of unspent remediation funds and $381 K of unspent assessment funds. $864 K was lapsed.
    • For remediation projects, the majority of the variance is explained by one project being postponed ($450 K) and another for which the remediation strategy was altered to a risk management strategy, thereby reducing cost by $185 K. Numerous other remediation projects have also come in under budget.
    • For assessment projects, $381 K was not spent. Numerous assessment projects were performed under budget. Cost savings were also due to contracting being performed in bulk.
    • A transfer of $250 K of FCSAP funds had been approved for Supplementary Estimates C to the National Research Council. However, the government was dissolved prior to Supplementary Estimates C and the transfer did not take place.
    • Finally, $76.5 K of program management was not spent in 2010–2011 and was carried forward into 2011–2012.
    • The RCMP performed fewer projects than expected due to 1) the extensive reporting requirements for Canada’s Economic Action Plan (CEAP) hindering progress and implementation of projects; and 2) with the increased workload, no additional resources were available.
  • Transport Canada
    • The variance is attributable to more cost-effective remedial options chosen, lower-than-expected tender prices and additional assessment required prior to remediation. More projects were undertaken than initially forecasted. $14 M of FCSAP funding was transferred early to other government departments that needed additional funding. $19.7 M was lapsed.

Results Achieved by Non-Federal Partners (if applicable):

Contact Information:

FCSAP Secretariat
Contaminated Sites Division
15th floor, Place Vincent Massey
351 St-Joseph Blvd.
Gatineau, QC, K1A 0H3
819-934-8153



Name of Horizontal Initiative: Great Lakes Basin Ecosystem Initiative

Name of Lead Department(s): Environment Canada

Lead Department Program Activity: Delivery of the Canada–Ontario Agreement (COA) Respecting the Great Lakes Basin Ecosystem

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: April 1, 2010 (Great Lakes Action Plan, Phase V (GLAPV) resources)

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: March 31, 2015 (expiry of GLAPV resources)

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start date to end date): $40 million over 5 years (GLAPV resources, plus departmental resource envelope)

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The Great Lakes Basin Ecosystem Initiative is Environment Canada’s mechanism for coordinating efforts to restore and maintain the chemical, physical and biological integrity of the Great Lakes Basin ecosystem, and ensure delivery of federal commitments as expressed in the Canada–U.S. Great Lakes Water Quality Agreement. Environment Canada uses the Canada–Ontario Agreement (COA) Respecting the Great Lakes Basin Ecosystem to engage other federal departments and Ontario in delivering Canada’s Great Lakes Water Quality Agreement commitments.

Environment Canada’s Great Lakes Basin Ecosystem Initiative (GLBEI) reflects Budget 2010 investments targeted at continuing the work under the Great Lakes Action Plan to improve the ecological integrity of the Great Lakes Basin ecosystem. A total of $40 million over five years was allocated in the GLAPV to continue the environmental restoration of key aquatic Great Lakes Areas of Concern. Other federal departments also use resource envelopes to support their efforts towards achieving COA results.

Shared Outcome(s): The Great Lakes Water Quality Agreement establishes broad, long-term objectives for Canada and the United States in restoring and protecting the Great Lakes. The COA provides a short-term plan for achieving Canada’s commitments under the Great Lakes Water Quality Agreement. Through the COA, federal and provincial agencies are guided by a shared vision of a healthy, prosperous and sustainable Great Lakes Basin ecosystem for present and future generations. The COA also establishes a common purpose and shared goals, results and commitment in four priority areas: restoration of Areas of Concern; reduction of harmful pollutants; achievement of lakes and basin sustainability; and coordination of monitoring, research and information.

Governance Structure(s): Eight federal departments are engaged in delivering GLBEI results under the COA: Environment Canada, Fisheries and Oceans Canada, Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada, Natural Resources Canada, Parks Canada, Transport Canada, Infrastructure Canada and Health Canada.

The COA Management Committee is the senior federal/provincial management body responsible for setting priorities, establishing strategies to ensure delivery of the COA, and developing common positions and joint action plans for representing Canadian interests and engaging in cooperative initiatives with United States agencies and the International Joint Commission.

Planning, prioritization and allocation of GLAPV monies is managed through the Great Lakes Division of Environment Canada with the advice of the GLAPV Workplan Review Team. Members of the GLAPV Workplan Review Team consist of representatives from Environment Canada and Fisheries and Oceans Canada receiving GLAPV funds. The GLAPV Workplan Review Team reviews proposed projects and activities, developing and regularly updating a coordinated federal workplan based on priorities required to support Great Lakes Action Plan implementation.

($ millions)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from start to end date) 2010-2011
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Environment Canada Sustainable use and management of natural capital and working landscapes COA $40 million GLAPV, plus Departmental resources envelope (permanent plus temporary funding) $8 million GLAPV, plus Departmental resources envelope (permanent plus temporary funding) $4.1 million GLAPV, plus $3.0 million, Departmental resources envelope (permanent plus temporary funding) All COA results, except App. 2-3.2 See below
Fisheries and Oceans Canada Healthy and productive aquatic ecosystems COA

Sea Lamprey Control Program
$437.1K GLAPV, plus Departmental resources envelope (permanent plus temporary funding) $437.1K GLAPV, plus $6.8 million, Departmental resources envelope (permanent plus temporary funding) $437.1K GLAPV, plus $6.8 million, Departmental resources envelope (permanent plus temporary funding) App. 1-2.4; App. 1-2.6; App. 3-1.2; App. 3-1.3; App. 3-1.4; App. 3-3.1; App. 3-3.2; App. 3-4.1; App. 3-4.2; App. 3-5.1; App. 4-1.1; App. 4-2.2 See below
Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada Health of the environment Growing Forward $57 million for environment and climate change from April 1, 2008, to March 31, 2013 $7.7 million $7.7 million App. 1-1.2; App. 1-2.2; App. 2-2.3; App. 3-1.2; App. 3-1.4; App. 3-2.2; App. 4-1.1; App. 4-2.2 See below
Natural Resources Canada Canada is a world leader on environmental responsibility in the development and use of natural resources Port Hope Long-term Low-level Radioactive Waste Mgmt. Project Departmental resources envelope (permanent plus temporary funding) Port Hope
$940K

Harvesting
$32K

Pesticides
$125.5K
Port Hope
$910K

Harvesting
$21K

Pesticides
$117.1K
App. 1-2.3; App. 3-1.4; App. 3-2.4 See below
CFS

Forest harvesting in riparian zones
Ecosystem risk management: Canada understands and mitigates risks to natural resource ecosystems and human health CFS Pesticides Program
Parks Canada Heritage resources conservation

Public appreciation and understanding
COA Departmental resources envelope (permanent plus temporary funding) $0 $0 App. 3-1.1; App. 3-1.2; App. 3-1.3; App. 3-2.2; App. 3-3.2; App. 3-3.3; App. 4-1.1; App. 4-2.2 See below
Transport Canada Environmental protection and remediation; Canadian Ballast Water Program COA Departmental resources envelope (permanent plus temporary funding) $955K $955K App. 3-1.3; App. 3-2.1; App. 3-4.1; App. 3-4.2 See below
Infrastructure Canada (INFC) Infrastructure funding programs The Building Canada plan (Building Canada Fund, Provincial/
Territorial Base Fund, and Gas Tax Fund), the Green Infrastructure Fund, as well as sunsetting programs (Canada Strategic Infrastructure Fund (CSIF), Municipal Rural Infrastructure Fund (MRIF).
No COA allocation No COA allocation No COA allocation INFC supports the objectives of the COA with particular emphasis on Appendix items 1-1.1 and App. 1-2.1 See below
Health Canada Healthy environments and consumer safety COA Departmental resources envelope (permanent plus temporary funding) No departmental resources envelope (permanent plus temporary funding)
COA commitment incorporated in Chemicals Management Plan (CMP) initiatives
$* App. 2-3.2 See below
TOTAL GLAP V
(plus departmental funding)
$8.4 million $4.5 million      

* Activities are supported with funds from Canada’s Chemicals Management Plan (CMP).

Results achieved in 2010–2011:

Specific Results by Department:

Environment Canada

Work continued to achieve progress in restoration of Great Lakes Areas of Concern. In delivering its results, the Department

  • Completed environmental restoration in Wheatley Harbour on Lake Erie, which was consequently delisted as an Area of Concern (AOC). The delisting represents a major achievement under Annex 2 of the Canada–U.S. Great Lakes Water Quality Agreement (GLWQA), through which Wheatley Harbour had been identified as an AOC in 1987.
  • Implemented all priority actions in the St. Lawrence River (Cornwall) AOC. The Stage 3 report, which describes the results of monitoring and restoration of beneficial uses, is being produced and a decision is expected in 2011–2012 on whether to delist the AOC or recognize it as an Area in Recovery.
  • Completed the Stage 2 report for the Canadian portion of the Detroit River AOC; the Detroit River Remedial Action Plan (RAP) represents an assessment of the current status of beneficial use impairments in the AOC. The Department conducted an evaluation of the remedial actions to restore beneficial uses that have been undertaken from 1998 to 2008, and formulated recommendations on the remaining remedial actions, their priority, proposed timelines and agency or organization responsible for implementing the remedial actions.
  • Produced a Stage 2 RAP update report for the Niagara River AOC. The report updates the recommendations and delisting criteria presented in the 1995 Stage 2 report and the 2000 Implementation Annex.
  • Accepted the status report on the Jackfish Bay AOC prepared by Lakehead University. The report confirms that, while significant improvement has occurred since the area was originally listed as an AOC, additional time is required for sufficient ecosystem recovery to be detected. A long-term monitoring plan has been developed to track recovery in the Jackfish Bay AOC, which will be implemented in 2011–2012.

Work continued to reduce the release of harmful substances. Environment Canada worked on a variety of activities and projects. In delivering its results, the Department

  • Amended PCB regulations published in 2008 (SOR/2008-273, September 5, 2008) to accelerate the elimination of PCBs in use and storage. Preliminary data indicate that Canada’s challenge goal of a 90% reduction of high-level PCBs in service, from a 1993 baseline, has been met.
  • Collaborated with the United States to reduce uncontrolled combustion sources such as burn barrels, and launched the new Open Burning of Garbage website (http://www.ec.gc.ca/gdd-mw/default.asp?lang=En&n=684B44DD-1) that includes an overview of issues associated with the open burning of garbage and gives links for further information; and produced a new brochure that informs the public of the hazards of open garbage burning.
  • Released the Great Lakes Binational Toxics Strategy (GLBTS) 2008–2009 Biennial Progress Report, which documents progress achieved and actions taken to reduce the use and release of GLBTS Level 1 substances. The report highlights the activities of a new group focused on emerging substances of concern, and presents environmental trend data of Strategy substances collected by Great Lakes monitoring and surveillance programs.

Work continued to achieve a better understanding of, and to report on the Great Lakes Basin ecosystem status and trends. Environment Canada worked collaboratively with universities and other government and non-governmental agencies on many projects with the following results:

  • Published annual Lakewide Management Plan reports for each of the Canadian Great Lakes.
  • Reviewed and revised the state of the Great Lakes ecosystem assessment framework and indicators.
  • Completed the final draft of the Lake Superior Aquatic Invasive Species Complete Prevention Plan following public workshops that were held throughout the basin to promote the plan and gather input. The purpose of the plan is to prevent new aquatic invasive species from entering, and becoming established in Lake Superior.
  • Finalized the international Lake Huron Biodiversity Conservation Strategy for following a two-year conservation action planning process that engaged more than 100 agencies and organizations around the Lake Huron watershed. The Strategy identifies conservation features that represent the biodiversity of Lake Huron, ranks critical threats, and recommends strategies and opportunities for implementation.
  • Completed the final draft of the Lake Erie Binational Nutrient Management Strategy. The Strategy identifies priority watersheds and defines goals, objectives, targets, indicators, monitoring and research required to limit further eutrophication and improve current conditions in Lake Erie.

Fisheries and Oceans Canada

Work continued to conduct science, enhance fish habitats and control the negative impacts of established invasive species. In delivering its results, the department

  • Provided monitoring and science to support delisting Areas of Concern, including the Bay of Quinte, Toronto Harbour, Hamilton Harbour, Detroit River and St. Clair River. Results include developed indices of biotic integrity and habitat productivity for nearshore fish populations. The department also developed fish habitat classification and supply models to measure the success of habitat restorations, continued long-term assessment of lower trophic levels and food web statuses, and developed ecosystem models.
  • Delivered an integrated program of Sea Lamprey management in the Great Lakes in collaboration with the US Fish and Wildlife Services, under the direction of the Great Lakes Fishery Commission. Results include successful lampricide treatments in tributaries and connection channels in lakes Ontario, Erie, Huron and Superior to suppress invasive Sea Lampreys and to protect and restore native fishes. The department achieved suppression targets for abundances of adult Sea Lampreys in lakes Ontario and Superior. The department also continued research and development of new alternative Sea Lamprey control methods including field trials of Sea Lamprey pheromones.
  • Carried out risk assessments of potential aquatic invasive species; evaluated the impact of aquatic invasive species on Great Lakes ecosystems; and monitored ballast water management establishing their effectiveness in eliminating importation of new species through this vector.

Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada

Work continued to improve beneficial agriculture management practices with the involvement of the Great Lakes farming community in numerous projects. In delivering its results, the department

  • delivered, under an agreement with Ontario, the Canada–Ontario Environmental Farm Plan and Canada–Ontario Farm Stewardship Program to farmers, which resulted in province-wide implementation of 673 environmental farm plans and 1800 on-farm beneficial management practice projects in 2010–2011.

Natural Resources Canada

Work continued towards the achievement of the sustainable development of Canada’s energy, forestry and mineral metals resources within the Great Lakes Basin. Results included

  • Enhanced policies and practices to mitigate forestry impacts on creeks and rivers.
  • Enhanced accuracy of pesticide applications on forests to reduce impacts on aquatic organisms.
  • Completion of detailed designs for the remediation of sites, including Port Hope Harbour, and for the new long-term waste management facility to manage the Port Hope area’s historic low-level radioactive wastes.

Parks Canada

Delivers national parks programs and the National Marine Conservation Areas Program, and works to develop and maintain a viable protected areas network in the Great Lakes Basin that is relevant to Canadians. Projects included

  • State of the park reports for Bruce Peninsula National Park and Fathom Five National Marine Park.
  • Parks Canada information and messages at tourist information centres along the north shore of Lake Superior National Marine Conservation Area.
  • Monitoring of coastal streams in Pukaskwa National Park.

Transport Canada

Work continued to ensure compliance with the Canada Shipping Act, 2001 regulations related to the ecosystem health of the Great Lakes. Transport Canada undertook a wide variety of inspection, monitoring and training programs, and

  • Boarded vessels entering the Great Lakes to ensure compliance with ballast water regulations.
  • Carried out biological analysis and evaluation of vessels targeted in the Joint Boarding Program.
  • Supported Canadian firms interested in the development of ballast water technology programs compliant with the International Marine Organization’s Ballast Water Discharge Standards.

Infrastructure Canada

Work continued toward providing funding to eligible infrastructure projects in support of federal objectives such as a cleaner environment, which includes improved wastewater treatment.

Federal funding has been announced for numerous wastewater projects that directly support the delisting of Areas of Concern as identified by COA and in communities located in and around the Great Lakes watershed. In 2009–2010, a total of $264.6 million in federal funding was announced, through the Building Canada Fund –Major Infrastructure Component and the Green Infrastructure Fund, in support of 9 projects located in communities near the Great Lakes. Of this amount, $173.5 million will go toward the upgrade of 4 sewage treatment plants to help rehabilitate the St. Lawrence River, Hamilton Harbour and the Nipigon Bay Areas of Concern in particular. In 2010–2011, Infrastructure Canada focused on moving all of these projects toward final approvals and negotiating contribution agreements.

Since the launch of the Building Canada Plan in 2007, Infrastructure Canada has committed over $890 million toward more than 575 water and wastewater projects that will improve the ecosystem health of rivers and lakes in the Great Lakes watershed.

Health Canada

Work continued to enhance environmental health knowledge within the Great Lakes Basin that can be integrated into policies to address risks to human health by all levels of government.

  • The department supported and facilitated the development of environmental public health networks in the Great Lakes Basin.
  • The Great Lakes Public Health Network (GLPHN) supported a Risk Communication Workshop hosted by University of Toronto and Public Health Ontario staff from federal, provincial and municipal governments in February 2011 in Toronto, Ontario.
  • The department developed the Health Science Framework to guide and facilitate health science research activities specifically for Great Lakes Basin populations.

Comments on Variances:

Environment Canada: Dedicated Great Lakes funding (GLAPV) is received only by Environment Canada and Fisheries and Oceans Canada, which also each contribute resources from their departmental resource envelope (permanent plus temporary funding) towards achieving results under the COA. All other partners (federal and provincial) to the COA achieve COA results via departmental funding.

Natural Resources Canada: Actual spending in 2010–2011 was slightly less than planned as a result of a minor delay in approval of expenditure authority under the Port Hope Long-term Low-level Radioactive Waste Management Project. The variance explanation in both Canadian Forest Services (CFS) programs (pesticides, and forest harvesting in riparian zones) is that there was less resource envelope money allocated to these programs than requested.

Parks Canada: Figures for planned and actual spending are not available as Parks Canada financial coding systems are not designed to separate out Great Lakes-specific activities.

Health Canada: Health Canada supports work for the Great Lakes Basin Ecosystem Initiative through the joint Environment Canada–Health Canada Chemicals Management Plan. Specific resource figures are not available as this spending is not tracked separately in Health Canada's financial system.

Infrastructure Canada: Federal infrastructure funding programs do not include an allocation specific to the COA.

Results achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable):

Contact information:

Linda Robertson
Great Lakes Environment Office
Environment Canada
416-739-5808

Appendix – COA Results Statements

PRIORITY 1 – AREAS OF CONCERN

Result 1.1 – Reduce microbial and other contaminants and excessive nutrients from industrial or municipal wastewater to achieve delisting targets in Nipigon Bay and St. Lawrence River (Cornwall) AOCs.

Result 1.2 – Reduce microbial and other contaminants and excessive nutrients from rural non-point sources to meet delisting criteria in the St. Lawrence River (Cornwall) AOC.

Result 1.3 – Contaminated sediment management strategies developed for the Wheatley Harbour AOC and implemented in the St. Lawrence River (Cornwall) AOC.

Result 1.4 – Plans in place and being implemented to rehabilitate fish and wildlife habitats and populations to meet delisting targets in the Wheatley Harbour and St. Lawrence River (Cornwall) AOCs.

Result 1.5 – Informed, effective collaboration amongst government, communities and individuals to prioritize and complete actions required for delisting and confirming environmental recovery in Nipigon Bay, Jackfish Bay, Wheatley Harbour and St. Lawrence River (Cornwall) AOCs.

Result 1.6 – Environmental monitoring and reporting to document improvements and track environmental recovery.

Result 2.1 – Reduce microbial and other contaminants and excessive nutrients from municipal sewage treatment plants, combined sewer overflows, urban stormwater and industrial wastewater towards delisting targets in St. Marys River, St. Clair River, Detroit River, Niagara River, Hamilton Harbour, Toronto and Region, and Bay of Quinte AOCs.

Result 2.2 – Reduce microbial and other contaminants and excessive nutrients from rural non-point sources towards achieving remedial action plan (RAP) delisting criteria in St. Clair River, Detroit River, Niagara River, Hamilton Harbour, and Toronto and Region AOCs.

Result 2.3 – Progress made in developing sediment management strategies to reduce ecological and human health risk from contaminated sediments in Thunder Bay, Peninsula Harbour, St. Marys River, St. Clair River, Detroit River, Niagara River, Hamilton Harbour, Port Hope and Bay of Quinte AOCs.

Result 2.4 – Long-term management plans being developed and priority actions for delisting being implemented for rehabilitation and protection of fish and wildlife habitats and populations in the St. Marys River, St. Clair River, Detroit River, Niagara River, Hamilton Harbour, Toronto and Region, and Bay of Quinte AOCs.

Result 2.5 – Informed, effective collaboration amongst government, communities and individuals to prioritize and complete actions required for delisting and confirming environmental recovery in AOCs.

Result 2.6 – Identify monitoring needs, undertake required studies and evaluate results to assess environmental recovery and support remediation strategies in AOCs.

PRIORITY 2 - HARMFUL POLLUTANTS

Result 1.1 – Reduction in releases of Tier 1 substances beyond the 2005 achievements towards the goal of virtual elimination.

Result 2.1 – Reduction in releases of criteria air pollutants.

Result 2.2 – Coordinated activities to reduce releases from municipal wastewater.

Result 2.3 – Develop and initiate a program for the sound management of chemical substances in the Great Lakes Basin.

Result 3.1 – Improved understanding of the sources, fate and impacts of harmful pollutants in the Great Lakes Basin.

Result 3.2 – Human health risks from harmful pollutants are understood and addressed in the Great Lakes Basin.

PRIORITY 3 – GREAT LAKES AND GREAT LAKES BASIN SUSTAINABILITY

Result 1.1 – Increased awareness and appreciation of the Great Lakes and their contributions to social, economic and environmental well-being.

Result 1.2 – Increased stewardship actions that work towards a balance between human well-being and prosperity, and healthy aquatic ecosystems.

Result 1.3 - Sustainable use of land, water and other natural resources to provide benefits from the Great Lakes now and in the future.

Result 1.4 – Enhanced knowledge about beneficial and harmful impacts of human activities on Great Lakes aquatic ecosystems and resources.

Result 2.1 – Reduce microbial and other contaminants and excessive nutrients from industrial and municipal wastewater, combined sewer overflows and urban stormwater sources consistent with actions specified in binational Lakewide Management Plans (LaMPs) and binational lake action plans.

Result 2.2 – Reduce microbial and other contaminants and excessive nutrients from rural sources by undertaking actions specified in the binational Lakewide Management Plans and binational lake action plans.

Result 2.3 – Identification of contaminated sediment and development of sediment management plans to reduce the release and impact of sediment-bound contaminants on the Great Lakes Basin ecosystem.

Result 2.4 – Enhanced knowledge about beneficial and harmful impacts of human activities on Great Lakes water quality.

Result 3.1 – Great Lakes aquatic ecosystems and habitats are protected, restored and sustained consistent with binational Great Lakes planning.

Result 3.2 – Progress on rehabilitation of Great Lakes native species to restore the health of aquatic ecosystems, consistent with binational Great Lakes planning.

Result 3.3 – Enhanced knowledge about beneficial and harmful impacts of human activities on Great Lakes aquatic ecosystems, habitats and species.

Result 4.1 – Implementation of the National Action Plan to Address the Threat of Aquatic Invasive Species in the Great Lakes.

Result 4.2 – Enhanced knowledge about the harmful impacts of aquatic invasive species on Great Lakes aquatic ecosystems, food webs and species.

Result 5.1 – The impacts of climate change on the Great Lakes ecosystem composition, structure and function, including biodiversity (organisms and their habitat), water quality and quantity, human health and safety (including access to clean drinking water), social well-being and economic prosperity are understood by governments and the Great Lakes community.

Result 6.1 – The potential risks to Great Lakes drinking water intakes are identified and assessed, and early actions to address risks are undertaken.

Result 6.2 – Develop knowledge and understanding of water quality and quantity issues of concern to the Great Lakes as drinking water sources.

PRIORITY 4 - COORDINATION OF MONITORING, RESEARCH AND INFORMATION

Result 1.1 – Responsive and comprehensive monitoring and research programs.

Result 2.1 – Improved reporting on environmental conditions, changes and progress.

Result 2.2 – Increased sharing of data and information among governments, organizations and basin residents.




Clean Air Agenda

Lead Department

Environment Canada

Lead Department Program Activity 3.2 -  Climate Change and Clean Air
Federal Theme Partners

Natural Resources Canada, Transport Canada, Health Canada, Department of Foreign Affairs and International Trade, Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada, Public Health Agency of Canada, National Research Council Canada, Industry Canada

Start Date
April 1, 2007
End Date March 31, 2011
Total Federal Funding Allocation $ 2.57 billion

Description

Through the Clean Air Agenda (CAA), the Government of Canada has been working towards making tangible improvements in Canada's environment by addressing the challenges of climate change and air pollution. Since 2007, the CAA has been supporting

  • regulatory initiatives in the industrial, transportation, consumer and commercial sectors; and,
  • a range of complementary program measures, such as the ecoACTION programming to reduce greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, ways to improve indoor air quality, approaches for adapting to the impacts of climate change, and engagement at the international level.
The CAA is managed through a horizontal management, accountability and reporting framework. This framework facilitates comprehensive and systematic review of planning for and reporting on the financial and non-financial performance of CAA programming. Progress towards the CAA outcomes has been reported publically through this horizontal framework since 2007.

Shared Outcomes

The 44 programs of the CAA are organized within seven themes: clean air regulatory agenda (CARA), clean energy, clean transportation, indoor air quality, international actions, adaptation, and management and accountability.

The shared outcomes for these programs are:

  • The health, economic and environmental benefits for Canadians have been realized;
  • The risks to the health of Canadians and the environment resulting from exposure to air pollution have been reduced; and,
  • The risks to communities, infrastructure and to the health and safety of Canadians resulting from climate change have been reduced.

The Government of Canada remains committed to a reduction of 17 per cent from 2005 levels in Canada's total GHG emissions by the year 2020.

Governance Structure(s)

The horizontal management, accountability and reporting framework is led by Environment Canada (EC) and governed by 9 Deputy Ministers, 18 Assistant Deputy Ministers and Chief Financial Officers, seven Director General Theme Leads, and Director General Management Committees for the seven themes of the CAA.

The Clean Air Agenda Results Management Secretariat (CAARMS) supports the CAA governance and EC in facilitating collaboration and overseeing the accountabilities and responsibilities concerning the horizontal management of this Agenda.

2010-11 Agenda Performance Summary

CAA programming continued to reduce GHGs and air pollutants and address the challenges of climate change and air pollution with a view to building a clean and healthy environment for all Canadians.

CARA advanced the development and implementation of regulatory frameworks to manage air pollution and GHG emissions through significant policy work, analysis, consultation, as well as extensive scientific activities. Over 2010-11, Canada’s work was re-oriented towards the development of sector-by-sector regulations aligned with the United States (U.S.) when appropriate. Key advances were made in a number of sectors with the publication of the three transportation regulations for new vehicles and engines, and with proposed draft regulations that will limit greenhouse gas emissions from coal-fired electricity generating units.  The Automotive Refinishing Regulations and the Architectural Coatings Regulations came into effect in 2010. Once these regulations are fully implemented they are expected to result in a 40% and a 28% annual reduction of Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) emissions respectively from the targeted products categories.  

Scientific activities continue to inform the development of critical standards, science assessments, air emissions policies, regulations, agreements and obligations. Also, the Government’s internationally renowned scientists were invited to assume leadership roles in the development of international reports on air pollution and with the World Meteorological Organization.  

On air pollution, the Canadian Council of Ministers of the Environment agreed to move forward with the finalization of a new collaborative air quality management approach, based on the Comprehensive Air Management System (CAMS) framework which will, when implemented, represent the first systematic national approach to managing air quality.

As a result of Clean Energy programs, Canadians are adopting more energy efficient and renewable energy products and services and benefitting from strengthened infrastructure. This has been achieved through energy efficient retrofits for homes, small buildings and industrial facilities, and through increased use of renewable energy technologies. As of March 31, 2011, 31 projects under ecoENERGY programming for Aboriginal and Northern communities were fully commissioned and are achieving GHG reductions.

Scientific research over 2010-11 generated knowledge essential to achieving Canada’s climate change goals by informing codes, standards and regulations to facilitate the adoption of new technologies. Activities were in the areas of cleaner fossil fuels, cleaner transportation, energy efficiency in residential, commercial and institutional buildings, improved industrial processes, carbon capture and storage and bioenergy.

Overall the results achieved from clean energy activities have ultimately reduced GHG emissions and Criteria Air Contaminants. Collectively, Natural Resources Canada’s programs under the Clean Energy Theme reduced GHG emissions by an estimated 9.3 megatonnes in 2010-11.

Clean Transportation programming continued to address the challenges of pollution and GHG emissions from the movement of people and goods in Canada. Information essential to regulating emissions, and coordinating and harmonizing regulations across different jurisdictions was developed in partnership with vehicle manufacturers, industry associations, government departments and other stakeholders. To support transport sector regulatory initiatives, programming also focussed on changing the behaviour of consumers and industry by tackling two key barriers to reducing pollution from transportation, that is, the lack of information, knowledge and engagement of consumers and industry, and, the costs and risks  associated with technology uptake. Memoranda of Understanding with the rail and aviation sectors have reported encouraging results in reducing GHG emission intensity and improving average annual fuel efficiency respectively.

The focus of the last year of the CAA four year mandate for Clean Transportation was to complete projects and program activities, measure their impacts, and gather information about results and case studies to provide to industry and other stakeholders. A number of incentive programs were completed to retire over 70,000 high-polluting vehicles, demonstrate clean freight transportation technology including shore power technology and energy saving technology for passenger cars, light trucks, heavy trucks and rail transportation, provide training on fuel-efficient driving practices and provide municipalities with tools to support transportation demand management in urban areas.

Canada’s participation in United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change meetings and other multilateral and bilateral processes was supported over 2010-11 which enabled Canada’s clean air objectives to be advanced internationally. Public-private partnership clean technology projects delivered environmental benefits (in particular, GHG reductions) and economic benefits to Canadian companies, and accelerated clean technology development and deployment across a range of industrial sectors. Collaboration and knowledge sharing were undertaken with the U.S. by coordinating clean energy technology research and development to reduce GHG emissions. Canada also hosted the annual meeting of the Canada-U.S. Air Quality Committee during which the Committee agreed to a path forward on a Particulate Matter Annex. Canada and the U.S. will also implement a number of activities in 2011-12 to mark the 20th anniversary of the Canada-U.S. Air Quality Agreement.

Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) programming launched a public education campaign to inform Canadians about the health risks that may be present in their homes from radon gas, so that they may better protect their health. To date, 90% of federal buildings in known areas of high radon potential have been measured, which is expected to improve awareness by the public, property managers and governments of the health risks and causes of reduced IAQ, and strategies to improve it. Measurements of both aerial radiation and soil radon gas were made, which will allow researchers to map potential areas of radon and lower the risk of exposure to Canadians. Comprehensive field studies were performed that gathered data on different residential ventilation rates, a wide range of IAQ parameters, and the health of asthmatic Canadians living in these homes. These studies were performed to confirm the relationship between residential IAQ, installed ventilation technologies, and occupants’ health. Protocols were developed to assess the efficacy of methods to improve IAQ. A balanced, multi-stakeholder Canadian Committee on Indoor Air Quality and Buildings is working to raise public awareness of IAQ issues, and provide solutions through targeted best practice information suitable for practitioners, and building and home owners.

Adaptation Theme programming fulfilled or exceeded many of the expected results for 2010-11. These included Aboriginal and northern communities assessing climate change risk information, and developing adaptation plans. The Air Quality Health Index (AQHI) was fully implemented in six provinces replacing the outdated Air Quality Index (AQI), thus increasing awareness and understanding among health professionals. Climate research activities led to the development and operation of global and regional climate models, and the development of a substantial suite of new climate change scenarios based on both Canadian and other climate models to inform adaptation planning and decision-making. Pilot projects related to heat and infectious disease were undertaken to anticipate and address the impacts of climate change on the health of Canadians. Collaboration through six Regional Adaptation Collaboratives and the creation of a national integration group has enhanced communication and joint work on key regional adaptation issues.

The horizontal management of the CAA continued to support the accountability of the federal government to parliamentarians and Canadians for expenditures and activities of the Clean Air Agenda, as well as to support decision-makers in determining the path forward for clean air and climate change programming.

2010-11 Agenda Lessons Learned

Over 2010-11, programs of the Clean Air Agenda faced key challenges that were similar to the challenges faced in previous years. These were:

  • The state of the economy and its continued effect on many stakeholders’ uptake of a number of programming opportunities; and,
  • The continued need to provide flexibility to support alignment with the evolving approaches of the U.S., where appropriate, in order for Canada to establish a broad approach to climate change.
Total Funding Approved under the CAA (to March 31, 2011)

Total Planned Spending
in 2010-11

Total Actual Spending
in 2010-11

2010-11 Actual Spending Reported within Economic Action Plan (EAP)

$  2,417,538,077 $  867,151,782 $  787,851,989 $  351,366,517

Contact information: Paula Brand, Executive Director, Environment Canada, (819) 997-3729 Paula.Brand@ec.gc.ca

CAA Theme-Level Reporting

Clean Air Regulatory Agenda

Clean Energy

Clean Transportation

Indoor Air Quality

Adaptation

International Actions

Management and Accountability

 

Theme: Clean Air Regulatory Agenda (CARA)

Lead Department

Environment Canada

Federal Theme Partners

Transport Canada, Natural Resources Canada, Health Canada

Summary by Department

Federal Partner Name # Programs
for Federal Partners

Funding Approved
under CAA

(to March 31, 2011)

Planned Spending
2010-11

Actual Spending 2010-11
Environment Canada 8 $ 273,246,244 $ 101,371,032 $ 62,216,068
Transport Canada 1 $ 19,170,216 $ 4,769,514 $ 2,917,011
Natural Resources Canada 2 $ 35,200,000 $ 9,566,000 $ 7,992,054
Health Canada 2 $ 88,800,000 $ 27,500,000 $ 23,642,844
Total 13 $ 416,416,460 $ 143,206,546 $ 96,767,977

2010-11 Expected Results

Theme: Clean Air Regulatory Agenda - 2010-11 Expected Results

2010-11 Theme Performance Summary

In support of the reduction of air emissions, progress was made towards the development and implementation of regulatory frameworks to manage air pollution and greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions.  Preparatory work for a North American cap and trade system was completed; however, due to a shift in United States (U.S.) climate policy toward a regulatory approach, Canada’s work was re-oriented toward development of sector-by-sector regulations aligned with the U.S., and analysis (quantitative and qualitative) focuses on sector concerns and key competitiveness issues. Analysis was also undertaken to support Canada's position and views on climate change and related issues at a number of international meetings and venues. This includes, among others, support for the Copenhagen Accord negotiations, the G8 Leaders Summit, Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development Ministerial Council Meeting, and the Arctic Council Task Force on Short-lived Climate Forcers.

Long-term projections for GHGs and air pollutants were developed to serve as a reference point for analysing the government’s climate change initiatives and Clean Air Agenda as they evolved since early 2010. This included economic analysis for the announced Passenger Automobile and Light Truck Greenhouse Gas Emission Regulations, and for the proposed regulation for coal-fired electricity generation units that is expected to be published in Canada Gazette in 2011 and come into force on July 1, 2015.

Significant policy work and consultations were undertaken to support the development of regulations for the transport and electricity sectors, and to take steps to address emissions from other major industrial sectors. This involved extensive engagement with stakeholders, including provinces and territories, for example through the Federal / Provincial / Territorial Working Group on Domestic Climate change.  As a result of this engagement, an Agreement in Principle on efforts to address climate change was signed with British Columbia, and discussions were initiated on an Agreement in Principle with Quebec. Ongoing engagement also took place with the provincial members of the Western Climate Initiative (ON, QC, BC) participating in meetings on the development of the Western Climate Initiative cap and trade system.

Policy work was also undertaken related to Short-Lived Climate Forcers, including black carbon, to support Canada’s engagement in various international fora on this issue, including under the Arctic Council and the Convention on Long-Range Transboundary Air Pollution. The former included the development of a national black carbon emissions inventory.

In October 2010, the Canadian Council of Ministers of the Environment (CCME) reviewed a proposal, produced over two years through a multi-stakeholder process, for a Comprehensive Air Management System. Ministers agreed to move forward with a new Air Quality Management System (AQMS) based on this report and asked officials to finalize the key elements of the system in 2011, including Canadian Ambient Air Quality Standards (CAAQS) for particulate matter and ozone and associated trigger levels, airsheds and air zones delineation, and base-level industrial emissions requirements for key sectors. Implementation of the system will begin in 2013.

Scientific activities continued to inform the development of critical standards, science assessments, indicators, air emissions policies, regulations, targets/limits, objectives, guidelines, inventories, agreements and obligations.  Air quality science informed the finalization of major elements of the new AQMS including the decision-making process leading to the new CAAQs; improved prediction capability; assessed the change in ambient concentrations of smog resulting from biodiesel use in Canada; enhanced the understanding of new particulate matter formation and transformation pathways to help prioritize future regulations; quantified the contribution of mercury emissions from other countries to Canada to support international negotiations; and demonstrated via the Canada-U.S. Air Quality Agreement’s 2010 biennial progress report that both countries have reduced emissions of ground-level ozone precursors and acid rain-causing compounds in line with commitments made under the Agreement. 

Also, the Government’s internationally renowned scientists were invited to assume leadership roles in the development of the 2010 Hemispheric Transport of Air Pollution Assessment Report and, the World Meteorological Organization’s 2011 Global Assessment of Precipitation Chemistry and Deposition.

In support of a more efficient and cleaner transportation sector, the Government made significant progress through the publication of three new emissions regulations from new vehicles and engines aligned with U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) standards: Marine Spark-Ignition Engine, Vessel and Off-Road Recreational Vehicle Emission Regulations, and Passenger Automobile and Light Truck Greenhouse Gas Emission Regulations. Environment Canada continued to administer its five regulations for vehicles and engines that are currently in effect. Stakeholder consultations on the development of regulations to reduce air emissions from small inshore vessels (e.g. harbour craft, ferries, tugs) and large ships operating in the Great Lakes and St. Lawrence Seaway System and from ships operating in Canada’s jurisdiction and Canadian ships overseas were carried out. These proposed regulations will implement new International Maritime Organization (IMO) standards for air pollutant emissions from ships, including the North American Emission Control Area. Participation at the IMO continued to advance, global measures to reduce GHG emissions from marine vessels.

Work also took place to monitor the development of the new U.S. labelling regulations for new light-duty vehicles and analysis was undertaken to develop a harmonized approach in Canada.

The Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) between the Government of Canada and the Railway Association of Canada expired December 31, 2010.  Through the MOU, the industry has decreased its GHG emission intensity by 23.3% in 2008 compared with the 1990 baseline. The Government of Canada and the Railway Association of Canada are continuing to collaborate in advancing industry efforts to reduce emissions and in reporting on results achieved under the MOU. The 2009 Locomotive Emissions Monitoring Report will be released in 2011.

In support of safer and energy efficient consumer products, the manufacturing, import prohibitions associated with the Automotive Refinishing Regulations and the Architectural Coatings Regulations came into effect in 2010. The sales prohibitions came into effect in 2010 for the Automotive Refinishing Regulations and will begin in 2012 for the Architectural Coatings Regulations. Once these regulations are fully implemented they are expected to result in a 40% and 28% annual reduction of Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) emissions respectively from the targeted product categories.

Analysis and consultations were completed to support the publication of amendments to the Energy Efficiency Regulations in the fall of 2011, and all CARA efficiency regulations are estimated to be in effect by June 2012. Also, market transformation program impacts (ENERGY STAR) are expected to be met as awareness of the program by the public and its use by participants remains high.

In support of improving air quality in Canadian households and buildings, 9,000 participants were recruited for the cross-Canada 2011-12 radon survey. The Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) program increased both the scientific understanding and the public awareness of the health risks of indoor air pollutants through risk assessments, research and public outreach. A Geographic Information System-based procedure for the mapping of indoor radon potential has been used to create a radon potential map of southern Ontario. Scientific assessments were completed for three priority indoor air contaminants and a proposed Residential Indoor Air Quality Guideline for Toluene was published. 

A multi-city and multi-year project to assess the IAQ in Canadian homes and to identify the major sources of contaminants was completed. While analysis is still on-going for certain cities, results from these projects have already been used in risk assessments and have been made available through scientific journals, presentations at conferences and in technical reports. 

This year also saw significant public outreach, as indoor air quality, including radon, was included as a major focus for First Nations public awareness campaigns.  In combination with the targeted radon outreach program, there has been an increase in radon awareness exceeding the target of 25% and a significant increase in the distribution of radon outreach materials.

In support of more accurate reporting, as well as easier compliance on air emissions, the National Inventory Report for GHGs to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change was submitted and was also used to support domestic decisions and actions on climate change policy; Canada’s 2009 air pollutant emissions inventory data and historical trends were published; and, the 2009 GHG emissions information from large industrial and institutional facilities under its Greenhouse Gas Emissions Reporting Program (GHGRP) was collected and published. The GHGRP collected the emissions data through the department's newly launched Single Window Reporting (SWR) system, which was facilitated through bilateral agreements with provinces.  Furthermore, the expanded version of the SWR system for the Greenhouse Gas and the and National Pollutant Release Inventory reporting was publicly launched in the Spring. 

A request for proposals, based on the Offset System rules, for offsetting GHG emissions resulting from federal participation in the Vancouver Winter Games and the G8/G20 Summits was developed. Much of the design of a domestic credit tracking system was completed, but it has yet to be implemented. 

Work was completed on bringing Canada’s Kyoto Protocol National Registry into compliance with international data exchange standards.

2010-11 Theme Lessons Learned

The key challenges facing Canada in establishing a broad approach to climate change is the need to remain flexible enough to respond to changing priorities, and keeping pace with international and U.S. policy and regulatory developments. Despite significant shifts in U.S. climate policy, from a cap and trade to a regulatory approach, preparatory work for either approach was successfully undertaken. The Federal-Provincial-Territorial Working Group on Domestic Climate Change provided a useful forum to work with provinces and territories in developing federal policy, and will be a useful venue for consultation going forward.

Canada experienced a number of challenges with respect to managing the coordination and communication amongst a number of key players in many of its Clean Air Regulatory Agenda activities. The main challenges experienced during the reporting period included the need to:

  • reconcile divergent stakeholder opinions;
  • actively engage the U.S. EPA on future regulatory changes in order to maintain Canada’s alignment with U.S. regulations and standards;
  • better collaborate with partners and programs, such as the Chemicals Management Plan, Consumer Product Safety and the National Research Council, to better address cross-cutting issues under the indoor air program; and,
  • clearly communicate partners’ needs from the outset of the development cycle  for the SWR system associated with business requirements of provincial partners in order to eliminate unnecessary delays.

There remain some challenges in moving forward with the Comprehensive Air Management System, such as concerns about potential for administrative burden in implementation, competitiveness impacts on the industry, development of emission limits and validation for all key sectors.

A lengthy consultation process to inform the development of the new U.S. GHG label for light-duty vehicles caused delays in Canada's plan to move forward with a harmonized voluntary label in 2010-11.  The U.S. finalized its new label in May 2011, paving the way for Canada to proceed with updates to its label that align with upgrades introduced in the U.S.

Theme Financial Summary

Federal Partner Programs Funding Approved under CAA Planned Spending
2010-11
Actual Spending
2010-11
Environment Canada
Industrial Sector Regulatory Actions $ 85,924,181 $ 32,046,428 $ 21,632,154
Transport Sector Regulatory Actions $ 31,474,967 $ 11,847,484 $ 6,893,031
Consumer and Commercial Products Regulatory Actions $ 12,000,000 $ 3,363,020 $ 2,050,763
Science in Support of Regulatory Activities and Accountability $ 47,985,868 $ 17,803,315 $ 14,666,748
Emissions Reporting $ 54,573,952 $ 20,473,744 $ 11,623,762
Emissions Trading $ 24,901,559 $ 11,402,242 $ 3,368,622
Enforcement Advice and Reporting on Progress $ 7,000,000 $ 1,741,960 $ 630,680
Policy Development, Analysis and Coordination $ 9,385,717 $ 2,692,839 $ 1,350,308
Subtotal $ 273,246,244 $ 101,371,032 $ 62,216,068
 
Transport Canada
Transport Sector Regulatory Actions $ 19,170,216 $ 4,769,514 $ 2,917,011
Subtotal $ 19,170,216 $ 4,769,514 $ 2,917,011
 
Natural Resources Canada
Transport Sector Regulatory Actions $ 3,200,000 $ 400,000 $ 332,872
Consumer and Commercial Products Regulatory Actions $ 32,000,000 $ 9,166,000 $ 7,659,182
Subtotal $ 35,200,000 $ 9,566,000 $ 7,992,054
 
Health Canada
Indoor Air Quality Management Actions $ 17,500,000 $ 4,500,000 $ 3,584,996
Science in Support of Regulatory Activities and Accountability $ 71,300,000 $ 23,000,000 $ 20,057,848
Subtotal $ 88,800,000 $ 27,500,000 $ 23,642,844
Total Theme $ 416,416,460 $ 143,206,546 $ 96,767,977

 

Theme: Clean Energy

Lead Department

Natural Resources Canada

Federal Theme Partners

Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada

Summary by Department

Federal Partner Name # Programs for Federal Partners Funding Approved
under CAA

(to March 31, 2011)
Planned Spending
2010-11
Actual Spending 2010-11
Natural Resources Canada 7 $ 1,336,242,000 $ 590,127,394 $ 573,290,098
Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada 1 $ 15,000,000 $ 3,750,000 $ 3,726,082
Total 8 $ 1,351,242,000 $ 593,877,394 $ 577,016,180

2010-11 Expected Results

Theme: Clean Energy - 2010-11 Expected Results

2010-11 Theme Performance Summary

Natural Resources Canada

Programs under the Clean Energy Theme continued to surpass expectations and achieve concrete benefits for Canadians in 2010-11. These benefits include increased energy efficiency, renewable energy production and facilitation of emerging technologies. Tangible reductions of Greenhouse Gases (GHG) and Criteria Air Contaminants (CAC) have also been realized from clean energy activities.

As a result of Clean Energy programs, Canadians are adopting energy efficient products and services.

During the four-year program period ending March 31, 2011, the ecoENERGY Retrofit program received over 510,000 grant applications against a program target of supporting 520,000 grants for energy efficient retrofits for homes. In addition, in the 2010-11 fiscal year, 483 contribution agreements for small and medium organizations were signed, providing financial support to retrofit smaller buildings and industrial facilities.

ecoENERGY for Buildings and Houses enabled consumer choice in energy efficient housing by administering the labelling of approximately 15,900 new houses and issuing approximately 369,000 labels for existing houses according to their energy performance. These results exceeded the expected achievements for 2010-11 (10,000 new and 125,000 existing houses). Over the 4-year program period, almost 350 commercial buildings received energy labels as part of a pilot energy management labelling and benchmarking program, and approximately 1,600 building owners, managers, operators, designers and builders received energy management training. As well, the National Energy Code for Buildings 2011 code was updated and formally approved by the Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes.

Industry managers have also been engaged on energy efficiency: In 2010-11, approximately 1,000 industrial energy managers were trained under the ecoENERGY for Industry program. Furthermore, 208 new companies registered their commitment to improved energy efficiency and became Canadian Industry Program for Energy Conservation leaders. In addition, 9 energy assessments to identify opportunities for energy efficiency in companies were funded.

As a result of Clean Energy programs, Canadians are adopting renewable energy products and services and benefitting from strengthened infrastructure.

In 2010-11, 39 projects were commissioned (i.e., in operation) and eligible to receive the production incentive under ecoENERGY for Renewable Power. This represents 1,504 megawatts (MW) of renewable power capacity and commitments of $453 million over 10 years, meeting the 2010-11 target of 1,500 MW. Over the 4-year period ending March 31, 2011, 104 renewable power projects have signed contribution agreements, representing almost 4500 MW of capacity and federal commitments of about $1.4 billion over 14 years.

ecoENERGY for Renewable Heat increased the use of renewable thermal energy technologies in Canada in 2010-11.Under the Residential Pilot Incentive, 9 contribution agreements with collaborators to run residential solar water programs were active and 591 solar water heating systems were installed in residential systems under these agreements, providing $560,000 in funding. In total over the life of the program, 14 contribution agreements were signed, surpassing the program target to support at least 8 residential pilot projects, and a total of 1154 residential solar water systems were installed. As well, 523 commercial systems were installed in 2010-11, providing $8.9 million in funding and leading to a total of 1268 commercial systems over the life of the program and surpassing the program target of 700 systems.

As a result of Clean Energy programs, research has been supported that will generate knowledge essential to achieving Canada’s climate change goals.

Under the ecoENERGY Technology Initiative, scientific research in the 2010-11 fiscal year has been used to inform codes, standards and regulations facilitating the adoption of new technology. Activities were in the areas of cleaner fossil fuels, cleaner transportation, energy efficiency in residential, commercial and institutional buildings, improved industrial processes, carbon capture and storage, and bioenergy. For instance, the program supported the provision of on-going information and expert advice to Environment Canada on energy policy and technology to develop regulations under the Canadian Environmental Protection Act to limit greenhouse gas emissions from coal-fired electricity generation. Another example is the Biomass Inventory and Mapping Analysis Tool, which was further developed and improved, and continues to be used by a wide variety of stakeholders to aid in decision-making. Modelling and simulation capabilities are a third example – these were used to develop five case studies on the integration of distributed generation that will have a significant impact on how renewable energies will be integrated onto the electricity grid. 

The Policy, Communications, Monitoring and Reporting program supported Natural Resources Canada's (NRCan) 2010-11 clean energy achievements with timely and strategic advice provided to senior management on clean energy, environment and forest carbon issues.  The program also led accurate reporting on NRCan’s Clean Energy activities through the CAA and other government reports, and contributed to the development of NRCan’s next suite of clean energy programs in Budget 2011. It provided forest-carbon related information for reporting in Canada's 2011 National Inventory Report to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change. Furthermore in 2010-11, the program increased awareness and understanding among stakeholders of the potential for, and methods of, reducing GHGs and CACs with responses to 95 media calls related to the ecoENERGY initiatives, organization of 124 announcements related to clean energy programming, and the production of marketing and outreach material to support the ecoENERGY initiatives.

Finally, the results achieved under the Clean Energy Theme have ultimately reduced emissions of GHGs and CACs from clean energy activities. Collectively, Natural Resources Canada’s programs under the Clean Energy Theme reduced GHG emissions by an estimated 9.3 megatonnes (Mt) in 2010-11.

Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada

In 2010-11, the ecoENERGY for Aboriginal and Northern Communities Program funded 47 projects in 42 communities, totalling $2.5 million. The program was fully subscribed by November 2010. The funded projects can be broken down as follows:

  • 12 Community Energy Planning (4-yr total: 25)
  • 18 Energy Efficiency (4-yr total: 41)
  • 17 Renewable Energy (4-yr total: 57)

The program has achieved its goal to support projects within Aboriginal and northern communities which will result in an estimated 1.3 Mt GHG reduction over a 20-year period once projects have been commissioned. As of March 31, 2011, a total of 31 projects have been fully commissioned and are currently achieving GHG reductions.

2010-11 Theme Lessons Learned

Natural Resources Canada

Risks, challenges and lessons learned through programs promoting energy efficiency in buildings, houses and industrial sectors:

  • Program uptake can be greatly impacted by the economy and by other incentive programs offered provincially or by utilities;
  • Contribution agreements may not be suited for low value incentives or for some small and medium-sized businesses due to administrative requirements that are needed to ensure due diligence with financial management;
  • During the economic downturn, some smaller urban centres or remote locations did not yield the expected number of industrial workshop attendees, despite increased staff efforts. The reduced participation did not allow for the full complement of scheduled workshops to be delivered. This compelled the program to concentrate on larger centers and traditional industrial locations in order to deliver the targeted number of workshops with a viable number of attendees; and,
  • Participants of the pilot energy management labelling and benchmarking project felt that the most important lesson learned was the understanding as to the amount of time and effort needed for benchmarking. The data collection process during the pilot project provided useful insights into the availability of data for facilities in each participant’s commercial building portfolio and allowed pilot project participants to conclude that there is room for improvement in existing energy and building data management processes.

Risks, challenges and lessons learned through programs encouraging the deployment of renewable energy technologies:

  • While ecoENERGY for Renewable Heat surpassed its program target to support at least 8 residential pilot projects under the Residential Pilot Incentive activity (in total, 14 contribution agreements were signed), the program fell short of the estimate it provided for the 2010-11 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities that it would support the installation of 3,000 residential systems (the program supported the installation of 591 residential solar water systems in 2010-11). The shortfall was due to regulatory issues with respect to deployment of solar water heaters in the residential sector and changes in builders’ priorities.  The program was able to address the regulatory issues and was still able to meet its primary objective, which was to test different approaches to deliver solar thermal programs to the residential sector.

Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada

Risks, challenges and lessons learned through the ecoENERGY for Aboriginal and Northern Communities program:

  • Since the program does not enter into multi-year funding arrangements with proponents and applicants must reapply on an annual basis, there is a risk that the funds sent to a proponent are not spent within the fiscal year that they are received. This is being addressed through the Departmental financial management system;
  • Emission reduction calculations are a challenge as commission dates are frequently beyond the program life of four years, especially for projects with higher emission reductions. The program has attempted to mitigate this risk by having a third party technical review completed for the GHG calculations; and,
  • Other program risks include the oversubscription of the program, which may result in the program missing opportunities to fund good projects that could potentially lead to high emission reductions, as well as a lack of awareness of the program, which may disadvantage some communities. The latter is being addressed through regional collaboration.

Theme Financial Summary

Federal Partner Programs Funding Approved under CAA Planned Spending
2010-11
Actual Spending
2010-11
Natural Resources Canada
ecoEnergy for Buildings and Houses $ 61,000,000 $ 13,608,000 $ 13,532,259
ecoEnergy Retrofit $ 801,000,000 $ 385,999,100 $ 382,885,119
ecoEnergy for Industry $ 18,000,000 $ 3,616,000 $ 3,481,757
ecoEnergy for Renewable Power $ 228,000,000 $ 90,660,000 $ 90,152,716
ecoEnergy for Renewable Heat $ 34,430,000 $ 11,480,000 $ 11,468,619
ecoEnergy Technology Initiative $ 169,252,000 $ 78,624,294 $ 66,411,774
Policy, Communications, Monitoring and Reporting $ 24,560,000 $ 6,140,000 $ 5,357,854
Subtotal $ 1,336,242,000 $ 590,127,394 $ 573,290,098
 
Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada
ecoEnergy for Aboriginal and Northern Communities $ 15,000,000 $ 3,750,000 $ 3,726,082
Subtotal $ 15,000,000 $ 3,750,000 $ 3,726,082
Total Theme $ 1,351,242,000 $ 593,877,394 $ 577,016,180

2010-2011 Theme Actual Spending within Economic Action Plan
$ 351,366,517

 

Theme: Clean Transportation

Lead Department

Transport Canada

Federal Theme Partners Natural Resources Canada, Environment Canada, Human Resources and Skills Development Canada

Summary by Department

Federal Partner Name # Programs for Federal Partners Funding Approved under CAA
(to March 31, 2011)
Planned Spending 2010-11 Actual Spending 2010-11
Transport Canada 9 $ 315,300,000 $ 16,603,011 $ 12,155,856
Natural Resources Canada 2 $ 43,000,000 $ 9,760,000 $ 9,476,059
Environment Canada 1 $ 90,800,000 $ 41,388,000 $ 30,247,496
Human Resources and Skills Development Canada 1 $ 11,300,000 $ 0 $ 0
Total 13 $ 460,400,000 $ 67,751,011 $ 51,879,411

2010-11 Expected Results

Theme: Clean Transportation - 2010-11 Expected Results

2010-11 Theme Performance Summary

During their fourth and final year of operation, Clean Transportation programs continued to address the challenges of pollution and greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from the movement of people and goods in Canada.

Programs provided information essential to the development of informed regulations and to the coordination and harmonization of regulations across different jurisdictions. Programs also supplemented regulations and helped to ensure their success by tackling two key barriers to reducing pollution from transportation: the lack of information, knowledge and engagement on the part of consumers and industry, and the costs and risks associated with uptake of new technologies. In 2010-11, the focus was on completing the projects and program activities, measuring their impact, and gathering information about results and making this available to industry and other stakeholders.

To help inform the regulatory process, the ecoTechnology for Vehicles program worked in partnership with vehicle manufacturers, industry associations, government departments and other stakeholders to test and evaluate emerging vehicle technologies in accordance with the test procedures developed by standard testing bodies and important regulatory agencies like the Society of Automotive Engineers. 

Under the National Harmonization Initiative for the Trucking Industry two studies were commissioned examining the performance and potential safety implications of emerging add-on aerodynamic devices in the trucking industry. This includes the “Truck Trailer Side Skirts” study, which reports on commercially available designs, their construction materials and mounting methods; cost; whether there are any side effects on vehicle safety such as on brake cooling; and their ability to provide side underrun protection to vulnerable road users such as cyclists.

Addressing the lack of information and improving knowledge is essential to change the behaviour of consumers and industry. A number of programs addressed this objective.

The ecoENERGY for Personal Vehicles program contributed to reduced emissions from personal vehicles by providing training on fuel-efficient driving practices to approximately 580,000 new drivers.  Additionally, fuel efficient driving instruction was delivered to 10,500 experienced drivers.  As a result of activities undertaken by the ecoENERGY for Personal Vehicles program since its launch in 2007, Canadians have reduced their annual GHG emissions by 0.21 megatonnes (Mt).  Additionally, a Memorandum of Understanding signed in 2005 with Automobile Manufacturers achieved a GHG reduction of between 3.1 Mt and 3.4 Mt.

The ecoENERGY for Fleets program contributed to reduced emissions from trucking by providing training in fuel-efficient driving practices to over 8000 drivers. To elicit the engagement of stakeholders, the ecoENERGY for Fleets program concluded agreements with the trucking industry under which over 500 tractors and trailers were retrofitted with fuel-efficient components.

Under the ecoFREIGHT Partnership program, Memoranda of Understanding continued to be implemented with the aviation and rail industries. In the aviation industry, annual average fuel efficiency improvements between 1990 and 2009 were 1.9%, surpassing the Memorandum of Understanding-established target of 1.1%. The rail industry GHG emission intensity similarly decreased by 23.3% by 2008 compared with the 1990 baseline. Finally, under the Freight Technology Demonstration Fund and the Freight Technology Incentive Program, over 30 different information sharing products were developed including webinars, technology case studies, and success stories. These products are available on the programs' web site to inform stakeholders on the benefits of green freight technologies. In addition one newsletter was developed and directly distributed to over 800 freight industry stakeholders to further stimulate technology adoption.

Under the Vehicle Scrappage program incentives were provided to eligible recipients that led to the retirement of over 70,000 old, high-polluting vehicles.

The costs and risks associated with new technologies are important barriers to capital turnover, particularly during a period of economic recession. In 2010-11, a number of Clean Transportation programs continued to be implemented in order to assist in reducing such risks. The Freight Technology Demonstration and Freight Technology Incentives programs completed their sponsorship of 40 projects with $25 million in value covering a wide range of best practices and technology applications such as aerodynamics, electrification, engine innovation and best operating practices. The Marine Shore Power program completed its second tranche of funding with the provision of $645,000 to the Prince Rupert Port Authority to demonstrate shore power technology for container ships at Fairview Terminal. The ecoMobility program continued to provide funding to 13 projects in 12 communities across Canada and developed several information and social marketing tools needed to support Transportation Demand Management project implementation across Canada.

Finally, international harmonization and cooperation is essential to emissions reduction. Transport Canada continued its presence at international fora under the ecoFREIGHT Partnerships programs, contributing to the development of international environmental standards, practices, and guidelines, and sharing of information and best practices within organizations such as the International Civil Aviation organization, the International Maritime Organization, and the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development, among others.

Theme Financial Summary

Federal Partner Programs Funding Approved under CAA Planned Spending
2010-11
Actual Spending
2010-11
Transport Canada
ecoMobility $ 8,200,000 $ 2,814,000 $ 2,321,320
ecoTechnology for Vehicles $ 14,100,000 $ 2,693,000 $ 2,569,757
National Harmonization Initiative for the Trucking Industry $ 5,400,000 $ 1,855,000 $ 840,560
Freight Technology Demonstration Fund $ 9,300,000 $ 2,339,655 $ 1,996,141
Freight Technology Incentives Program $ 9,350,000 $ 2,609,856 $ 1,596,093
ecoFreight Partnerships $ 6,550,000 $ 1,452,000 $ 967,885
Marine Shore Power Program $ 5,700,000 $ 1,841,500 $ 1,054,144
Analytical and Policy Support $ 4,000,000 $ 998,000 $ 809,956
ecoAUTO Rebate Program $ 252,700,000 $ 0 $ 0
Subtotal $ 315,300,000 $ 16,603,011 $ 12,155,856
 
Natural Resources Canada
ecoENERGY or Personal Vehicles $ 21,000,000 $ 4,632,275 $ 4,665,288
ecoENERGY for Fleets $ 22,000,000 $ 5,127,725 $ 4,810,771
Subtotal $ 43,000,000 $ 9,760,000 $ 9,476,059
 
Environment Canada
Vehicle Scrappage Program $ 90,800,000 $ 41,388,000 $ 30,247,496
Subtotal $ 90,800,000 $ 41,388,000 $ 30,247,496
 
Human Resources and Skills Development Canada
ecoAUTO Rebate Program $ 11,300,000 $ 0 $ 0
Subtotal $ 11,300,000 $ 0 $ 0
Total Theme $ 460,400,000 $ 67,751,011 $ 51,879,411

 

Theme: Indoor Air Quality

Lead Department

Health Canada

Federal Theme Partners National Research Council Canada

Summary by Department

Federal Partner Name # Programs
for Federal Partners
Funding Approved
under CAA

(to March 31, 2011)
Planned Spending
2010-11
Actual Spending 2010-11
Health Canada 1 $ 15,000,000 $ 4,100,000 $ 3,819,144
National Research Council Canada 1 $ 8,000,000 $ 2,000,000 $ 1,998,495
Total 2 $ 23,000,000 $ 6,100,000 $ 5,817,639

2010-11 Expected Results

Theme: Indoor Air Quality - 2010-11 Expected Results

2010-11 Theme Performance Summary

Radon Strategy

A radon educational toolkit was completed and distributed to stakeholders, and a resource kit for health professionals was completed and mailed to family doctors, oncologists, respirologists and other healthcare providers across Canada. The purpose of these kits is to provide stakeholders with a variety of information which can be used to develop regional or community-focused outreach programs and activities. In addition, a radon fact sheet for smokers was developed and will be distributed in 2011-12.

In an effort to reduce environmental health risks, Health Canada launched the Hazard Check guide and public education campaign in March 2010, which included radon as one of the key risks targeted by increased awareness efforts.    

Aerial radiation surveys were performed in Alberta, Saskatchewan and Manitoba to assess the levels of uranium and other naturally-occurring radioactivity. At least 35% of Canada’s geographic area is now available for use in radon potential maps. Soil gas radon measurements were made in three major population centres in Ontario (Kingston and the Greater Toronto Area) and Quebec (Montreal) for use in the mapping of radon potential. 

Approximately 6,000 federal buildings were tested for radon in 2010-11, which exceeded the target of 5,000. The total number of federal buildings now tested over the four years of the project is approximately 9,000 or ~ 90% of federal buildings in known areas of high radon potential.

Health Canada and the National Environmental Health Association Radon Proficiency Program have developed Canadian-specific certification exams in both official languages, as well as a training curriculum which addresses radon within the Canadian context.

Indoor Air Research and Development Initiative

A field study on ventilation, Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) and respiratory health has been performed and is 92% complete. With valuable input from the Indoor Air Research Laboratory, all interventions (introducing HRV, heat recovery ventilator, and ERV, energy recovery ventilator, systems) have been completed to improve ventilation. The Institut national de santé publique du Québec and the National Research Council Canada (NRC) have created databases for chemical, biological, physical, environmental, behavioural and medical results obtained from the field study, which will be analyzed to determine the relationships between ventilation scenarios and technologies, IAQ and health.

The following three IAQ solutions and technologies have been prioritized out of 50 potential candidate solutions: portable air cleaners, HRV and commercial air duct cleaning. Three evaluation protocols regarding these technologies have been developed under the guidance of a multi-stakeholder Technical Advisory Committee, and the performance of these solutions has been evaluated.

The Canadian Committee on Indoor Air Quality in Buildings met regularly, and an Executive Committee was established to guide this committee. The work of the committee has led to a survey on ‘Building Managers’ Knowledge of IA and Improvement Strategies’, as well as to a guidance document on ‘Sampling Strategies and Protocols for Organic Compounds in Buildings’.

2010-11 Theme Lessons Learned

It is unlikely that all federal buildings (~20,000) will have been tested by the funding completion date (end of 2012-13) for federal building testing. To further engage federal departments and organizations, Health Canda has provided information on the requirements under the Canadian Occupational Health and Safety Regulations to federal departments. In cases where departments have a large building stock and have developed a multi-year testing plan, provisions have been made for continued radon detector support beyond 2012-13, in order to ensure that the maximum number of buildings is completed.

Field studies with human subjects, especially from parts of vulnerable populations, are difficult to perform and often take more time than planned. There is a risk of participants dropping out and the study not having sufficient population to be statistically meaningful. To mitigate this risk and ensure timely completion, NRC continuously recruited participants and ensured participants met inclusion criteria. 

Involvement of stakeholder committee provides valuable input, but consensus-based decisions require much time and many revisions of the projected deliverables. To ensure timely outputs, stakeholders were engaged by NRC and were provided with clear objectives and timelines.

Theme Financial Summary

Federal Partner Programs Funding Approved under CAA Planned Spending
2010-11
Actual Spending
2010-11
Health Canada
Radon Strategy $ 15,000,000 $ 4,100,000 $ 3,819,144
Subtotal $ 15,000,000 $ 4,100,000 $ 3,819,144
 
National Research Council Canada
Indoor Air Research and Development Initiative $ 8,000,000 $ 2,000,000 $ 1,998,495
Subtotal $ 8,000,000 $ 2,000,000 $ 1,998,495
Total Theme $ 23,000,000 $ 6,100,000 $ 5,817,639

 

Theme: Adaptation

Lead Department

Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada

Federal Theme Partners

Natural Resources Canada, Health Canada, Environment Canada, Public Health Agency of Canada

Summary by Department

Federal Partner Name # Programs for Federal Partners Funding Approved
under CAA

(to March 31, 2011)
Planned Spending
2010-11
Actual Spending 2010-11
Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada 1 $ 14,000,000 $ 6,050,000 $ 5,978,661
Natural Resources Canada 1 $ 23,655,000 $ 10,564,323 $ 9,881,683
Health Canada 3 $ 23,600,000 $ 7,100,000 $ 6,757,117
Environment Canada 2 $ 36,300,000 $ 10,418,627 $ 9,904,657
Public Health Agency of Canada 1 $ 6,750,000 $ 2,544,210 $ 2,728,000
Total 8 $ 104,305,000 $ 36,677,160 $ 35,250,118

2010-11 Expected Results

Theme: Adaptation - 2010-11 Expected Results

2010-11 Theme Performance Summary

The Adaptation Theme has met or exceeded many of its expectations for 2010-11. 

Working directly with partners at the community, regional and national level, the theme was able to increase capacity to conduct science and encourage greater collaboration. Fifty-two Aboriginal and northern communities, traditional territories, settlement areas and Territorial governments and First Nations South of 60° were funded to complete 36 projects looking at climate change impacts and adaptation in Aboriginal and northern communities. Of the 36 projects, 16 focused on assessing climate risks and building adaptive capacity, 10 involved sharing climate change risk information to strengthen local decision making and adaptation planning, and 10 involved the development and use of adaptation plans. An additional 16 projects were funded to address the health impacts of climate change in the North. The projects focused on increasing understanding and developing adaptation options for community-based ice monitoring, surveillance and communication networks, land, water and ice safety, drinking water and food security and safety, and traditional medicine. Each year the number of projects funded and conducted has increased and many have included youth and Elders working together to gain knowledge.

Bilateral meetings were held with each territory to develop a framework on federal/territorial collaborations around climate change adaptation within territorial boundaries. Preliminary discussions are expected to begin to decide which projects will be included in this framework to deliver on territorial priorities. A PanArctic Results Workshop was also held in February 2011 and brought all communities funded to assess and plan for climate change and health impacts in the North together to showcase their results and share their knowledge and experiences with other communities, Aboriginal leaders and organizations, government, academia and Members of Parliament.

Communities were also supported in better understanding the health impacts of climate change through pilot processes and the dissemination of information products. Four community-based, pilot, heat alert and response systems were completed. Table top exercises were held in all four communities to assist public health practitioners and emergency planners in developing their systems (http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/ewh-semt/pubs/climat/adapt_bulletin-adapt3/index-eng.php). Broad dissemination to medical officers of health and public health and emergency management officials is planned for:  “Heat Alert and Response Systems to Protect Health: Best Practices Guidebook” (Fall 2011);  “Extreme Heat Events Guidelines: Technical Guide for Health Care Workers” and associated fact sheets (http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/ewh-semt/pubs/climat/index-eng.php) (Summer 2011); and,  “Communicating the Health Risks of Extreme Heat Events: Toolkit for Public Health and Emergency Management Officials” and associated heat-health brochures (http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/ewh-semt/pubs/climat/heat-chaleur/index-eng.php) (Spring 2011). A series of workshops was also completed to support efforts to link urban planning with heat adaptation and mitigation.

Focusing on infectious disease, four geographically distinct pilot sites across Canada (Saint John, NB; Niagara, ON; Canmore-Cochrane, AB; Comox Valley Regional District, BC) addressed the health impacts of climate change in their regions. In addition, five universities (McGill University, Université de Montréal, University of Saskatchewan, University of Victoria, and York University) were solicited to conduct targeted research in vector-borne or water-borne infectious disease. Studies included: modelling West Nile virus transmission to predict and map future risk; development of multi-criteria decision analysis tools to assess and proactively manage vector-borne zoonosis (e.g. WNv and Lyme) risk at the community level; study of climate variables (precipitation, temperature) and landscape as predictors of mosquito vector populations to create the real time warning system for West Nile virus; and identification of the relationships between climate and existing and new water-borne pathogens and predicting future risk with a changing climate.

Partnerships have been established across Canada to enhance decision-making on adaptation issues. Six Regional Adaptation Collaboratives (RAC), covering all regions of Canada, have attracted 120 partners from municipalities, NGOs, Aboriginal organizations, academia and the private sector as well as 40 provincial and territorial agencies and departments, enhancing communication and joint work on 17 key regional adaptation issues. Collaboration is also taking place nationally through the creation of an integration group which allows RAC leaders to share experiences and expertise. An unplanned outcome from this activity has been an increase in adaptation-related activities both inside and outside of governments. Information has been disseminated and training delivered to further benefit adaptation planning. Four decision-support tools, 3 infrastructure case studies, and 23 reports were released increasing the availability of tools and information for use in planning adaptation. Engineers Canada delivered 6 workshops on the infrastructure risk assessment protocol bringing the number of people trained in its use to 345. The planners delivered two training workshops and are already noting an increase in application of climate change information in planners’ work.

There has also been progress in increasing the availability of adaptation and air quality information through the wider use of the Air Quality Health Index (AQHI) and development and dissemination of climate change scenarios. By March 31, 2011, the AQHI was fully implemented across Canada in six provinces (NFLD, PEI, NS, MN, SK and BC) where the older, out of date provincial Air Quality Index (AQI) was dropped in favour of the AQHI. Successful negotiations with New Brunswick have led to the decision to move forward with province-wide implementation for Spring 2012. Alberta is planning to begin a phased approach towards full province-wide implementation beginning in June 2011. Quebec has completed its pilot of the AQHI in three locations and is evaluating next steps towards implementation. To date, the AQHI is available to approximately 17.5 million Canadians in 49 locations across Canada. Promotion of the AQHI has been extensive through a number of partners including: the Weather Network, the University of British Columbia, the Asthma Society, provincial Lung Associations and the College of Family Physicians of Canada. As of March 2011, 392 participants had enrolled and 160 participants had completed an e-learning course to raise awareness and understanding of the AQHI among health professionals. To view the public on-line website of the AQHI, please see www.airhealth.ca.

The development and dissemination of climate change projections and scenarios has strengthened the ability of all partners to conduct adaptation science. New climate change simulations and projections for Canada and the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change Fifth Assessment Report, to be released in 2014, continued to be in production using the internationally competitive Canadian global climate model. A new regional climate model used to downscale global climate change projections was developed, with testing and evaluation underway. Global and regional climate model output continued to be disseminated to users via the Canadian Centre for Climate Modelling and Analysis (CCCma) data server and research results were widely disseminated via the CCCma website (http://www.cccma.ec.gc.ca/) and through peer-reviewed publications. A substantial suite of new climate change scenarios were also developed based on both Canadian and other climate models that are being delivered via the Canadian Climate Change Scenarios Network (http://cccsn.ca/) website. Further, legally required climatic design information has been updated in cooperation with the Canadian Standards Association for the development of new codes and standards for Canadian infrastructure.

2010-11 Theme Lessons Learned

Interest in Adaptation Theme programs has increased significantly over the three years of funding. Some funding programs were oversubscribed in the final year, and delivery of the funding in a timely and consistent manner has been challenging. Multi-year funding would provide long-term stability for proponents and allow projects to start earlier in the fiscal year. Ensuring ongoing support and implementation of partnerships and pilot studies was also a challenge. Programs provided support through departmental sharing of expertise and information with pilot communities and stakeholders, which enhanced the impact of projects. Local ownership and the development of sustainability plans were promoted to encourage continuation of programs. Early engagement was found to be key and a commitment to improving outreach and knowledge transfer is an ongoing need as communities and partners deal with competing priorities. Programs strived to be flexible to accommodate regional needs and variabilities, while maintaining national consistency.

Theme Financial Summary

Federal Partner Programs Funding Approved under CAA Planned Spending
2010-11
Actual Spending
2010-11
Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada
Assist Northerners in Assessing Key Vulnerabilities and Opportunities $ 14,000,000 $ 6,050,000 $ 5,978,661
Subtotal $ 14,000,000 $ 6,050,000 $ 5,978,661
 
Natural Resources Canada
Innovative Risk Management Tools / Regional Adaptation Action Partnerships $ 23,655,000 $10,564,323 $ 9,881,683
Subtotal $ 23,655,000 $ 10,564,323 $ 9,881,683
 
Health Canada
National Air Quality Health Index and Air Quality Forecast Program $ 8,700,000 $ 2,200,000 $ 1,635,999
Climate Change and Health Adaptation in Northern/Inuit Communities $ 7,000,000 $ 2,150,000 $ 2,162,693
Climate and Infectious Disease Alert and Response System to Protect the Health of Canadians $ 7,900,000 $ 2,750,000 $ 2,958,425
Subtotal $ 23,600,000 $ 7,100,000 $ 6,757,117
 
Environment Canada
National Air Quality Health Index and Air Quality Forecast Program $ 21,300,000 $ 5,800,000 $ 5,750,940
Improved Climate Change Scenarios $ 15,000,000 $ 4,618,627 $ 4,153,717
Subtotal $ 36,300,000 $ 10,418,627 $ 9,904,657
 
Public Health Agency of Canada
Climate and Infectious Disease Alert and Response System to Protect the Health of Canadians $ 6,750,000 $ 2,544,210 $ 2,728,000
Subtotal $ 6,750,000 $ 2,544,210 $ 2,728,000
Total Theme $ 104,305,000 $ 36,677,160 $ 35,250,118

 

Theme: International Actions

Lead Department

Environment Canada

Federal Theme Partners

Natural Resources Canada, Department of Foreign Affairs and International Trade, Industry Canada

Summary by Department

Federal Partner Name # Programs for Federal Partners Funding Approved under CAA
(to March 31, 2011)
Planned Spending 2010-11 Actual Spending 2010-11
Environment Canada 5 $ 39,831,067 $ 13,418,671 $ 15,393,666
Natural Resources Canada 3 $ 7,838,650 $ 2,304,000 $ 2,154,707
Department of Foreign Affairs and International Trade 3 $ 9,264,900 $ 2,527,000 $ 2,405,648
Industry Canada 1 $ 240,000 $ 40,000 $ 22,665
Total 12 $ 57,174,617 $ 18,289,671 $ 19,976,686

2010-11 Expected Results

Theme: International Actions - 2010-11 Expected Results

2010-11 Theme Achieved Results

Canada has met all current financial and other obligations under international climate change treaties and agreements; dues were paid to United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC); and Canada complied with all reporting requirements. Environment Canada (EC), Department of Foreign Affairs and International Trade (DFAIT) and, Natural Resources Canada (NRCan) constructively engaged in five UNFCCC negotiating meetings to advance Canada’s objectives and advocated Canada’s objectives at other multilateral processes such as the G8, G20, Major Economies Forum, la Francophonie, Clean Energy Ministerial and Arctic Council. Environment Canada strengthened bilateral policy and project-based cooperation with key countries (in particular, China and Mexico), and engaged with key domestic constituencies (Provinces/Territories, national Aboriginal organizations and civil society) regarding Canada’s UN negotiation objectives and positions. In December 2010, Canada adopted the UNFCCC’s Cancun Agreements, which meets Canada’s objectives for a comprehensive range of issues.

In this final of four years, EC, working with DFAIT, Industry Canada and NRCAN, invested nearly $8M in Canadian public-private partnership clean technology projects under the Asia-Pacific Partnership on Clean Development and Climate, the Global Methane Initiative, and the Renewable Energy and Energy Efficiency Partnership. This resulted in a total 4-year investment of nearly $16M which leveraged over $115M in investments from the private sector and other governments. The projects delivered environmental benefits (in particular, greenhouse gas reductions), economic benefits to Canadian companies and accelerated clean technology development and deployment across a range of industrial sectors, including zero energy buildings, renewable energy, landfill gas, power generation and oil & gas.

Preliminary analysis of the proposed United States (U.S.) approach to reducing emissions of particulate matter (PM) precursors on Canada’s air quality were completed and Canada continued to engage Canadian  stakeholders to help finalize elements of Canada’s proposed Air Quality Management System.  Canada hosted the annual meeting of the Canada-U.S. Air Quality Committee in November 2010, during which the Committee agreed to a path forward on a PM Annex. Canada and the U.S. will also implement a number of activities in 2011-12 to mark the 20th anniversary of the Canada-U.S. Air Quality Agreement. 

Environment Canada, NRCan and DFAIT’s Clean Energy Dialogue (CED) program increased collaboration and knowledge sharing with the US by coordinating clean energy technology research and development to reduce greenhouse gas emissions.

Theme Financial Summary

Federal Partner Programs Funding Approved under CAA Planned Spending
2010-11
Actual Spending
2010-11
Environment Canada
International Obligations $ 2,892,000 $ 623,000 $ 989,621
International Participation and Negotiations $ 11,400,000 $ 2,700,000 $ 4,227,408
Asia-Pacific Partnership $ 18,882,664 $ 7,308,166 $ 8,163,023
PM Annex $ 2,200,000 $ 550,000 $ 153,079
Clean Energy Dialogue $ 4,456,403 $ 2,237,505 $ 1,860,535
Subtotal $ 39,831,067 $ 13,418,671 $ 15,393,666
 
Natural Resources Canada
International Participation and Negotiations $ 5,200,000 $ 1,200,000 $ 1,118,586
Asia-Pacific Partnership $ 877,300 $ 181,800 $ 181,800
Clean Energy Dialogue $ 1,761,350 $ 922,200 $ 854,321
Subtotal $ 7,838,650 $ 2,304,000 $ 2,154,707
 
Department of Foreign Affairs and International Trade
International Obligations $ 1,908,000 $ 477,000 $ 477,000
International Participation and Negotiations $ 6,400,000 $ 1,450,000 $ 1,370,879
Clean Energy Dialogue $ 956,900 $ 600,000 $ 557,769
Subtotal $ 9,264,900 $ 2,527,000 $ 2,405,648
 
Industry Canada
Asia-Pacific Partnership $ 240,000 $ 40,000 $ 22,665
Subtotal $ 240,000 $ 40,000 $ 22,665
Total Theme $ 57,174,617 $ 18,289,671 $ 19,976,686

 

Theme: Management and Accountability

Lead Department

Environment Canada

Summary by Department

Federal Partner Name # Programs for Federal Partners Funding Approved under CAA
(to March 31, 2011)
Planned Spending 2010-11 Actual Spending 2010-11
Environment Canada 1 $ 5,000,000 $ 1,250,000 $ 1,143,978
Total 1 $ 5,000,000 $ 1,250,000 $ 1,143,978

2010-11 Expected Results

Theme: Management and Accountability - 2010-11 Expected Results

2010-11 Theme Performance Summary

Improved accountability of the federal government to parliamentarians and Canadians for Clean Air Agenda (CAA) expenditures and activities was supported through the engagement of CAA partner departments and agencies in the development of horizontal performance reports by the Clean Air Agenda Results Management Secretariat (CAARMS).

The evaluation of the Management and Accountability (M&A) Theme concluded that the Theme “brought coherence to the horizontal reporting of CAA activities and results and has emerged as a strong success story, in large part because of the CAARMS. Central agency representatives said that it was a key model to follow for reporting on horizontal initiatives.”

Through the Clean Air Agenda - Horizontal Management, Accountability and Reporting Framework, the M&A Theme provided integrated performance data (financial and non-financial) on CAA Themes and programs for the 2007-11 mandate to CAA partner departments. The evaluation of the CAA noted as a best practice: “the approach of the CAARMS to ensure effective financial and performance data collection, compilation and reporting (acknowledged by the Treasury Board of Canada Secretariat to be a model of reporting on a horizontal initiative)”. This data assisted the CAA governance and decision-makers in planning for the renewal of CAA funding post 2011.

Central agencies were assisted with their responsibilities for ongoing horizontal governance and accountability of federal management of environmental investments through analyses of the 2007-11 data developed by CAARMS.  

2010-11 Theme Lessons Learned

In developing forward looking proposals for the Horizontal Management, Accountability and Reporting Framework, the M&A Theme turned its focus to finding more efficient and effective ways to integrate with existing processes (e.g., existing Assistant Deputy Minister committees) with a view to improving policy linkages and reducing administrative burdens on participating departments while supporting ongoing transparency of the federal management of clean air.

Theme Financial Summary

Federal Partner Programs Funding Approved under CAA Planned Spending
2010-11
Actual Spending
2010-11
Environment Canada
Management and Accountability $ 5,000,000 $ 1,250,000 $ 1,143,978
Subtotal $ 5,000,000 $ 1,250,000 $ 1,143,978
Total Theme $ 5,000,000 $ 1,250,000 $ 1,143,978

 

Top of Page

Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada

Horizontal Initiatives


FINTRAC is involved in the following horizontal initiatives as a partner:

  1. Anti-Money Laundering / Anti-Terrorist Financing Regime (AML/ATF)
  2. Public Security and Anti-Terrorism Initiative (PSAT)
  3. National Anti-Drug Strategy (NADS)

Supplementary information on horizontal initiatives can be found at http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/hidb-bdih/home-accueil-eng.aspx.


Top of Page

Fisheries and Oceans Canada

Horizontal Initiatives


Health of the Oceans (HOTO)

Lead department: Fisheries and Oceans Canada

Strategic Outcome: Healthy and Productive Aquatic Ecosystems

Program Activity: Oceans Management

Start Date: April 1, 2007

End Date: March 31, 2012

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date): $61.5 million

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): Building on the achievements of the Oceans Action Plan, the Health of the Oceans Initiative is a five-year, $61.5 million commitment by five departments — Fisheries and Oceans Canada (DFO), Transport Canada, Environment Canada, Parks Canada and Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada — to improve the health of the ocean environment. For its part, DFO will receive $23.2 million to support its protection and conservation work. Key DFO initiatives include establishing six new Marine Protected Areas (MPA) under the Oceans Act, advancing a national MPA network, conducting scientific research to support designation of the new MPAs, creating four new national Oceans Centres of Expertise, and enhancing spill-response capacity and emergency planning in the Arctic Ocean. For a complete list, see the table below. DFO will co-ordinate the entire Health of the Oceans initiative. This will include bi-annual performance monitoring, the preparation of summary annual reports and preparation for a final summative evaluation.

Shared Outcome(s):

  • Four new Oceans Centres of Expertise
  • Federal Marine Protected Area Strategy: finalization of planning guidelines for federal MPA network
  • Federal Marine Protected Area Strategy: preparation of a status report of federal MPA
  • Federal-Provincial-Territorial Marine Protected Areas network (2012)
  • Marine Protected Areas establishment
  • Collaboration with the World Wildlife Fund-Canada
  • Delivery of a suite of indicators to assess and monitor Arctic ecosystems
  • Integrated Oceans Management and Canadian Environmental Assessment Act (CEAA) assessment tools linkage

Governance Structure(s): This initiative is subject to interdepartmental government through the Assistant Deputy Ministers Interdepartmental Committee on Oceans, supported by a shadow Director General Committee. This Governance structure reviews the initiatives on a regular basis including review and approval of annual reports to Ministers on the progress of this initiative.

Performance Highlights: The Oceans Directorate at DFO monitors the HOTO initiative biannually and develops tools and processes to capture and report performance information. The monitoring and reporting process assesses progress against work plans and thus provides an opportunity for adaptive functions during the projects life cycle. The collaborative governance structure contributes to facilitated information access and exchange and leads to better informed decisions relating to program planning and management. An annual performance summary is prepared for submission to TBS.


Federal Partner / Program Activity Name of Program
for Federal Partner
Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned Spending 2010–11 Actual Spending 2010–11 Expected Results
for 2010-11
Results Achieved
in 2010-11
Fisheries and Oceans Canada
Oceans Management Federal Marine Protected Areas Strategy Implement-ation in DFO 1250.0 250.0 234.71 Advance the creation by 2012 of a Federal Network of Marine Protected Areas that contributes to the health of Canada's oceans, established and managed within an integrated oceans management framework. • Compiled federal data for completion of a national inventory of MPAs and for inclusion in the Conservation Areas Reporting and Tracking System (housed at EC). The data for inclusion in a 2010 "Spotlight on Marine Protected Areas in Canada" report was analyzed, co-produced with PCA and EC, and launched on Oceans Day (June 8th). DFO also participated in the development of an associated online mapping platform for display and reporting on MPAs in Canada, to make more information on MPAs and MPA networks available to Canadians (EC lead).
• Initiated production of MPA and MPA network communications materials such as a booklet for industry, a benefits & costs and common Q & A fact sheets, to increase awareness and understanding of, and participation in, MPA network planning and management.
• Presented Canada's approach to MPA network planning at the California and the World's Ocean conference in San Fransisco in September 2010. DFO participated in ICES-NAMPAN Working Group meeting to develop international guidance on designing Marine Protected Areas to mitigate and adapt to the effects of Climate Change. The department also worked with US and Mexican colleagues to plan next activities of NAMPA, the North American Marine Protected Areas program under the Convention on International Cooperation.
Development of a Federal-Provincial-Territorial MPA Network 2,500.0 650.0 215.52 Significant progress in planning and advancement of a National (federal-provincial-territorial) Marine Protected Area Network in Canada's three oceans. For 2010-11, further alignment with the Federal Network, and considerable engagement/
consultation with other jurisdictions and oceans stakeholders.
• Completed the national inventory of MPAs, in collaboration with federal/provincial/territorial (FPT) colleagues. The MPA inventory, an expansion of the Canadian Council on Ecological Areas (CCEA)'s Conservation Areas Reporting and Tracking System (CARTS) (housed at EC), provides a snapshot of existing FPT MPAs that have potential to contribute to MPA network planning.
• Worked with colleagues in Science to initiate a work plan for a 2-phase process (discussion paper followed by expert workshop) for developing indicators and protocols to test effectiveness of MPA networks through monitoring programs.
• Major efforts went into engagement of stakeholders on the draft National Framework. There was also a web-based period of public review. As a result of these efforts, the National Framework was well received when presented at the International Marine Management Congress in Victoria in May 2011 and the document is now on track for approval by the Canadian Council of Fisheries and Aquaculture Ministers (CCFAM) in the fall of 2011.
Arctic Council – Ecosystem Projects 1,000.0 225.0 214.63 Continued work towards the development of a State of the Arctic Basin Report and use of common ecosystem monitoring strategies in shared and boundary waters by 2012. Canada's continued participation in expert workshops and major conferences on ecosystem approach for advancing EBM concepts and approaches, promoting Canada's leadership in EBM applied to the Arctic, and sharing information and practices with other circumpolar countries, including the US. A suite of indicators for monitoring and assessing ecosystem status and trends, socio-economic aspects and governance structures in place in Arctic. • Formal review of the working map of Arctic large marine ecosystems (LMEs) including LMEs located within and adjacent to Canadian Arctic waters. This working map supports the work of a number of the Council initiatives including summary documents outlining the state and condition of biodiversity within the LME.
• Produced geospatial data layers needed to inform an oil and gas decision support tool. Supported the completion of a socio economic overview and assessment of the Beaufort Area.
• To address a recommendation of the Arctic Marine Shipping Assessment which calls for "Arctic states to take into account the special characteristics of the Arctic Marine environment, explore the need for internationally designated areas for the purpose of environmental protection in regions of the Arctic Ocean", background documents were prepared to support drafting of the first two versions of the AOR report, and to inform two peer-review processes designed to identify Ecologically and Biologically Significant areas in all Canadian Arctic marine waters.
Oceans Centres of Expertise (Coastal, Corals, Data Integration, TEK) 3,000.0 600.0 589.64 Four national centres of expertise have been established within the regions of DFO. Through 2010-11, development and implementation of common tools and approaches in the five LOMAs will continue to protect deep sea corals and sponge reefs, incorporate traditional knowledge, develop state of the oceans reports and accelerate progress in addressing coastal management issues. Cold Water Corals and Sponge Reefs

• Published a Status Report on Coral and Sponge Conservation in Canada.
• Completed a Communications Strategy
• Established a GCPedia page which displays information on the CoE's projects as well as the activities of the National Working Group.
• Provided a detailed review of the Pacific Region's Coral and Sponge Conservation Strategy

COE in Traditional Ecological Knowledge (CETEK): led a one and a half day workshop. The workshop objectives were to review the proposed elements of draft national TEK strategy for the way DFO uses TK for integrated management; to develop a set of applications for incorporating TK into integrated ocean management plans and to inform the development of national guidelines for TEK.

State of the Oceans Reporting: Sub-groups prepared tables of content for each regional LOMA report. 12 reports were published to serve as background and supplementary material to the 5 regional LOMA reports. Each region has met with stakeholders.

Center of Expertise in Coastal Management (CECM)

• Initiated reviews of effectiveness of legislations related to managing cumulative environmental effects, and existing coastal management legislation for a policy gap analysis.
• Production of a series of key manuscripts and guidelines for the CECM Tool kit (ecosystem-based risk analysis frameworks, tools and approaches) was initiated.
CECM participated in various workshops and meetings to present progress on its work

Collaboration with World Wildlife Fund (WWF) 213.0 42.6 42.6 Greater contribution by environmental non-governmental organizations (ENGOs), such as the WWF, to the Health of the Oceans, with an emphasis on joint initiatives between WWG-Canada and DFO in the Newfoundland and Labrador region. Activities in 2010-11 will be targeted towards advancing ecosystem-based management in the Placentia Bay/Grand Banks LOMA, the development of a Cold Water Coral Conservation Strategy for the Newfoundland and Labrador region, and the identification/pursuit of collaborative projects with provincial government, aboriginal groups, stakeholders and other ENGOs.

DFO's Newfoundland and Labrador (NL) Region and WWF-Canada have been working together on a number of issues that have served to enhance collaboration between both organizations, the results of which contribute towards delivering Health of the Oceans. WWF participates in the following activities:

• development and identification of conservation priorities associated with the Placentia Bay/Grand Banks Large Oceans Management Area (PB/GB LOMA), as well as development of a risk assessment;
• planning process of the PB/GB Integrated Management Plan;
MPA planning and selection process for the Area of Interest (AOI)
• cod recovery planning and monitoring of the implementation of the recovery plan;
• development and subsequent implementation of a Cold Water Coral Conservation Strategy; encounter protocol framework for corals and sponges; promoting research gaps and opportunities with respect to corals and sponges.
Gulf of Maine (at DFO) 750.0 147.5 150.95 This initiative builds on the existing successful trans-boundary collaboration and management of Groundfish stocks through the CA-US Steering Committee, and the excellent cooperation between states and provinces through the Gulf of Maine Council. Based on DFO's national standard, a literature review and project work plan for a joint CA-US Bay of Fundy/Gulf of Maine Ecosystem Overview and Assessment Report was developed as part of the 2005 Oceans Action Plan. Through 2010-11, transboundary, multi-jurisdicational governance structures will be advanced. Further discussions regarding the possible mechanisms/
structure for developing a collaborative Canada/US management model for the Gulf of Maine.
The final ecosystem and overview report has been completed in partnership with the National Marine Fisheries Service (US). The State of the Gulf of Maine Report was released on June 8, 2010 in Portland, Maine in partnership with the Gulf of Maine Council on the Marine Environment. In addition to the context document, an additional 5 theme papers were produced and released in 2010-11. Ongoing dialogue with the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) through the Gulf of Maine Council resulted in the creation of a Coastal and Marine Spatial Planning Working Group which was co-chaired by DFO and NOAA.
Marine Protected Areas Establishment 5,250.0 937.5 1,097.56 Six new MPAs will be designated by 2012 and a national monitoring and reporting system will be implemented for all Oceans Act MPAs. Through 2010-11, public and stakeholder consultation will continue to advance six proposed areas of interest toward designation in 2011-12. • All regions have identified their proposed Areas of Interest (AOI); there are 6 AOIs continuing through the designation process.
• In June 2010, the Laurentian Channel was announced as an Area of Interest (AOI) for potential designation as an MPA, in the Newfoundland and Labrador region.
• In September 2010, Paulatuk (Darnley Bay) was announced as an AOI in the Central and Arctic region for potential designation as an MPA.
• Regions are pursuing preparatory work towards consultations and identification of conservation objectives.
Integrated Management and Canadian Environmental Assessment Act Assessment Tools Linkages 1,450.0 425.0 394.77 Integrated management carried out under the Health of the Oceans initiative will be bridged with other tools, such as project environmental assessment conducted under the authority of the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act. Work on the Regional Strategic Environmental Assessment Pilot Projects as well as training and education on pathways of effect models will continue. • Examined and analyzed marine spatial planning as a tool through which to manage and reduce cumulative environmental effects and provide increased guidance to marine users. Necessitates collaboration with World Wildlife Fund, and National Oceanographic and Atmospheric Administration.
• Developed guidance regarding the application of risk analysis in the coastal and marine environment as a means through which to further identify priority areas and issues requiring management attention (including development of a risk characterization methodology ).
• Discussions with CEAA on the adoption DFO ecosystem-based management tools as a framework for regional environmental assessment.
• Co-chaired with the Surveyor General of Canada an inter-departmental steering committee and organized two workshops in support of the development of a business case for the establishment of a marine cadastre for Canada.
Science for Healthy and Productive Aquatic Ecosystems Ecosystem Science Support and Advice on Health of the Oceans 5,500.0 1,100.0 1,100.0 Science advice on Marine Protected Areas and on priority sector-specific impacts and mitigation, as outlined by the Oceans programs, will be provided. Specific projects will be developed through the Canadian Science Advisory process. Sound scientific footing was provided for a number of the HOTO initiatives including the identification of conservation objectives and boundary delineation for areas of interest and the development of indicators and monitoring protocols. The Science Directorate also assesses potential environmental impacts and ecological risks posed by specific ocean activities, which constitute Sector Impact Advisory Assessments.
Canadian Coast Guard Spill Capacity and Emergency Response Strategy 2,260.0 134.18 632.19 Canada's spill response capacity in the Arctic assessed, and equipment and systems to respond to the unique risks prepared. The procurement of remaining systems and equipment required to complete the project will take place in 2010-11. Funding allocated through HOTO enabled the Canadian Coast Guard to add/replace equipment at 10 existing depots and outfit nine additional sites and for the communities to have the necessary equipment and systems to enhance their containment /protection ability or reduce the logistical lead time for a response to an environmental risk. Delivery of the kits to the remote Arctic communities was completed in fiscal year 2010-11.
Environment Canada
Biodiversity and Corporate services Federal Marine Protected Areas Strategy – Implement-ation in EC 1,250.0 250.0 226.110 Advance the creation by 2012 of a Federal Network of Marine Protected Areas that contributes to the health of Canada's oceans, established and managed within an integrated oceans management framework.

In collaboration with Fisheries and Oceans Canada (DFO) and Parks Canada (PC):
• Finalized the compilation for the inventory of existing federal, provincial, and territorial marine protected areas. EC also expanded on the Canadian Council on Ecological Areas' (CCEA) Conservation Areas Reporting and Tracking System (CARTS) to create one central database for all marine protected areas in Canada - CARTS Marine.
• Published the Spotlight Report on World Oceans Day, June 8th, 2010. The Spotlight Report describes progress made in Canada on the establishment of marine protected areas in Canada's three oceans and Great Lakes.
• Compiled and updated identified migratory bird key habitat sites (in Hudson Bay Complex). This work ensured a significant advance in EC marine conservation interests for consideration in the Nunavut land use planning process.

Marine Wildlife Areas Establishment 2,000.0 507.0 211.711 Both the National Wildlife Area at Sable Island and Marine Wildlife Area at Scott Islands will be ready for designation by 2012, and a contribution will have been made to the Federal Marine Protected Area Network building process.

Sable Island: A recommendation to the Minister was made for designation of Sable Island as a National Park under the Canada National Parks Act. This decision was made public in May.
Scott Islands: A traditional knowledge and use study for the proposed MWA has been completed, and spatial information has been compiled and analyzed to inform the development of a recommended boundary option. Key ecological drivers and information for the development of conservation objectives and proposed boundary for the MWA were identified. Significant progress has also been made towards initiating the socio-economic study, engagement with stakeholders, consultations with First Nations and discussions with partner agencies.

Improved knowledge and information on weather and environmental conditions influence decision making and Corporate services Sable Island Weather Station 4,000.0 800.0 799.7 The risk of loss of life or property due to weather events is reduced for mariners, Canadian citizens and the international community, by producing more accurate weather forecasts and warnings using data from the Sable Island Weather Station.
The understanding of upper atmospheric conditions and the flow of airborne pollutants and greenhouse gases is improved, by enabling scientific research through the continued existence of the Sable Island Weather Station infrastructure.
The unique and fragile ecosystem of Sable Island is conserved by protecting it from human degradation.
Funds provided through this initiative ensure that continued maintenance and repairs of facilities and infrastructure have been carried out to ensure functionality of the weather station for a continued 24/7 human presence throughout the year. On-going support was once again provided by Environment Canada Meteorological Service of Canada staff to operate upper air and surface weather programs, as well as atmospheric and other scientific research programs. Emergency and safety services were offered to local operators such as Department of National Defence, Department of Fisheries and Oceans (including Canadian Coast Guard) and the offshore petroleum industry.
Canadians adopt approaches that ensure the sustainable use and management of natural capital and working landscapes and Corporate services Gulf of Maine (at EC) 751.0 148.0 148.0 Increased support for the Gulf of Maine Council and implementation of the joint Canada-US five-year action plan that includes implementation of regional strategies for adaptation to climate change, indicators development, education and engagement and joint monitoring for toxic contaminants in the trans-boundary ecosystem.

Support towards the Implementation of the Action Plan: Support for the Gulf of Maine Council's Secretariat is conducted via conference calls, email list serves and updates on the GoMC website. EC also led the establishment of a Canadian GoMC Steering Committee to ensure a coordinated Canadian response to GoMC activities.
Gulfwatch: Chemical Contaminant Monitoring Program: Samples were collected from around the Gulf of Maine and analyzed for selected parameters. Sampling data from previous years was also reviewed, synthesized and sent to GoMC IT to be uploaded on the Gulfwatch website
(http://www.gulfof
maine.org /gulfwatch/
).
Ecosystem Indicator Partnership (ESIP): Indicator data for water quality, habitat/land areas and climate change were compiled and delivered to GoMC IT for incorporation into the on-line ESIP Indicator Reporting Tool (http://www.gulfof
maine.org/esip/
).
Climate Change Network (CCN): Background reports on possible effects of extreme precipitation and other climate change impacts on stream flow and water quality in the Gulf of Maine were produced.
Outreach: Developped a communications strategy aimed at more effectively engaging both internal and external audiences. Fact sheets were released and distributed, an on-line edition of the Gulf of Maine Times was produced and published and a symposium report from the Regional Association for Research on the Gulf of Maine (RARGOM) Science Symposium 2009 was printed. Presentations were also made at events.

Parks Canada Agency
Heritage Places Establishment Federal Marine Protected Area Strategy Implement-ation in Parks Canada 1,250.0 361.0 325.312 Advance the creation by 2012 of a Federal Network of Marine Protected Areas that contributes to the health of Canada's oceans, established and managed within an integrated oceans management framework. By 2010-11, the Education and Outreach Strategy will be finalized. Development of communications products will continue. • Regional analysis and research studies were completed for the Bay of Fundy, the Arctic Basin, Arctic Archipelago and Queen Maud Gulf marine regions to identify Parks Canada's representative marine areas for those regions. PCA also completed additional research in the James Bay marine region to better understand representative elements of a study area for a promising national marine conservation area candidate.
• Planned/realised World Oceans Day activities, including a video project; special public events at the Canadian Museum of Nature, a special evening event on Parliament Hill for Parliamentarians, the launch of the Oceans Portal and the publication of "Spotlight on Marine protected areas in Canada".
• Participated in the development of the federal/provincial/territorial MPA Inventory; and co-produced the publication "Spotlight on Canada's MPAs" report, launched by DFO's Minister on Oceans Day.
• Completed the 25 minutes documentary Emerald Sea video project on Pacific marine environments and the role of MPAs to be shown on BC ferries and by the Vancouver Aquarium. In 2010-2011, the video was finalized and education materials are now underway.
National Marine Conservation Area in Lancaster Sound 5,000.0 1,250.0 Information
not
available
By 2012, achieve a full understanding of the feasibility of establishing a National Marine Conservation Area in Lancaster Sound with the support of Inuit, Nunavut and key sectoral stakeholders, leading to the conservation of a significant representative component of Canada's marine environment and a clear demonstration of Arctic sovereignty in the Northwest Passage. In December 2010, the federal ministers of Environment, Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development, Natural Resources, and Health jointly announced the Government of Canada's position on a proposed boundary for the NMCA, as a starting point for consultations with local communities and other interests. Work is underway to update a previous mineral and energy resources assessment of the area that had been conducted in the late 1980's; final decisions regarding a boundary will also be informed by that work and by a thorough assessment of the area's ecological value. While consultations take place, no exploration or development of petroleum resources will occur within the proposed boundaries. Once approved as a designated NMCA, the region will remain protected from industrial development, regardless of the resource potential. A Parks Canada-Government of Nunavut- Qikiqtani Inuit Association project steering committee was appointed early in 2011 and has been overseeing next steps, including terms of reference to guide the consultations and other matters.
Transport Canada
Transportation Safety and Security and Internal Services Enforcement of Ballast Water Regulations 4,500.0 966.5 966.5 Enforcement of regulations that minimize the risk of harmful aquatic organisms and pathogens from being introduced through ship ballast water to waters under Canadian jurisdiction. • Provided inspectors with the equipment required to verify compliance with regulations, developed tools to assess risk of ballast water drawn from specific ports and treatment options for ballast water.
• Updated the ballast water enforcement program and held a national work group comprised of Regional inspectors in Ottawa and Toronto. New ballast water test equipment for inspectors was purchased.
• Ballast Water Control and Management Regulations were pre-published in the Canada Gazette Part I, on December 18, 2010. They will bring the current regulations under the Canada Shipping Act, 2001.
• Updated the national ballast water database with the backlog of reporting forms from vessels. This data is used by both inspectors for enforcement and scientists for their work in invasive species.
• Evaluated if regulations have sufficiently reduced risk of harmful introductions to Canada's northern ports with a biological sampling program in Churchill.
• Inspectors screened all ballast water reports received from inbound vessels and action was taken to bring any vessels into compliance with the regulations.
Pollution Prevention - Surveillance 13,000.0 3,180.6 3,177.6 Enforcement of Canada's pollution prevention regulations in the Pacific, Arctic, East Coast Waters, the Gulf of St. Lawrence and the St. Lawrence Estuary. TC completed a total of 2,505.8 productive patrol hours nationally for 2010-2011 as the three NASP aircraft conducted surveillance in the Maritimes, Quebec, Ontario, Newfoundland and Labrador, the Pacific Northwest Region and British Columbia, with an additional 246.8 patrol hours in the Gulf of Mexico during the Deepwater Horizon Response Operations. 84 spills in total were detected this year. Evidence gathered with the recently acquired maritime surveillance system has been used to prepare and pursue prosecutions, fines and pleas from marine polluters. Increased surveillance also results in more responses to search and rescue incidents.
Pollution Prevention – Dash 7 Outfitting 5,000.0 0 0 Project completed in 2009-10. Enforcement of Canada's pollution prevention regulations in the Pacific, Arctic, East Coast Waters, the Gulf of St. Lawrence and the St. Lawrence Estuary. Modernization of the current Dash 7 surveillance aircraft to a standard equal to the Dash 8 surveillance aircraft dedicated for use on the East and West Coast. Component completed.
Arctic International Marine Shipping Assessment 550.0 0 0 Project completed in 2009-10. An assessment of projected shipping activities and the associated environmental, social and economic impacts and risks as reduced sea ice may lead to increased marine transport in the Arctic. Component completed.
Pollution Prevention – Ship Waste Reduction Strategy 800.0 200.0 180.713 Adequate reception facilities for wastes; appropriate legislation and standards.

Due to numerous requests from the marine industry, an additional contract was awarded to Alion Science and Technology to include a new section in the Vessel Waste Technology Study addressing residual air emissions. The Vessel Waste Technology Study was completed late in March.

During the development of the Vessel Waste Technology Study, the Canadian Marine Advisory Council's (CMAC) Environment Standing Committee was actively and fully engaged in 10 meetings to consult on the study's content. Four meetings were held at the Standing Committee's National CMAC meeting in Ottawa and six outreach meetings were held in Vancouver and Halifax.

Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada
Northern land Resources Arctic Marine Shipping Assessment/ Protection of the Arctic Marine Environment from land-based sources of pollution 175.0 0 0 Project completed in 2008-09. An expanded arctic regional program of action on land-based sources of pollution; a greater understanding of Aboriginal Arctic marine resource use; and a greater understanding of the social, economic and environmental impacts from changing shipping patterns on northern and aboriginal communities Component completed.
Total 61,449.0 12,174.8  


Contact Information:


Wayne Moore
Fisheries and Oceans Canada
200 Kent Street
Ottawa, Ontario
K1A 0E6
Telephone: 613-990-0001
Email: Wayne.Moore@dfo-mpo.gc.ca


1 Funds reallocated to other Oceans priorities that were under-funded. There was also a 10% cut across the board on O&M funds for the DFO Oceans Program.

2 Funds reallocated to other Oceans priorities that were under-funded. There was also a 10% cut across the board on O&M funds for the DFO Oceans Program.

3 There was a 10% cut across all O&M funds for the Oceans Program.

4 There was a 10% cut across all O&M funds for the Oceans Program.

5 An additional $3.4K is allocated to this component from other sources to balance the O&M envelope which is in deficit after taxes are paid.

6 Expenditures for this project exceeded funds allocated through HOTO. The balance of funds was obtained from other sources of funding.

7 There was a 10% cut across all O&M funds for the Oceans Program.

8 Funds from previous fiscal year transferred to 2010-11.

9 Due to delays incurred in previous fiscal years but the ability to carry forward funds, the project was completed.

10 The variance of funds was allocated to other priorities.

11 A portion of funds were used for other priorities. The remainder of the funds lapsed because of Sable Island being designated as a National Park under Parks Canada Agency.

12 Delays were incurred and resulted in having to move some projects into the next fiscal year. Parks Canada has requested a carry forward for the balance of funds.

13 The balance of funds lapsed due to a derelict vessel study which could not be completed.

Top of Page

Foreign Affairs and International Trade Canada

Horizontal Initiatives




Name of Horizontal Initiative: Global Peace and Security Fund (GPSF)

Name of Lead Department(s): Foreign Affairs and International Trade Canada

Lead Department Program Activity: Diplomacy and Advocacy

Start Date: October 2, 2005; operationalized September 18, 2006

End Date: March 31, 2013

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date): $1,134.9 million

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): Sourced from the Peace and Security Pool of the International Assistance Envelope, the GPSF funds the operations of the Stabilization and Reconstruction Task Force (START) and is used to conduct international assistance programming in fragile and conflict-affected states such as Afghanistan, Haiti and Sudan. START and the GPSF were originally created to fill a policy, institutional and funding gap between CIDA’s humanitarian and long-term development assistance and DND’s military and training assistance. START has effectively played a role, and established itself as a platform to facilitate whole-of-government engagement as well as policy development where appropriate. In recent years, an increasing number of other government departments, such as Public Safety, the RCMP, Correctional Service Canada, the Canada Border Services Agency and Justice Canada, have actively participated in stabilization and reconstruction initiatives as well as crisis response activities at the request of START.

GPSF programming provides timely, focused, effective and accountable international assistance in response to critical peace and security challenges that implicate Canadian interests and reflect Canadian foreign policy priorities. GPSF programming includes both transfer and non-transfer payments. Non-transfer payment programming enables DFAIT to work closely with other federal government departments to provide beneficiary states and civilian components of multilateral peace operations with critical expertise in the areas of security and justice system reform.

Shared Outcome(s):

  • Strengthened institutions and civil society in crisis and conflict-affected states.
  • Strengthened Government of Canada response to crisis situations.
  • Strengthened international responses to specific crisis situations.
  • Strengthened international frameworks for addressing crisis situations.

Governance Structure(s): The GPSF is managed by the Stabilization and Reconstruction Task Force (START). To ensure policy coherence and to avoid duplication, various interdepartmental and intradepartmental committees (at the DM, ADM and DG levels) are called upon as required to inform and guide emerging priority-setting exercises and implement Cabinet-mandated priorities in the whole-of-government context. START is located in the International Security Branch of DFAIT, which is responsible for START’s financial, human and physical resources.

Performance Highlights:

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
DFAIT (lead)

PA 11: International Policy Advice and Integration

PA 2: Diplomacy and Advocacy

Global Peace and Security Fund (GPSF) See note at
end of table.
130.7 124.4 Improved Canadian contribution to the peace, security and well-being of beneficiaries living in targeted areas. Strengthened contribution to peace and security in targeted areas through the development and coordination of Canada’s Action Plan on Women, Peace and Security; established government guidelines on security system reform and a mediation strategy; and demonstrated international leadership in both chairing Justice Rapid Response (JRR) and coordinating whole-of-government rapid responses to crises.
Department of National Defence (DND) PA 2: Implement polices and programs to address international security Operations in Afghanistan See note at
end of table.
7.2 9.64 Support of the Provincial Reconstruction Team and implementation of projects in Kandahar. Enhanced security and stability by providing effective operational support on project implementation, monitoring and financial management in Kandahar, as well as training to the Afghan National Police.
Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP) PA 22: Federal and International Operations Canadian Police Arrangement and International Police Peacekeeping (IPP) See note at
end of table.
23.9 24.16 Improved security for local citizens through the implementation of RCMP International Police Peacekeeping projects. Deployed an average of 195 police officers to 10 different international police peacekeeping and peace operations to promote the rule of law by providing mentoring, training and advice, mainly in Afghanistan, Haiti and Sudan.
Canadian Commercial Corporation (CCC)

PA 2: Federal and International Operations

Delivery of international assistance under the CCC/DFAIT memorandum of understanding See note at
end of table.
1.22 1.58 Enhanced Canada’s capacity to respond to crises, including the capacity for disarmament, demobilization and reintegration in targeted areas. Efficient procurement of goods and services that enabled Canada to rapidly respond to crises such as the Pakistan floods and provide in-kind support to fragile states for reconstruction and stabilization initiatives.
Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA) PA 2: Federal and International Operations Afghanistan border See note at
end of table.
3.55 0.24 Deployment of CBSA officials to enhance border management in targeted areas. Deployed two Canadian customs experts to provide training to trainers in the Afghan National Customs Academy in order to improve Afghan border management.
Correctional Service Canada (CSC) PA 2: Federal and International Operations Operations in Afghanistan and stabilization and reconstruction in Haiti See note at
end of table.
5.65 3.71 Deployment of CSC officials to enhance prison reform in southern Sudan and to advise and mentor corrections officials in Haiti and Afghanistan. Correctional experts provided support to the targeted governments in prison administration and in cultivating a modern correctional system that adheres to international standards.
Total   172.22 167.44    

Note: Allocations from the GPSF are determined on an annual basis; therefore, there is no planned amount from the start to the end of the program.

Comments on Variances: Variances are attributable to changes in operational requirements and delays in deployments due to the complexity of programming in fragile and conflict-affected situations.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): N/A

Contact information:

Marie Gervais-Vidricaire
Director General, START Secretariat
Foreign Affairs and International Trade Canada
Tel.: 613-655-5911
Email: Maire-Gervais@international.gc.ca

www.international.gc.ca/START-GTSR/index.aspx?view=d



Top of Page

Health Canada

Horizontal Initiatives




Name of Horizontal Initiative:

Chemicals Management Plan

Name of Lead department(s):

Health Canada/Environment Canada

Lead Department Program Activity:

Sustainable Environmental Health/ Substances and Waste Management

Start date of the Horizontal Initiative:

FY 2007-2008

End date of the Horizontal Initiative:

FY 2010-2011

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date):

$299.2 M

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

The Chemicals Management Plan (CMP) is part of the Government's comprehensive environmental agenda and is managed jointly by Health Canada (HC) and Environment Canada (EC). The activities identified in this plan build on Canada's position as a global leader in the safe management of chemical substances and products, and focus upon timely action on key threats to health and the environment.  It includes risk assessment, risk management, monitoring and surveillance, as well as research on chemicals which may be harmful to human health or the environment.

The CMP also puts more responsibility on industry through realistic and enforceable measures, stimulates innovation, and augments Canadian competitiveness in an international market that is increasingly focused on chemical and product safety.

HC and EC collectively manage the CMP funding and ensure that it is aligned with human health and environmental priorities.

The following program areas were involved in CMP activities in 2010-2011:

In Health Canada:

  • Health Products and Food Branch:
    • Food Directorate
    • Biologics and Genetic Therapies Directorate
    • Natural Health Products Directorate
    • Policy, Planning and International Affairs Directorate
    • Therapeutic Products Directorate
    • Veterinary Drugs Directorate
  • Healthy Environments and Consumer Safety Branch:
    • Consumer Product Safety Directorate
    • Safe Environments Directorate
    • Environmental and Radiation Health Sciences Directorate
  • Pest Management Regulatory Agency

In Environment Canada:

  • Environmental Stewardship Branch
    • Chemicals Sector Directorate
    • Legislative and Regulatory Affairs Directorate
    • Public and Resources Sectors Directorate
    • Energy and Transportation Directorate
    • Environmental Protection Operations Directorate
  • Science and Technology Branch
    • Science and Risk Assessment Directorate
    • Wildlife and Landscape Sciences Directorate
    • Atmospheric Science and Technology Directorate
    • Water Science and Technology Directorate
  • Enforcement Branch
  • Strategic Policy Branch
    • Economic Analysis Directorate

For more information, see the Government of Canada's Chemical Substances Website at: http://www.chemicalsubstanceschimiques.gc.ca/

Shared outcome(s):

High-level outcomes for managing the CMP include:

  • Canadians and their environment are protected from the harmful effects of chemicals;
  • identification, reduction, elimination, prevention or better management of chemicals substances and their use;
  • direction, collaboration and coordination of science and management activities;
  • understanding of the relative risks of chemical substances and options to mitigate;
  • biomonitoring and environmental monitoring of substances;
  • risk assessment and risk management; and
  • informed stakeholders and the Canadian public.

Governance structure(s):

  • HC shares the lead on the CMP with EC. The CMP consists of five inter-related program elements to be planned, delivered and evaluated within an integrated framework, managed jointly by HC and EC.

    Governance is assured through a joint HC/EC Assistant Deputy Ministers Committee (CMP ADM Committee) and the Interdepartmental Chemicals Management Executive Committee (CMEC). These Committees were established to maximize the coordination of efforts, while minimizing duplication between the two departments.
  • The CMP ADM Committee provides strategic direction, coordination and a challenge function for the overall implementation and review of results and resource utilization on CMP initiatives.  The Committee serves as a high-level forum for making recommendations on chemicals management to respective Deputy Ministers.
  • The CMEC is the key management committee at the Director General level to support the development of joint EC-HC strategic directions.  It is also a formal body for joint consultations and cooperation to ensure timely and concerted actions in implementing the CMP work activities in an integrated fashion.  The CMEC reports to the ADM Committee, providing recommendations on program implementation, results and resource utilization.
($ millions)
Federal Partners Program Activity Names of Programs Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned Spending
2010-11
Actual Spending
2010-11
Expected Results for 2010-2011 Results Achieved in 2010-2011
Health Canada Sustainable Environmental Health a. Risk Assessment $9.9 M $3.5 M $3.5 M
  • Increase level of Canadian public awareness of chemical management issues and actions being taken
  • Risk assessments are conducted and risk management objectives are met for regulations and other control instruments for substances and the products of biotechnology
  • Declining trends in levels of risk, adverse reactions, illnesses and injuries from toxic chemical substances in the environment and their use and/or the risk of exposure to Canadians.
  • Enhanced knowledge of environmental hazards and evidence on which regulatory decisions are based.

A key component of the CMP is taking immediate action on approximately 200 of the highest priority chemicals identified in the Challenge program. Through the "Challenge" Initiative - industry and stakeholders were challenged to provide information on chemicals and on safe management practices for 196 of the highest priority substances found in commerce.  The Government of Canada has now released information on all Challenge substances identifying those that are a potential concern to human health or environment, completed the collection of information under section 71 from industry on all substances, published draft or final screening risk assessments on 192 of the 196 substances in the "Challenge", and initiated risk management action on 45 substances that may pose a risk to our health and/or the environment.

The majority of CMP risk assessments that were scheduled for publication during 2010-2011 were completed.  These included the release of the final Screening Assessment Reports for Batches 8 to 10 and draft Screening Assessment Reports for Batches 10 to 12, including additional substances from Batch 1 (CHPD), Batch 6 and Batch 8.  In total, draft risk assessment reports were published for 47 substances, or classes of substances, and final assessment reports were published for 43 substances, or classes of substances. Several reports for non-Challenge substances were also published in the Canada Gazette, Part I (final Screening Assessment Report on Ethylene Glycol and final State of the Science report on DecaBDE; draft Screening Assessment Reports on Quinoline, PFOA, PFCAs and HBCD).  There was also a follow-up Assessment report on Aniline published in 2010-2011.

During 2010-2011, three draft Screening Assessment Reports covering approximately 70 petroleum substances that have been identified as being restricted to petroleum refineries and upgrader facilities were published in the Canada Gazette, Part I.  Strategies and methods to assess the remaining substances (or groups of substances) within the Petroleum Stream are currently being developed.

As part of the Challenge, risk management approaches were published for nine substances in Batches 8 to 10 that were determined to be harmful to human health or the environment (approaches for Batches 11-12 are planned for 2011-2012) and risk management scopes were published for 13 substances in Batches 8 to 11 that were proposed to meet one or more criteria of section 64 of the Canadian Environmental Protection Act (CEPA, 1999) (Batch 12 scopes are partially complete). Proposed risk management instruments were developed for Batches 1 and 2 and have been published for comment, as per planned timelines.

In total, 34 risk management instruments have been applied to CMP Challenge substances during 2010-2011. This year, actions taken or proposed for substances that were determined to be harmful to human health or the environment under the Challenge included final additions to Health Canada's Cosmetic Ingredient Hotlist (16 CMP substances from Batches 3-9 were added to the Health Canada's Cosmetics Ingredient Hotlist on March 2011; to date, 25 CMP substances have been added to the Hotlist from Batches 1-9) targeted dietary surveillance activities for substances of concern where food is the main source of exposure, and proposed listings and delistings of some food additives from the Food and Drug Regulations. As well, 16 proposed CEPA instruments for substances determined to be harmful to human health or the environment in Batches 1 to 3 were published in Canada Gazette, Part I, including Proposed Pollution Prevention Notices for four substances [Bisphenol A, Isoprene, Siloxanes (D4) and TDI].

For substances where current exposure is not of concern, but where there are concerns that new activities or uses  resulting in additional exposure could harm human health or the environment, the Significant New Activity (SNAc) regulatory instrument under CEPA, 1999 provides for information gathering and assessment prior to this new activity or use being initiated. SNAcs were either proposed or implemented for 55Challenge substances concluded to either not meet section 64 of CEPA 1999 or to not be in commerce in Canada. There were also approximately26 proposed or implemented SNAcs for Challenge substances that met one or more criteria of section 64 of CEPA 1999.

The Government of Canada continued to seek advice and input from the CMP Stakeholder Advisory Council (members include non-governmental organizations and industry).  HC and EC co-chaired aface-to-face meeting in May 2010 where the Council provided advice and input on CMP related activities.  Advice and input from the CMP Stakeholder Advisory Council, as well as other stakeholders, was also sought at a workshop on selecting the next round of substances for the CMP which was held in November 2010.

Environmental monitoring programs have been integrated and augmented under the CMP to provide a truly national program, capable of meeting the government's existing monitoring commitments as well as being responsive to emerging chemicals of concern.  Environmental monitoring and surveillance of chemicals in air, food, water, sediments, fish and birds, as well as releases from wastewater and landfills is coordinated by an EC led working group (including HC representation).

The HC CMP Monitoring and Surveillance Initiative supports multi-year projects to advance our knowledge related to the following priorities: national biomonitoring programs, targeted population biomonitoring studies, biomonitoring supportive research, and targeted environmental monitoring. Nineteen multi-year projects were funded under this initiative, with ten initiated in 2010-2011. Projects included:

  • A three year national survey of contaminants in Canadian drinking was completed in 2010-2011. The data is providing updated exposure information to be used in the preparation/update of Guidelines for Canadian Drinking Water Quality.
  • Phase 1 of the multi-year Canadian House Dust Study was completed in 2010-2011.  This project is providing nationally-representative baseline estimates of chemicals found in urban house dust, with the initial determination of bioaccessible lead.
  • A study on dermal absorption of substances being assessed under the CMP.  The study is increasing our understanding of how chemicals are transported from the outer surface of the skin to internal layers and blood circulation, in order to better estimate exposure.
  • A national indoor air survey of chemicals focusing on selected priority chemicals in Canadian residential indoor air.  Indoor air sample collection began in September 2009 and will be completed in December 2011.  Results are expected to be released to the public through Statistics Canada in 2012.  The data will be used to support Health Canada risk assessment and risk management work, as well as indoor air quality guideline development.

The CHMS is a national survey carried out by Statistics Canada, in partnership with Health Canada and the Public Health Agency of Canada, to collect information from Canadians about their health.  Health Canada is responsible for the biomonitoring component, in which blood and urine samples are collected to provide nationally representative information on exposure to environmental chemicals. In 2010-2011, Health Canada published the Report on Human Biomonitoring of Environmental Chemicals in Canada which provides full biomonitoring results for chemicals measured during Cycle 1.  Except for lead, these results provide the first ever nationally representative biomonitoring data of all the chemicals measured. The second Cycle (2009 -2011) of CHMS is currently underway and includes children aged 3-5 years, and an indoor air component.  The data is being collected from 18 sites across Canada.  Planning for Cycles 3 and 4 has also been initiated.

The Maternal-Infant Research on Environmental Chemicals (MIREC) Study is a national five-year study that is recruiting approximately 2,000 pregnant women during the first trimester of pregnancy, who are then followed through pregnancy and up to eight weeks after birth. This study is measuring the extent to which pregnant women and their babies are exposed to environmental chemicals, assessing what pregnancy health risks, if any, are associated with exposure to heavy metals (lead, mercury, cadmium, arsenic and manganese), and measuring the levels of environmental chemicals and some of the beneficial components (nutritional and immune constituents) of breast milk. Results of the study will inform risk management decisions and identify potential sources of exposure and predictors of exposure to environmental chemicals.

To better understand the exposure and effects of a variety of chemicals that were identified as priorities under the CMP, and to ensure the alignment of activities with priorities, a research program with a competitive allocation process has continued. The CMP themes and priorities addressed the following areas: effects, exposure, tool/model development, endocrine disrupting compounds, metals, mixtures, perfluorinated alkyl compounds, brominated flame retardants and the approximately 3000 remaining priority substances

Other CMP activities undertaken in FY 2010-2011 included:

  • The first phase of the Inventory Update was completed.  550 substances were included, covering approximately 500 chemicals and 50 microorganisms.  The information collected was used in developing strategies to address medium priorities and in initiating screening assessments under section 74 of microorganisms on the Domestic Substances List (DSL).
  • Strategies to address medium priority substances have been developed.  The program further refined priority- setting by grouping these substances by chemical structure, sector, or other strategies.
  • Outreach activities, including the preparation and publication of fact sheets on the CMP and ongoing headquarter and regional activities in support of risk management and risk communication such as workshops for stakeholders, continued on schedule.
  • Industry surveys on two substances of concern where the main source of exposure is food were conducted (DEHA and methyl eugenol)
  • Proposed delisting of three food additives from, and proposed addition of one food additive to, the Food and Drug Regulations as a result of assessments of specific substances under the CMP
  • An enhanced sampling program under the Total Dietary Survey was designed, incorporating several substances of concern where food is expected to be the main source of exposure
  • Health Canada continued to develop and enforce regulations to address risks posed by harmful chemicals in existing consumer products.  In particular, a new national cyclical enforcement project was put in place to determine the compliance level to the prohibition on polycarbonate baby bottles that contain bisphenol A (BPA) and enforcement action was taken on non-compliant products. Early consultations with stakeholders took place on proposed regulatory action for a Batch 3 and 5 substances (DEGME and TCEP) and economic analysis studies were started for both substances.  In FY 2010-11, the Product Safety Lab (PSL) completed method development and analytical testing of 3 CMP substances implicated in consumer products to support risk management actions (incl. BPA and TCEP). In all, the PSL has completed the sampling and testing of nine CMP chemicals.
  • Health Canada also received and assessed nomination packages from industry to support the addition of substances in products regulated under the Food and Drugs Act (F&DA) to the revised In Commerce List (ICL) - a list of substances used in products regulated under the F&DA that were in commerce between January 1987 and September 2001.  A draft framework for the prioritization of substances on the revised ICL was developed as well. Subsequent to prioritization, substances on the revised ICL will undergo health and environmental risk assessments.
  • In consultation with industry and NGO stakeholders, HC developed a regulatory framework to assess the environmental risks of new medicinal ingredients in pharmaceuticals and veterinary drugs. Significant progress has been made on the regulatory framework for non-medicinal substances.
  • HC continued to develop background information on existing Best Management Practices (BMPs) for substances/products regulated under the F&DA for use in a future stakeholder consultation to determine if and where new and/or improved BMPs may be necessary or need to be considered.
  • The re-evaluation of older pesticides, to determine if these pesticides meet today's health and environmental standards was accelerated.  As of March 31, 2011, 373 of the 401 older pesticidal active ingredients have been addressed.
  • Thirtynew pesticide active ingredients were registered, 22 of which were biopesticides.
  • Health Canada has continued to administer a mandatory health and environmental pesticide incidents reporting program (IRP), where trends are assessed and regulatory action is taken when necessary. During the 2010-2011 fiscal year, the IRP posted 11 evaluations of serious incidents. Regulatory action was taken in response to two of these. The incident reports helped identify potential adverse reactions in cats and dogs from the use of flea and tick control products. In response, the Pest Management Regulatory Agency (PMRA) published Regulatory Directive 2010-02 to strengthen the labels of spot-on pesticides used on companion animals for flea and tick control.
  • The Chemical Substances Website, to inform the public and stakeholders on the progress of the CMP, was regularly updated.  Updates included posting information related to all CMP Canada Gazette publications, as well as Challenge Advisory Panel meetings, Stakeholder Advisory Council meetings, and new factsheets. A Subscribe function was launched in 2010 which allows users to sign up to receive copies of the Latest News via email.
b. Risk Management $50.1 M $16.1 M $12.8 M1
c. Research $26.6 M $6.8 M $5.0 M2
d. Monitoring & Surveillance $34.0 M $13.8 M $13.7 M
e. Program Management $5.4 M $1.4 M $1.3 M3
Consumer Products a. Risk Management $12.6 M $5.4 M $4.2 M4
Pesticide Regulation a. Risk Assessment $9.9 M $3.3 M $3.3 M
b. Risk Management $13.6 M $4.7 M $4.7 M
Health Products a. Risk Assessment $3.3 M $1.5 M $1.5 M
b. Risk Management $12.5 M $4.3 M $3.5 M5
c. Research $2.5 M $1.4 M $1.4 M
d. Monitoring & Surveillance $1.1 M $0.6 M $0.6 M
e. Program Management $0.1 M $0.1 M3
Food & Nutrition a. Risk Assessment $3.8 M $1.4 M $2.1 M
b. Risk Management $6.2 M $2.1 M $0.5 M
c. Research $1.2 M $0.4 M $2.1 M
d. Monitoring & Surveillance $2.0 M1
Total $192.7 M $66.8 M $62.3 M    


($ millions)
Federal Partners Program Activity Names of Programs Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned Spending
2010-11
Actual Spending
2010-11
Expected Results for 2010-2011 Results Achieved in 2010-2011
Environment Canada Chemicals Management a. Risk Assessment $13.1 M $4.8 M $4.8 M
  • Risks to Canadians and impacts on their environment posed by toxic and other substances of concern are reduced.
  • Direction, collaboration and coordination of science and management activities
  • Increased knowledge of the risks of toxic chemical substances through research and options to mitigate
  • Risk assessments conducted in a timely fashion as required
  • Risk management objectives are met, e.g. effective controls identified and implemented
  • Enhanced knowledge of stakeholders and the Canadian public regarding risk assessment/management activities, including knowledge on the effectiveness of control actions
 
b. Risk Management $64.9 M $24.4 M $18.6 M6  
c. Research $2.1 M $0 M $0.0 M  
d. Monitoring & Surveillance $26.4 M $7.8 M $7.8 M  
Total $106.5 M $37.0 M $31.2 M    

Comments on Variances:

  1. $2.0M was transferred from Sustainable Environmental Health (Risk Management) to the Food and Nutrition program.  These funds were intended to increase capacity to perform food related assessment of CMP priority chemicals.
  2. $1.8M under Sustainable Environmental Health (Research) was not spent as some research projects were amended to deliver at a later date and some capital expenditures were planned but not purchased in 2010-2011.
  3. $100K was transferred from Sustainable Environmental Health (Program Management) to Health Products to support coordination of input into CMP risk assessments.
  4. The surplus in Consumer Product Safety was reallocated internally to facilitate mission-critical work to prepare for the coming into force of the Canada Consumer Product Safety Act.
  5. The Health Products program under spent by $800K, as there were challenges associated with staffing and procurement.
  6. Planned Spending changed from $24.4 M to $20.0 M to include departmental cut reflecting Strategic Review ($3.6M) and Board of Review on Siloxanes ($0.8M).

Results achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable):

N/A

Contact information:

Suzanne Leppinen, Director
Horizontal and International Programs
Safe Environments Directorate
Healthy Environments and Consumer Safety Branch
Health Canada
Ph: (613) 941-8071
suzanne.leppinen@hc-sc.gc.ca

Stewart Lindale, Director
Legislative and Regulatory Affairs
Environmental Stewardship Branch
Environment Canada
Ph: (819) 934-2358
Steward.Lindale@ec.gc.ca



Name of Horizontal Initiative:

Implementation of an Action Plan to Protect Human Health from Environmental Contaminants

Name of Lead department(s):

Health Canada

Lead Department Program Activity:

3.1 Sustainable Environmental Health

Start date of the Horizontal Initiative:

2008-2009

End date of the Horizontal Initiative:

2012-2013

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date):

$84.6M

Description of the Horizontal Initiative:

Recent surveys show that Canadians are concerned about environmental contaminants. There is a clear need to ensure that Canadians have credible information on the impact of chemicals in the environment and the steps that they should take as a result.

The Government has already taken steps to address environmental contaminants through the Chemicals Management Plan and the Clean Air Agenda, focusing on substances which have known potential for harming human health and the environment. Both industry and stakeholders have been supportive of these initiatives but continue to insist that decisions be made based on scientific evidence. This requires mechanisms such as monitoring, surveillance and research to ensure that the effectiveness of interventions to address known potential risks can be assessed and that emerging risks can be detected.

The Action Plan to Protect Human Health from Environmental Contaminants is designed to further protect the health of Canadians from environmental contaminants while increasing the knowledge-base on contaminant levels and potential impacts on health, in particular:

  • to foster awareness and provide information for Canadians to take action;
  • to identify and monitor trends in exposures to contaminants and potential association with health problems such as asthma, congenital anomalies and developmental disorders; and
  • to better understand the association between contaminants and illness.

$13.1M has been allocated to Health Canada from 2008-2009 to 2012-2013 to develop an Environmental Health Guide for Canadians, as well as tailored guides for First Nations and Inuit communities. The objective of the guide is to help make Canadians aware of the risks that harmful environmental contaminants may pose to their health along with direct actions that they can take to reduce these risks and improve their health.

$54.5M has been allocated to Statistics Canada from 2008-2009 to 2012-2013 towards conducting the Canadian Health Measures Survey (CHMS) and $5.6M has been allocated to Health Canada from 2008-2009 to 2012-2013 to conduct the First Nations Biomonitoring Initiative (FNBI).  The CHMS is used to collect information from Canadians about their general health and lifestyles and includes the collection of blood and urine specimens to be tested for environmental contaminants among other things. The CHMS will not provide data on First Nations on-reserve or Inuit communities. The FNBI will focus on these communities.

$5.9M has been allocated to the Public Health Agency of Canada from 2008-2009 to 2012-2013 to enhance surveillance of congenital anomalies.

$5.5M has been allocated to the Public Health Agency of Canada from 2008-2009 to 2012-2013 to conduct surveillance of developmental disorders.

Shared Outcome(s):

  • Reduce health risks to Canadians (particularly vulnerable populations) from environmental contaminants

Governance Structure(s):

All action plan initiatives take advantage of governance and management structures already established for ongoing government programs such as: the Canadian Population Health Statistics Program, the Chemicals Management Plan, the Healthy Living and Chronic Disease initiative of the Public Health Agency of Canada, as well as components of existing national surveillance systems developed by the Public Health Agency of Canada in partnership with stakeholders.

Each program within Health Canada, the Public Health Agency of Canada and Statistics Canada is fully responsible for the management of initiatives they are leading within the action plan. Consultations and stakeholder involvement are governed through consultative structures and interdepartmental committees already established.

A tripartite governance structure with Health Canada, the Public Health Agency of Canada and Statistics Canada is used to oversee the implementation of the Canadian Health Measures Survey (CHMS). The CHMS will use the existing Canadian Population Health Statistics Program as a governance structure, which includes senior officials from all three federal organizations.

($ millions)
Federal Partners Program Activity Names of Programs Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned Spending
2010-11
Actual Spending
2010-11
Expected Results for 2010-2011 Results Achieved in 2010-2011
Health Canada Sustainable Environmental Health Environmental Health Guide for Canadians $13.1M

HECS: $0.385M

FNIHB: $0.7M

PACCB: $1.6M

HECS: $0.271M

FNIHB: $0.392M

PACCB: $1.075

  • Distribution of The Environmental Health Guides and subsequent development of Guides for specific populations
  • A Guide focusing on senior's health as well as fact sheets designed for health care providers and teachers/students will be developed.
  • Tailored guides for First Nations and Inuit for homes and children to be released.
  • Tailored guides for First Nations and Inuit for outdoor activities are to be developed and distributed to aboriginal partners for review.
  • Continuation of the Environmental Health marketing campaign (mainstream and First Nations components).
  • Development of First Nations Biomonitoring Initiative: First Nation priorities will be determined and suitable biomonitoring parameters, sampling protocol, and parameters for an ethics review are to be developed including mechanisms to ensure appropriate comparability of data with the CHMS are in place. Sampling of selected communities is expected to commence.

HECSB/PACCB

Continuation of the Environmental Health marketing campaign / Distribution of The Environmental Health Guides

The 2010-11 Environmental Health Marketing campaign focused primarily on providing information on-line as recent research indicates that Canadians prefer to receive information related to the environment on-line.

  • An interactive web quiz and a virtual house tour were completed and posted to the website in early March 2011.
  • A Google ad word buy was also very successful and drove 26,000 incremental visits to the website, representing a 245% increase in web traffic with a slightly higher duration of visits.
  • Additionally, four on-line videos were developed and completed on the following topics: radon, carbon monoxide, lead and mould.  Total number of Hazardcheck website visits was 61,623.
  • To complement these on-line tactics, public engagement events were held nationally at 180 Home Depot locations over three consecutive weekends in March 2011.  Through these events, consumers were educated on the potential environmental risks that may impact their health and how to mitigate them.
  • Over 124,000 Environmental Health Guides (Hazardcheck) were distributed and approximately 15,000 one-on-one conversations about home health hazards took place.  These point-of-purchase conversations led to an increase of 32% in sales for air quality devices (i.e. radon test kits and carbon monoxide monitors) vs. sales for the same products in the previous year.
  • Feedback from participants indicated that 91% rated the information that they received at the in-store events as either useful (33%) or very useful (58%).
  • As a further complement to the on-line tactics, 180, 000 copies of the Guide were polybagged and distributed via the Parents Canada national post-natal magazines Best Wishes and Mon Bébé.
  • In addition to these distribution channels in support of the marketing campaign, an average of 13, 000 copies of the Guide are requested and distributed nationally each month through Service Canada, amounting to over 150, 000 per year.

In 2010-11, the First Nations and Inuit Environmental Health Marketing campaign focused on providing tailored information directly in communities and on-line as recent research indicates that First Nations and Inuit community members prefer to receive information related to the environment through these channels.

  • 200,000 copies of the First Nation Environmental Health Home Guide were distributed to all First Nation households across the country. An additional 74,000 copies of the guide were ordered on-line. The Inuit Environmental Health Home Guide will be distributed to Inuit communities.
  • Content of both the First Nation and Inuit Home Guide are available on the HC website. Total number of website visits was over 10,000.
  • Tailored guides and activity booklets for First Nations and Inuit youth and children have been developed and will be distributed to schools in First Nations and Inuit communities in the fall.
  • Tailored guides for spring and summer outdoor activities for First Nations and Inuit have been developed and will be distributed to communities.
  • Radio, print and television public service announcements were developed with First Nations and Inuit youth and the Aboriginal Peoples Television Network. Distribution to Aboriginal media outlets is planned for the fall.
  • A pilot project for environmental health community gatherings were held in 4 First Nations and 4 Inuit communities in collaboration with the National Aboriginal Health Organization. A resource for self-run environmental health community gatherings will be distributed to intermediaries in the communities.

FNIHB/PACCB

The First Nation Environmental Health Home Guide has been distributed to all First Nation household across the country and the Inuit Environmental Health Home Guide will be distributed to Inuit communities.

  • Content of both the First Nation and Inuit Home Guide are available on the HC website.
  • Tailored guides for First Nations and Inuit youth and children have been developed and are in approvals.
  • Environmental Health activity booklets for First Nations and Inuit youth and children have been developed and are available on the HC website and will be distributed to schools in First Nations and Inuit communities.
  • Tailored guides for First Nations spring and summer outdoor activities have been developed and are awaiting approvals. Inuit guides for spring and summer outdoor activities have been developed.
  • Continuation of the Environmental Health marketing campaign (mainstream and First Nations components).
First Nations and Inuit Health Programming and Services First Nations Biomonitoring Initiative $5.6M FNIHB: $1.17M FNIHB: $1.126M  
  • First Nations priorities were gauged through Interest Assessment Surveys that were sent by the Assembly of First Nations (AFN) to all FN communities across Canada.   Following the survey, a First Nations Advisory Committee comprising First Nation regional representatives for their eight regions, an Elder, youth, and other technical experts was established to advise the FNBI Steering Committee on the design, conduct, and chemical parameters to be analyzed.
  • The FNBI pilot project (including FNBI sampling protocol and parameters) was submitted to HC/PHAC's Research Ethics Board and received approval in October, 2010.
  • In Jan/Feb 2011, the FNBI pilot project was carried out in two Manitoba communities - a northern, remote, rural community and the other, a southern, non-remote urban community.  The objectives of the pilot project were to determine the operational and logistical requirements, participant response rates, human resources and financial costs associated with this undertaking in a remote vs. non-remote FN community.  Participation rate was very high and the survey was met with much enthusiasm and interest in both communities.  Urine and blood samples sent to same lab as that of CHMS for lab analysis. Results and lessons learned from the pilot project to be applied to the full-scale survey protocol for 2011-12.
  • Environmental parameters chosen for FNBI and the laboratory selected for analysis of chemicals are the same as CHMS.  Statistics Canada statisticians working in consultation with AFN and HC statisticians to ensure comparability to CHMS data.
Public Health Agency of Canada Surveillance and Population Health Assessment Enhanced Congenital Anomalies Surveillance $5.9M $1.2M $0.950M
  • increased capacity in the provinces and territories for surveillance of congenital anomalies in their jurisdictions
  • strengthened networks across Canada for surveillance and research into prevention of congenital anomalies
  • Increased capacity in the provinces and territories for surveillance of congenital anomalies in their jurisdictions
  • PHAC, through formal agreements (MoA), supported 6 jurisdictions across Canada to establish and develop new surveillance systems for congenital anomalies or to enhance existing ones.
  • Key surveillance activities implemented by jurisdictions to enhance congenital anomalies surveillance included: consultation with local stakeholders; needs assessment; database development; planning and implementation of Privacy Impact Assessments; development of data sharing agreements, data source integration; development of data collection forms; data collection; and, development of surveillance tools.
  • Strengthened networks across Canada for surveillance and research into prevention of congenital anomalies
  • The Canadian Congenital Anomalies Surveillance Network was established and successfully carried out its 2011 Scientific Meeting on "Environmental and Nutritional Vulnerabilities for Congenital Anomalies", held on November 17-19, 2010 in Ottawa.  Participants discussed maternal characteristics and socio-demographic factors affecting fetal development and susceptibility for congenital anomalies; epidemiological studies on nutritional deficiencies and excesses associated with congenital anomalies, focusing on micronutrient intake, including folate; up-to-date information on key environmental exposures/risk factors and their interaction with nutrition in pregnancy; and integrating congenital anomalies surveillance and research into current public health initiatives.
  • The Network continues to provide a forum to inform and engage jurisdictions and programs regarding the Agency's activities to improve congenital anomalies nationally as well as a platform to move the initiative forward.
  Surveillance of Developmental Disorders $5.5M $1.4M $0.183M
  • a network for surveillance of autism in Canada
  • increased public health scientific capacity in autism within the federal government
  • A network for surveillance of autism in Canada
  • To develop a network for the surveillance of autism spectrum disorders in Canada, the Public Health Agency of Canada has gathered national and international experts in the fields of health, research, education and treatment/services and national stakeholders in both non-government organizations and professional associations to build a network for the surveillance of autism spectrum disorders in Canada.
  • Over the past few years (2009 to 2011) PHAC supported research on the use of existing administrative data sets to capture information on children living with autism spectrum disorders through the National Epidemiological Database for the Study of Autism in Canada (NEDSAC), Queen's University.
  • Increased public health scientific capacity in autism within the federal government
  • In 2009-2010, PHAC engaged a team of epidemiologists to research surveillance options.
  • The team is working collaboratively with provincial and territorial partners to build upon what has already been achieved to create a national system for the surveillance of autism spectrum disorders and thereby increase public health scientific capacity.  Working with the provinces and territories, PHAC will better understand existing programs, data sources, needs and gaps.
Statistics Canada Social Statistics Canadian Health Measures Survey $54.5M $14M 13.532M

CHMS cycle 1 data release (including tables, fact sheets and research articles) media coverage will be monitored. In addition, access to the website and requests for information will be tracked. The CHMS micro-data files will be available to external researchers through Statistics Canada Research Data Centres located in Canadian universities.

CHMS cycle 2 data collection response rate is monitored regularly to ensure adequate representation of the Canadian population by age group and sex. In addition, ongoing data quality control and data quality assurance activities (including health experts' observations of the data collection procedures) are performed to ensure a high data quality level.

CHMS cycle 3 content specifications will be based on extensive consultation with federal partners and health experts through the tripartite governance structure with Health Canada, the Public Health Agency of Canada and Statistics Canada as well as their working committees; and the CHMS advisory committees (Expert, Physician, Laboratory and Quality Assurance and Quality Control). Feasibility studies will be conducted to ensure adherence to existing resources and operations limitations while maintaining a high response rate and quality data.

  • CHMS cycle 1 data on environmental contaminants was released in August 2010. Media attention was generally interested and positive. The micro-data files in Research Data Centres were updated to include complete cycle 1 information and documentation.
  • Cycle 2 data collection covered 8 sites in 2010-11. Continuous monitoring and rigorous quality assurance activities were applied during the collection period to ensure high quality data.
  • Development of cycle 3 content proceeded during 2010-11 with extensive consultation with federal partners and health experts and the CHMS advisory committees (Expert, Physician, Laboratory and Quality Assurance and Quality Control). New environmental variables measured in biological specimens (participants' blood and urine), tap water and indoor air were identified for cycle 3 collection.
Sub-Total (Health Canada) $18.7M $3.855M 1.738M    
Sub-Total (PHAC) $11.4M $2.6M 1.133M    
Sub-Total (Statistics Canada) $54.5 M $14M 13.532M    
Grand Total: $84.6 M $20.455M 16.403M    

Comments on Variances:

Health Canada

HECS/PACCB: Expenditures were reduced through alternate delivery approaches, cost efficiencies, and partnerships.

FNIHB/PACCB: The First Nation and Inuit Youth Guides and the First Nations Spring and Summer Guides were delayed; therefore funds that were planned for printing and distribution of these guides were not spent by the end of fiscal year.  Delays in staffing also contributed to the variance.

PHAC: Start-up work took longer than expected.  In 2010-2011 the Public Health Agency of Canada created a new unit to develop and support a national surveillance network and a national advisory committee to oversee the surveillance network.  The Unit has started to lay the ground work and has begun to demonstrate progress towards the objectives of building a network to support national surveillance of developmental disorders (focusing on ASDs) across the country.

Results Achieved by Non-federal Partners:

Heath Canada: Partnerships within the First Nations Biomonitoring Initiative

  • Establishment of the First Nations Advisory Committee in May 2010 to provide direction to the FNBI Steering Committee.
  • Obtained Resolution in support of the FNBI from Chiefs-in-Assembly in July 2010.
  • Obtained consent for selected pilot communities through Band Council Resolutions, Community Research Agreements, and participant consent.
  • Established procedures to comply with First Nations OCAP principles (Ownership, Control, Access, and Property)

*NB:  As this is a HC/AFN partnership, many of the results achieved were a collaboration between both Parties.

Contact Information:

Suzanne Leppinen
Director, Chemicals Policy Bureau
Safe Environments Directorate, Healthy Environments and Consumer Product Safety Branch, Health Canada
613-941-8071
Suzanne.Leppinen @hc-sc.gc.ca



Name of Horizontal Initiative:

Early Childhood Development (ECD) Strategy for First Nations and Other Aboriginal Children.

Name of Lead department(s): 

Health Canada (HC)

Lead Department Program Activity:

First Nations and Inuit Health Programming and Services

Start date of the Horizontal Initiative:

ECD component- October 2002.

Early Learning and Child Care (ELCC) component- December 2004

End date of the Horizontal Initiative:

ECD component - ongoing.

ELCC component - ongoing

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date):

ECD: $320 million 2002-03 to 2006-07 ($60 million in 2002-03 and $65 million thereafter). Ongoing: $65 million per year.

ELCC: $45 million 2005-06 to 2007-08 ($14.5 million in 2005-06; $15.3 million in 2006-07; $15.2 million in 2007-08). Ongoing: $14 million per year.

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

The ECD Strategy for First Nations and Other Aboriginal Children was announced on October 31, 2002.  The Strategy provides $320 million over five years to: improve and expand existing ECD programs and services for Aboriginal children; expand ECD capacity and networks; introduce new research initiatives to improve understanding of how Aboriginal children are doing; and work towards the development of a "single window" approach to ensure better integration and coordination of federal Aboriginal ECD programming.  In December 2004, as first phase of a "single window", Cabinet approved an additional $45 million over three years (beginning fiscal year 2005-06) and $14 million ongoing to improve integration and coordination of two ECD programs-- Aboriginal Head Start On Reserve (AHSOR) and the First Nations and Inuit Child Care Initiative (FNICCI). The objectives of these funds are to increase access to and improve the quality of ELCC programming for First Nations children on reserve, and improve integration and coordination between the two programs through joint planning, joint training and co-location.  The Strategy also includes Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada (AANDC)-funded child/day care programs in Alberta and Ontario.

Shared outcome(s):

The ECD component complements the September 2000 First Ministers F/P/T ECD Agreement.  It seeks to address the gap in life chances between Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal children by improving the developmental opportunities to which Aboriginal children (and their families) are exposed at an early age (0-6 years). The ELCC component complements funding released to provinces and territories under the March 2003 Multilateral Framework for Early Learning and Childcare (ELCC) to improve access to ELCC programs and services.

Governance structure(s):

  • Interdepartmental ECD ADM Steering Committee;
  • Interdepartmental ECD Working Group.
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned Spending for
2010-11
Actual Spending for
2010-11
Expected Results for
2010-11
Results Achieved in
2010-11

1. Health Canada

Electronic Link:  http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/fnihb-dgspni/fnihb/
cp/ahsor/index.htm

First Nations and Inuit Health Programmi-ng and Services a. Aboriginal Head Start on Reserve (AHSOR)

$107.595 (2002-03 through to 2006-07;  $21.519/year). $21.519/year ongoing.

Committed in 2002.

ELCC

$24.000 (2005-06 through to 2007-08, $7.500 in 2005-06, $8.300 in 2006-07;

$8.200 in 2007-08).

$7.500 in 2008-09 and ongoing

Committed in 2005.

$21.519








$7.500

$27.374 (ECD and ELCC)

Program expansion and enhanceme-nt

Increase integration, coordinatio-n,  access, and quality

AHSOR programming was expanded in 15 new First Nations Communities in British Colombia.

In partnership with Health Canada's Aboriginal Health Human Resources Initiative, over 200  Early Childhood Education (ECE) workers are working towards their ECE accreditation.Work continues with partner departments to improve integration and coordination among AHSOR, HRSDC FNICCI, and AAND- funded daycares in Alberta and Ontario.

Electronic Link: http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/fnih-spni/famil/preg-gros/intro_e.html First Nations and Inuit Health Programmi-ng and Services

b. Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder

  • First Nations and Inuit Component(FASD-FNIC)

$70.000  (2002-03 through to 2006-07;

$10.000 in 2002-03 and $15.000 thereafter). $15.000/ year ongoing.

Committed in 2002.

$15.000 $12.862 Program expansion and enhancement

Integration between programs that support maternal and child health was increased across First Nation and Inuit communities, resulting in better coordination and collaboration across programs.

Programs focused on maintenance and program integrity through training, leading to increased retention of community workers and also the completion of special studies to support evaluation and on-going improvements to FASD activities and programming.

  First Nations and Inuit Health Programmi-ng and Services c. Capacity Building

$5.075

(2002-03 through to 2006-07; $1.015/year). $1.015/ year ongoing.

Committed in 2002.

$1.015 $0.915 Increased capacity As part of the 2002 Federal Strategy's capacity-building component, Health Canada provides funding to build capacity and expertise relating to early childhood development to National Aboriginal Organizations.  In 2010-11, funds were provided to the Assembly of First Nations (AFN), Inuit Tapiriit Kanatami (ITK), the Native Women's Association of Canada (NWAC) and the Métis National Council (MNC).  As well, Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada provides funding to Pauktuutit Inuit Women of Canada.   In 2010-11,  funding enabled these organizations to contribute to the development of the Federal Strategy through strategic planning and capacity building in their own organizations.Horizontal training funding was provided to regions to support training for ECD workers in AHSOR and FNICCI sites.  HC is working to develop a training strategy for community based workers, including ECD workers, that will lead to culturally appropriate training and certification of providers of healthy child development programming on reserve.

2. PHAC

Electronic Link: http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/dca-dea/programs-mes
/ahs_main_e.html

PA 1.4 Health Promotion

SA 1.4.3 Childhood and Adolescence Programs

a Aboriginal Head Start in Urban and Northern Communities (AHSUNC)

$62.880 (2002-03 through to 2006-07;

$12.576/ year and ongoing.

Committed in 2002.

$12.576 $10.977 Program expansion and enhancement by increasing number of special needs and parental outreach workers; enhance special needs training; serve another 1000 children Outreach pilot programs were developed by AHS sites to expand   delivery to   Aboriginal families who may not have access to the program.  Training on  Early Childhood Development (ECD), special needs, and school readiness screening provided to all 128 sites  to improve child outcomes.

PA 1.4 Health Promotion

SA 1.4.3 Childhood and Adolescence Programs

b Capacity Building

$2.500  (2002-03 through to 2006-07; $0.500/year) and ongoing

Committed in 2002

$0.500 $0.365 Horizontal coordinatio-n, engagemen-t and developme-nt of tools and resources to build capacity   Monthly conference calls and two annual face-to-face meetings with the Aboriginal advisory council result in improved  capacity, stakeholder engagement and knowledge /tool development (early literacy toolkit) and exchange activities.
3. HRSDC

Lifelong Learning- Health Human Resources (HHR)

Lifelong Learning- Health Human Resources (HHR)

a. First Nations  and Inuit  child Care Initiative (FNICCI)

$45.700   (2002-03 through to 2006-07; $9.140/year) and ongoing.

Committed in 2002

ELCC

$21.000 (2005-06 through to 2007-08; $7.000/year). $6.500/ year ongoing.

Committed in 2005

$9.140

$6.500

$4.240

Aboriginal UEY:2010/11

$181,168

Program expansion and enhanceme-nt

Increase program integration, coordinatio-n, access and quality.

 
b. Research and Knowledge

$21.200

(2002-03 through to 2006-07); $4.240/year and ongoing.

Committed in 2002Aboriginal UEY:From 2004/05 to 2010/11, $700,000 per fiscal year

Aboriginal UEY:
2010/11, $208,366

Information on the well-being of Aboriginal children through an Aboriginal Children's Survey (ACS) and the Aboriginal component of "Understanding the Early Years" (UEY)

Aboriginal UEY Results 2010/11:-The UEY Prince Albert Grand Council (PAGC) Project (Aboriginal UEY) has built some capacity in data collection, analysis and dissemination of the project's results;

  • The UEY PAGC outcomes and analysis have had an impact on short-term planning, such as the implementation of full-time kindergarten in five schools. Long-term planning is only beginning with the training of early learning and care staff and the implementation of an oral language program in nursery and kindergarten.
  • More early-years work will take place in the area of strategic planning and community development (in the coming year) with the directors of Education approving a $50,000 project to follow up on the UEY PAGC Project's results.
  • The UEY PAGC Project's Final Report will include PAGC and sector-level data in areas that have never before been examined. The parent interview data and analysis in particular have been of great interest to decision-makers because they highlight many of the family and community strengths, which may act as protective factors against the challenging socio-economic conditions families face.
  • The Better Beginnings Early Childhood Conference and the Talking Partners Initiative are two examples of efforts being made to coordinate resources and provide greater support for Prince Albert Grand Council's children.  Communities, schools and agencies. As well, private-sector donations supported the Better Beginnings Conference and $30,000 will be invested in Talking Partners at the PAGC level, which will enable implementation in four pilot schools.
  • Further investment by the directors of Education in early-childhood initiatives ($180,000) exemplifies the level of awareness of early childhood development and the critical needs to PAGC's children.

    The Better Beginnings Conference brought together many of the service providers who work with children six months to six years of age.
4. AANDC The people- social developme-nt a. Family Capacity Initiatives

$5.050  (total for 2002-03 through to 2006-07; 1.010/year)

2007-2008 and ongoing.

Committed in 2002.

$1.010 0.984 Support horizontal work with  ECD partners by funding research and capacity-building.  
Total

ECD

(2002-03 to 2006-07): $320.000

($60.000 in 2002-03 and $65.000/year thereafter); $65.000/year ongoing.

ELCC

(2005-06 to 2007-08):

$45.000

($14.500 in 2005-06; $15.300 in 2006-07; $15.200 in 2007-08); and $14.000/year ongoing.

ECD:

$65.000/year ongoing.

ELCC: $14.000/year ongoing.

     

Interdepartmental ECD ADM Steering Committee;

Interdepartmental ECD Working Group.

($ millions)

Comments on Variances:

Aboriginal Component of the Understanding the Early Years Initiative

Aboriginal UEY was allocated $300,000 in Grants and Contribution funding for fiscal year 2010/11 and $400,000 in Non-Salary Funding, for a total of $700,000. The UEY Prince Albert Grand Council Saskatchewan Project, the only Aboriginal UEY project had actual expenses for 2010/11 of $208,366, The variance ($491,634) is a result of the sun-setting of the UEY Initiative, which occurred on March 31, 2011.

PHAC -  The variance between planned and actual spending results from various in-year operational limitations including: delays in staff recruitment; in-year adjustments to grants and contribution agreements resulting in less than full utilization of funds; and, the deferral of a planned National Training Workshop (as officials are exploring more effective and cost-efficient training strategies).

Results achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable):

N/A

Contact information:

Cathy Winters, Senior Policy Coordinator,

Children and Youth Division, Community Programs Directorate, First Nations and Inuit Health Branch, Health Canada Postal Locator 1919A Tunney's Pasture, Ottawa

Telephone: (613) 952-5064  Email: Cathy_winters@hc-sc.gc.ca



Name of Horizontal Initiative:

Food and Consumer Safety Action Plan (the Action Plan)

Name of Lead Department(s):

The lead is shared between Health Canada (HC), the Canadian Food Inspection Agency (CFIA), the Public Health Agency of Canada (PHAC), and the Canadian Institutes of Health Research (CIHR).

Lead Department Program Activity:

  • HC: Health Products, Consumer Products, Food Safety, and Pesticide Regulation
  • CFIA: Food Safety and Nutrition Risks
  • PHAC: Health Promotion, Chronic Disease Prevention and Control, and Infectious Disease Prevention and Control
  • CIHR: Strategic Priority Research

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative:

Fiscal Year 2008-2009

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative:

Fiscal Year 2012-2013 (and ongoing)

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date):

$489.4 million over five years ending in Fiscal Year 2012-2013 (and $126.7 million ongoing)

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

The federal government is responsible for promoting the health and safety of Canadians. A key part of this role is ensuring that the products used by Canadians are safe. Adverse consequences associated with unsafe products impact not only the Canadian public, but also the Canadian economy. The Food and Consumer Safety Action Plan (Action Plan) is a horizontal initiative aimed at modernizing and strengthening Canada's safety system for food, health and consumer products. A number of high-profile incidents, such as lead and ingestible magnets in children's toys, contaminants in imported food products, and the global withdrawal of some prescription medicines, have underscored the need for government action.

The Action Plan modernizes Canada's regulatory system to enable it to better protect Canadians from unsafe consumer products in the face of current realities and future pressures. The Action Plan bolsters Canada's regulatory system by amending or replacing outdated health and safety legislation with new legislative regimes that respond to modern realities, and by enhancing safety programs in areas where modern legislative tools already exist. The Action Plan ensures that Canadians have the information they need to assess the risks and benefits associated with the consumer and health products they choose to use, and to minimize risks associated with food safety.

The Action Plan is an integrated, risk-based plan and includes a series of initiatives that are premised on three key pillars: active prevention, targeted oversight and rapid response. We focus on active prevention to avoid as many incidents as possible and work closely with industry to promote awareness, provide regulatory guidance, and help identify safety concerns at an early stage. Targeted oversight provides for early detection of safety problems and further safety verification at the appropriate stage in a product's life cycle. To improve rapid response capabilities and ensure the government has the ability to act quickly and effectively when needed we work to enhance health risk assessments, strengthen recall capacity, and increase the efficiency in responding and communicating clearly with consumers and stakeholders.

Shared Outcome(s):

  • Increased knowledge of food risks and product safety (scientific and surveillance/monitoring)
  • Increased industry awareness and understanding of regulatory requirements
  • Increased industry compliance with safety standards
  • Increased consumer awareness and understanding of safety risks associated with health and consumer products and food
  • Strengthened oversight and response to safety incidents
  • Increased consumer confidence in health and consumer products and food
  • Increased trade-partner confidence in Canadian controls, which meet international standards
  • Increased availability of safe and effective products
  • Level playing field where imports can be demonstrated to meet Canadian requirements

Governance Structure(s):

The Minister of Health and the Minister of Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada have joint responsibility and accountability for results, and for providing information on progress achieved by the Action Plan.

A Governance Framework has been established and endorsed by all of the partner departments/agencies. To facilitate horizontal coordination, the following Director General (DG)/Executive Director (ED) level Task Forces have been established: Health Products Task Force, Consumer Products Task Force, Food Task Force, Communications Task Force, and the Legislative and Regulatory Task Force. The Task Forces report to a DG/ED level Coordinating Committee. An Assistant Deputy Minister (ADM)/Vice President (VP) level Steering Committee provides direction to the Coordinating Committee. An Oversight Committee of Deputy Heads facilitates the provision of high level guidance to the Steering Committee.

Health Canada's Strategic Policy Branch (SPB) provides the Secretariat function for the Action Plan and plays an integral role in supporting the ongoing operation and decision-making of the governance committees, oversight and integration of performance against commitments, and advice to senior management. SPB is also the lead for coordinating the implementation of the legislative and regulatory initiatives.

Health Canada's Healthy Environments and Consumer Safety Branch (HECSB) and the Pest Management Regulatory Agency (PMRA), along with the Public Health Agency of Canada (PHAC), work together to implement Action Plan activities related to consumer products.

Health Canada's Health Products and Food Branch (HPFB) has primary responsibility for implementing Action Plan activities related to health products with support from Health Canada's Strategic Policy Branch (SPB) and the Canadian Institutes of Health Research (CIHR) on one initiative (increased knowledge of post-market drug safety and effectiveness).

The Canadian Food Inspection Agency (CFIA), Health Canada's Health Products and Food Branch (HPFB) and the Public Health Agency of Canada (PHAC) work together to implement Action Plan activities related to food safety.

The Public Affairs, Consultation and Communications Branch (PACCB) provides communications support for all of the above activities and will coordinate or lead many of the horizontal Departmental activities under the Consumer Information Strategy.

Performance Highlights:

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Health Canada Health products Active prevention $ 57.6 $9.7 $7.0 Increased industry awareness and knowledge of regulatory requirements Standardized Operating Procedure (SOP)/Guidance Documents

Pertinent documents are now in place for pharmaceutical human drugs and include instructions in an external Guidance to Industry on how to request a pre-submission meeting and for submitting a pre-submission meeting information package

An internal SOP was developed to track and log pre-submission meetings for biologics and radiopharmaceuticals. Guidance documents/communication pieces are available on the Health Canada website, and sponsors are referred to them during the meetings.

Meetings

During FY 2010-11, sponsors made 49 requests for pre-submission meetings for biologics and radiopharmaceuticals and all meetings were held. Following the meetings, 18 submissions were filed and accepted into review.

Of the 18 submissions accepted into review, 9 have received positive decisions and the remainder are in review or screening. Surveys indicated that 100% of sponsors felt that the pre-submission meetings added value.

There were 97 pre-submission meetings held for pharmaceutical drugs.

Oncology candidate submissions pilot: 17 oncology pre-submission meetings were held in 2010-11, a slight increase from last year's 11. Of the 17 meetings held, 12 were New Drug Submissions (NDS) and 5 were Supplemental New Drug Submissions (SNDS). Of the NDS, 2 of the 10 have been filed and are in review. Of the SNDS, 4 of 5 have been filed and are in review.

Following up on the 11 human pharmaceutical meetings held in FY 2009-10, no specific conclusions can be drawn regarding the effect of pre- submission meetings are having on decisions rendered. The analysis is ongoing and will be concluded at the end of the pilot.

Information is, however, being shared between industry and regulators with discussions focussed more on scientific, rather than purely regulatory issues, which are not explicitly addressed in the Regulations. The meetings are allowing for earlier scoping of key issues during review and for Health Canada to hear from Canadian clinical experts and pose questions directly to them. It has not been determined whether an increased efficiency or different review outcome can be attributed to the fact that a meeting was held.

Increased oversight of the risk management and risk mitigation strategies for health products

100% of Risk Management Plans/Risk Management and Mitigation Plans (RMP/RMMP) were considered satisfactory after clarification was received from Market Authorization Holders (MAH) on any areas of concern.

RMMP Received: 18; RMMP Completed: 19

Note - Risk Management Plans (RMP) are provided by MAH and the Risk Management & Mitigation Plan (RMMP) is the MAH follow-up to the initial RMP. The rolled over plans from the previous year account for larger number of completed than assigned.

Increased awareness and understanding of the safe use of health products by consumers and health care professionals Stakeholder Engagement

Relationships with key stakeholders such as Young Consumers Network and Canadian Public Health Association's Expert Panel on Health Literacy were established/enhanced through seven meetings organized under ADM Stakeholder Meeting Program. Stakeholder input received via surveys and follow-up actions was tracked.

In January 2010, a Stakeholder Consultation Workshop on the Plain Language Labelling Project was held in Ottawa. Health Canada will use the results of this consultation to determine how best to improve product information documents for Canadians. Providing information to the consumer in plain language is important for the safe and effective use of therapeutic products and will assist consumers in making informed decisions about their health.

Patient and Consumer Pool

A proposal was approved to create a Patient and Consumer Pool from which the Branch could draw engaged and informed stakeholders to participate in decision-making. The Operational Plan for the Pool was completed through extensive consultations with external stakeholders and program clients.

A Learning Strategy and Curriculum Map were developed for the Pool, including content for two learning modules.

Policy Development

The HPFB Secretariat Manager's Network and the Health Canada Reference Group collaborated extensively to provide input into the development of the soon to be released Health Canada Policy on External Advisory Bodies.

Web Development and Postings:

Health Canada led the review of 5000 HPFB outdated web pages and influenced HC information architecture to allow for better information access for stakeholders and the general public. HC also developed new Web pages / sections on health products issues and revised them for a consumer audience as needed.

Social Media

Provided consumers access to mobile information through the launch of the Recalls and Safety Alerts application for BlackBerry, Android and iPhone smart phones. This tool allows buyers to find out if a product they are about to purchase or have already bought has been recalled.

Enhanced the existing Health Canada Recalls and Safety Alerts Widget to include all health and safety risk communications advisories and recall notices across government departments including the Canadian Food Inspections Agency and Transport Canada.

Encouraged social networking and conversations among consumers through Facebook posts on the Healthy Canadians Fan page.

Promoted risks or other consumer related facts via the @HealthCanada Twitter account.

Scientific/expert advisory committees provide ongoing medical/technical/ scientific advice and recommendations on regulatory issues for drugs and medical devices to assist Health Canada in making regulatory decisions. This information was made available to the public on the Health Canada web site. This past year, the following records of proceedings of our meetings were posted: Scientific Advisory Committee on Medical Devices Used in the Cardiovascular System (2010-06-01); Scientific Advisory Committee on Medical Devices Used in the Cardiovascular System (2010-12-10); Scientific Advisory Committee on Oncology Therapies (2010-04-15); Scientific Advisory Panel on Bioequivalence Requirements for Modified-Release Dosage Forms (2010-06-11); Scientific Advisory Panel on Opioid; Analgesic Abuse (2011-03-29)

In 2010-11, Health Canada prepared and published 26 Notices of Decision documents (ND) (16 Human Drugs, 9 Biologics, 4 Medical Devices) and 37 Summary Basis of Decision documents (19 Human Drugs, 13 Biologics and 5 Medical Devices). As well, the results from the internal and external evaluation of Phase I of the Summary Basis of Decisions project (period covering Jan 2005-Sept 2008) were released. The evaluation report contains short-term recommendations to be implemented as well as findings that will inform the development of Phase II of the SBD project.

A Draft Guidance on Hepatotoxicity of Health Products was posted which contains recommendations from deliberations by the Scientific Advisory Panel on Hepatotoxicity.

In 2010-11, 100% or 1,936 product monographs were processed and posted to the Health Canada website within service standards. Of the product monographs processed, 1,641 were pharmaceuticals and 295 were for biological therapies.

General Documents Posted on Health Canada Website include: a) Information Gathering, Monitoring and Processing: 138; b) Risk Management and Intervention: 16; d) Other: 95

Risk Communication Advisories/Warnings posted to HC Website (MedEffect Canada): a) Total Issued by HC: 128; b) Total Issued by MAH: 56

Health Canada Health Products Targeted Oversight $34.6 $8.1 $3.3 Enhanced capacity of HC and industry to identify and respond to risk issues Periodic Safety Update Reports (PSUR) are provided by market authorization holders to Health Canada on health products. Health Canada screens the reports for Level 1 (basic screening) and Level II (more detailed screening of same report). PSURs with conditions involve products with promising evidence of clinical effectiveness that require safety monitoring and periodic provision of safety reports to satisfy the conditions under the Notice of Compliance to enable marketing of the product.

Reporting

  • PSUR Conditions - 14 PSUR-C were received and are currently under review.
  • Year-by-year increase in the Periodic Safety Update Reports received

PSUR 2010-11 (PAA 2.1)

  • PSUR Level I Assigned: 161; PSUR Level I Completed: 172

    (Note: the rolled over submissions from the previous year account for larger number of completed than assigned)

  • PSUR Level II Assigned: 63; PSUR Level II Completed: 52

PSUR 2009-10 (PAA2.1)

PSUR Level I Assigned: 180; PSUR Level I Completed: 140

PSUR Level II Assigned: 65; PSUR Level II Completed: 93 (Note: the rolled over submissions from the previous year account for larger number of completed than assigned)

Included in CIHR DSEN DSEN
$1.1
$1.0 Increased knowledge of post-market drug safety and effectiveness to inform decisions

Increased capacity in Canada to address priority research on post-market drug safety and effectiveness

Also see: Canadian Institute for Health Research, Strategic Priority Research, Targeted Oversight

  • Drug Safety and Effectiveness Network(DSEN)
  • The partner organizations (CIHR and Health Canada (SPB and HPFB)) collaborated to prepare the material for the first DSEN Steering committee meeting.
  • The Health Canada DSEN Implementation Project Team (established by HPFB in 2009 and composed of representatives from HPFB and FNIHB) continued to collate research queries from Health Canada staff for consideration as part of the DSEN's prioritized research agenda. This year, nine new research queries were forwarded to the DSEN Coordinating Office within Canadian Institute for Health Research (CIHR) for further consideration.
  • The DSEN measurement and evaluation framework was approved in August 2010. The partners are working to establish appropriate data gathering strategies to support measurement and reporting of DSEN performance in 2012-13 and 2016-17. HC will pilot its evaluation process for evaluation of DSEN findings when the research is received in 2011/12.
  • In January 2011, DSEN partners held a discussion forum for HC staff to seek input on the development of DSEN, its processes and topic areas.
  • In April 2010, HC completed the contract for the DSEN draft process map to assist in refining the process and procedures of DSEN.
  • In November 2010, the partners presented on DSEN at the Health Canada Science Forum.
  • HC remains an active participant in CIHR lead DSEN activities.

The partners continue to engage international partners implementing related initiatives (e.g., EnCepp in EU; Sentinel in U.S) to share best practices and explore opportunities for data

  • sharing.
  • HC continues to facilitate communication with P/Ts where possible.
Health Canada Health Products Rapid Response Existing Resources Existing Resources   Improved ability to respond with better tools when safety incidents occur
  • New tools on hold due to delay in new legislation.
Health Canada Consumer Products Active Prevention $41.0 $ 9.3 $6.75 Increased awareness and understanding of product safety obligations by consumer products industry

To increase industry awareness of their product safety obligations, a stakeholder outreach plan for the Canada Consumer Product Safety Act (CCPSA) was initiated, including: regional outreach activities, a public notice campaign and creation of an industry-targeted website.

We undertook communications activities such as:

  • Updates to the Health Canada website, specifically a new section about the CCPSA: www.healthcanada.gc.ca/productsafety which includes news releases, backgrounders, Q&A's, speeches, consultation and guidance documents and regulatory proposals
  • Launch of a Public Notice Campaign March 2011 to all national newspapers in Canada to communicate the June 20, 2011 coming-into-force of the CCPSA and key new requirements for industry

In preparation for the coming-into-force of the CCPSA, we prepared draft guidance documents for industry on mandatory reporting and document retention requirements, and held targeted consultations with industry representatives to obtain feedback. In addition, preliminary consultation documents were published on the proposed Exemption Regulations and Administrative Monetary Penalties Regulations under the CCPSA.

The website for providing information on the CCPSA was redesigned to improve access to guidance and consultation documents, including the creation of a subscription service for industry to receive regular updates. There are currently 1116 English and 163 French subscribers to the listserv.

In addition, we updated five industry publications to inform industry of new regulatory requirements and guidelines for certain consumer products:

  • Canadian Requirements for Lighters;
  • Flammability of Textile Products in Canada;
  • Guide to Canadian Consumer Chemical Product Assessment - Second Edition;
  • Industry Guide to Canadian Requirements for Children's Jewellery;
  • Information to Dealers of Second-hand Products (including children's products)
  • Guide to Canadian Requirements for Tents.

Ongoing industry compliance promotion activities were delivered across Canada through presentations to consumer product associations, exhibitions at trade show events, and meetings with individual companies.

With respect to consumer and clinical radiation protection activities under the Radiation Emitting Devices Act (REDA), presentations were made to MEDEC (the national association for the Canadian medical technology industry) to aid industry in their understanding of the REDA and its regulations.

            Increased awareness and understanding of standards by consumer products industry

To help increase industry awareness of consumer product safety standards:

  • Under the Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) with the Standards Council of Canada (SCC), the SCC analysed the consumer product safety standards development activities world-wide.
  • Focus groups were held for industry on the International Standards Organization (ISO) Product Safety Guidance Standard. Health Canada is also participating in the ISO Recall Guidance Standard.
  • The trilateral (Health Canada - U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission - European Commission) collaboration on the development of an international standard addressing the hazards of corded window covering products was expanded to include Australia and 2 other products areas (baby slings and booster seats).

Health Canada has drafted the following guidelines for industry, on which we will consult with industry and the public in 2011:

  • National Guideline on Turbine Noise
  • Radiation Protection and Quality Standards in Mammography

We also published the following information in support of industry awareness:

  • Notice to Stakeholders - Noise from Machinery Intended for the Workplace. http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/ewh-semt/noise-bruit/machinery-machines-eng.php .
  • Update of human exposure guidelines to radiofrequency electromagnetic energy: "Health Canada's Radiofrequency Exposure Guidelines (http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/ewh-semt/pubs/radiation/radio_guide-lignes_direct-eng.php#sc6
            Increased awareness and understanding of consumer product safety issues by consumers To increase consumer awareness of product safety issues, we delivered consumer outreach activities across Canada through exhibitions at consumer events where a high volume of consumers and stakeholders were in attendance. Also, discussions were held with regional public health officials to facilitate knowledge transfer to consumers from health care providers.

The number of consumer product complaints/incidents have consistently grown, which demonstrates that consumers have an awareness of Health Canada's consumer products complaint mechanism (FY 2006-07, 567 complaints; FY 2007-08, 672 complaints; FY 2008-09, 944 complaints; FY 2009-10, 1102 complaints; FY 2010-2011, 1359 complaints)

Subscriptions to the Consumer Product Safety Recall website increased to over 8000 subscribers in 2010-11. In previous years, the data shows an increase as follows:

  • 2006-07 when the website was launched, 0 to 800 subscriptions;
  • 2007-08 increase from 800 to 5000 subscriptions;
  • 2008-09 increase from 5000 to 6600 subscriptions;
  • 2009-10 increase from 6600 to 7844 subscriptions.

The data suggests that the increase in reporting by consumers is linked to the increase in subscriptions to the recall website and is an indicator of increased consumer awareness of risks associated with consumer products.

Public opinion research was completed as part of the overall Health Canada public opinion research plan. While the majority of respondents indicated an understanding of industry obligations and Health Canada's post-market role in product safety, a large proportion (83%) indicated that they believed Health Canada already had mandatory recall authority which is now granted under the new Canada Consumer Product Safety Act.

In order to more effectively raise consumer awareness of product safety issues via social media, Health Canada:

  • Developed and launched the Recalls and Safety Alerts mobile application and Widget;
  • Encouraged social networking and conversations among consumers through Facebook posts on the Healthy Canadians Fan page;
  • Promoted risks or other consumer related facts via the @HealthCanada Twitter account;
  • Posted a series of YouTube videos including Canada Consumer Product Safety Act, Wi-fi - Health Canada, Drop-side Cribs - Health Canada and Reusable Bags.

The following documents were published/updated on the Health Canada website:

  • Safety of Wi-Fi Equipment (http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/hl-vs/iyh-vsv/prod/wifi-eng.php)
  • Personal Stereo Systems and the Risk of Hearing Loss (http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/hl-vs/iyh-vsv/life-vie/stereo-baladeur-eng.php);
  • Sunglasses (http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/hl-vs/iyh-vsv/prod/glasses-lunettes-eng.php)
  • Cell Phone Towers- includes Youtube video (http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/ewh-semt/radiation/cons/stations/index-eng.ph);
  • Research on Radiofrequency Energy and Health (http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/ewh-semt/radiation/cons/radiofreq/research-recherche-eng.php);
  • Wi-Fi Equipment- includes Youtube video(http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/ewh-semt/radiation/cons/wifi/index-eng.php);
  • Frequently Asked Questions About Wi-Fi (http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/ewh-semt/radiation/cons/wifi/faq-eng.php);
  • Health Canada Statement on Radiofrequency Energy and Wi-Fi Equipment (http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/ahc-asc/media/ftr-ati/_2010/2010_142-eng.php)

To further increase consumer awareness of pesticide product safety issues, Health Canada:

  • Delivered seminars to targeted consumer groups/associations (e.g. immigrant consumer groups).
  • Developed content and processes to improve transparency of compliance activities and decisions via the internet/website.
  • Under the Consumer Information Strategy, activities included outreach programs to increase consumers' awareness and understanding of pesticides; understanding of pesticide regulation and pesticide use and management.
  • Participated as exhibitors at 29 events across Canada to raise consumer awareness of pesticide regulation.
  • Expanded web content and created multilingual pest notes and factsheets (examples include bedbugs, spray drift in residential areas on personal protective equipment)
  • Produced booklet/web content on the safe use of swimming pool and spa chemicals.
  • Developed content on how to effectively control rat/mice infestation.
  • Continued consumer education efforts on Healthy Lawns information.
  • 26 news articles were written and published by News Canada Services to reach local residents across Canada on the importance of proper label use and homemade recipes. (i.e. bedbugs, registered, unregistered, pools, chemical safety etc.).
Health Canada Consumer Products Targeted Oversight $15.7 $ 3.8 $5.43 Improved timeliness and quality of information on consumer product safety In order to improve the timeliness and quality of information on consumer product safety, we:
  • Developed industry guidance on the CCPSA mandatory incident reporting provisions
  • Established a dedicated division to triage and monitor consumer and industry mandatory incident reports to help identify and analyze emerging trends and hazards with respect to consumer product health and safety
  • Established a dedicated risk assessment division, and related policies and procedures, to conduct risk assessment on high priority consumer product incidents
  • Developed a new business information system (RADAR) to help track and manage information on consumer and industry incident reports
            Improved Cosmetic Regulations under the Food and Drugs Act Health Canada continued to work on:
  • Proposed amendments to the Cosmetic Regulations under the Food and Drugs Act - the analysis and recommendation for the first phase of amendments was completed and will be consulted on with the public in 2011
  • Personal Care Product Working Group to classify products at the cosmetic-drug interface.
  • Improving and creating new IT systems for processing Cosmetic Notifications submitted to Health Canada by industry and flagging unacceptable cosmetic products for compliance action

We also conducted public consultations on changes to the Cosmetic Ingredient Hotlist, which is a tool used by Health Canada to communicate to industry ingredients or concentrations of ingredients that are considered to be unacceptable for use in cosmetics.

            Increased sharing of information with international regulators With a view to increased sharing of information with our international regulatory partners to enhance consumer product safety in Canada, we:
  • Continued implementation of the Memorandum of Understanding with China on the safe manufacturing of consumer products. We signed a Canada-China Letter of Intent for an action plan in September 2010.
  • Provided input into the Canada-European Union (EU) Free Trade Agreement (CETA) negotiations.
  • Continued ongoing bilateral discussions with the US and quarterly Canada-US-Mexico teleconferences to share best practices and information on emerging trends or concerns related to consumer products in the respective jurisdictions and to discuss and identify opportunities for joint collaboration.
  • Created the joint PilotAlignment Initiative to explore harmonization of technical requirements on certain consumer products with US, EU and Australia
  • Actively participated on the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) Committee on Consumer Policy's Working Party on Consumer Product Safety.
  • Established dedicated capacity to international affairs for consumer product safety.

With respect to radiation emitting devices, we collaborated with the following International regulatory partners:

  • International Standards Organization (ISO) Working Groups to support recommendations for noise declarations with machinery sold in Canada - Noise from Machinery Intended for the Workplace
  • WHO/IARC to develop Monograph 102 on Radiofrequency Fields (includes mobile phones).
  • International Committee for Electromagnetic Safety to develop/revise IEEE standards and to develop standard operation procedures for measurement of Radiofrequency energy.
  • As a member of the International Electrotechnical Commission, Subcommittee 62B, currently reviewing international standards for mammography and dental X-ray equipment.
Health Canada Consumer Products Rapid Response $17.9 $4.6 $6.20 Improved legislative authority and regulatory tools for consumer products The cornerstone of the FCSAP is improved legislative authority and regulatory tools for consumer products. The Canada Consumer Product Safety Act (CCPSA) gives the Government stronger and more modern legislative powers to help protect Canadians from unreasonably dangerous consumer products.

After its third introduction to Parliament, the CCPSA received Royal Assent in December 2010. The Order Fixing June 20, 2011 as the Day on which the CCPSA Comes into Force was published in the Canada Gazette, Part II, and the following regulations were created/amended in order to transfer existing prohibitions and regulations from the Hazardous Products Act (HPA) to the CCPSA:

Surface Coating Materials Regulations; Children's Sleepwear Regulations; Restraint Systems and Booster Seats for Motor Vehicles Regulations; Toys Regulations; Candles Regulations; Children's Jewellery Regulations; Face Protectors for Ice Hockey and Box Lacrosse Players Regulations; Ice Hockey Helmet Regulations; Textile Flammability Regulations; Regulations Amending the Asbestos Products Regulations; Regulations Amending the Consumer Chemicals and Containers Regulations, 2001

In addition, new regulations that were published in Canada Gazette, Part II and now fall under the CCPSA:

Regulations Amending the Surface Coating Materials Regulation; Consumer Products Containing Lead (Contact with Mouth) Regulations; Cribs, Cradles and Bassinets Regulations; Phthalates Regulations

In support of modernizing the Radiation Emitting Devices Act (REDA), policy research and analysis has been completed. It was concluded that while legislative modernization would be beneficial in order to have consistent authorities across Health Canada legislation for similar products (e.g. consumer products and medical devices), legislative changes will not be pursued at this time. Work will focus on enhancing the administration and enforcement of the existing legislation. This will include leveraging other legislation/regulations that govern the health effects of radiation emitting devices (e.g. Canada Consumer Product Safety Act for consumer products and the Medical Devices Regulations under the Food and Drugs Act for medical devices); updating existing regulations and creating new regulations to better utilize the existing authorities under REDA; working in partnership with other federal regulators; and making better use of existing resources to manage radiation emitting devices.

We are developing Memorandum of Understanding with other Government departments for REDA assessments:

  • MOU with Industry Canada and Department of National Defence in final review.
  • MOU in progress with Canadian Air Transport Security Authority, Correctional Services Canada and Transport Canada
            Improved monitoring of consumer and cosmetic products The regulatory regime for the Consumer Product Safety Program is based on post-market surveillance and monitoring. In order to measure industry compliance, requirements are tested according to a planned cycle (the Cyclical Enforcement Plan). The 2010-2011 cycle targeted 13 product categories with identified hazards and baseline data (as identified in previous cycles).

Carpets (20 samples- 15% non-compliant ); Carriages and Strollers (9 samples- 100% non-compliant); Cellulose Insulation (10 samples- 20% non-compliant ); Charcoal - warning labels (55 samples- 42% non-compliant ); Children's Sleepwear (9 samples- 33% non-compliant ); Corded Window Coverings (no samples from preliminary survey); Cosmetics: (97 samples- 4% non-compliant ); Cribs and Cradles: (23 samples- 100% non-compliant); Mattresses (futons)- (26 samples: 73% non-compliant ); Teethers (11 samples- 9% non-compliant ); Tents (20 samples- 100% non-compliant); Toys (plush) (27 samples- 41% non-compliant ); Toys (rattles) (29 samples- 10% non-compliant ).

Corrective action was taken on 100% of non-compliant cases. Corrective action can include: recalls, industry communication, stop-sales, education and industry commitments. Regional compliance and enforcement activities were delivered in accordance with work plans, including implementation of the cyclical enforcement projects, compliance promotion, inspections of industry in communities outside of major cities, inspections at customs, and monitoring of recalled products.

Note: Not all establishments are inspected so this does not give an indication of the compliance rates for the entire market for a given product category.

Overall, Health Canada is on track with inspections, sampling and testing for the cyclical enforcement plan. The plan was revised to account for CCPSA implementation and to add new regulations. In addition, an unscheduled survey of hair smoothing products was carried out in response to the introduction of a new type of product on the market and resulting consumer complaints. 22 products were found to contain hazardous levels of formaldehyde and were removed from the market.

Health Canada Pesticide Regulation Active Prevention $6.9 $1.64 $1.37 Increased industry (manufacturers and retailers) awareness of risks and related regulatory requirements Delivered a consultation program with industry (manufacturers and formulators) regarding pesticide manufacturing quality control and assurance (38 consultations). Assessed industry's level of awareness of regulatory requirements and exchanged information.

Delivered first phase of a consultation program with rental property associations (84 consultations) to determine their level of knowledge related to the safe use of pesticide products and associated regulatory requirements. The associations' mechanisms for reporting pesticide related incidents and degree of communication with their membership was also assessed.

Delivered ten presentations to pest control operators and their technicians in Alberta and Quebec, providing an overview of the regulatory process and introduction to online tools (e.g. label search). Provided information during inspections to 135 vendors and importers/distributors in order to raise awareness related to regulatory requirements. Participated in the annual F/P/T meeting and the annual Association of American Pesticide Control Officials (AAPCO) meeting.

Met with Chinese consumer and vendor associations which facilitated the delivery of seminars to immigrant groups on the safe use of pesticides and associated regulatory requirements. Contributed to ongoing internal discussions related to a policy/regulatory approach for articles treated with pesticides.

Health Canada Pesticide Regulation Rapid Response $8.0 $2.1 $1.75 Improved monitoring of pest management products using a risk management approach Delivered an inspection program of pool and spa product vendors (110 inspections). Follow-up action on non-compliance included letters to registrants.

Delivered an inspection program targeted at vendors suspected to be selling unregistered international pest control products (e.g. insecticidal chalk, mothballs) and importers/distributors (135 inspections), resulting in 63 enforcement actions. Translated (Chinese) fact sheets were developed and distributed.

Developed and piloted the use of PMRA compliance risk assessment templates and tools to resolve consumer product safety issues. A risk-based targeting guidance document was drafted to facilitate the planning/prioritization of compliance activities.

Initiated a cyclical inspection program to systematically monitor and verify compliance of regulated groups/communities, including those related to consumer pesticides. A new Compliance Results Tracking database for use by compliance officers was implemented, including web reporting capability.

Amended Administrative Monetary Penalties (AMPs) Regulations and published in Canada Gazette I and II, enabling Notices of Violations to be issued for a wider range of violations that were part of the new PCPA legislation in 2006, including violations for Sales and Incident Reporting, and significant work on updating AMPs procedures.

Participated in a pilot to streamline the interface between the Canadian Border Services Agency (CBSA) and Health Canada related to compliance issues through the use of call centres. Worked with CBSA to strengthen oversight at the border, including drafting of an Annex in support of the Umbrella Memorandum of Understanding between Health Canada and CBSA. As part of the Single Window Initiative, initiated participation in the CBSA Pathfinder Project to enable PMRA to receive pesticide importation data collected by CBSA.

Shared compliance and enforcement information with the US EPA and discussed shared issues/concerns related to consumer pesticides. Compliance activities were delivered within Canada as a result of this information sharing (e.g. Health Canada alerted Canadian consumers who had purchased through the internet an unregistered pesticide). Chaired the OECD Expert Group on Compliance, which drafted a final version of the Pesticide Compliance & Enforcement Best Practice Guidance document to be submitted to the OECD Risk Reduction Steering Committee. The document includes guidance on conducting compliance activities related to the distribution, storage, use, and container recycling/disposal of pesticides.

Health Canada Food Nutrition Active Prevention $29.6 $6.7M $6.5M Establishment of the appropriate instrument or mix of instruments, including regulatory and non-regulatory measures (standards, policies, etc.) to address immediate areas of concern

Regulation:

Regulations related to "Enhancing labelling for food allergens, gluten sources and added sulphites" were published in February 2011 in Canada Gazette, Part II (CGII). Completed a regulatory amendment related to the approval of the additive "micocin", an application aimed to prevent listeria growth in ready-to-use meats. Regulatory amendments enabling 14 food additives were published in CGII, and 11 Interim Marketing Authorizations (IMAs) were published in CGI.

Guidance and Policy:

New risk communication material on the microbial safety of fresh produce was published (http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/fn-an/securit/kitchen-cuisine/safety-salubrite/index-eng.php)

Health Canada's Policy Direction With Respect To Revising Canada's Gluten-Free Labelling Regulations was published. Guidance on the preparation of powdered infant formula in the home and hospital/care settings was published: (http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/fn-an/securit/kitchen-cuisine/pif-ppn-eng.php).

Completed risk/exposure assessment of the natural toxin Deoxynivalenol (DON) in order to develop a Canadian guideline for the presence of it in Canadian foods

Increased understanding of food safety risks, alert systems and safety systems Participated in the evaluation of options for risk profiling tools and exchanged information on the use of such tools with our international counterparts (USDA/USFDA)
Increased engagement by Canadians in the regulatory system

Increased industry knowledge regarding food labelling

Completed the Allergen Regulations consultation on key areas identified under CG1 and posted summary on the HC website. Conducted public consultations on the proposed policy intent for revising Canada's Gluten Free labelling requirements. Conducted consultations on the use of allergen precautionary statements on pre-packaged food labels. Completed public consultations on the proposed definition of dietary fibre.

Evaluated more than 200 of Health Canada's consumer-oriented Web pages for plain language and formatting, including Food Branch pages. Improved tracking data through the Public Enquiries Centre. Established a central contact centre for consumer phone and email requests for information on food and product safety issues.

Created the inaugural Food Regulatory Advisory Committee (FRAC), with membership across several sectors including Patient/Consumer, Health Professional/Regulatory, Research/Academia, and Industry. Consulted the FRAC on several topics

Increased industry understanding of and engagement in the development and implementation of food safety risk mitigation processes

Improved international collaboration in addressing common import risks

Canadian summary report from the 42nd session of the Codex Committee on Food Additives, at the IDC/Codex meeting. As the e-WG lead, Canada prepared and presented the Melamine Codex Maximum Level (ML) document at 4th session of Codex Committee on Contaminants in Food (CCCF).

Continued industry engagement on proposed risk management strategies to reduce exposure of the natural toxin Ochratoxin A (OTA) in food.

Developed and presented the Codex discussion paper on the management of DON in the food supply at the 5th session of the Codex Committee on Contaminants in Food. Made use of international chemical liaison groups for food safety for information sharing and issue identification. Established regular forums with like-minded regulators on emerging issues

Food Nutrition Rapid Response $1.3 $0.3 $0.2 Increased public understanding of food safety risks, alert systems and safety systems Be Food Safe campaign - Provided expertise, financial support, developed new education materials (i.e. food safety wheel, Be Food Safe bilingual video, Food Safety for Family brochure).

Launched/continued marketing initiatives for Children's Health and Safety, Safe and Informed Consumers, Hazardcheck and other initiatives. Improved consolidation and tracking data through the Public Enquiries Centre. Established a central contact centre for consumer phone and email requests for information on food and product safety issues. Launched social media platforms, including a new Recalls and Safety Alerts mobile app and a cross-departmental widget for consumers. Developed a 'foodborne illness' section for Healthy Canadians, as well as revision of Web pages and It's Your Health articles on food safety.

Canadian Food Inspection Agency (CFIA) Food Safety & Nutrition Risks Active Prevention $114.2 $25.8 $23.09 Increased understanding of food safety risks by HC, PHAC & CFIA Enhanced the CFIA's Food Safety Risk Prioritization process through the use of two tools: population of the iRisk Tool, a science-based risk ranking for food/hazard combinations (FHCs), completion of a pilot with 70 FHCs, and collaborative research efforts with PHAC, HC, University of Alberta, and University of Massachusetts Amherst, on the development of a Multi-Factorial Risk Prioritization Framework tool which takes into consideration other factors such as market impact, social sensitivity, and consumers perception.

Five (5) risk profiles were developed - Salmonella in fresh Tomatoes; Ochratoxin A in Cereals and Cereal Products; Salmonella in Spices; Melamine in Imported Milk Ingredients; and Escherichia coli 0157:H7 in Baby Spinach. The draft reports, which are a compilation of scientific information on specific food hazard combinations, are at various stages of completion.

Development of novel platforms for testing and detection of pathogens such as Listeria, Shigella and Campylobacter. Conducted targeted surveys on microbiological and chemical hazards for which over 25,395 samples were collected resulting in 59,254 different microbiological and chemical tests being performed.

The analysis of the results of ten (10) targeted surveys on chemical hazards were completed: Arsenic speciation in rice and pear products; Aflatoxins in dried figs and dried dates ; Undeclared Allergens in baby food; Bisphenol A in infant food and formula; Melamine/Pesticides and Metals in milk based and soy based products; Food colours in manufactured foods; OTA/'DON in selected foods; Pesticide/Metals in fresh fruit and vegetables; Pesticide/Metals in dried tea; Fining agents in wine

  • The analysis of the results of five (5) targeted surveys on microbiological hazards was completed: Bacterial Pathogens and Indicators of Faecal Contamination in Leafy Green Vegetables in the Canadian Market (imported and domestic, conventional and organic, pre-packaged fresh-cut); Bacterial Pathogens and Indicators of Faecal Contamination in Fresh Leafy Herbs in the Canadian Market (imported and domestic); Bacterial Pathogens in Cantaloupes in the Cnidarians Market (imported and domestic whole, imported fresh -cut); Bacterial Pathogens and Indicators of Faecal Contamination in Tomatoes in the Canadian Market (imported and domestic, conventional and organic); Salmonella in Peanuts and Peanut-derived Products in the Canadian Market (imported and domestic)
Establishment of the appropriate instrument or mix of instruments, including regulatory and non-regulatory measures (standards, policies, etc.) to address immediate areas of concern Continued development on the submission package for the proposed regulations pertaining to the Imported Foods Products Sector under the Canada Agricultural Products Act. Continued work with Health Canada on the development of legislative amendments to the Food and Drug Act.
Increased industry understanding of and engagement in the development and implementation of food safety risk mitigation processes

Improved international collaboration in addressing common import risks

CFIA published the Guide to Food Safety (GFS) to provide guidance to the food industry on the design, development and implementation of effective preventative food safety control systems.

For the Fresh Fruit and Vegetable (FFV) Sector, CFIA implemented changes to food safety monitoring programs focussing its inspection activities on high risk sector of the industry, such as packers and re-packers of fresh leafy vegetables, herbs and green onions.

Enhanced engagement with international regulatory counterparts to advance food safety information exchange and inform risk management approaches.

Signed MOU to facilitate exploration of approaches for rapid exchange of information and handling of food safety emergencies with the General Administration of Quality Supervision, Inspection and Quarantine of the People's Republic of China (AQSIQ).

Increased engagement by Canadians in the regulatory system

Increased industry knowledge regarding food labelling

CFIA

A public consultation to receive feedback on proposed requirements to enhance the safety of imported foods was conducted. The feedback, received both through on-line submissions and during face to face sessions held in five cities across the country, was constructive. It will be used to inform proposed regulations.

  • 27 labeling investigations related to Product of Canada were conducted. Government of Canada committed to review the "Product of Canada" guidelines to ensure they continue to meet the needs of both consumers and Canadian industries. Consultations ended in September 2010 on the need to exempt imported sugar, salt and vinegar when making a "Product of Canada" claim on foods that contain those ingredients and the possibility to remove qualifiers from the "Made in Canada" claim. The Agency is analyzing the information gathered and will post the results on its website.
Canadian Food Inspection Agency Food Safety & Nutrition Risks Targeted Oversight $77.0 $19.2 $13.19
  • Increased verification of industry food safety measures
Implementation of the FFV Establishment Inspection Pilot Project - for Packer and Re-packers of Fresh Leafy Vegetables, Green Onions and/or Herbs during which 9 inspections were completed.

Delivered the following training to inspection staff: Microbiological Sampling, Introduction to Fresh Produce Safety, Understanding Food Allergens, Food Safety Investigation. Continued the update of existing and development of new training material in support of FSAP activities implementation.

In the non-federally registered sector, a total of 803 inspections were conducted, in the four identified priority areas of greatest risk (produce, mycotoxins in cereal, imported ingredients, undeclared allergens):

68 related to Microbial Pathogens in Spices; 15 related to Microbial Pathogens and Patulin in Pasteurized Apple Juice and Cider; 37 related to Pathogens in RTE Fresh Cut Vegetables; 39 related to Pathogens in Sprouts; 90 related to Allergens and Salmonella in Domestic and Imported Chocolate; 46 related to Microbial Pathogens and Patulin in Unpasteurized Apple Juice and Cider; 36 related to Alfatoxin and Salmonella in Imported Nuts, Peanuts and Peanut Butter; 472 related to Allergen Controls at Importers of non-federally registered foods.

  • Improved ability to monitor and control importation of food
Increased identification of imported products entering Canada through improvements to the Automated Import Reference System database for tracking of imported products entering Canada through increasing the number of Harmonized System Codes available for classifying traded products.

Completion of Phase I of IM/IT enhancements, by implementing foundational elements which will support applications for enhancing importer identification and imported product tracking.

54 Border Blitz inspections, 61 Post-Entry Import Verifications, and 367 import surveillance activities were conducted.

Canadian Food Inspection Agency Food Safety & Nutrition Risks Rapid Response $32.2 $7.4 $5.73 Timely and efficient recall capacity Expanded microbiology laboratory capacity for recalls through the implementation of a 7-day work week.

Increased # of employees working on FSAP by 10% of which 36% are new to the Agency. By the end of 2010-11, the CFIA managed over 200 food recall incidents, and conducted 4668 food safety investigations.

In 2010-11, the CFIA efficiently managed 131 public warnings for Class I recalls. All warnings were issued within the 24 hours following the declaration of a warning. Enhanced awareness of the recall process through e-mail notifications of all Class 2 and 3 undeclared allergen recalls are sent directly to subscribers.

            Increased public understanding of food safety risks, alert systems and safety systems The "Canada's 10 Least Wanted Food borne Pathogens" publication series was completed. This provides a package of information which included a brochure, activity sheet and trading cards to better inform consumers on the nature of the microorganisms which can cause food borne illness.

A consumer-friendly booklet - "Common Food Allergies - A Consumer's Guide to Managing the Risks" - was published, containing key information on the most common food allergens. Past food safety issues have highlighted the importance of gathering regular feedback from Canadians on food safety, food recalls and confidence in Canada's food safety system. Results have helped inform outreach initiatives and policies related to food safety. It helps provide the Agency with a better understanding of consumers' awareness, attitudes and behaviours in terms of food safety, and helps ensure communications material is consistent with the needs of Canadians. Targeted POR conducted in February of 2011 revealed that Canadians' confidence in Canada's food safety system noticeably increased since 2007-08.

CFIA also launched the Consumer Association Roundtable, which ensures that consumers (target population) have a voice in the food safety continuum.

Recent POR findings show that consumers look to a variety of media to obtain their information. Among those preferred: social media, televised and print news. In 2010-11, the CFIA began making information readily available through additional email alert notifications (i.e. Class II and III recalls), Twitter and Facebook. By using social media tools, the CFIA has diminished the need to search for this information on its website. However, traffic to the CFIA website does remain consistent, with a noticeable spike in activity during times of an outbreak (i.e. Listeria).

By the end of 2010-11, the CFIA had 47,500 subscribers to the recall and allergy alert email notification service, and over 1,800 Twitter followers. Seven targeted survey reports were posted to the CFIA website. These present information on the findings of CFIA's targeted surveys regarding the occurrence of contaminants in the food supply.

Four microbiology: (Bacterial Pathogens and Indicators of Faecal Contamination in Domestic Unpasteurized Apple Cider / Juice; Bacterial Pathogens and Indicators of Faecal Contamination in Leafy Green Vegetables; Bacterial Pathogens and Indicators of Faecal Contamination in Tomatoes and Cantaloupes; Hepatitis A Virus in Green Onions and Strawberries)

Three chemistry: (Aflatoxin in Dried Figs and Dried Dates; Bisphenol-A in Infant Food and Formula; Ochratoxin A and Deoxynivalenol in Selected Foods)

Public Health Agency of Canada Surveillance and Population Health Assessment )/ Disease and Injury Prevention and Mitigation Active Prevention $18.3 $4.1 $3.5M Increased understanding of food safety risks by HC, PHAC, & CFIA

Emerging and re-emerging food-borne, environmental and zoonotic infectious diseases outbreaks are responded to and controlled

Stakeholders are knowledgeable of research and tools pertaining to food-borne, environmental and zoonotic infectious diseases

  • Capability to perform the latest generation laboratory fingerprinting method (MLVA) was certified for PulseNet Canada (NML) by US CDC in Atlanta.
  • PulseNet Canada (NML) now offers E. coli MLVA laboratory service to all PulseNet Canada members.
  • Genomics has been used to research and develop a novel laboratory fingerprinting method for Salmonella Enteritidis. Current laboratory methods for this foodborne pathogen do not always help support outbreak investigations and identification of contaminated food sources.
  • CIPARS integrated surveillance of antimicrobial resistance in the foodchain continued sampling in 7 provinces. In addition to the major domestic commodities (beef, chicken, pork), sampling included selected imported meats (e.g. lamb), domestic and imported seafood (e.g. shrimp), and, through an agreement with CFIA, selected imported produce was also tested. The knowledge synthesis and translation approach to prioritizing targets for surveillance of antimicrobial resistance in seafood was completed. Molecular characterization of isolates continued for retail sampling and comparison with isolates from other CIPARS segments (farm, abattoir, human).
  • C-EnterNet integrated surveillance of enteric pathogens continued in the original sentinel site in Ontario and a second site was initiated in British Columbia. In addition to sampling in core domestic commodities (beef, chicken, pork), retail sampling included high risk imported products including leafy greens and berries.

Increased sustainable capacity for molecular characterization of foodborne pathogens will allow for rapid and accurate identification of bacteria associated with outbreaks in Canada. An on-going assessment of new molecular characterization methods for differentiation of foodborne pathogens is being carried out in order to improve accuracy and turn around time. Key pathogen serotypes have been prioritized for molecular characterization using a comparison of the LFZ's data for bacteria from non-human sources with the NML's data for human sources.

  • Supported FPT pathogen reduction efforts in addressing food-borne disease associated risks through the application of a risk prioritisation tool within case studies. This approach is unique because it includes considerations of economic, perception, social criteria and human health risks. This tool is targeted for future implementation by CFIA.
  • PHAC continued their dialogue with Provinces and Territories to expand the capacity of the web-based Outbreak Summary Reporting System, which was developed with extensive provincial/territorial input. The system allows standardised dissemination of the results of disease outbreak investigations. An Enteric Module of the application was launched in Prince Edward Island in July 2010 and in Newfoundland and Labrador in October 2010.
Public Health Agency of Canada Health Promotion/Chronic Disease Prevention and Control Targeted Oversight $8.0 $2.0 $1.10 More and better data on accidents, injuries, illnesses and deaths due to consumer products

Engagement of risk assessment stakeholders

Databases created/improved against plan:

The Canadian Hospitals Injury Reporting and Prevention Program (CHIRPP) database was improved at each stage of surveillance, beginning with data collection through to analysis and dissemination.

A new data element was created in CHIRPP to track the proportion of consumer-product related injuries. The most recent CHIRPP data available (all ages) show 48% of CHIRPP cases to be consumer product-related (compared to 45% in the previous cycle). For the target age groups 0-4 years, 0-9 years and 0-18 years the percentages are 55% vs. 53%, 55% vs. 52% and 50% vs. 48%, respectively.

The Canadian Coroner and Medical Examiner Database (CCMED) was developed to obtain further details on investigated deaths to build evidence base for prevention.

Methodological fine-tuning of the CCMED database to optimize identification of consumer product-related deaths.

Assessment of enhanced surveillance of helmet use/compliance in winter sports (in cooperation with HECS). The Canadian Longitudinal Survey on Aging was expanded/improved against the plan

CCMED: Coroners' Database development completed, and preliminary analysis of data underway. Established CCMED Working Group

Other progress:

Initial phases of surveillance system modernization underway to facilitate ease of product-related injury data collection.

Winter sport helmet pilot study - Phase 1 of data collection completed, analysis underway. Done in cooperation with HECS. Completion of falls surveillance pilot study in BC. Organized a stakeholder meeting in cooperation with HECS and SafeKids Canada to host: A Dialogue on Poisoning Prevention in Canada.

Knowledge translation through presentations at national and regional injury prevention and child health conferences. 5 new reports, briefs and posters on product related injuries.

Data/reports to key stakeholders

Report from Carbonear General Hospital feasibility study on risk assessment of consumer product related injury

Review relevant to falls-related injuries. Risk assessment of activity-limiting injury in the Canadian Population Longitudinal Health Survey 1994-2006. Risk assessment of incidence of injury associated with immigration status and length of immigration in Canada. Risk assessment of risk factors for unintentional injury in Canada. Risk assessment of All-Terrain Vehicle (ATV) related injuries

Canadian Longitudinal Survey on Aging (CLSA)

Completed: Protocol to Study Consumer Product and Falls Related Injuries in the Canadian Longitudinal Study on Aging. Completed: Literature review relevant to falls-related injuries (narrative review, review of reviews and a systematic environmental scan).

Completed: Injury and Consumer Product Related Falls Module developed and approved for implementation.

Sentinel Centre Consumer Product Related Injury Risk Assessment (CPRIRA).Meeting held to seek consensus on adapting a current Emergency Room surveillance program to include product-related injury data collection.

Memorandum of Agreement established with Kingston General Hospital.

  • Data linkage between National Trauma Registry, National Ambulatory Care Reporting System and Discharge Abstract Database initiated for injury risk assessment analysis. Completion of best practices in injury prevention for seniors in residential centers, including the principles of effective practices; Completion of best practices in injury prevention interventions (snow and ice and other topics).
Canadian Institute of Health Research Strategic Priority Research Targeted Oversight 27.1 6.93 $2.13

Increased knowledge of post-market drug safety and effectiveness to inform decisions

Increased capacity in Canada to address priority research on post-market drug safety and effectiveness

Also see: DSEN, Health Canada, Health Products, Targeted Oversight

  • The DSEN Steering Committee (DSEN SC) was established by CIHR in September 2010. Membership includes senior executives from federal and provincial governments, national organizations and from the research, health care provider and patient communities. The DSEN SC met twice in 2010-11, establishing their TOR and a first agenda for DSEN research.
  • The DSEN Coordinating Office (DSEN CO) established an interim Science Advisory Committee to identify research projects among the list of questions posed by decision makers (DSEN Queries) since 2009/10 that could be initiated in 2011-12. Eight DSEN Queries were identified as being researchable in 2011-12 by DSEN collaborating researchers identified through funding opportunities launched in 2010-11.
  • CIHR launched the competition to establish the first of three DSEN Collaborating Centres in September 2010. One application was received and deemed meritorious in Jan 2011, allowing DSEN to provide $17.5 M over 5 years to the Canadian Network for Observational Drug Studies (CNODES). CNODES brings together 12 principal investigators and co-investigators and 56 collaborators, representing investigators in eight provinces.
  • In February2011, DSEN launched two additional funding opportunities to create five research teams in two new Collaborating Centres, one for Prospective Studies and a second for Network Meta-Analysis and Innovative RCT Designs. This funding opportunity closed June 1, 2011 and the meritorious applicants will be funded for up to $5.6 M over three years in September 2011.
  • DSEN held two Knowledge translation events in 2010-2011. The DSEN collaborative innovation forum on Research Methodologies in Real World Drug Safety and Comparative Effectiveness was held in November 2010. This event brought together experts in the regulatory, academic, and industry communities in a neutral environment to engage in discussions relating to research methods applicable in the areas of drug safety and comparative effectiveness. In March 2011, DSEN held its inaugural Knowledge Translation Forum on Post-Market Drug Safety and Effectiveness, bringing together researchers and knowledge users to discuss emerging real word safety and effectiveness research on drugs. This forum focussed on sharing of preliminary results from the 14 DSEN Catalyst Grants funded in 2009-2010. Participant feedback showed > 85% of participants rated the events as good to excellent, clearly meeting the stated objectives and having relevant, comprehensive and practical content.

Comments on Variances:

Health Products The late release of the frozen allotment for "mandatory reporting" did not allow for sufficient time to make significant expenditures. In addition, fewer pre-submission meetings were held than expected and fewer positions were staffed than anticipated in 2010-11.

In order to focus strategically on developing the DSEN network of collaborating researchers, CIHR/DSEN focused efforts on the establishment of the key pan-Canadian network of research centres that delivers the core research capacity for the DSEN initiative.  The time and effort required to reach the desired outcome suggested that, to be prudent, DSEN should manage funding between the implementation years to best target the DSEN Grants budget to research that aligns long term with the DSEN mandate and objectives. Thus $4.37 M from 2010-11 and $1.2 M in 2011-12 has been reprofiled within the DSEN budget in equal amounts across 2012 - 2016.
Consumer Products The CCPSA did not receive Royal Assent until December 2010, after its third introduction into Parliament. A portion of FCSAP funding was frozen pending Royal Assent and as a result many initiatives were delayed until the last quarter of 2010-11
Food Safety In the third year of implementation of the Food and Consumer Safety Action Plan, the CFIA experienced a delay in the completion and approval of the Effective Project Approval submission for the IM/IT project to support initiatives falling under both Active Prevention and Targeted Oversight. Further contributing to the lapse under Targeted Oversight, is the stage of development of the importer licensing program. Specific details require refinement before training and delivery can commence. Delays in staffing processes at national Headquarters resulted in under spending in activities falling under Rapid Response. Funds lapsed are being carried forward.

Due to the delays in staffing and staff turnover, collectively the full salary allocation and associated O&M funding was not expended in full by PHAC.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): N/A

Contact information:
Hélène Quesnel, Director General
Legislative and Regulatory Policy Directorate
Strategic Policy Branch
Health Canada
Telephone: (613) 952-3484
E-mail: helene.quesnel@hc-sc.gc.ca

Weblinks

Name of Horizontal Initiative:

Federal Tobacco Control Strategy

Name of Lead Department(s):

Health Canada (HC)

Lead Department Program Activity:

Substance Use and Abuse

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative:

April 1, 2007

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative:

March 31, 2011

Federal Funding Allocation:

$363.3M

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

The FTCS establishes a framework for a comprehensive, fully-integrated, and multi-faceted approach to tobacco control. It is driven by the longstanding commitment of the Government of Canada to reduce the serious and adverse health effects of tobacco for Canadians. It focuses on four mutually reinforcing components: prevention, cessation, protection, and product regulation.

Shared Outcome(s):

The goal of the FTCS is to reduce overall smoking prevalence from 19% (2005) to 12% by 2011.

Objectives:

  • reduce the prevalence of Canadian youth (15 to 17) who smoke from 15% to 9%;
  • increase the number of adult Canadians who quit smoking by 1.5 million;
  • reduce the prevalence of Canadians exposed daily to second-hand smoke from 28% to 20%;
  • examine the next generation of tobacco policy control in Canada;
  • contribute to the global implementation of the World Health Organization's Framework Convention on Tobacco Control; and
  • monitor and assess contraband tobacco activities and enhance compliance.

Governance Structure(s):

Health Canada is the lead department in the FTCS and is responsible for the coordination and implementation of the FTCS, including delivering the contribution program component and undertaking activities related to our components and objectives. The role of federal partners will remain to monitor and assess tobacco contraband activities.

The partner departments and agencies are:

  • Public Safety Canada - monitors increases in contraband tobacco activity and related crime;
  • Office of the Director of Public Prosecutions - monitors federal fines imposed in relation to tobacco and other types of offences in order to enforce and recover outstanding fines;
  • The Royal Canadian Mounted Police - works with federal partners to identify criminal activities and to coordinate information on national and international contraband tobacco issues;
  • The Canada Revenue Agency - administers the Excise Act 2001, which governs federal taxation of tobacco products and regulates activities involving the manufacture, possession and sale of tobacco products in Canada; and
  • The Canada Border Services Agency - increases knowledge of contraband domestically and internationally by liaising with tobacco authorities at all levels and by monitoring and providing regular reports on both national and global contraband tobacco.  The CBSA provides reports, information and guidance to the Department of Finance Canada on matters that will impact the future tax structure of tobacco.

Planning highlights

Implementation of the 'Cracking Down on Tobacco Marketing Aimed at Youth' Act (2009), including compliance measures to ensure no tobacco advertising appears in magazines or newspapers, and that certain flavoured tobacco products (e.g. little cigars and blunt wraps) are no longer used in Canada.

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
HC Substance Use and Abuse FTCS $287.34 M $42.7M $50.4M Reduce overall smoking prevalence from 19% (2007) to 12% by 2011 Latest available data (2010) report a 17% overall smoking prevalence.

Federal inspections show that 98% of tobacco retailers in Alberta and Saskatchewan are in compliance on sales to youth. (Note: in 2009 retailer compliances rates of 84.3% were based on the Evaluation of Retailers' Behaviour Towards Certain Youth Access-to-Tobacco Restrictions Survey, which included all Provinces. This survey has been discontinued.)

99% of tobacco products inspected are in compliance with labelling requirements.

95% of samples analysed are in compliance with Cigarette Ignition Propensity regulations.

Compliance measures with the implementation of the Cracking Down on Tobacco Marketing Aimed at Youth Act did result in 4 warning letters being sent to manufacturers for packages of little cigar products with less than the minimum 20 units.

PSC Law Enforcement Strategies FTCS $3.0 M 0.61M 0.61M
  • Enhanced partnership arrangement with Akwesasne Mohawk Police.
  • Leading the Canadian Delegation in preparation and participation in the World Health Organization Framework Convention on Tobacco Controls negotiations for a Protocol in illicit tobacco.
See results achieved by non-federal partners (i.e. Akwesasne Mohawk Police) in section 17 below.

PS leads the Canadian Delegation in the preparation and participation to negotiate a global Protocol to reduce illicit tobacco which takes place in Geneva. Canada participated in two intersessional working groups in 2010-11, in support of Protocol negotiations. The next negotiating session is scheduled for March 2012.

RCMP

Criminal Intelligence Operations
&
Technical Policing Operations

FTCS $8.6 M $1.5M $2.6M
  • Provide regular reports on the illicit tobacco situation to Finance and Health Canada, including data on seizures, organized crime involvement and trends.  Side bar reports and presentations to other partners and key Ministerial entities upon request, such as the Government of Canada Task Force on Illicit Tobacco, the Senior Revenue Officials Conference and the Interprovincial Investigations Conference.  Attend regular meetings to brief the Department of Finance on the illicit tobacco market.
  • Improve border security through the use of sophisticated technology which permits detection and monitoring of illegal border intrusions, resulting in vital intelligence.
  • Co-host the 2011 Joint U.S./Canada Tobacco Diversion Workshop with American and Canadian agencies to be held in spring 2011.  Participate in information sharing sessions with American Law Enforcement partners.  To give presentations at law enforcement courses/workshops in Canada and the U.S. on the subject of contraband tobacco.
  1. Regular reports on the illicit tobacco situation were provided to Finance and Health Canada. Side bar reports and presentations provided to other key partners and key Ministerial entities upon request, such as the Government of Canada Task Force on Illicit Tobacco, the Senior Revenue Officials Conference and the Interprovincial Investigations Conference. The Tobacco Analysts also regularly brief and attend meetings with the Department of Finance.
  2. Continued border security through the use of sophisticated technology which permits detection and monitoring of illegal border intrusions, resulting in the collection of vital intelligence. The RCMP increased and enhanced ability to monitor movements of persons, vehicles, shipping containers and other packages in order to determine patterns of operations of persons involved in smuggling of contraband products. Finally, the RCMP deployed tools and techniques to support criminal operations which provided intelligence, interdiction activities and evidence in criminal investigations. There was an increased level of support provided to the investigation of organized crime groups that are involved in the smuggling of contraband tobacco.
  3. There was no Joint U.S. /Canada Tobacco Diversion Workshop in 2010 due to the economic recession, however, American and Canadian authorities are preparing the 2011 Workshop that will be held in Ottawa September 13-15. This event brings together members of Canadian and American law enforcement and regulatory agencies who have a vested interest in the illicit tobacco market whether it pertains to smuggling, counterfeit, stolen or other illegal activities. In recent events, the TDW has also included a number of international guests as participants and speakers also involved in tobacco enforcement efforts. The workshop addresses the growing illicit tobacco market and its cross-border flow through an integrated policing and intelligence sharing approach.
  4. The Second Progress Report for the implementation of the Contraband Tobacco Enforcement Strategy will be released soon, and will be made public and available online at the RCMP Customs and Excise website.
  5. The FTCS supported criminal intelligence analysts for tobacco have attended several training courses regarding contraband tobacco as both students and presenters; they include:

    Interprovincial Investigations Conference: The aim is to develop, increase and maintain cooperation among all those who are involved in combating the contraband tobacco market by providing current information and contacts in other jurisdictions.

    IBET Analyst/Intelligence Officer Workshop: This provided an overview on Crime trends, technology strategy and regional overviews.

    RCMP Customs and Excise Investigators Workshop: The purpose of the workshop is to ensure that C&E investigators from across Canada are aware of ongoing National issues which impact the program, including contraband tobacco, counter proliferation, firearms smuggling and the national program evaluation.

    Other Meetings: Facilitated meetings with tobacco analysts as well as meetings between the RCMP, US Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives Agency and United States Border Patrol.

  6. In 2010, the RCMP seized approximately 782,000 cartons/unmarked bags of contraband cigarettes. This represented a decrease of approximately 20% compared to the 2009 seizure of approximately 975,000 cartons/unmarked bags. The RCMP also seized approximately 5,300 kilograms of raw leaf tobacco, 43,000 kilograms of fine cut tobacco and 142,000 cigars in 2010.
ODPP ODPP FTCS $10.0M $2.1M 2.1M
  • Prioritize recovery for fines ordered under cigarette contraband and tobacco sales to youth convictions.
  • Increase the number of fines satisfied by a minimum of 18 percent.
  • Continue to prioritize the most effective and least costly recovery methods.
  • Prioritize payment of fines over incarceration, but enhance enforcement measures when appropriate.
  • Increase registration of outstanding fines in CRA's Set-off program by 20%.
  • Recover against estates whenever possible.
  1. Due to the substantial increase in policing and border control efforts, the number of convictions for offences related to cigarette contraband and illegal sales of tobacco product related fines have increased and the inventory of tobacco-related fines is now at 1036 files of which 623 are solely contraband. The volume of tobacco related fines has increased dramatically. The recoverable amount for these fines is at $25.2M, an increase of 38%. Emphasis has been to put these fines in set-off when there are no assets to seize.
  2. Approximately $5.2M has been recovered for all outstanding fines as of YE 2011, a decrease of 13% over the previous year. Over 1,600 files were settled, a decrease of 3.8%. This concerns all fines, not only tobacco related.
  3. The Set-off process with CRA has accounted for almost $900K in recovered fines, an increase of 11 % over the previous year (this amount is included in point # 1. Set-off is one of the most cost-effective methods of recovery.
  4. Over 8,000 fine recovery interventions were registered during this period and 151 individuals were incarcerated for failure or refusal to pay their fines during this period, of which 17 opted to pay their fines in lieu of remaining in custody.
  5. Our target of increasing by 20.4% the registration of outstanding fines for set-off has been reached. 6,041 fines are registered compared to 4,816 last year, for a recovery potential of almost $22M vs $12M last year, an increase of 45.5%.
  6. Our volume is at over 20,000 fines. Of these, over 11,600 are drug related fines for which only 57 are over $10K.
  7. Of 2,831 payments received via set-off, an increase of 20% over last year. The majority of fines fully satisfied were in the $1 to $10K range. This inventory comprised of fines dating back to 1996 for which offenders could not be located as well as small fines in the $1.00 to $1000. range. Reduction of this inventory will permit units to concentrate their efforts on larger fines.
CRA   FTCS: Assessment and Benefit services Branch $4.44M 0.2M 0.2M

0.6M

0.09M

  • Systems adjustments and maintenance to reflect the legislative changes that affect rates, reporting and refunds as well as program changes to include duty-free shops and ships stores.
  • Verify Export Activity
  • Ensure compliance with legislative requirements imposed on the manufacture, possession and sale of tobacco products in Canada.
  • Support CBSA and RCMP enforcement activity, and work with stakeholders to monitor and assess the effectiveness of measures used to reduce contraband tobacco.
  • Provide the Department of Finance with advice to assist in the development of policy and the determination of the magnitude and timing of future tax increases.
  • Funding formula allocation (Justice Canada, and Public Works and Government Services Canada).
  • Processed returns and payments to ensure correctness; maintained systems and reporting capabilities to meet program requirements.
  • Inspected and monitored shipments of tobacco to be exported from Canada; maintained recording system.
  • Performed audits and regulatory reviews of tobacco licensees to ensure compliance with legislative requirements.
  • Provided technical information as well as expert testimony and affidavits; participated in a number of committees dealing with the monitoring and control of tobacco products including those dealing with inter-provincial issues.
  • Met with the Department of Finance as required; provided industry and product information..
FTCS: Legislative Policy and Regulatory Affairs branch

Funding formula allocation

  0.6M

0.09M

CBSA

1.1 Risk Assessment

2.2 Conventional Border
Internal Services
Loss of Duty Free Licensing

FTCS 28.4 5.7 4.9M

4.3M

  • Provide advice to Department of Finance on matters that will impact the future tax structure on tobacco.
  • Monitor and report on the contraband tobacco situation in Canada.
  • Expand cooperation with international and national law enforcement partners.
  • Collection of the tobacco duties imposed on personal importations of returning Canadians.
  • Attended regular meetings with Department of Finance and partners to discuss and serve as a reference for questions on tobacco enforcement issues.
  • Provided monthly analysis of the national contraband situation by compiling reports received from the Regions.  Partnered with RCMP in a joint annual risk assessment regarding the nature and extent of the tobacco contraband market. Coordinated contraband tobacco intelligence collection and development with the Regions. The capabilities of our officers and analysts to infiltrate the marketplace, gather intelligence, liaise with other agencies and process their files has resulted in: an increase in targets for examination, for both companies and individuals; identification of indicators and modus operandi not previously known; identification of emerging trends and threats and the sharing of same within the regions and our domestic and international partners. 
  • Actively participated in Joint Force Operations with law enforcement partners across the Regions.   Developed and maintained contact with international tobacco enforcement personnel. 
  • In 2010-2011, CBSA front line officers continue to collect duties and taxes on tobacco importations.  Many years previous, personal importations of tobacco were exempted from the payment of duties and taxes.  The exemption no longer applies.  Duties and taxes are collected at Ports of Entry on all personal importations of tobacco. 
21.5 4.3
Grand Total: $363.3M $57.8M $65.8M    

Comments on Variances:

The CBSA variance of $0.8M was due to not as much work associated with the initiative as planned, resulting is lower spending than anticipated.

The HC variance of $8.0M is due to two transfers from Controlled Substances and Tobacco Directorate (HECS) to Regions and Programs Branch (RAPB) totalling $4.2M as well as $3.8M in corporate costs being omitted from the planned spending of $42.7M in the RPP for 2010-11. Total actual spending is $50.4M including Controlled Substances and Tobacco Directorate (HECS) transfers to Regions and Programs Branch (RAPB) and corporate costs.

RCMP: The support provided by Technical Operations to the FTCS exceeded the funding and resources provided in the strategy due to an increased demand for investigative support and border monitoring.  This increased demand, and related expenses, occurred in locations that received resources under the FTCS and in locations that have not previously been required to provide resources for these activities. The increase in resources provided to this initiative resulted in a decreased capacity to fulfill other mandated activities.

17. Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable):

The Akwesasne Mohawk Police (AMP) have been able to increase their surveillance and monitoring of tobacco smuggling. The AMP has reported participating in joint forces operations that have led to charges and seizures, including tobacco. All tobacco seizures made by the AMP are turned over to the RCMP for prosecutions and reported through the RCMP Cornwall Detachment.

The Akwesasne Mohawk Police have enhanced their capacity in intelligence development and specialized criminal investigation techniques through their work with Canadian and U.S. law enforcement partners in the context of the Integrated Border Enforcement Team in the Cornwall area. In addition, they have had an opportunity to lead and participate in Joint Forces Operations related to cross-border criminal activities and organized crime.

An evaluation has been conducted by Consulting and Audit Canada under contract to PS. Annual reports are provided by the Akwesasne Mohawk Police, relating specifically to the Joint Investigation Team. These reports detail ongoing efforts by the Joint Investigation Team to combat illicit tobacco activities in the Akwesasne Community, including breakdowns of significant seizures of contraband tobacco.

20. Contact information:
Cathy A. Sabiston , Director General
Controlled Substance and Tobacco Directorate
Healthy Environments and Consumer Safety Branch
Health Canada
Telephone: (613) 941-1977

Top of Page

Human Resources and Skills Development Canada

Horizontal Initiatives




Name of Horizontal Initiative: Aboriginal Skills and Employment Partnership Program

Name of Lead Department(s): Human Resources and Skills Development Canada

Lead Department Program Activity: Skills and Employment

Start Date: October 3, 2003

End Date: March 31, 2012

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date): $292.0 M

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The Aboriginal Skills and Employment Partnership (ASEP) program is a nationally managed skills development program designed to promote maximum employment for Aboriginal people on major economic opportunities through a collaborative partnership approach. The ASEP program supports multi-year training and employment strategies that are developed and managed by formalized partnerships to train individuals for targeted jobs.

Formalized partnerships including the private sector and Aboriginal organizations, and others such as the provincial governments and training institutions, are responsible for jointly developing and managing comprehensive, multi-year skills development (training-to-employment) plans leading directly to targeted jobs. The plan must have a commitment from the employers to provide at least 50 long-term jobs for Aboriginal people. The partnership must also make a significant financial contribution to the training plan (at least 50%) and must develop a governance model that will manage and oversee the activities of the project.

Partnerships with other federal government departments are encouraged but not required. Federal departments that have commited funding to current projects include Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada (AANDC) (contributing to the cost of two projects) and Natural Resources Canada (in kind funding to one project). Previous contiributions to two additional projects which ended in 2009, included participation from Western Economic Diversification (contributing to training plan) and AANDC (funding the construction of a school that helped support the project).

The Aboriginal Skills and Employment Partnership (ASEP) program was launched as an $85M initiative in 2003-2009 that was expanded in 2007 with an additional $105M, and extended to 2012. Canada’s Economic Action Plan under Budget 2009 announced an additional $100M investment over three years beginning in 2009-2010.

Shared Outcome(s): Long-term sustainable employment for Aboriginal people on major economic developments.

Governance Structure(s): ASEP is a national, project based program that uses a collaborative model. Formalized partnerships develop and manage multi-year training and employment plans, over the life of the project. The partnership must develop a governance model and form a non-profit society for the sole purpose of implementing the multi-year ASEP contribution agreement.

ASEP projects are received through a request for proposals process and are assessed through a multi-departmental assessment process. This helps to coordinate efforts across departments and find synergies and potential collaborations on economic opportunities. Federal departments may chose to participate in the partnership. For example Natural Resources Canada may have provided in-kind support by seconding an individual who participated directly in the project or by funding some aspect of the project that would not otherwise be funded, such as the building of a school. ASEP proponents receive direct support through a multi-year contribution agreement negotiated by HRSDC based on the project training-to-employment plan. ASEP proponents are responsible for interim and final financial and performance reports.

Performance Highlights:

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Human Resources and Skills Development Canada Skills and Employment Aboriginal Skills and Employment Partnerships $292 M $99.4 M $77.3 M Expected results for 2010-2011 are:
5,312 Aboriginal clients served and 2,428 clients employed.
5,101 Aboriginal clients were served through ASEP projects and 1,237 individuals were employed (April 1 to December 10, 2010).

10 new partnerships and projects started over this period bringing the total number of projects underway to 36 (April 1, 2010 to March 31, 2011)
Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada   ASEP   $0.0 M $0.0 M HRSDC does not set expected results for other federal departments.  
Western Economic Diversification   ASEP   $0.0 M $0.0 M
Natural Resources Canada   ASEP   $0.0 M $0.0 M
Total $292 M $99.4 M $77.3 M    

Comments on Variances:

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): Not Applicable

Contact information:
James Sutherland
A/Director General
Aboriginal Affairs Directorate
(819) 997-8551
james.sutherland@hrsdc-rhdcc.gc.ca
Place du Portage, Phase IV
140 Promenade du Portage
Gatineau, Québec



Name of Horizontal Initiative: Youth Employment Strategy

Name of Lead Department(s): Human Resources and Skills Development Canada

Lead Department Program Activity: Skills and Employment

Start Date: April 1, 2003

End Date: Ongoing

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date): Ongoing

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The Youth Employment Strategy supports Canadian youth as they move into the world of work. The Strategy plays a role in developing Canada's workforce by providing young Canadians with access to programs and services to help them gain the skills, knowledge, career information and work experience they need to find and maintain employment and make a successful transition into the labour force.

The Youth Employment Strategy is designed to respond to labour market challenges facing youth, aged 15 to 30. The Strategy has three program streams: Skills Link, Career Focus and Summer Work Experience, which includes the Canada Summer Jobs initiative. Skills Link provides disadvantaged youth with opportunities to develop skills they need to find work or return to school. Career Focus helps post-secondary graduates find work in their area of specialization. Summer Work Experience helps secondary and post-secondary graduates acquire career-related skills and financing for their education through summer jobs.

The Government of Canada's support to young Canadians is a shared responsibility and a partnership effort among many departments and organizations. Human Resources and Skills Development, along with 10 other federal government departments, work cooperatively with other levels of government, Aboriginal organizations, educational institutions, and private sector, not-for-profit and voluntary sector organizations to deliver Youth Employment Strategy initiatives.

For more information, please visit: http://www.youth.gc.ca.

Shared Outcome(s): The shared outcomes of partners for the common key results are:
Number of youth served
Number of youth employed / self-employed
Number of youth returning to school

Governance Structure(s): The Youth Employment Strategy has in place a horizontal Results-based Management and Accountability Framework that represents a commitment among the eleven participating federal departments to undertake ongoing collection of common performance measurement data to facilitate effective management of the program.

Oversight of the Youth Employment Strategy horizontal initiative is provided through a collaborative committee structure. Human Resources and Skills Development Canada is responsible for facilitating coordination among the departments and agencies funding Youth Employment Strategy activities. As lead of this horizontal initiative, HRSDC chairs and is responsible for the coordination and management of the Youth Employment Strategy Interdepartmental Operations Committee and the Youth Employment Strategy Evaluation Sub-Committee. HRSDC is ultimately accountable for attaining the expected results for Youth Employment Strategy and has the ultimate decision making authority for issues related to the overall policy, design and implementation of Youth Employment Strategy.

Youth Employment Strategy initiatives are delivered nationally, regionally and locally using a variety of funding instruments, such as contribution agreements and some direct delivery methods. Transfer payments are provided primarily by participating departments through contribution agreements and service delivery agreements in support of participants’ remuneration and overhead costs.

Performance Highlights:

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Human Resources and Skills Development Canada Skills and Employment Career Focus Ongoing $13.0M $23.4M For Program Operations Branch (POB) -Service Canada

Clients Served: 370

Employed or Self-Employed:  220

Return to School: 37

Contribution Agreements:  150

Funds Leveraged: $4M-$6M

For Sector Council

Clients Served: 350

Employed or Self-Employed:  309

Return to School: 35

Contribution Agreements:  163
For POB-Service Canada (*)

Clients Served: 1,612

Employed or Self-Employed:  550

Return to School: 41

Contribution Agreements: 198

Funds Leveraged: 7,753,853

For Sector Council

Clients Served: 925

Employed or Self-Employed: 309

Return to School: 6

Contribution Agreements: 13
Skills Link Ongoing $149.4M $165.3M Clients Served: 15500

Employed or Self-Employed: 1860

Return to School: 5890

Contribution Agreements: 955

Funds Leveraged: $50M-$65M
Clients Served (*): 17,465

Employed or Self-Employed (*) : 6,257

Return to School (*): 2,527

Contribution Agreements: 934

Funds Leveraged: 44,937,118
Summer Work Experience (Canada Summer Jobs) Ongoing $111.6M $110.8M Clients Served: not available

Employed or Self-Employed: not available

Return to School: not available

Contribution Agreements: not available
Jobs created: 37,000

Contribution agreements: 22,158
Agriculture and Agri-food Canada   Career Focus Ongoing $1.1M $1.1M   Clients Served: 94 (a)

Employed or Self-Employed: 49

Return to School: 3
Canadian International Development Agency   Career Focus Ongoing $7.3M $8.2M   Clients Served: 574

Employed or Self-Employed: 84 (b)

Return to School: 28 (b)
Canadian Heritage   Career Focus Ongoing $0.9M $0.9M   Clients Served: 82

Employed or Self-Employed: 60 (c)

Return to School: 4 (c)
  Summer Work Experience Ongoing $7.8M $7.5M   Clients Served: 1,510
Environment Canada   Career Focus Ongoing $3.3M $2.6M   Clients Served: 215

Employed or Self-Employed: 189

Return to School: 35
Industry Canada   Career Focus Ongoing $9.8M $11.4M   Clients Served: 1,849

Employed or Self-Employed: (d)

Return to School: (d)
  Summer Work Experience Ongoing $7.4M $6.0M   Clients Served: 921
National Research Council   Career Focus Ongoing $25.4M $28.4M   Clients Served: 1,026

Employed or Self-Employed: 414

Return to School: 21
Natural Resources Canada   Career Focus Ongoing $0.6M $0.7M   Clients Served: 29 (e)

Employed or Self-Employed: 14

Return to School: 0
Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation   Skills Link Ongoing $1.0M $1.2M   Clients Served: 163

Employed or Self-Employed: 19 (f)

Return to School: 6
Indian and Northern Affairs Canada   Skills Link Ongoing $16.0M $19.7M   Clients Served: 1,401

Employed or Self-Employed: 354

Return to School: 574
  Summer Work Experience Ongoing $8.0M $8.7M   Clients Served: 5,102
Parks Canada   Summer Work Experience Ongoing $2.0M $2.0M   Clients Served: 215
Total Career Focus   $61.4M $85.4M    
Total Skills Link   $166.4M $186.2M    
Total Summer Work Experience   $136.8M $126.3M    
Total Youth Employment Strategy   $364.6M $397.9M    

Comments on Variances:

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): Not Applicable

Contact information:
John Atherton, Director General
Active Employment Measures
Skills and Employment Branch
(819) 994-6916
john.atherton@hrsdc-rhdcc.gc.ca
Place du Portage, Phase IV
140 Promenade du Portage
Gatineau, Québec

NOTES:

(*) Actual results for Program Operations Branch-Service Canada are current as of P14.
(a) This number includes 22 projects continuing from 2009-2010.
(b) This figure is incomplete and only reflects the number of participants employed and returned to school at time of reporting.
(c) Results incomplete as indicated in Canadian Heritage 2010-2011 year-end report.
(d) Results were not available at the time of reporting.
(e) This figure includes internships that began and ended within the 2010-2011 fiscal year to ensure a "single instance of reporting".
(f) This figure is incomplete at time of reporting as indicated in CMHC's 2010-11 year-end report.



Name of Horizontal Initiative: Temporary Foreign Worker Program

Name of Lead Department(s): Human Resources and Skills Development Canada

Lead Department Program Activity: Skills and Employment

Start Date: June 13, 2007

End Date: Ongoing

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date): Ongoing

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The Temporary Foreign Worker Program (TFWP) enables Canadian employers to hire foreign workers on a temporary basis to meet immediate skills and labour needs when Canadians are not available. The Program is jointly managed by Citizenship and Immigration Canada (CIC) and Human Resources and Skills Development Canada (HRSDC). Employers can recruit workers into any legal profession and from any source country, subject to employers and workers meeting specified criteria. The TFWP includes program streams such as the Seasonal Agricultural Workers Program and the Live-in-Caregiver Program, the Pilot Project for Occupations Requiring Lower Levels of Formal Training, and the Arranged Employment Opinion program.

In the province of Quebec, the TFWP is administered through a partnership with the Government of Quebec.

The TFWP is funded from the Consolidated Revenue Fund.
http://www.hrsdc.gc.ca/en/workplaceskills/foreign_workers/index.shtml

Shared Outcome(s):

  • To enhance Canadian productivity and participation through efficient and inclusive labour markets and internationally competitive workplaces;
  • To respond to regional, occupational, and sectoral skills and labour demands;
  • To protect employment opportunities for Canadians; and
  • Ensure that temporary foreign workers have the same rights and protections as Canadians.

Governance Structure(s):

  • HRSDC is responsible for providing a Labour Market Opinion (LMO) to CIC and employers indicating if the employment of the temporary foreign worker is likely to have a positive, negative or neutral impact on the labour market in Canada.
  • Service Canada delivers the program regionally for HRSDC and processes LMO applications to support the work permit application process.
  • CIC is responsible for assessing work permit applications and issuing work permits to workers.
  • Each Department is responsible for the design and management of those elements of the program under its Minister's responsibility.

Performance Highlights:

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Human Resources and Skills Development Canada Skills and Employment Temporary Foreign Worker Program Ongoing $35.9M $36.3M Program enhancements, including those in proposed regulatory changes, to strengthen worker protection, enhance program integrity and respond to the recommendations of the Auditor General of Canada, will be implemented:
  • design and implement a Quality Assurance Framework to ensure national quality and consistency standards in the LMO assessment process;
  • in partnership with CIC, design and implement processes to ensure that the genuineness of job offers is more systematically verified;
  • in partnership with CIC, design and implement processes to restrict access to the program where employers have been found to have provided significantly different wages, working conditions and/or job duties offered in the past;
  • clarify departments’ respective roles and responsibilities in the administration of the TFWP;
  • support planning for a joint HRSDC-CIC evaluation of the TFWP with results expected in 2012-13;
  • design and implement a new HRSDC/SC opinion process framework;
  • in partnership with Service Canada, implement jointly-managed employer monitoring processes;
  • develop new approaches to employer monitoring to enhance our ability to accurately identify and mitigate program integrity risks;
  • enhance mechanisms to report publicly on TFWP outcomes, including program statistics, results of compliance work to date and tools and information for employers;
  • develop and implement information sharing agreements with Provinces/ Territories to assist in the administration and enforcement of legislation and assist HRSDC in administering the Labour Market Opinion process;
  • in partnership with Citizenship and Immigration Canada, develop and participate in F/P/T Temporary Foreign Workers Working groups;
  • negotiate and implement, with Citizenship and Immigration Canada, Federal-Provincial Temporary Foreign Worker Annexes.
Regulatory amendments to improve the Temporary Foreign Worker Program came into effect on April 1, 2011.

-implemented Quality Assurance Framework through an online TFWP Manual which is accessible to all program staff;

- designed and implemented standard procedures for the verification of the genuineness of job offers, to ensure consistent application;

- developed operational directives for substantially the same employer compliance reviews;

- clarified roles and responsibilities of HRSDC and CIC in the administration of the TFWP and designed amended regulations (published August 19, 2010);

-launched a joint HRSDC-CIC summative evaluation of the TFWP;

-designed and implemented standard framework for the opinion process to ensure consistent application;

-developed and delivered coast-to-coast training to Service Canada staff in support of the new Substantially the Same (STS) provisions and the employer monitoring process;

- developed and implemented an integrated employer selection method to identify employers for in-depth employer compliance reviews both randomly and based on risk;

-enhanced TFWP’s ability to report publicly on employer compliance results through the implementation of a new integrated employer selection method;

-established mechanisms for the exchange of information/data via signed Letters of Understanding with provincial signatories;

- negotiated and drafted a Protocole d’entente with the Government of Quebec’s Ministre de l'Immigration et des Communautés culturelles (MICC) to establish a modified process to assess Labour Market Opinions in occupations identified by Quebec as facing a labour shortage;

-negotiated Temporary Foreign Worker Annex to Immigration Agreements in British Columbia, Nova Scotia and Yukon.
Citizenship and Immigration Canada Temporary Resident Program Temporary Foreign Worker Program Ongoing $35.1M $34.5M Program enhancements, including those in proposed regulatory changes, to strengthen worker protection, enhance program integrity, and respond to the recommendations of the Auditor General of Canada, will be implemented:
  • in partnership with HRSDC, design and implement processes to ensure that the genuineness of job offers is more systematically verified;
  • clarify departments’ respective roles and responsibilities in the administration of the TFWP;
  • in partnership with HRSDC, design and implement processes to restrict access to the program where employers have been found to have provided significantly different wages, working conditions and/or job duties offered in the past;
  • support planning for a joint HRSDC-CIC evaluation of the TFWP with results expected in 2012-13;
  • in partnership with Human Resources and Skills Development Canada, develop and participate in F/P/T Temporary Foreign Workers Working groups;
  • negotiate and implement, with HRSDC, Federal-Provincial Temporary Foreign Worker Annexes.
Regulatory amendments to improve the Temporary Foreign Worker Program came into effect on April 1, 2011.

-implemented a more rigorous assessment of the genuineness of the job offer;

-CIC and HRSDC worked closely to ensure guidelines for each department are clear on respective roles and responsibilities under the new regulations;

-Implemented a new process which includes a two-year prohibition from hiring temporary foreign workers for employers who fail to meet commitments to workers with respect to wages, working conditions and occupation;

-launched a joint summative evaluation of labour market opinion-based streams of the TFWP in July 2010, which is expected to be completed by March 31, 2012;

-participate in F/P/T working groups in Alberta, British Columbia, Saskatchewan, Manitoba, Ontario and Quebec and meet on a regular basis to oversee implementation and to advance the objectives of the Annexes;

-negotiated and signed TFW Annexes with British Columbia, Nova Scotia, and Yukon.
Total Ongoing $71.0M $70.8M    

Comments on Variances:

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): Not Applicable

Contact information:
Andrew Kenyon, Director General
Temporary Foreign Workers – Labour Market Information Directorate
Skills and Employment Branch
(819) 994-1021
andrew.kenyon@hrsdc-rhdcc.gc.ca
Place du Portage, Phase IV
140 Promenade du Portage
Gatineau, Quebec



Name of Horizontal Initiative: Canada Student Loans Program

Name of Lead Department(s): Human Resources and Skills Development Canada

Lead Department Program Activity: Learning

Start Date: September 1964

End Date: Ongoing

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date): Ongoing

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The Canada Student Loans Program lowers financial barriers to post-secondary education by providing loans and grants to students with a demonstrated financial need. This helps increase their opportunities to develop the knowledge and skills to participate in the economy and society.

Information for Canadians about saving, planning and paying for post-secondary studies and specific information for Canada Student Loans Program clients (including information about learning opportunity selection, financial planning, and how to apply for, maintain and repay student loans and the new Student Grants and Repayment Assistance the program offers) can be accessed at: www.canlearn.ca.

Shared Outcome(s): Maintain the Government's commitment to accessible post-secondary education by:

  • lowering financial barriers to post-secondary education through the provision of financial assistance to eligible Canadians; and
  • ensuring a more manageable debt burden for borrowers.

Governance Structure(s): The Government of Canada has entered into Integration Agreements with four provinces (Ontario, Saskatchewan, New Brunswick and Newfoundland and Labrador) in order to create a "one-student-one-loan" service approach. These four integrated provinces accounted for over 60% of the Canada Student Loans Program borrowers. British Columbia will adopt this model when it finalizes its Integration Agreement for 2011-2012.

The administration of the current Program is the product of a co-operative effort between Human Resources and Skills Development Canada, Canada Revenue Agency, participating provinces and the Yukon Territory, a Service Provider, Canada Post, financial institutions and Public Works and Government Services Canada. These agents are responsible for conducting one or more activities during the loan lifecycle. Program documents and communications tools are typically prepared with the input and approval of both federal and participating provincial and territorial governments. Quebec, the Northwest Territories and Nunavut do not participate in the Canada Student Loans Program. These jurisdictions receive an alternative payment to assist in the cost of delivering a similar student financial assistance program.

Effective management of the Program and relations with third-party agents is the primary responsibility of the Canada Student Loans Program. Program activities include, for example, defining the operational and financial processes for the delivery of the program by the service providers, investigation of escalated cases by the Client Relations office and control and monitoring by the Comptroller's office.

The application and needs assessment for the Program is delivered by provincial student assistance offices, which also administer provincial aid. The participating provinces and the Yukon Territory:

  • determine individual eligibility for loans and grants based on federal criteria;
  • assess students' financial needs based on federal criteria;
  • issue loan certificates;
  • administer and deliver grants; and
  • designate educational institutions that students may attend with assistance from the Canada Student Loans Program.

While the Canada Student Loans Program provides guidance and direction on how the Program is to be delivered, the Service Provider assumes responsibility for the administration of the loans once the loan agreement is signed and submitted for processing. Responsibilities of the Service Provider include:

  • verifying loan agreements;
  • managing the in-study interest-free period;
  • negotiating and handling loan repayment; and
  • managing debt management activities, advising and counselling borrowers on their debt management options.

Public Works and Government Services Canada is responsible for disbursing loans and grants to the borrowers and to educational institutions, for any funds directed to pay for tuition.

Canada Revenue Agency Non-Tax Collection Services is the agent responsible for debt collection. Delinquent guaranteed and risk-shared loans become debts to the Crown when the Government of Canada buys back the debt from financial institutions. Delinquent direct financed loans are returned to government after the Service Provider has attempted collection for a set period of time and the borrower has either not made payments on their loan or is unwilling to repay. In the past, private collection agencies under contract with Canada Revenue Agency were used for collection activities. Starting in September 2009, Canada Revenue Agency has stopped using private collection agencies and is providing collection activities in house.

Performance Highlights:

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Human Resources and Skills Development Canada Learning Canada Student Loan Program Ongoing
Statutory funding
Final net operating result of
$1,270.7 M

Total planned disbursement was $2,000.8 M
Final net operating result of
$1,361.5 M

Total actual disbursement was $2,220.2 M
Estimated number of Canadians to benefit from loans and non repayable in study interest subsidies received (in the 2009 Loan Year beginning August 1, 2009) through the Canada Student Loans Program: 492,000 533,877 students benefited from loans and in study interest subsidies.1
Estimated number of Canadians to benefit from the Canada Student Grant Program (in the 2009 Loan Year beginning August 1, 2009):
250,000
310,445 students received a Canada Student Grant.
Total   $1,270.7 M $1,361.5 M    

Comments on Variances: The main explanation of the variance ($90.8M) between actual spending and planned spending for 2010-2011 is related to the Alternative Payment. Actual Spending was $300.1M while forecast spending was $244.0M. The Alternative Payment explains $56.1M out of the $90.8M variance. The variance can also be explained by an increase in the Total Program Net Cost due to the Canada Student Grants Program (CSGP). The Alternative Payments made to non-participating jurisdictions are based on the net costs of the Federal Student Loan Program, that is to say, the total cost to run the program (e.g. Interest Subsidy) minus revenues received by the program (e.g. Interest Payments). The remaining variance is explained by the increase in grants due to the implementation of the CSGP off-set partially by higher than expected recoveries on bought-back guaranteed and risk-shared loans.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): Not Applicable

Contact information: Marc LeBrun Director General
Canada Student Loans Directorate
200 Montcalm Street
Gatineau, Quebec
Canada
K1A 0J9
(819) 997-6684
marc.lebrun@hrsdc-rhdcc.gc.ca

1 This number is reported by loan year (August 1, 2010 - July 31, 2011).



Name of Horizontal Initiative: Homelessness Partnering Strategy

Name of Lead Department(s): Human Resources and Skills Development Canada

Lead Department Program Activity: Social Development

Start Date: April 1, 2009

End Date: March 31, 2014

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date): $269.6M for 2009-2010 and 2010-2011

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The Homelessness Partnering Strategy (HPS) makes strategic investments in community priorities and includes a planning process that encourages cooperation between governments, agencies and community-based organizations to find local solutions for homeless people and those at risk of becoming homeless. The HPS provides support to 61 designated communities and some small, rural and Aboriginal communities through its seven funding streams to develop community-based measures to assist homeless individuals and families to move toward self-sufficiency, thereby contributing to society and the economy. Although the responsibility for homelessness programs falls under Human Resources and Skills Development Canada (HRSDC), three regionally-delivered funding streams are delivered by regional staff, now part of Service Canada.

The HPS works to prevent and reduce homelessness across Canada through:

  • investments in transitional and supportive housing through a housing-first approach;
  • support to community-based efforts to prevent and reduce homelessness;
  • partnerships between the federal government, provinces, and territories; and
  • collaboration with other federal departments and agencies.

For more information, please visit the HPS website:
http://www.hrsdc.gc.ca/eng/homelessness/index.shtml

Shared Outcome(s): Income security, access to opportunities and well-being for individuals, families and communities.

Governance Structure(s): The Homelessness Partnering Secretariat of HRSDC has policy authority and overall accountability for the HPS. Four of the program’s funding streams are delivered nationally and provide the means to develop and explore innovative methods as well as horizontal approaches to address issues related to homelessness. The other three funding streams are delivered regionally through Service Canada. These funding streams focus on the needs of homeless and at-risk individuals at the local level, and provide funding to help individuals gain and maintain a stable living arrangement.

The HPS community-based funding streams are delivered via two models:

  • Community Entity model: Under this model, the Community Advisory Board (CAB) delegates responsibility for program delivery to a specific, incorporated local organization to act as the Community Entity (CE), which is the decision-making body responsible for approving project proposals and determining the eligibility of projects. The CAB reviews project proposals and makes recommendations to the CE. The Minister approves the community priorities, and departmental officials are responsible for managing the contribution agreement with the CE and all related activities; and,
  • Shared Delivery model: Under this model, the CAB reviews project proposals and makes recommendations to HRSDC, which manages the contribution agreement and all related activities. Both Service Canada and the community work in partnership to support funding priorities, resulting in a joint selection and decision-making process. The Minister approves the community priorities and project proposals.

In Quebec, the Homelessness Partnering Strategy is delivered under a formal Canada-Quebec Agreement, in collaboration with the Province of Quebec.

The Homeless Individuals and Families Information System (HIFIS) supports the Homelessness Partnering Strategy's national data system on homelessness. Using data collected mainly through shelters, HIFIS provides information on the characteristics of Canada's homeless population. This information contributes to: increased understanding of homelessness in Canada; informed policy development; and improved planning and development of effective measures to prevent and reduce homelessness. HIFIS serves stakeholders across the country, including service providers, researchers and multiple levels of government. In addition, HIFIS provides operational support to shelters and other facilities through no-cost software and training support.

Enhanced collaboration with other federal departments and agencies whose policies and programs are linked to homelessness is also essential. Horizontal pilot projects continue to be developed to facilitate a more coordinated approach to homelessness at the federal level, in recognition that homelessness interacts with an array of factors that relate to other federal program and policy areas, including: housing affordability; mental/physical health; labour market vulnerabilities; skills, education and literacy levels; community and personal safety; barriers facing newcomers; issues facing discharged offenders and Aboriginal issues. The key objectives of horizontal pilot projects are to: address common risk factors associated with homelessness and other policy areas; prevent homelessness by addressing its root causes; and reduce the negative outcomes on other policy areas caused by homelessness. These pilot projects test approaches on homelessness, and their results are expected to inform future policy development.

The Surplus Federal Real Property for Homelessness Initiative (SFRPHI), a funding stream of the Homelessness Partnering Strategy (HPS), makes surplus federal real properties available to community organizations, the not-for-profit sector, and other levels of government for projects to help prevent and reduce homelessness. Partners in the Surplus Federal Real Property for Homelessness Initiative are the Homelessness Partnering Secretariat of Human Resources and Skills Development Canada, Public Works and Government Services Canada, and Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation.

Performance Highlights:

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Human Resources and Skills Development Canada Social Development Homelessness Partnership Initiative $219.2 M $126.5 M $116.7 M Homelessness Partnership Initiative- Designated Communities have demonstrated cost-matching with other partners.

Increased availability and access for homeless people, to a range of services and facilities along the continuum (i.e., emergency, transitional and supportive housing).
For every dollar invested by the HPS in regionally-delivered projects active during 2010-2011, the amount invested in communities by external partners was $2.48.

71.8% of HPS investments in regionally-delivered projects active during 2010-2011 targeted longer-term transitional and supportive housing and services, exceeding the 65% target.
    Federal Horizontal Projects $5.2 M $3.0 M $2.6 M Horizontal pilot projects - Implementation of projects with key departments such as Justice Canada, Health Canada, Public Health Agency of Canada, Correctional Service Canada, and Urban Aboriginal Strategy. The Department launched six horizontal pilot projects (four new projects and two extensions) with other federal departments and agencies to address factors that may lead to homelessness such as incarceration, mental health, family violence, and immigration.
    Homelessness Knowledge Development $3.7 M $2.1 M $3.1 M Increased knowledge (e.g., best practices, research findings) exchanged among community service providers, researchers, and all levels of government working on issues of homelessness. Twenty-two successful applicants received funding for projects on good practices (10), knowledge dissemination (1) and data development (11).

The HP Secretariat collaborated with Citizenship and Immigration Canada-Metropolis to organize a policy seminar in February and organized two workshops at the Metropolis National Conference in March 2011. At both, researchers funded through a 2009 joint CFP with CIC-Metropolis presented their findings.
    Urban Aboriginal Strategy / Homelessness Partnering Strategy $35.5 M $20.5 M $21.5 M Better coordination and complementarity among Government of Canada policies and programs to address Aboriginal homelessness and other related issues. Under the HPS, the Aboriginal Communities funding stream supports community partners with the aim of ensuring services meet the acute and unique homelessness-related needs of Aboriginal people off-reserve, whether in cities or rural areas. As both the HPS and Urban Aboriginal Strategy (UAS) are community-based programs, informal collaboration occurs at the community level.

Horizontal collaboration also occurs at the national level in an effort to increase efficiencies and maximize results for Aboriginal persons who are homeless or at risk of homelessness and living off-reserve. As of March 31, 2011, the HPS and Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada had collaborated on three Horizontal Pilot Projects focused on various homelessness-related challenges facing this population.
Public Works and Government Services Canada   Surplus Federal Real Property for Homelessness Initiative $6.0 M $3.0 M $4.6 M Enhanced capacity of communities to provide facilities to homeless individuals and families. A total of seven properties were transferred; 189 housing units were created as a result. Of these, 86% were longer-term housing units, 11% were supportive and 3% transitional housing units.

All properties in Saskatoon, Kinuso-Big Lakes, Port Elgin, Ludlow, Port Alberni, Montreal and Ottawa were transferred to eligible recipients.
Total $269.6 M $155.1 M $148.5 M    

Comments on Variances:

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): Not Applicable

Contact information:
Barbara Lawless, Director General
Homelessness Partnering Secretariat
Place du Portage, Phase IV
140 Promenade du Portage
Gatineau QC
819-997-5464
barbara.lawless@hrsdc-rhdcc.gc.ca



Name of Horizontal Initiative: Federal Elder Abuse Initiative

Name of Lead Department(s): Human Resources and Skills Development Canada

Lead Department Program Activity: Social Development

Start Date: April 1, 2008

End Date: March 31, 2011

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date): $13.05M

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The overarching objectives of the Federal Elder Abuse Initiative (FEAI) was to raise awareness of elder abuse throughout society, particularly among seniors, their families, and key professional groups, and to ensure the availability of appropriate elder abuse-related information, resources and tools.

To address this, federal elder abuse activities were coordinated interdepartmentally, involving the cooperation and collaboration of the Department of Justice Canada, the Public Health Agency of Canada, and the Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP) under the leadership of HRSDC.

The centrepiece of the FEAI was a public awareness campaign using various media, in particular, television. Generic information and resource materials for frontline workers (medical and legal, etc.) was developed to provide key professional groups with the information necessary to identify cases of elder abuse, access the appropriate resources, and take measures to provide assistance to victims.

On March 31, 2011 the FEAI successfully concluded and fulfilled its mandate and activities as outlined in this three-year initiative. Elder abuse related information will remain on the seniors portal as a valuable resource for Canadians seeking information on the issue.

Shared Outcome(s): Seniors, their families, the general population and frontline professionals are more aware of elder abuse and what to do to respond to it.

Governance Structure(s): The Seniors and Pensions Policy Secretariat within HRSDC is the focal point for Government of Canada activities related to seniors.

The Task Force on Elder Abuse within the Seniors and Pensions Policy Secretariat lead a working group of officials from partner departments/agencies to coordinate the implementation of Government of Canada initiatives to raise awareness and to develop and disseminate tools and supports for frontline workers. Partner departments/agencies retain responsibility for planning, programming and budgeting their own resources to implement their activities.

The working group developed a performance measurement framework, including a logic model, to identify the relationships between departmental/agency activities, outputs, and outcomes, and a suite of performance indicators to measure progress against outputs/outcomes. The working group coordinated reporting and monitored performance and results over the course of the initiative.

The Interdepartmental Committee on Seniors provided senior-level oversight and direction for the Federal Elder Abuse Initiative. The Committee provided a forum to update federal departments on the progress and achievements of the initiative and identifies opportunities to align the initiative with other government initiatives and priorities.

Performance Highlights:

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Human Resources and Skills Development Canada Social Development Federal Elder Abuse Initiative $10.22 M $2.56 M $1.65 M 2010-2011 will see partner departments increase awareness about elder abuse through promotion and/or the involvement of key stakeholders on elder abuse. Program sunsetted on March 31, 2011 A nine week national advertising campaign ran in the fall of 2010. The campaign featured a television advertisement and a print advertisement on financial abuse.

A financial abuse kit was also developed for individuals calling into 1 800-O- Canada requesting information on the issue.
Department of Justice     $1.41M $0.26M $0.2M   Continued funding of regional Public Legal Education and Information (PLEI) organizations for elder abuse products and developed the Department of Justice PLEI publication Elder Abuse is Wrong.

Completed public opinion research to assess societal changes in awareness and understanding of elder abuse.

Developed culturally sensitive training materials for Federal Crown Attorneys in Nunavut.

Completed key research initiatives
Public Health Agency of Canada (PHAC)     $1.42 M $0.48 M $0.3 M   1. World Elder Abuse Awareness Day (WEAAD) Teen Kit – Graphic Design and Translation Neighbours, Friends and Families: A National Adaptation– Graphic Design and Translation

2. Across the Generations: Respect all Ages – A National Adaptation: Graphic Design and Translation

3. PHAC Report on the Public Health Component of the Federal Elder Abuse Initiative (FEAI) – Production and Translation

4. The Counterpoint Project: Moving from Scrutiny to Strategy on Key Elder Abuse Cases in Canada – Production, Translation and Graphic Design

5. An Assessment of the Ability of the EASI-sa to Identify Indicators Suggestive of Elder Abuse- Production

6. An Analytical Report on Three Elder Abuse Scans Using the Bias-Free Framework – Production

7. Facts on Elder Abuse Quiz (FEAQ) -- Production, Graphic Design and Translation

8. Communi-Kit: An Elder Abuse Assessment Tool – Production, Translation and Graphic Design

9. National Elder Abuse Training and Dissemination Forum , Winnipeg, Manitoba

10. Partnership with Health Canada-First Nations Inuit Health Branch re Adaptation of the Vancouver Coastal Health Re:Act Manual for Staff, First Nations Edition - Production
RCMP 1) Develop Awareness Tools

2) Conduct Environmental Scans

3) Develop a Police Toolbox

4) Establish Networks and Formal Partnerships
- National Initiative for the Care of the Elderly (NICE)

- Association Québécois de défense des droits des personnes retraitées et preretraitées.
  N/A   1) Conduct a comprehensive Divisional and Territorial scan to identify current Elder Abuse awareness initiatives

2) Update the Elder Abuse Web page on the RCMP external website

3) Develop the RCMP “Toolbox” for front-line RCMP
- RCMP conducted a comprehensive Divisional and Territorial scan to identify current Elder abuse initiatives. An analysis of RCMP Annual Performance Plans was also conducted and the results were that 34 detachments have identified seniors as a policing priority for 2010/2011.

- RCMP continues to update an internal and external Elder Abuse Web page to promote the prevention of Elder Abuse which includes a Toolbox for front-line police investigators.

- RCMP Youth Engagement Section established two new blogs for Deal.Org, a “by-youth for-youth” web-based program. - “The Far-Reaching Hand of Abuse,” and “A Crack in the Foundation” to increase awareness for Youth on the issue of Elder Abuse.

- RCMP updated its bilingual publication, “Senior’s Guidebook to Safety and Security”.
Total $13.05 M $3.3 M $2.15 M    

Comments on Variances:

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): In 2010-2011, six national associations were supported to develop awareness information materials about elder abuse for their front-line professional members who regularly come in contact with older Canadians. The six associations collaborated with the Canadian Centre for Elder Law (CCEL) to develop a current, accurate legal resource for professional frontline workers that summarizes the unique provincial and territorial laws applying to elder abuse. CCEL has also developed a bilingual legal information resource specifically for community volunteers.

Contact information:
Dominique La Salle, Director General
Seniors and Pensions Policy Secretariat
Income Security and Social Development
Place Vanier, Tower B
355 North River Road
Ottawa ON
dominique.lasalle@hrsdc-rhdsc.gc.ca



Name of Horizontal Initiative: Communiqué on Early Childhood Development

Name of Lead Department(s): Human Resources and Skills Development Canada

Lead Department Program Activity: Social Development

Start Date: September 2000 with funding beginning April 1 2001

End Date: Ongoing until 2013-2014

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date): $500 million for 2010-2011

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): In September 2000, federal, provincial and territorial Ministers responsible for Social Services reached agreement to improve and expand early childhood development supports for young children (prenatal to age 6) and for their parents.

The Government of Canada is transferring $1.2 billion in 2011-2012 to provinces and territories in support of families with young children through the Canada Social Transfer (CST), which will grow to almost $1.3 billion by 2013–2014. This is a notional allocation within the CST in support of the Communiqué on Early Childhood Development, the Multilateral Framework on Early Learning and Child Care, and the Child Care Spaces Initiative1.

Information about the Agreement, including the text of the First Ministers' communiqué on Early Childhood Development, is available on the federal, provincial and territorial web portal on early childhood development and early learning and child care at: http://www.ecd-elcc.ca.

Shared Outcome(s): The objectives of the initiative, as outlined in the Communiqué on Early Childhood Development are:

  • to promote early childhood development so that, to their fullest potential, children will be physically and emotionally healthy, safe and secure, ready to learn, and socially engaged and responsible; and,
  • to help children reach their potential and to help families support their children within strong communities.

Governance Structure(s): In the Communiqué on Early Childhood Development, First Ministers recognized that provinces and territories have the primary responsibility for early childhood development programs and services.

Federal, Provincial and Territorial Ministers Responsible for Social Services and Ministers of Health are responsible for commitments under the initiative. Deputy Ministers Responsible for Social Services have tasked a Working Group comprised of officials from all jurisdictions (including Québec, which participates as an observer) to support the objectives of the Communiqué.

Comments on Variances:

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): Provincial and territorial governments are investing the funds transferred to them by the Government of Canada in any or all of the following four areas of action outlined in the Communiqué on Early Childhood Development:

  • promoting healthy pregnancy, birth and infancy;
  • improving parenting and family supports;
  • strengthening early childhood development, learning and care; and,
  • strengthening community supports.

Each participating government (federal, provincial and territorial) committed to report to the public through: an annual report which provides descriptive and expenditure information for Early Child Development (ECD) programs and initiatives, as well as progress against specific program indicators; and, a biennial report that outlines progress against a set of 11 common indicators of child health and well-being.

All governments have and continue to report on these investments. Information about the initiative, including the text of the First Ministers' communiqué on Early Childhood Development, is available on the federal, provincial and territorial web portal on early childhood development and early learning and child care at:
http://www.ecd-elcc.ca.

Government of Canada reports are available at: www.faeyc-adfje.gc.ca and www.socialunion.gc.ca.

The Government of Québec supports the general principles expressed in the Early Childhood Development initiative but did not participate in developing the initiative because it wishes to retain sole responsibility for social matters. However, it receives its share of funding granted by the Government of Canada and makes significant investments in programs and services that benefit families and children.

Results Achieved: In 2010-11, the federal government provided over $500 million in financial assistance to provinces and territories through the Communiqué on Early Childhood Development. Federal funding through the Communiqué on Early Childhood Development supplements provincial and territorial investments in early childhood development and child care services within each jurisdiction.

In 2010, the Government of Canada replaced the printed ECD and Early Learning and Child Care (ELCC) activities and expenditures reports with an online database entitled Federal Activities and Expenditures for Young Children (FAEYC) database beginning with the 2006-2007 reporting year.

Contact information:
François Weldon, Acting Director General
Social Policy
Strategic Policy & Research Branch
Telephone: (819) 994-3184
francois.weldon@hrsdc-rhdcc.gc.ca

1 The notional allocation is $500 million for the Communiqué on Early Childhood Development; $350 million for the Multilateral Framework on Early Learning and Child Care; and, $250 million for the Child Care Spaces Initiative. These do not reflect the 3% escalator.



Name of Horizontal Initiative: Multilateral Framework on Early Learning and Childcare

Name of Lead Department(s): Human Resources and Skills Development Canada

Lead Department Program Activity: Social Development

Start Date: March 2003

End Date: Ongoing until 2013-2014

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date): $350 million in 2010-2011

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): In March 2003, federal, provincial and territorial Ministers Responsible for Social Services, reached agreement on a framework for improving access to affordable, quality, provincially and territorially regulated early learning and child care programs and services. The objective of this initiative, which complements the September 2000 Communiqué on Early Childhood Development, is to further promote early childhood development and support the participation of parents in employment or training by improving access to affordable, quality early learning and child care programs and services.

The Government of Canada is transferring $1.2 billion in 2011-2012 to provinces and territories in support of families with young children through the Canada Social Transfer (CST), which will grow to almost $1.3 billion by 2013–2014. This is a notional allocation within the CST in support of the Communiqué on Early Childhood Development, the Multilateral Framework on Early Learning and Child Care, and the Child Care Spaces Initiative1.

Information about the initiative, including the text of the Multilateral Framework on Early Learning and Child Care, is available on the federal, provincial and territorial Web portal on early childhood development and early learning and child care at: http://www.ecd-elcc.ca.

Shared Outcome(s): The objectives of the initiative, as outlined in the Multilateral Framework on Early Learning and Child Care are:

  • to promote early childhood development; and,
  • to support the participation of parents in employment or training by improving access to affordable, quality early learning and child care programs and services.

Governance Structure(s): The Multilateral Framework for Early Learning and Child Care recognizes that provinces and territories have the primary responsibility for early learning and child care programs and services.

Federal, Provincial and Territorial Ministers Responsible for Social Services are responsible for commitments under the initiative. Deputy Ministers Responsible for Social Services have tasked a Working Group comprised of officials from all jurisdictions (including Québec, which participates as an observer) to support the objectives of the Framework.

Performance Highlights:

Comments on Variances:

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): Provincial and territorial governments have agreed to invest the funding provided in regulated early learning and child care programs for children under the age of six. Early learning and child care programs and services funded through this initiative are intended to primarily provide direct care and early learning for children in settings such as child care centres, family child care homes, preschools, and nursery schools. Investments can include capital and operating funding, fee subsidies, wage enhancements, training, professional development and support, quality assurance, and parent information and referral. Programs and services that are part of the formal school system are not included in this initiative.

Each participating government (federal, provincial and territorial) reports on the progress being made in improving access to affordable, quality early learning and child care programs and services.

All governments have and continue to report on these investments. Information about the initiative, including the text of the Multilateral Framework on Early Learning and Child Care, is available on the federal, provincial and territorial Web portal on early childhood development and early learning and child care at: http://www.ecd-elcc.ca.

Government of Canada reports are available at: www.faeyc-adfje.gc.ca & www.socialunion.gc.ca

The Government of Québec supports the general principles expressed in the Multilateral Framework on Early Learning and Child Care but did not participate in developing the initiative because it wishes to retain sole responsibility for social matters. However, it receives its share of funding granted by the Government of Canada and makes significant investments in programs and services that benefit families and children.

Results Achieved: In 2010-11, the federal government provided over $350 million in financial assistance to provinces and through the Multilateral Framework on Early Learning and Child Care. Federal funding through the Multilateral Framework on Early Learning and Child Care supplements provincial and territorial investments in early childhood development and child care services within each jurisdiction.

In 2010, the Government of Canada replaced the printed Early Child Development (ECD) and Early Learning and Child Care (ELCC) activities and expenditures reports with an online database entitled Federal Activities and Expenditures for Young Children (FAEYC) database beginning with the 2006-2007 reporting year.

Contact information:
François Weldon, Acting Director General
Social Policy
Strategic Policy & Research Branch
Telephone: (819) 994-3184
francois.weldon@hrsdc-rhdcc.gc.ca

1 The notional allocation is $500 million for the Communiqué on Early Childhood Development; $350 million for the Multilateral Framework on Early Learning and Child Care; and, $250 million for the Child Care Spaces Initiative. These do not reflect the 3% escalator.



Name of Horizontal Initiative: Federal-Provincial/Territorial National Child Benefit Initiative

Name of Lead Department(s): Human Resources and Skills Development Canada

Lead Department Program Activity: Income Security

Start Date: 1998

End Date: Ongoing

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date): Statutory

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): Through the Federal-Provincial/Territorial (F-P/T) National Child Benefit initiative, the Government of Canada is working with provincial and territorial governments1 to provide income support, as well as benefits and services, for low-income families with children. The initiative also includes a First Nations component.

Shared Outcome(s): The National Child Benefit initiative has three goals:

  • Help prevent and reduce the depth of child poverty;
  • Promote attachment to the labour market by ensuring that families will always be better off as a result of working; and
  • Reduce overlap and duplication by harmonizing program objectives and benefits and simplifying administration.

Annual F-P/T National Child Benefit Progress Reports include information on the level of spending by all jurisdictions. There is a data collection process to which all participating jurisdictions contribute in order to present comparable information on National Child Benefit-related programs and services for low-income families with children. The data submitted by each jurisdiction is reviewed jointly to ensure consistency in reporting. To obtain the most recent Progress Report or for further information, please visit the F-P/T National Child Benefit website: www.nationalchildbenefit.ca.

Federal Spending:

The Government of Canada contributes to the National Child Benefit initiative through a supplement to its Canada Child Tax Benefit called the National Child Benefit Supplement. In addition to the base benefit of the Canada Child Tax Benefit, which is targeted to both low- and middle-income families, the National Child Benefit Supplement provides extra income support to low-income families with children. Federal spending on the Canada Child Tax Benefit, including the National Child Benefit Supplement, is tracked by the Canada Revenue Agency, which is responsible for its administration and delivery. As a tax benefit, Finance Canada is responsible for policy related to the Canada Child Tax Benefit and the preparation of spending forecasts.

In 2010-2011, total annual federal support delivered through the Canada Child Tax Benefit, including the National Child Benefit Supplement, was projected to reach $10.09B, including a projected $3.79B through the National Child Benefit Supplement.

Provincial and territorial and First Nations Spending:

Under the National Child Benefit initiative, provinces, territories and First Nations provide benefits and services that further the goals of the initiative. The National Child Benefit Progress Report: 2007, reports that in 2006-2007, provinces, territories, and First Nations spending was estimated at $833.6M in programs and services in key areas such as child/day care initiatives, child benefits and earned income supplements, early childhood services and children-at-risk services, supplementary health benefits, and youth initiatives. This includes First Nations reinvestments in programs and services which were estimated to be $52.7 million in 2006-2007 and $54.8 million in 2007-2008.

Indicators and Impacts:

The F-P/T National Child Benefit Progress Report: 2007 includes an analysis of both societal level indicators, which measure areas such as low income and labour force attachment and do not infer that any changes are the result of the initiative, and direct outcome indicators, which measure only those changes that are directly attributed to the National Child Benefit initiative.

With respect to societal level indicators, the report shows that the proportion of families with children living in low income has declined significantly since the mid-1990s, decreasing from 17.6 percent in 1996 to 10.5 percent in 2005, based on Statistics Canada's post-tax low-income cut-offs. During this period, the number of children living in low income decreased from 1,304,000 in 1996 to 787,894 in 2005, a decrease of 516,106 children.2

With respect to direct outcome indicators, the report estimates that in 2005, as a direct result of the National Child Benefit initiative:

  • 171,000 children in 78,800 families were prevented from living below the Market Basket Measure (MBM) low-income thresholds, a reduction of 13.7 percent. This means that in 2005, there were 13.7 percent fewer families with children living in low income than there would have been without the National Child Benefit. These families saw their average disposable income increase by an estimated $2,400, or 9.5 percent.
  • For those families with children who remained in low income, the National Child Benefit improved their disposable income by an average of $1,900 (10.7 percent). This means that the low-income gap (the additional amount of income needed by low-income families to reach the low-income line) was reduced by 20.4 percent in 2005.

In addition, in June 2005, F-P/T governments released a comprehensive evaluation of the first three years of the National Child Benefit initiative (1988-1999, 1999-2000, 2000-2001). The evaluation compiled evidence from a number of studies and showed that the National Child Benefit initiative is meeting its goals. In addition, another evaluation is underway. Results are expected to be published in 2011.

For a complete discussion of indicators, please see Chapters 4 and 5 of the National Child Benefit Progress Report: 2007. For a discussion of evaluation results, please see the Evaluation of the National Child Benefit Initiative: Synthesis Report. These reports are available free of charge on the National Child Benefit website, at: www.nationalchildbenefit.ca.

Governance Structure(s): The National Child Benefit initiative Governance and Accountability Framework outlines the key characteristics of the F-P/T partnership: cooperation, openness, flexibility, evolution and accountability. As a co-operative effort among governments, the National Child Benefit initiative combines the strengths of a national program with the flexibility of provincial and territorial initiatives designed to meet the specific needs and conditions within each jurisdiction.

With respect to accountability, under the Governance and Accountability Framework, F-P/T Ministers Responsible for Social Services have committed to sharing data on reinvestment initiatives and reviewing results and outcomes achieved in order to identify best practices. F-P/T governments have also agreed to report annually to the public with a primary focus on performance of the initiative. To date, nine annual progress reports have been published, as well as a synthesis report on a comprehensive evaluation of the first three years of the initiative.

The Federal Role:

Under the National Child Benefit initiative, the Government of Canada provides additional income support to low-income families with children via the National Child Benefit Supplement component of the Canada Child Tax Benefit. Canada Revenue Agency delivers these benefits to families.

Human Resources and Skills Development Canada is responsible for policy development with respect to the F-P/T National Child Benefit initiative, and the Minister of Human Resources and Skills Development represents the Government of Canada in this F-P/T initiative.

The Canada Child Tax Benefit (including the National Child Benefit Supplement) is a tax benefit, and is administered by Canada Revenue Agency. Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada and Citizenship and Immigration Canada have roles in reinvestments and investments.

The Provincial and Territorial Role:

Under the F-P/T National Child Benefit initiative, provinces, territories and First Nations provide benefits and services that further the goals of the initiative. The initiative is designed so that provinces, territories and First Nations have the flexibility to develop and deliver programs and services that best meet the needs and priorities of their communities. As part of this flexibility, provinces and territories may adjust social assistance or child benefit payments by the full or partial amount of the National Child Benefit Supplement. This approach has resulted in families on social assistance being no worse off in terms of their level of benefits, while providing additional funds for new or enhanced provincial and territorial programs benefiting low-income families with children.

It is important to note that, as the National Child Benefit initiative has matured, the majority of provinces and territories no longer recover increases to the National Child Benefit Supplement. This means that the vast majority of children living in low-income families, including those on social assistance, are currently receiving some or all of the National Child Benefit Supplement.

Under the F-P/T National Child Benefit initiative, provincial and territorial governments, along with First Nations, have committed to re-allocating available social assistance funds into benefits and services for children in low-income families that further the goals of the initiative. Jurisdictions have focused reinvestments primarily in key areas:

  • Child Benefits and Earned Income Supplements;
  • Child Care;
  • Early Childhood Services and Children-at-Risk Services;
  • Supplementary Health Benefits;
  • Youth Initiatives; and
  • Other Benefits and Services.

First Nations Role:

The federal government is responsible for ensuring programs for First Nations children on reserve are comparable to those available to other Canadian children. Under the National Child Benefit, First Nations have the flexibility to reinvest savings from adjustments to social assistance into programs and services tailored to meet the needs and priorities of individual communities. Some 500 First Nation communities participate in the National Child Benefit and implement their own programs.

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Canada Revenue Agency Administers the National Child Benefit Supplement and delivers income benefits directly to low income families National Child Benefit Supplement On-going $3.79B Not available Continued progress on the goals of the National Child Benefit initiative, as described in the "Shared Outcomes", above. Results achieved in 2005 (latest year of publicly available results) are described in “Indicators and Impacts”, above. (The F-P/T NCB Progress Report: 2007 estimates that in 2005, as a direct result of the National Child initiative: 171,100 children in 78,800 families were prevented from living below Market Basket Measure (MBM) low-income thresholds, a reduction of 13.7 percent. These families saw their average disposable income increase by an estimated $2,400 or 9.5 percent).
Total   $3.79B      

Comments on Variances:

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): Not Applicable

Contact information:
François Weldon, Acting Director General
Social Policy Directorate
Strategic Policy and Research Branch
HRSDC
(819) 994-3184
francois.weldon@hrsdc-rhdcc.gc.ca

1 The Government of Québec has stated that it agrees with the basic principles of the National Child Benefit. Québec chose not to participate in the initiative but has adopted a similar approach to the National Child Benefit. Throughout this text, references to joint F-P/T positions do not include Québec.

2 Statistics Canada’s post-tax low-income cut-offs (LICOs) are used to examine historical trends in low income as data using the Market Basket Measure (MBM) is only available since 2000.


Top of Page

Industry Canada

Horizontal Initiatives

Industry Canada is involved in a number of horizontal initiatives, working in partnership with other federal departments, other levels of government, non-governmental organizations and private sector organizations. Industry Canada's involvement in these initiatives contributes to the Department's achievement of its strategic outcomes.
Industry Canada is the lead for the following significant horizontal initiatives:

  • BizPaL
  • Canada Business Network
  • G8/G20 Horizontal Initiative Table

Strategic Outcome
Competitive Businesses are Drivers of Sustainable Wealth Creation

Name of Horizontal Initiative: BizPaL

Lead Department: Industry Canada

Lead Department Program Activity: Entrepreneurial Economy

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: January 31, 2005

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: March 31, 2011

Total Federal Funding Allocation ($ millions): 15.5

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):
BizPaL is a unique collaboration of federal, provincial/territorial and municipal governments working together in a new service delivery model to improve access to information on permits and licences needed from all levels of government to start or operate a business.

Integrated into local government websites or portals, BizPaL provides a single point of contact for entrepreneurs, enabling them to quickly learn which permits and licences they will need from municipal, provincial/territorial and federal governments.

Federal funding supports secretariat services, expansion and development of the service and the federal role. None of the participants (provinces/territories/municipalities) receive federal funds for the BizPaL initiative. They provide "in-kind" support in their respective jurisdictions. Provincial participants also contribute funds to a Specified Purpose Account to support basic operating costs in accordance with a cost-sharing formula based on population size.

Shared Outcome(s):

  • Increased awareness of and access to business permits and licences from all levels of government
  • Increased cost savings for businesses by avoiding involuntary non-compliance
  • Support of government efforts to reduce the paperwork burden and red tape that face small business owners and operators

Governance Structure(s):
BizPaL represents a shared governance model that involves participants from the federal, provincial/territorial and local/municipal levels of government. Industry Canada manages the expansion and evolution of the BizPaL service and develops relationships among participating jurisdictions. A Steering Committee has been established with representation from each level of government to provide strategic direction and to ensure business directions and corporate initiatives align with those of the participants. A project managers' committee supports day-to-day operations and executes approved operational plans.

Although governance is shared through various participant committees, Industry Canada is accountable for the federal resources contributed to the BizPaL initiative. In addition, the Department is responsible for enlisting the participation of federal government departments in BizPaL and managing the national BizPaL office.

Performance Highlights:
2 rounds of moderated and 2 rounds of unmoderated usability testing designed to validate the implementation of the transformed BizPaL project, which will be implemented in May 2011, was conducted. The usability testing was successful in validating the project and garnered a 91% success rate of completed tasks among participants.

As a result of the efforts of the BizPaL partnership undertaken during 2010–2011, the net population coverage increased to 57.8%. This represents a 3.3% increase above last year.

Federal Partner Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Program for Federal Partner Total Allocation (from start to end date)
($ millions)
 
Planned Spending
2010–11
($ millions)
 
Actual Spending
2010–11
($ millions)
Variance(s)
($ millions)
 
Industry Canada (lead) Entrepreneurial Economy BizPaL 15.5 2.7 1.8 0.9
Total 15.5 2.7 1.8 0.9

Comments on Variances:
The task of recruiting municipal partners is the responsibility of the provincial/territorial partners (roles and responsibilities are defined in the signed Memorandum to Cabinet). The net population coverage increased by 3.3% over last year. Provinces and territories will continue to engage and recruit municipalities.

The variance in expenditures is a result of the following:

  • Strategic innovation decisions taken by the Steering Committee led to the development of technology shifting away from independent consultants to federal government employees already staffed on the BizPaL team, resulting in significant savings.
  • Budget allocated for certain project activities such as public opinion research did not take place due to fiscal restraints on this activity across the federal government.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): Not applicable.

Contact information:
Dan Batista
Director, Service Innovation
Small Business Branch 
Small Business, Tourism and Marketplace Services
613-946-7302

Strategic Outcome
Competitive Businesses are Drivers of Sustainable Wealth Creation

Name of Horizontal Initiative: Canada Business Network
(Amalgamation of Canada Business Service Centres [CBSC] and Business Gateway [BG])

Description: 
In January 2009, Canada's Economic Action Plan announced $15 million per year for 2 years to improve services offered to small and medium-sized business owners through the Canada Business Network (CBN) program.

A-based funding was also secured, ensuring ongoing support for small businesses. The federal partners that deliver CBN are Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency, Canada Economic Development for Quebec Regions, Industry Canada and Western Economic Diversification. The 4 managing departments will report on the strategic objectives and performance results of the CBN through their respective Reports on Plans and Priorities and Departmental Performance Reports.

Strategic Outcome: Science and Technology, Knowledge, and Innovation are Effective Drivers of a Strong Canadian Economy

Strategic Outcome: Competitive Businesses are Drivers of Sustainable Wealth Creation

Name of Horizontal Initiative: G8 Summit and G20 Meeting

Start Date: December 2009

End Date: March 2011

Total Federal Funding Allocation ($ millions): 5.58

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):
In June 2010 Canada hosted both the G8 Summit and the G20 Meeting in Huntsville, Ontario. Both constituted major events and represented complex undertakings from a security perspective with more than 30 leaders and heads of organizations in attendance. The magnitude of the security requirements included land, air and maritime components and involved multiple security partners. The Department provided 12 spectrum monitoring units and spectrum officers were on site to help address radio interference issues that might disrupt the summit security. The geographical scope of both events included Huntsville, Barrie and Toronto. There were 4 key phases in the security cycle: 1) planning and pre-summit operations; 2) intelligence operations; 3) summit operations; and 4) demobilization. Total funding requested by Industry Canada was $2.8 million, of which a significant portion was attributed to the deployment of new facilities in and around the event areas.

In addition to this, funding from within FedNor's existing reference levels was used to support the G8/G20 meetings. Specifically, FedNor funded 4 grants and contributions projects totalling $2,580,468. All projects met the Northern Ontario Development Program (NODP) terms and conditions.

Governance Structure(s):
This horizontal initiative represents a shared governance model that involves participants from the federal, provincial/territorial and local/municipal levels of government. Industry Canada manages the radio frequency spectrum and will ensure spectrum quality by assigning radio frequencies and by providing timely response to incidents of radio interference.

Consultations were undertaken with key federal and provincial agency stakeholders to assess specific radio frequency spectrum access requirements and to plan frequency assignments.

Industry Canada also administers the NODP through FedNor.

Department Program Activity Total Allocation (from start date to end date) Planned Spending
for
2010–11
 
Actual Spending
for
2010–11
Expected Results
for
2010–11
Results Achieved
in
2010–11
Industry Canada — Marketplace Frameworks and Regulations for Spectrum, Telecommunications and the Online Economy $2,827,000 $246,624 $ 246,624 Industry Canada will respond to and help address radio interference issues that might disrupt summit security and safety operations. Given the many protests that were expected to be held, including the threats from radical groups, Industry Canada also had to be prepared to deal with possible deliberate and malicious radio interference that might pose a threat to public safety and security during the summits. Industry Canada (SITT) investigated 19 cases of radiocommunication interference (6 prior to the summit, and 13 during the summit) and completed 35 Directed Investigations. Industry Canada was able to immediately respond to all reported cases from the Integrated Security Unit  (ISU) agencies.  At least 3 of those cases were very high priority ISU-related cases. 1 of the reports involved difficulties communicating between aircraft and ground crew on the frequencies to be used by aircraft flying in the heads of state and other internationally protected persons (IPPs) on the Thursday night into the Deerhurst Inn in Huntsville. Industry Canada was under significant pressure to find the cause and did so in time for the IPPs to be flown in on schedule that same night.
Industry Canada — Communications Research Centre Canada       The Department will provide the spectrum monitoring tools and equipment. CRC assisted with the security at both of these summits through the provision of 12 spectrum monitoring units with direction-finding capability for Industry Canada's Ontario region.
Industry Canada — Community, Economic and Regional Development $2,758,382 $1,221,793 $1,221,793 $2.7 million towards 6 projects Target met. FedNor provided $2.7 million towards 6 projects in support of the G8 Summit and the G20 meeting in Huntsville.
Total $5,585,382 $1,468,417 $1,468,417     

Comment(s) on Variance(s): Not applicable.

Contact Information:
Lucie Perreault, Director, Corporate Services, FedNor
John Lodge, Research Program Manager, Communications Research Centre
Peter Allen, Manager, Enforcement and Compliance, Spectrum Management Operations Branch

Top of Page

Infrastructure Canada

Horizontal Initiatives


Canada Strategic Infrastructure Fund (CSIF)

 

1. Name of Horizontal Initiative:  Canada Strategic Infrastructure Fund

2. Name of Lead Department(s):  Infrastructure Canada

3. Lead Department Program Activity:  Canada Strategic Infrastructure Fund

4. Start Date:  2003-04

5. End Date:  2012-13

6. Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date):  $4.3 Billion[1]

7. Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

The Canada Strategic Infrastructure Fund, which received funding in the 2001 and 2003 federal budgets, is a cost-shared contribution program for strategic infrastructure projects.  To date, funding has been approved to support 76 projects.

Investments are directed to projects of major national and regional significance and are to be made in areas that are vital to sustaining economic growth and supporting an enhanced quality of life for Canadians.  The CSIF is delivered through negotiated agreements with provincial, territorial or local governments, private partners or non-governmental organizations.  Contribution agreements are tailored based on the project requirements.

The Canada Strategic Infrastructure Act outlines the prime categories of investments in projects that involve fixed capital assets that are used or operated for the benefit of the public.  The categories eligible under the Canada Strategic Infrastructure Fund are:

  • Highway and Rail Infrastructure;
  • Local Transportation Infrastructure;
  • Tourism or Urban Development Infrastructure;
  • Water or Sewage Infrastructure; and
  • Other categories approved by regulation, e.g. Advanced Telecommunications and High-Speed Broadband, Northern Infrastructure.

8. Shared Outcome(s):

The overall planned results Infrastructure Canada expects to achieve through CSIF are to invest in projects which:

  • facilitate the movement of goods and people on Canada’s National Highway System for the purposes of increasing the productivity, economic efficiency, and safety of Canada’s surface transportation system;
  • facilitate the safe and efficient movement of goods and people, ease congestion, or reduce greenhouse gases and airborne pollutants;
  • ensure that tourism continues to contribute to the economic well-being of Canadians and to serve as a bridge between Canada and the world;
  • ensure that drinking water is safe, clean and reliable at drinking water facilities, and ensure sustainable treatment of wastewater; and expand broadband networks in Canada.

9. Governance Structure(s):

All CSIF projects are selected under the authority of the Minister of Transport, Infrastructure and Communities.  Prior to selecting projects, the Minister consults other Ministers who have an interest in the region or in the substantive project area.  After project selection, Treasury Board approval is sought for each contribution.  At the same time, incremental operating funds required for project oversight and management by the implementing departments/agencies are identified and sought in the Treasury Board submission.

The fund is delivered in partnership involving primarily three sets of key collaborators:

  1. Infrastructure Canada:  As the coordinating and funding agent for the contribution, Infrastructure Canada is responsible for project review, selection, approval, public announcements, environmental assessment in some cases, and program evaluation.  It leads the negotiation of contribution agreements with each of the funding recipients.  It also develops, in coordination with the implementing department/agency, the submission to Treasury Board for the approval of funds.  To monitor activities and milestones throughout the project life cycle, an Infrastructure Canada representative will sit on the project’s Agreement Steering Committee usually as the federal co-chair, except for transportation projects where Transport Canada is the lead.
  2. An implementing department/agency: Infrastructure Canada’s relationship with each implementing department or agency varies with the capacity and the complexity of the project.  Responsibilities are also negotiated specifically for each project.  The implementing department/agency may provide technical assistance in the analysis of the business case, determining the costs and benefits to be realized, and providing advice on the development of the contribution agreement and Treasury Board submission.  The implementing department/agency will support implementation of CSIF projects in a manner that upholds federal due diligence in such areas as overseeing the implementation of mitigation measures identified in the environmental assessment, assessing the eligibility and reasonability of project costs, providing information pertaining to cash flow and budget, approving claims, making payments, and conducting audits and evaluation of projects.  The implementing department/agency is normally represented on the project’s Agreement Steering Committee.  The implementing department/agency also ensures adherence to information management requirements, including the use of the Shared Information Management System for Infrastructure, which captures, monitors and reports on project information. The implementing department/agency also provides communication support.
  3. The funding recipient:  The recipient may be a provincial, territorial, or local government, a private partner, a non-government organization, or a combination thereof.  Once the project has been selected, Infrastructure Canada or Transport Canada leads the negotiations to develop a contribution agreement.  The funding recipient is responsible for ensuring that the project is completed as per the Terms and Conditions of the Contribution Agreement.

10. Performance Highlights:

  • In 2010-11, Infrastructure Canada continued to manage the federal contributions under the fund to support the construction, renewal and enhancement of public infrastructure;
  • Obtained assurance that the construction work of projects under the fund are completed; and
  • Continued to manage the program at the federal level in a collaborative fashion, in cooperation with the respective Federal Delivery Partners.

 

($ millions)

11. Federal Partners

12. Federal Partner Program Activity

13. Names of Programs for Federal Partners

14. Total Allocation (from start date to end date)

15. Planned Spending for 2010-11

16. Actual Spending for 2010-11

17. Expected Results for 2010-11

18. Results Achieved in 2010-11

1. Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency (ACOA)

PA1

A.

$158.2 Million

$18.7 Million

$10.9 Million

Infrastructure Canada and the Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency will continue to co-manage approximately 11 projects still underway across the four Atlantic provinces.  The construction of three new wastewater treatment plants in Halifax, Dartmouth and Herring Cove, which are designed to eliminate the flow of raw sewage into the Halifax Harbour and is supported by a federal contribution of $60 million, is scheduled to be completed during the 2010-11 fiscal year.

Infrastructure Canada and the Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency completed two projects during the fiscal year 2010-11. One of these projects is the wastewater treatment plant in Nova Scotia comprised of a wastewater collection system, including 19 combined sewer outflows, seven pumping stations, a 1.1km tunnel under downtown Halifax, 16 km of interceptor piping and forcemains, outfalls, diffusers and access roads, in addition to the design and construction of wastewater treatment facilities in Halifax, Dartmouth and Herring Cove.  The new facilities utilize advanced-primary wastewater treatment technology to remove up to 70 percent of suspended solids from the wastewater and eliminate the flow of raw sewage into the Halifax Harbour.  All eligible costs were incurred prior to March 31, 2010 and final certificates of substantial completion were issued during the 2010-11 fiscal year.  Federal share is $60 million.  A $6 million holdback remains to be released upon completion of the reporting and audit requirements, payable from a PAYE set up for that purpose.

Total

$158.2 Million

$18.7 Million

$10.9 Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

($ millions)

11. Federal Partners

12. Federal Partner Program Activity

13. Names of Programs for Federal Partners

14. Total Allocation (from start date to end date)

15. Planned Spending for 2010-11

16. Actual Spending for 2010-11

17. Expected Results for 2010-11

18. Results Achieved in 2010-11

2. Economic Development Agency of Canada for the Regions of Quebec

PA1

A.

$144.2 Million

$33.7 Million

$19.3 Million

Several co-managed projects are ongoing in the Province of Quebec.  The sanitary drainage and river bank re-naturalization of the Rivière St-Charles, which is designed to minimize future wastewater overflows and to recreate a more natural riverbank habitat, and is supported by a federal contribution of $36.5 million, is scheduled to be completed during the 2010-11 fiscal year.

Infrastructure Canada and the Economic Development Agency of Canada for the Regions of Quebec completed one project during the fiscal year 2010-11.  This project is the sanitary drainage and river bank re-naturalization of the Rivière St-Charles with a federal contribution of $36.5 million, leveraging an additional $47.3 million from funding partners.

Total

$144.2 Million

$33.7 Million

$19.3 Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

($ millions)

11. Federal Partners

12. Federal Partner Program Activity

13. Names of Programs for Federal Partners

14. Total Allocation (from start date to end date)

15. Planned Spending for 2010-11

16. Actual Spending for 2010-11

17. Expected Results for 2010-11

18. Results Achieved in 2010-11

3. Western Economic Diversification (WED)

PA1

A.

$656.1 Million

$54.0 Million

$24.9 Million

Approximately 15 co-managed projects are ongoing across the Provinces of Manitoba, Saskatchewan, Alberta and British Columbia.  Work on enhancing the Manitoba Floodway, which is designed to increase flood protection for the City of Winnipeg and includes a federal contribution of $332.5 million, is scheduled for completion in 2010-11.  Work on the development and upgrading of water treatment and regional distribution facilities in rural Saskatchewan, which involves a federal contribution of $27.3 million, is also scheduled for completion in the regions of Caronport and La Ronge.

To date, Infrastructure Canada and Western Economic Diversification have completed four CSIF projects; three in Saskatchewan (SK South Downtown, Regina Exhibition and Wascana Lake) and one in British Columbia, namely the Vancouver Convention Centre.  At the beginning of fiscal year 2011-12, three projects remain underway.  One of these is the Saskatchewan Regional Rural Water Supply System composed of four smaller components, supported by total federal contribution of $27.3 million.  One of the components (La Ronge) was completed in fiscal year 2010-11, with the federal share of $4.2 million.  Construction is underway for the remaining three components (Water Waste Pipeline, Saskatchewan Landing and Caron-Mortlach), supported by a total federal contribution of $23.1 million.

Total

$656.1 Million

$54.0 Million

$24.9 Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

($ millions)

11. Federal Partners

12. Federal Partner Program Activity

13. Names of Programs for Federal Partners

14. Total Allocation (from start date to end date)

15. Planned Spending for 2010-11

16. Actual Spending for 2010-11

17. Expected Results for 2010-11

18. Results Achieved in 2010-11

4. Federal Economic Development Agency for Southern Ontario (FedDev Ontario)

PA1

A.

$288.0 Million

$48.5 Million

$51.7 Million

Infrastructure Canada and the Federal Economic Development Agency for Southern Ontario (FedDev Ontario) will continue to co-manage several ongoing projects in the Province of Ontario.  The re-development of the former Don Valley Brick Works Site in Toronto, Ontario into a multi-use, multi-component building complex that will serve as an environmental education and community-focused centre, is scheduled for completion in the spring of 2011.  The work is supported by a federal contribution of $20 million.

Infrastructure Canada and the Federal Economic Development Agency for Southern Ontario completed four projects during the fiscal year 2010-11.  One of these is Evergreen at the Brick Works Project, supported by a federal share of $20 million. This project includes a 16-hectare park with the Weston Quarry Garden, wetlands, hiking trails, wildflower meadows, and 15 heritage buildings, all  aimed at increasing environmental awareness, stimulating creativity and innovation, while improving the quality of life and economic development in Canada’s communities.

Total

$288.0 Million

$48.5 Million

$51.7 Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

($ millions)

11. Federal Partners

12. Federal Partner Program Activity

13. Names of Programs for Federal Partners

14. Total Allocation (from start date to end date)

15. Planned Spending for 2010-11

16. Actual Spending for 2010-11

17. Expected Results for 2010-11

18. Results Achieved in 2010-11

5. Canadian Northern Economic Development Agency (CanNor)

PA1

A.

$41.1 Million

$2.3 Million

$8.1 Million

Infrastructure Canada and the Canadian Northern Economic Development Agency (CanNor) will continue to co-manage several projects across the Yukon, the Northwest Territories and Nunavut.  An example of this work is the urban development initiatives underway to upgrade the function and appearance of the waterfronts in Whitehorse and Carcross, which is supported by a federal contribution of $11 million.

Construction of urban development initiatives to upgrade the function and appearance of the waterfronts in Whitehorse and Carcross has been extended to 2013, while increasing the federal contribution by an additional $9 million.  The additional funding will be going towards Kwanlin Dun Cultural Centre on the Whitehorse waterfront, as well as funding additional upgrades in Carcross.

Total

$41.1 Million

$2.3 Million

$8.1 Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

($ millions)

11. Federal Partners

12. Federal Partner Program Activity

13. Names of Programs for Federal Partners

14. Total Allocation (from start date to end date)

15. Planned Spending for 2010-11

16. Actual Spending for 2010-11

17. Expected Results for 2010-11

18. Results Achieved in 2010-11

6. Transport Canada

PA1

A.

$3,525.1 Million

$247.7 Million

$217.1 Million

Transport Canada will continue to serve as the lead partner in the management of programs across the country that deal with highways and other major transportation projects.  Transport Canada will continue to manage 11 active projects under the Canada Strategic Infrastructure Fund.  None of the construction projects are expected to be completed in 2010-11.

Infrastructure Canada and Transport Canada completed one project during the fiscal year 2010-11, with another 14 projects underway at the beginning of 2011-12.

Total

$3,525.1 Million

$247.7 Million

$217.1 Million

 

 

19. Comments on Variances:  The large and complex nature of the CSIF projects makes them more vulnerable to experience unforeseen delays during their construction.  In 2010-11, a number of CSIF projects encountered delays due to lengthier environmental processes, inclement weather, as well as acquisition issues and other construction-related reasons.  Therefore, the amount of funding claimed by the recipient for a number of projects has been significantly lower than forecasted. This has translated into variances between the total authorities and the actual amount of funding spent under the program during the 2010-11 fiscal year.

20. Results Achieved by Non-Federal Partners (if applicable):  n/a.

21. Contact Information: Claude Blanchette, Director General, Program Integration, Tel: (613) 948-9392, E-Mail: claude.blanchette@infc.gc.ca.


Border Infrastructure Fund (BIF)

 

1. Name of Horizontal Initiative:  Border Infrastructure Fund (BIF)

2. Name of Lead Department(s):  Infrastructure Canada

3. Lead Department Program Activity:  Border Infrastructure Fund

4. Start Date:  2003-04

5. End Date:  2013-14

6. Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date):  $600 Million[2]

7. Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): 

The Border Infrastructure Fund, which was announced in Budget 2001, is a cost-shared contribution program.  It complements some of the Government of Canada’s other infrastructure programs such as the Canada Strategic Infrastructure Fund and the Strategic Highway Infrastructure Program, a Transport Canada program.

As part of  “Canada’s commitment to address land border pressures, such as traffic congestion, and to continue to facilitate the large volume of trade across the Canada – United States border”, the Border Infrastructure Fund contributions are directed at or on routes leading to Canada’s border crossings, with a particular focus on the six largest:

  • Windsor, Ontario;
  • Sarnia, Ontario;
  • Fort Erie, Ontario;
  • Niagara Falls, Ontario;
  • Douglas, British Columbia; and
  • Lacolle, Quebec.

The fund also directs some funding toward smaller and regionally important border crossings throughout Canada.  Once completed, projects supported under BIF will help alleviate traffic congestion, increase system capacity and further the Smart Border Declaration (a Canada – US Declaration; see http://www.dfait-maeci.gc.ca/anti-terrorism/declaration-en.asp).

8. Shared Outcome(s):

The overall planned results expected to achieve through BIF are to invest in projects that contribute to safe and efficient border crossings.  Expected outcomes are to alleviate border congestion and increase border crossing capacity and to increase security and safety at border crossings, leading to cross border trade efficiencies.

9. Governance Structure(s): 

All BIF projects are selected under the authority of the Minister of Transport, Infrastructure and Communities.  Prior to selecting projects, the Minister consults with other Ministers who have an interest in the region or in the substantive project area.  After project selection, public announcements are made by the Minister of Transport, Infrastructure and Communities.  Treasury Board approval is sought for each contribution.  At the same time, incremental operating funds required for project oversight and management by Transport Canada are identified and sought in the Treasury Board submission.

The fund is delivered in partnership involving primarily three sets of key collaborators:

  1. Infrastructure Canada:  As the coordinating and funding agent for the contribution, Infrastructure Canada is responsible for project review and selection.  It leads the negotiation of contribution agreements with each of the funding recipients and is responsible for the evaluation of the program.  To monitor activities and milestones throughout the project life cycle, an Infrastructure Canada representative sits on the project’s Agreement Steering Committee.
  2. Transport Canada:  This department has the project-specific technical knowledge with regard to each project.  Transport Canada provides analysis and advice for the review and approval of projects.  It is responsible for implementing the Border Infrastructure Fund projects in a manner that upholds federal due diligence in such areas as: environmental assessment, the eligibility and reasonability of project costs, the provision of information pertaining to cash flow and budget, the approval of invoices, making payments, the conducting of audits and evaluation of the projects.  Transport Canada reviews the business case for the project, and determines the costs and benefits.  It works with Infrastructure Canada to jointly negotiate the project agreement and prepares the Treasury Board submission; the Minister of Transport, Infrastructure and Communities signs both documents. Transport Canada is the federal co-chair of the project’s Agreement Steering Committee.  It also ensures adherence to information management requirements to capture, monitor and report on project information.
  3. The funding recipient:  The recipient may be a provincial, territorial or local government, private partner or a combination thereof.  Once the project has been selected, the funding recipient enters into negotiations with Infrastructure Canada to develop a contribution agreement.  The funding recipient is responsible for ensuring that the project is completed as per the terms and conditions of the contribution agreement.

10. Performance Highlights: 

  • In 2010-11, Infrastructure Canada worked with its portfolio partner, Transport Canada, to oversee the implementation of the remaining projects announced under the Border Infrastructure Fund; and
  • In partnership with its portfolio partner, Transport Canada, the Infrastructure Canada continued to oversee the implementation of project-specific agreements, ensuring that the terms of agreements are respected and that claims for payment are processed efficiently to meet the program’s scheduled end date of 2013.

 

 

($ millions)

11. Federal Partners

12. Federal Partner Program Activity

13. Names of Programs for Federal Partners

14. Total Allocation (from start date to end date)

15. Planned Spending for 2010-11

16. Actual Spending for 2010-11

17. Expected Results for 2010-11

18. Results Achieved in 2010-11

1. Transport Canada

PA1

A.

$614.5 Million

$83.8 Million

$67.8 Million

Transport Canada will continue to serve as the lead partner in the management of programs across the country that deal with highways and other major transportation projects.  Transport Canada will continue to manage 13 active projects under the Border Infrastructure Fund.  It is expected that construction of two projects will be completed in the 2010-11 fiscal year, including:  Truck Ferry Infrastructure and Signage Project in Windsor, Ontario; and the Widening of the Highway 401 from Highway 3 to West County Road 17 near Windsor, Ontario.

Infrastructure Canada and Transport Canada completed two component of the Let's Get Windsor Essex Moving Strategy project during the fiscal year 2010-11.  One of these is the Truck Ferry Infrastructure and Signage Project in Windsor, Ontario.  The Widening of the Highway 401 from Highway 3 to West Country Road 17 near Windsor, Ontario, supported by a federal contribution of $9.6 million has been delayed due to CN Rail work restrictions and is now scheduled to be completed in 2011-12.

Total

$614.5 Million

$83.8 Million

$67.8 Million

 

 

19. Comments on Variances:  none.

20. Results Achieved by Non-Federal Partners (if applicable):  n/a.

21. Contact Information: Claude Blanchette, Director General, Program Integration, Tel: (613) 948-9392, E-Mail:  claude.blanchette@infc.gc.ca.


Municipal Rural Infrastructure Fund (MRIF)

 

1. Name of Horizontal Initiative:  Municipal Rural Infrastructure Fund (MRIF)

2. Name of Lead Department(s):  Infrastructure Canada

3. Lead Department Program Activity:  Municipal Rural Infrastructure Fund

4. Start Date:  2004-05

5. End Date:  2013-14

6. Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date):  $1.2 Billion[3]

7. Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): 

The $1.2 billion Municipal Rural Infrastructure Fund has been structured to provide a balanced response to local infrastructure needs in urban and rural Canada and will ensure that all Canadians, whether they live in large, small or remote communities, will share in the benefits of infrastructure investments.

The fund improves and increases the stock of core public infrastructure in areas such as water, wastewater, culture, recreation, and those very things that make our communities vibrant and productive places to live, work and raise families.  It targets communities of less than 250,000 residents as well as First Nation communities.  Like other infrastructure programs, MRIF seeks to ensure that the projects it funds support the goals of the Government of Canada, encourages new and innovative approaches and favours partnerships, including an emphasis on ‘green’ projects which are sustainable and reduce greenhouse gases.

Through MRIF, the Government of Canada continues to work in productive partnerships with provinces, territories, and municipalities, as well as First Nations and the private sector, to invest in local infrastructure projects.  These projects will be vital to sustaining economic growth and supporting an enhanced quality of life in Canadian communities.

The fund is cost-shared, with the Government of Canada contributing, on average, one-third of total project eligible costs.  Provinces and municipalities contribute the remainder of these costs.  In recognition of the unique circumstances of the First Nations and the Territories, where many communities have no tax base, the Government of Canada may contribute a higher percentage of total project eligible costs.

8. Shared Outcome(s):  

The overall expected outcomes are:

  • Improved and increased core public infrastructure in areas such as water, wastewater, culture and recreation; and
  • Improved quality of life and economic opportunities for smaller communities and First Nations.

9. Governance Structure(s): 

The MRIF is based on a federal partnership arrangement between Infrastructure Canada and five federal partners:  Western Economic Diversification, Economic Development Agency of Canada for the Regions of Quebec, the Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency, Federal Economic Development Agency for Southern Ontario, and the Canadian Northern Economic Development Agency.  It involves 14 sub-programs, one joint sub-program for each province and territory and a sub-program for First Nations communities.  Each of the 14 sub-programs follows the same general conditions, priorities and approaches.  Also, recognizing the individual nature of each sub-program, the various agreements reflect the nature of the partnership as it relates to the order of government. 

To affect expected outcomes, MRIF eligible projects must conform to a policy leveraging framework, based on a common baseline, but adapted for each jurisdiction.  To ensure broad support and effective, innovative project delivery, partnerships of various types, including public-private partnerships are encouraged in the formulation and delivery of the fund projects.  The program relies on strong input from local and rural municipalities, including the support of the locally elected councils.  In addition, municipal representatives are involved in the processes and management of the program in the respective province or territory.

10. Performance Highlights:

  • In 2010-11, the program continued its long-term commitment to public infrastructure designed to promote economic growth, innovation and healthy communities, as per the Fund’s recent extension until March 31, 2013;
  • This commitment has continued to be focused on projects, such as water and wastewater treatment or cultural and recreation projects, for smaller and First Nations communities; and
  • Projects have continued to be managed in a collaborative manner through the respective umbrella of federal-provincial-territorial contribution agreements

 

($ millions)

11. Federal Partners

12. Federal Partner Program Activity

13. Names of Programs for Federal Partners

14. Total Allocation (from start date to end date)

15. Planned Spending for 2010-11

16. Actual Spending for 2010-11

17. Expected Results for 2010-11

18. Results Achieved in 2010-11

1. Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency (ACOA)

PA1

A.

$143.4 Million

$17.8 Million

$19.4 Million

Infrastructure Canada and the Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency will continue to co-manage the over 250 projects likely underway during the 2010-11 fiscal year.  Over 60 percent of the federal contribution is committed to green projects, which support and maintain a healthy and sustainable environment.

Infrastructure Canada and the Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency completed 74 projects during the fiscal year 2010-11.  One of these projects is Nova Scotia New Germany Sewer System Upgrade, supported by federal contribution of $205,400.  Work included in this project/phase was the engineering design, and the purchase and installation of process equipment for the Wastewater Treatment Plant.  The upgrade of the Wastewater Treatment Plant enables the facility to treat wastewater to a higher level.

Total

$143.4 Million

$17.8 Million

$19.4 Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

($ millions)

11. Federal Partners

12. Federal Partner Program Activity

13. Names of Programs for Federal Partners

14. Total Allocation (from start date to end date)

15. Planned Spending for 2010-11

16. Actual Spending for 2010-11

17. Expected Results for 2010-11

18. Results Achieved in 2010-11

2. Economic Development Agency of Canada for the Regions of Quebec

PA1

A.

$241.8 Million

$5.6 Million

$28.3 Million

Infrastructure Canada and the Economic Development Agency of Canada for the Regions of Quebec will continue to co-manage the over 200 projects likely underway during the 2010-11 fiscal year.  Over 60 percent of the total federal contribution is committed to green projects.

Infrastructure Canada and the Economic Development Agency of Canada for the Regions of Quebec completed 40 projects during the fiscal year 2010-11.  One of these projects is the upgrade to Boulevard Constable in McMasterville, Québec, supported by a federal contribution of $1.4 million.

Total

$241.8 Million

$5.6 Million

$28.3 Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

($ millions)

11. Federal Partners

12. Federal Partner Program Activity

13. Names of Programs for Federal Partners

14. Total Allocation (from start date to end date)

15. Planned Spending for 2010-11

16. Actual Spending for 2010-11

17. Expected Results for 2010-11

18. Results Achieved in 2010-11

3. Western Economic Diversification (WED)

PA1

A.

$286.3 Million

$38.4 Million

$47.9 Million

Infrastructure Canada and Western Economic Diversification will continue to co-manage the over 250 projects likely underway in the Provinces of British Columbia, Alberta, Saskatchewan and Manitoba during the 2010-11 fiscal year.  Over 55 percent of the total federal contribution is committed to green projects.

Infrastructure Canada and Western Economic Diversification completed 85 MRIF projects during the fiscal year 2010-11 and will continue working together to complete the remaining 159 projects underway in British Columbia, Alberta, Saskatchewan and Manitoba.

Total:

$286.3 Million

$38.4 Million

$47.9 Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

($ millions)

11. Federal Partners

12. Federal Partner Program Activity

13. Names of Programs for Federal Partners

14. Total Allocation (from start date to end date)

15. Planned Spending for 2010-11

16. Actual Spending for 2010-11

17. Expected Results for 2010-11

18. Results Achieved in 2010-11

4. Federal Economic Development Agency for Southern Ontario (FedDev Ontario)

PA1

A.

$373.2 Million

$62.1 Million

$40.7 Million

Infrastructure Canada and Industry Canada will continue to co-manage the over 500 projects likely underway, including the 35 projects which have been allocated the Building Canada Fund-Communities Component Top-Up funding, and are mostly scheduled for completion in the 2010-11 fiscal year.  Over 85 percent of the total federal contribution is committed to green projects.

Infrastructure Canada and the Federal Economic Development Agency for Southern Ontario completed 99 MRIF and six MRIF Top-Up projects during the fiscal year 2010-11. One of these is the improvement to the water distribution system in the Town of Kapuskasing, Ontario, supported by a federal contribution of $1.9 million.  The project involved the replacement of the elevated storage tank, as well as a construction of a new water transmission main to connect the existing distribution system, resulting in significant improvements in the availability and quality of drinking water.

 

 

 

$373.2 Million

$62.1 Million

$40.7 Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

($ millions)

11. Federal Partners

12. Federal Partner Program Activity

13. Names of Programs for Federal Partners

14. Total Allocation (from start date to end date)

15. Planned Spending for 2010-11

16. Actual Spending for 2010-11

17. Expected Results for 2010-11

18. Results Achieved in 2010-11

5. Canadian Northern Economic Development Agency (CanNor)

PA1

A.

$59.1 Million

$0 Million

$9.9 Million

Infrastructure Canada and Indian and Northern Affairs Canada (INAC) will continue to co-manage the over 50 projects likely underway in the 2010-11 fiscal year.  Over 50 percent of the total federal contribution is committed to green projects.

Infrastructure Canada and the Canadian Northern Economic Development Agency completed 22 projects during the fiscal year 2010-11.  One of these was the community centre in Repulse Bay, Nunavut, supported by a federal contribution of $2.5 million.  This project will act as a public gathering space for important community events, as well as an activity centre for youth.  In addition, as of April 1, 2011, there are eight projects underway in Yukon and Nunavut, while all MRIF projects in the Northwest Territories are now substantially completed.

Total:

$59.1 Million

$0 Million

$9.9 Million

 

 

19. Comments on Variances:  Construction delays, such as inclement weather, geological challenges, technical and other construction-related complexities prevented several proponents from meeting their project schedule.  As a result, variances were encountered between actual and forecasted spending at the program level.

20. Results Achieved by Non-Federal Partners (if applicable):  n/a.

21. Contact Information: Claude Blanchette, Director General, Program Integration, Tel: (613) 948-9392, E-Mail:  claude.blanchette@infc.gc.ca.


Infrastructure Canada Program (ICP)

 

1. Name of Horizontal Initiative:  Infrastructure Canada Program

2. Name of Lead Department(s):  Infrastructure Canada

3. Lead Department Program Activity:  Not applicable.  Funds are transferred to Federal Delivery Partners.

4. Start Date:  2000-01

5. End Date:  2010-11

6. Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date)$2.05 Billion[4]

7. Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

The Infrastructure Canada Program is a contribution program introduced in 2000 for local municipal infrastructure projects.  The Government of Canada matches the provincial/territorial governments’ contributions, providing up to one-third of the cost of each municipal infrastructure project.  It is a $2.05 billion program in effect until 2010-11.  The fund sunsetted on March 31, 2011 and all projects are now complete across the country.  All the funding has been committed and effectively spent.

The fund’s first priority for funding is “green municipal projects”, i.e. projects with environmental benefits that enhance the quality of the environment or health benefits that enhance the quality of human life.  Other priorities include affordable housing, culture, tourism and recreation, rural and remote telecommunication, high-speed access for local public institutions and local transportation.  Recognizing that individual communities know their needs best, the program operates in a "bottom-up" fashion, with the flexibility for municipalities and First Nations to identify their own infrastructure priorities.  It also includes provisions to ensure an equitable balance of funding between urban and rural communities.

8. Shared Outcome(s):  

The overall planned results are that urban and rural municipal infrastructure in Canada is enhanced and Canadians’ quality of life is improved through investments that protect the environment and support long-term community and economic growth.

9. Governance Structure(s): 

The key roles and responsibilities of partners are as follows:

  • Minister of Transport, Infrastructure and Communities – overall program management and accountability to Parliament, including media relations, appointment of Management Committee members, project approval for projects where the federal share is between $1 million - $10 million;
  • Infrastructure Canada – oversight and monitoring of the program ensuring effective management and a coordinated approach to communications and provision of services including operational services, information management, and communications services;
  • Ministers or Ministers of State responsible for delivery (Federal Economic Development Agency for Southern Ontario (FedDev Ontario); Western Economic Diversification; Economic Development Agency of Canada for the Regions of Quebec; Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency; Canadian Northern Economic Development Agency (CanNor), Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development (AANDC) with the Minister of Transport, Infrastructure and Communities joint authority to enter into contribution agreements with provinces/territories, and project approval where federal share is less than $1 million;
  • Federal-Provincial/Territorial Management Committees (one per jurisdiction) – administration and management of the Infrastructure Canada Program in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable federal-provincial/territorial agreement;
  • Provinces/Territories – signatories to the negotiated agreements with the federal government;
  • Local governments – main applicants for Infrastructure Canada Program projects; also responsible for sponsoring projects with non-governmental organizations and/or private sector;
  • Non-governmental organizations and private sector – eligible to propose projects that are sponsored either by a municipality, a province/territory or the federal government; and

Other government departments - provide key expertise for all or some types of Infrastructure Canada Program projects (e.g., Transport Canada, Department of Fisheries and Oceans, Canadian Environmental Assessment Agency).

10. Performance Highlights:

  • In 2010-11, the final year of the program, it continued to support the enhancement of municipal infrastructure in urban and rural communities across the country while improving quality of life for Canadians through investments that protect our environment and support long-term economic growth.
  • The program’s focus on innovation and efficiency means commitment to the continued use of existing infrastructure while allowing for the introduction of new approaches and best practices.
  • Infrastructure Canada has continued to manage this program in collaboration with Federal Delivery Partners, provinces, territories, municipalities and First Nations and will remain committed to the regular and strong audit and evaluation of the program.

 

($ millions)

11. Federal Partners

12. Federal Partner Program Activity

13. Names of Programs for Federal Partners

14. Total Allocation (from start date to end date)

15. Planned Spending for 2010-11

16. Actual Spending for 2010-11

17. Expected Results for 2010-11

18. Results Achieved in 2010-11

1. Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency (ACOA)

PA1

A.

$188.2 Million

$0 Million

$0 Million

Infrastructure Canada and the Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency will continue to co-manage the federal funds allocated across the Atlantic provinces.  All funds allocated have been claimed as expenses as of the beginning of the 2009-10 fiscal year.

At the end of 2010-11, all projects with the Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency have been completed.

Total:

$188.2 Million

$0 Million

$0 Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

($ millions)

11. Federal Partners

12. Federal Partner Program Activity

13. Names of Programs for Federal Partners

14. Total Allocation (from start date to end date)

15. Planned Spending for 2010-11

16. Actual Spending for 2010-11

17. Expected Results for 2010-11

18. Results Achieved in 2010-11

2. Economic Development Agency of Canada for the Regions of Quebec

 PA1

A.

$525.3 Million

$2.1 Million

10.3 Million$

Infrastructure Canada and the Economic Development Agency of Canada for the Regions of Quebec will continue to co-manage the federal funds allocated across the Province of Quebec.  Nearly $500 million of the allocation had been claimed as expenses as of the beginning of the 2009-10 fiscal year.

Infrastructure Canada and the Economic Development Agency of Canada for the Regions of Quebec completed 35 projects during the fiscal year 2010-11 of which four projects are awaiting final claims.  One of these projects is the relocation of the Tazmahal, Roulodome and Skate Park in Montreal, Quebec.  The federal contribution of $2.5 million helped renovate the old building, develop land for a snow park, as well as established facilities to accommodate the activities of young enthusiasts of in-line skating, skateboards, BMX motor bikes and other wheeled sports.

Total:

$525.3 Million

$2.1 Million

$10.3 Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

($ millions)

11. Federal Partners

12. Federal Partner Program Activity

13. Names of Programs for Federal Partners

14. Total Allocation (from start date to end date)

15. Planned Spending for 2010-11

16. Actual Spending for 2010-11

17. Expected Results for 2010-11

18. Results Achieved in 2010-11

3. Western Economic Diversification (WED)

PA1

A.

$568.3 Million

$0.0 Million

$1.0 Million

Infrastructure Canada and Western Economic Diversification will continue to co-manage the federal funds allocated across the western provinces.  Almost the entire allocation had been claimed as expenses as of the beginning of the 2009-10 fiscal year.

Infrastructure Canada and Western Economic Diversification completed the last 34 ICP projects during the fiscal year 2010-11.

Total:

$568.3 Million

$0.0 Million

$1.0 Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

($ millions)

11. Federal Partners

12. Federal Partner Program Activity

13. Names of Programs for Federal Partners

14. Total Allocation (from start date to end date)

15. Planned Spending for 2010-11

16. Actual Spending for 2010-11

17. Expected Results for 2010-11

18. Results Achieved in 2010-11

4. Federal Economic Development Agency for Southern Ontario (FedDev Ontario)

PA1

A.

$693.8 Million

$0.0 Million

$1.9 Million

Infrastructure Canada and Industry Canada will continue to co-manage the federal funds allocated across the Province of Ontario.  The entire allocation had been claimed as expenses as of the beginning of the 2009-10 fiscal year.

At the start of fiscal year 2011-12, four projects were underway, two of which have since been completed.  The remaining two projects are the Burlington Waterfront Project which was halted due to unforeseen circumstances and has now resumed with expected completion in 2013, and Abilities Centre in Durham, Ontario, which is expected to be completed in 2011-12.

Total:

$693.8 Million

$0.0 Million

$1.9 Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19. Comments on Variances:  None.

20. Results Achieved by Non-Federal Partners (if applicable):  n/a.

21. Contact Information:  Claude Blanchette, Director General, Program Integration, Tel: (613) 948-9392, E-Mail:  claude.blanchette@infc.gc.ca.


Building Canada Fund

 

1. Name of Horizontal Initiative:  Building Canada Fund

2. Name of Lead Department(s):  Infrastructure Canada

3. Lead Department Program Activity:  Building Canada Fund-Communities Component and Building Canada Fund-Major Infrastructure Fund

4. Start Date:  2007-08

5. End Date:  2016-17

6. Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date):  $8.8 Billion[5]

7. Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): 

The Building Canada Fund focuses on projects that deliver economic, environmental, and social benefits to Canadians.

The national priorities for funding are the core National Highway System, drinking water, wastewater, public transit and green energy.  Other eligible categories include projects that support economic growth and development (short-line rail and short-sea shipping, connectivity and broadband, tourism and regional and local airports), environmental projects (solid waste management), as well as projects that contribute to the ongoing development of safe and strong communities (disaster mitigation, culture, sport, recreation, local roads and bridges, and brownfield re-development).  Funding is used to support public infrastructure owned by provincial, territorial and municipal governments and entities, as well as the non-profit sector and private industry, in certain cases.

Funding is allocated for projects in the various provinces and territories based on their population (as of the 2006 Census).  In the provinces, the program operates through two components: the Major Infrastructure Component and the Communities Component.  In the territories, in recognition of their very low per capita allocations, the Building Canada funding has been rolled into the Provincial-Territorial Base Funding Program and is managed under the terms of this latter program in each territory.

The Major Infrastructure Component (BCF-MIC) targets larger, strategic projects of national and regional significance.  Under this component, two-thirds of national funding is directed to the above-mentioned national priorities.  Projects under the Major Infrastructure Component are selected jointly through a federal-provincial/territorial negotiation process with all projects required to meet minimum federal eligibility criteria. 

The Communities Component (BCF-CC) is focused on projects in communities with populations of less than 100,000.  Projects are selected through an application-based process and, like projects under the Major Infrastructure Component, are evaluated on the extent to which they meet minimum federal eligibility criteria. This will significantly help smaller communities address their infrastructure pressures and serve as a complementary instrument to the Gas Tax Fund.

More information on the Building Canada Fund can be found at: http://www.buildingcanada-chantierscanada.gc.ca/funprog-progfin/target-viser/bcf-fcc/bcf-fcc-eng.html.

8. Shared Outcome(s):  

The expected outcomes are to deliver results that matter to Canadians - including cleaner air and water, safer roads, shorter commutes -  while supporting broad federal priorities of a stronger economy, cleaner environment, and better communities.

9. Governance Structure(s): 

i.  Major Infrastructure Component of the Building Canada Fund

 

All BCF-MIC projects are selected under the authority of the Minister of Transport, Infrastructure and Communities.  Priorities are identified through discussions with provinces.  Prior to selecting projects, the Minister consults other Ministers who have an interest in the region or in the substantive project area.  Following due diligence, Treasury Board approval is required for contributions to any projects above the delegated threshold (i.e. $100 million federal contribution) or that require exemptions to program terms and conditions.  At the same time, should they be required for transportation projects, incremental operating funds required for project oversight and management by Transport Canada are identified and sought in the Treasury Board submission.

BCF-MIC is delivered in partnership involving primarily three sets of key collaborators:

  • Infrastructure Canada:  As the coordinating and funding agent for the contribution, Infrastructure Canada is responsible for identifying priorities, recommending approval of all BCF-MIC projects to the Minister, public announcements, environmental assessment in some cases, and program evaluation. Infrastructure Canada is responsible for project selection and review/due diligence for all projects.  For non-transportation projects, Infrastructure Canada is also responsible for the preparation of Treasury Board submissions (where required), the negotiation of contribution agreements with each of the funding recipients, and the oversight of these agreements.  To monitor activities and milestones throughout the project life cycle, an Infrastructure Canada representative sits on the project’s Agreement Steering Committee.  Infrastructure Canada oversees the implementation of mitigation measures identified in the environmental assessment, assesses the eligibility and reasonability of project costs, monitors information pertaining to cash flow and budget, approves claims, make payments, and conducts audits and evaluations of the projects.  Infrastructure Canada will use Shared Information Management System for Infrastructure to capture, monitor and report project information.
  • Transport Canada: For non-transportation projects, Transport Canada drafts a project review/due diligence for Infrastructure Canada’s review, prepares any required Treasury Board submissions, and leads the negotiations of contribution agreements.  Transport Canada monitors activities and milestones throughout the project life cycle, and nominates federal representatives to sit on projects’ Agreement Steering Committees.  Transport Canada oversees the implementation of mitigation measures identified in the environmental assessment, assesses the eligibility and reasonability of project costs, monitors information pertaining to cash flow and budget, approves claims, makes payments, and conducts audits and evaluations of the projects.  Transport Canada will also ensure adherence to Infrastructure Canada’s information management requirements, including the use of Infrastructure Canada’s Shared Information Management System for Infrastructure, which captures, monitors and reports project information. Transport Canada also provides communication support to Infrastructure Canada.
  • The funding recipient: The recipient may be provincial, territorial, or local government, a private partner, a non-government organization or a combination thereof.  The funding recipient is responsible for ensuring that the project is completed as per the Terms and Conditions of the Contribution Agreement, and is also responsible for the ongoing operation and maintenance of the asset. 

ii.  Communities Component of the Building Canada Fund

BCF-CC is governed by separate federal-provincial contribution agreements, each of which is managed by an Oversight Committee established by the Infrastructure Framework Committee that includes both federal and provincial senior officials. To support the operation of the Communities Component and Oversight Committees, each jurisdiction has a federal-provincial Joint Secretariat staffed by Federal Delivery Partners and provincial officials.

All project applications under BCF-CC are subject to a competitive, application-based process. This process is administered by the Joint Secretariat, but a material role for the respective provincial municipal association (for those provinces that have municipal associations) may also have been established as part of the application review process.  Allowing some implementation flexibility to the Joint Secretariats and Oversight Committees, all competitive processes issue calls for applications (either one open window for applications or multiple shorter windows with set closing dates).  Some provinces may limit the number of applications per community within and/or across all intakes.

Joint Secretariats provide the first level of due diligence, including engineering, environmental, and legal review of the applications, and prepare briefing material for the Oversight Committees.  The Oversight Committees review and rank the application against the mandatory and additional leveraging criteria established in the Policy Leveraging Framework of the Building Canada Fund.  The Oversight Committee presents the recommended list of projects to the Minister or the Federal Delivery Partner Minister for consideration, in accordance with the delegations of authority.  After consulting with other Ministers who have a mandate in the substantive project area, the Minister or the Federal Delivery Partner Minister provide feedback on the list of projects to the Oversight Committee.  The Oversight Committee then performs a final review of the list and makes a recommendation to the appropriate Minister, in accordance with the delegations of authority. Federal funding for projects is announced once final approval has been granted in writing.

The Framework Agreements stipulate that individual federal-provincial Contribution Agreements govern the Communities Component in each province, and that these agreements are managed by an Oversight Committee, established under the Infrastructure Framework Committee.  Each Oversight Committee includes both federal and provincial senior officials and may also include representatives from provincial municipal associations (where applicable).  The federal co-chair of the Oversight Committee is a senior official from Infrastructure Canada appointed by the Minister.

In the federal-provincial contribution agreement, the parties agreed to establish a Joint Secretariat to support the Oversight Committee and administer BCF-CC. This secretariat is staffed by officials from the provincial government and the Federal Delivery Partner.

10. Performance Highlights: 

Under the Building Canada Fund-Major Infrastructure Component (BCF-MIC), Infrastructure Canada has continued to work with federal and provincial partners to expeditiously identify, approve and fund projects in the key national priority areas of water, wastewater, public transit, the core National Highway System and green energy, as well as in other eligible categories of investment.  The implementation of each project-specific funding agreement is being conducted in a streamlined manner to ensure that the terms of agreements are respected while claims for payment are processed efficiently.

Under the Building Canada Fund-Communities Component (BCF-CC), construction began on several hundred projects nation-wide dealing with wastewater treatment, potable water, local roads and other infrastructure needs.  This construction was supported not only by the over $1 billion in federal contributions now fully allocated under the original Communities Component agreements, but also by the further $500 million in federal Top-Up funding introduced under the Economic Action Plan.

 

 

($ millions)

11. Federal Partners

12. Federal Partner Program Activity

13. Names of Programs for Federal Partners

14. Total Allocation (from start date to end date)

15. Planned Spending for 2010-11

16. Actual Spending for 2010-11

17. Expected Results for 2010-11

18. Results Achieved in 2010-11

1. Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency (ACOA)

 

 

PA1

 

 

A. BCF-MIC

$76.6 Million

$1.8 Million

$9.4 Million

Infrastructure Canada and the Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency will continue to co-manage seven of the announced Major Infrastructure Component projects in the Atlantic Region.  Three projects are scheduled for completion in the 2010-11 fiscal year, including the development of a wind-farm in Summerside, Prince Edward Island, and the construction of the Halifax Canada Game Centre.  These projects are supported by federal contributions of $4.5 million and $12 million respectively.

In June 2010, all BCF-MIC projects being co-managed with the Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency were transferred to Infrastructure Canada.  Going forward, Infrastructure Canada will be responsible for the administration and implementation of all BCF-MIC projects in the Atlantic region.

B. BCF-CC

$149.8 Million

$31.0 Million

$37.1 Million

Infrastructure Canada and the Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency will continue to co-manage over 100 projects underway in the Provinces of Newfoundland, Prince Edward Island, New Brunswick and Nova Scotia.  A further approximately 100 projects are scheduled to start construction in the 2010-11 fiscal year.  All 77 projects funded under the Building Canada Fund-Communities Component Top-Up stimulus are scheduled for completion by October 31, 2011.

Infrastructure Canada and the Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency completed 104 projects during the fiscal year 2010-2011. One of these is the upgrade and paving of 11 municipal roads in the Town of Reidville, Newfoundland. This project improved transportation efficiency and safety of local roads in the area.  Given that these municipal, highly-travelled roads were initially gravel roads, paving such roads will now require less maintenance and upkeep while eliminating the use of chemical products for dust control.

C. BCF-CC Top-Up

$34.6 Million

$23.8 Million

$21.2 Million

 

 

Total:

$261.0 Million

$56.6 Million

$67.7 Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

($ millions)

11. Federal Partners

12. Federal Partner Program Activity

13. Names of Programs for Federal Partners

14. Total Allocation (from start date to end date)

15. Planned Spending for 2010-11

16. Actual Spending for 2010-11

17. Expected Results for 2010-11

18. Results Achieved in 2010-11

2. Economic Development Agency of Canada for the Regions of Quebec

PA1

A. BCF-MIC

$422.2 Million

$80.3 Million

$22.7 Million

Infrastructure Canada and the Economic Development Agency of Canada for the Regions of Quebec will continue to co-manage the 11 announced Major Infrastructure Component projects in Quebec.  Two projects are scheduled for completion in the 2010-11 fiscal year, including the expansion of the Montreal Museum of Fine Arts, and the modernization of the Desjardins drinking water treatment facilities in Lévis.  These projects are supported by federal contributions of $13 million and $10.8 million respectively.

In June 2010, allBCF-MIC projects being co-managed with the Economic Development Agency of Canada for the Regions of Quebec were transferred to Infrastructure Canada.  Going forward, Infrastructure Canada will be responsible for the administration and implementation of allBCF-MIC projects in Quebec.

B.BCF-CC

$412.6 Million

$43.3 Million

$6.1  Million

Infrastructure Canada and the Economic Development Agency of Canada for the Regions of Quebec will continue to co-manage the 120 announced projects in the Province of Quebec.  An agreement between the federal and provincial governments to provide top-up funding for projects ready to begin construction is expected.  In addition, progress on the six projects announced under the Large Urban Centres Component of the Building Canada Fund will continue. These projects, which focus on financing infrastructure development in communities of 100,000 inhabitants or more, are supported by a federal contribution of approximately $33.5 million.

Infrastructure Canada and the Economic Development Agency of Canada for the Regions of Quebec completed three projects during the fiscal year 2010-11. One of these is the water treatment and distribution facility, improving the quality of drinking water in Farnham, Quebec, supported by a federal contribution of $164,000.

C. BCF-CC Top-Up

$116.0 Million

$116.0 Million

$83.9 Million

 

 

Total:

$950.8 Million

$239.6 Million

$112.7 Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

($ millions)

11. Federal Partners

12. Federal Partner Program Activity

13. Names of Programs for Federal Partners

14. Total Allocation (from start date to end date)

15. Planned Spending for 2010-11

16. Actual Spending for 2010-11

17. Expected Results for 2010-11

18. Results Achieved in 2010-11

3. Transport Canada

PA1

A.BCF-MIC

$3,507.2 Million

$579.4 Million

$286.4 Million

Transport Canada will continue to serve as the lead partner in the management of transportation projects under the Building Canada Fund-Major Infrastructure Component (BCF-MIC), and will continue to work with partners to execute project specific contribution agreements and to manage the day-to-day implementation of the projects.  Transport Canada and Infrastructure Canada will work together to announce one new project for funds remaining under the BCF-MIC, and will work with partners to have the projects formally approved.  Transport Canada will continue to manage 37 transportation projects announced under the Building Canada Fund.  It is currently expected that 26 projects will commence construction and six projects will be completed in 2010-11.

Seven projects, involving a federal contribution of approximately $716 million, were announced for public transportation infrastructure projects in 2010-11.

Transport Canada is now managing 82 transportation projects announced under the Building Canada Fund.  Of these, in 2010-11, 20 projects began construction, and three projects were completed.

Total:

$3,507.2 Million

$579.4 Million

$286.4 Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

($ millions)

11. Federal Partners

12. Federal Partner Program Activity

13. Names of Programs for Federal Partners

14. Total Allocation (from start date to end date)

15. Planned Spending for 2010-11

16. Actual Spending for 2010-11

17. Expected Results for 2010-11

18. Results Achieved in 2010-11

4. Western Economic Diversification

PA1

A.BCF-MIC

$221.5 Million

$37.7 Million

$46.7 Million

Infrastructure Canada and Western Economic Diversification will continue to co-manage the nine announced Major Infrastructure Component projects across the western provinces.  Four projects are scheduled for completion in the 2010-11 fiscal year, including the expansion of the Red River Floodway in Winnipeg, Manitoba, and the construction of the Kinnear Centre for Creativity in Banff, Alberta.  These projects are supported by federal contributions of $332.5 million and $15 million respectively.

In June 2010, six BCF-MIC projects being co-managed with Western Economic Diversification were transferred to Infrastructure Canada.  Three BCF-MIC projects, which were nearing completion in 2010-11, continued to be delivered by Western Economic Diversification.  Two of the co-managed projects, Northlands Exhibition Facility in Edmonton, Alberta and Evraz Place in Regina, Saskatchewan, completed construction in 2010-11. One BCF-MIC project, the Kinnear Centre for Creativity in Banff, Alberta, continues to be co-managed with Western Economic Diversification.  With the exception of the three aforementioned projects, going forward Infrastructure Canada will be responsible for the administration and implementation of all BCF-MIC projects in Manitoba, Saskatchewan, Alberta and British Columbia.

B. BCF-CC

$367.3 Million

$110.0 Million

$77.7 Million

Infrastructure Canada and Western Economic Diversification will continue to co-manage the approximately 100 projects underway in Manitoba, Saskatchewan, Alberta and British Columbia.  Around 200 projects are scheduled to start construction in the 2010-11.  All 166 projects funded under the Building Canada Fund-Communities Component Top-Up stimulus are scheduled for completion by October 31, 2011.

Infrastructure Canada and Western Economic Diversification completed 27 BCF-CC projects during the fiscal year 2010-11 in Manitoba, Saskatchewan, Alberta and British Columbia.  Another 226 projects were reported underway at the beginning of fiscal year 2011-12.

C. BCF-CC Top-Up

$149.9 Million

$118.7 Million

$101.2 Million

 

Infrastructure Canada and Western Economic Diversification completed 40 BCF-CC Top-Up projects during the fiscal year 2010-11. The remaining 121 projects are scheduled for completion by October 31, 2011.

Total:

$738.7 Million

$266.4 Million

$225.6 Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

($ millions)

11. Federal Partners

12. Federal Partner Program Activity

13. Names of Programs for Federal Partners

14. Total Allocation (from start date to end date)

15. Planned Spending for 2010-11

16. Actual Spending for 2010-11

17. Expected Results for 2010-11

18. Results Achieved in 2010-11

5. Federal Economic Development Agency for Southern Ontario (FedDev Ontario)

PA1

A.BCF-MIC

$275.4 Million

$37.7 Million

$38.6 Million

Infrastructure Canada and Industry Canada will continue to co-manage the nine announced Major Infrastructure Component projects in Ontario.  Two projects are scheduled for completion in the 2010-11 fiscal year, including the improvements to the Ottawa River sewage system and the construction of the Clarence-Rockland Event and Training Centre.  These projects are supported by federal contributions of $9.4 million and $6.4 million respectively.

In June 2010, all BCF-MIC projects being co-managed with the Federal Economic Development Agency for Southern Ontario were transferred to Infrastructure Canada.  Going forward, Infrastructure Canada will be responsible for the administration and implementation of all BCF-MIC projects in Ontario.

B. BCF-CC

$365.6 Million

$80.0 Million

$58.1 Million

Infrastructure Canada and Industry Canada will continue to co-manage the approximately 140 projects underway in Ontario.  Approximately a further 170 projects are scheduled to start construction in the 2010-11 fiscal year.  All 182 projects funded under the Building Canada Fund-Communities Component Top-Up stimulus are scheduled for completion by October 31, 2011.

Infrastructure Canada and the Federal Economic Development Agency for Southern Ontario completed 88 projects during 2010-11.  One of these is the Municipality of Marmora and Lake projects supported by a federal contribution of $268,300.  The replacement of single lane bridge with a two lane bridge, significantly reduced traffic congestion, allowing for safer and more efficient travel for township residents.

C.BCF-CC Top-Up

$196.0 Million

$130.3 Million

$48.4 Million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

$837.0 Million

$248.0 Million

$145.1 Million

 

 

19. Comments on Variances:  Infrastructure Canada typically reprofiles 20-30 percent of its Grants and Contributions budget to future

2010-11. Actual spending lags behind forecasted amount due to a number of factors including:

  • Approval Delays
  • Forecasts are typically provided before all approvals are secured
  • Negotiation of Contribution Agreements (without signed agreement claims cannot be paid)
  • Inclement weather, limited supply of contractors/skilled workers
  • Failure of recipients to submit invoices
  • Differences in fiscal cycle between the federal, provincial and municipal governments

Moving forward, Infrastructure Canada is placing a greater emphasis on financial management and program ownership of forecasts and expenditures.  Starting in 2011-12, INFC is implementing a Financial Management Action Plan aimed at reducing this historical trend of program spending lagging so significantly behind target forecasts.

20. Results Achieved by Non-Federal Partners (if applicable):  n/a.

21. Contact Information: Claude Blanchette, Director General, Program Integration, Tel: (613) 948-9392, E-Mail:  claude.blanchette@infc.gc.ca.


[1]  This represents amounts committed under previous Government of Canada Budgets.  Note, additional funds have been transferred into this program to administer specific projects under the CSIF terms and conditions.  Column 14 of the table below reflects the actual project funding delivered by federal delivery partners, under the CSIF terms and conditions, as well as their associated administrative costs.

[2]  This represents amounts committed under previous Government of Canada Budgets.  Note that additional funds have been transferred into this program to administer specific projects under the BIF terms and conditions.  Column 14 of the table below reflects the actual project funding delivered by federal delivery partners, under the BIF terms and conditions, as well as their associated administrative costs.  Support for the G8 Summit (2010) funding is accounted separately from BIF in this document.

[3]  This represents amounts committed under previous Government of Canada Budgets.  Note that additional funds have been transferred into this program to administer specific projects under the MRIF terms and conditions.  Column 14 of the table below reflects the actual project funding delivered by federal delivery partners, under the MRIF terms and conditions, as well as their associated administrative costs.

[4]  This represents amounts committed under previous Government of Canada Budgets.  Note that additional funds have been transferred into this program to administer specific projects under the ICP terms and conditions.  Column 14 of the table below reflects the actual project funding delivered by federal delivery partners, under the ICP terms and conditions, as well as their associated administrative costs.

[5]  This represents amounts committed under previous Government of Canada Budgets.  Note that funds have been transferred from this program to administer specific projects under the terms and conditions of other programs.  Column 14 of the table below reflects the actual project funding delivered by federal delivery partners, under the BCF terms and conditions, as well as their associated administrative costs.

Top of Page

National Research Council Canada

Horizontal Initiatives


Name of Horizontal Initiative: Genomics R&D Initiative (GRDI)

Name of Lead Department: National Research Council Canada (NRC)

Lead Department Program Activity: Health and Life Science Technologies

Start Date: April 1999

End Date: March 2011 (renewal requested for 2011-14)

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date): $234.1M

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The Initiative was established to build and maintain genomics research capacity in government and to deliver value-added applications for responding to national priorities and government mandates as well as for building wealth for Canadians.

Shared Outcome: Genomic contributions for enhancing the quality of life for Canadians in terms of health, safety, environment, and social and economic development.

Governance Structure(s): An interdepartmental Genomics R&D ADM Committee manages and coordinates the Initiative. The Committee ensures that effective priority setting mechanisms are established within departments and that investments are focused and strategic. It also ensures that common management principles are implemented and that horizontal collaborations between organizations are pursued. The Committee is represented by Industry Canada plus each of the Federal Partners: NRC, Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada (AAFC), Fisheries and Oceans Canada (DFO), Health Canada (HC), Natural Resources Canada (NRCan), Environment Canada (EC), and Canadian Institutes for Health Research (CIHR). An Interdepartmental Working Group (WG) provides recommendations and advice to the ADM Coordinating Committee regarding strategic priority setting and overall management. It also supports evaluation and reporting. The NRC chairs the Committee and the WG.

Performance Highlights:

Federal Partner Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partner Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) ($ millions) 2010-11
Planned Spending
($ millions)
Actual Spending
($ millions)
Expected Results Results Achieved
NRC Health and Life Science Technologies Genomics and Health Initiative 71.0 6.0 6.0 Commercially- relevant advances in genomics R&D related to human health. A bench-top prototype incorporating biochip technology has been developed and built that dramatically shortens the time required for detecting and distinguishing between closely related bacterial strains related to human health. This tool will be further refined into a compact, storable unit that will shorten and simplify the protocol for pathogen detection in food products.

A tool has been developed, based on a breast cancer tumour's genetic signature that helps physicians to determine a patient's prognosis and need for chemotherapy. This tool can reduce both the patient morbidity and the costs associated with unnecessary chemotherapy.
AAFC Science, Innovation and Adoption Canadian Crop Genomics Initiative 71.0 6.0 6.0 Improvements in crop value of cereals, soybean and canola. Specific genes or diagnostic markers were identified for improving 1) white rust disease resistance, insect resistance, and phenolic content and hence the health benefits of canola; 2) early maturity, allergenicity and other health benefits of soybeans; and 3) resistance to rust diseases and to Fusarium blight in wheat.

Genes have been identified and characterized in Brassica carinata (a mustard oilseed crop related to Brassica napus – canola) that have been shown to increase seed oil content and crop yield. Through a strategic partnership with NRC, the Canadian agricultural biotechnology company Agrisoma Biosciences is conducting tests with these genes to assess Brassica carinata as a value added crop for bio-diesel production.
DFO Biotechnology and Genomics Aquatic Biotechnology and Genomis R&D 10.6 0.9 0.9 Genomic knowledge for sustainable management of aquatic resources. Researchers have developed genetic markers that are being used to, for example, increase understanding of population genetics and structure of Redfish species, Dolly Varden char and capelin; assess the migratory fitness of wild Pacific salmon; monitor aquatic invasive tunicate species; and evaluate the diversity and nature of genetic variation of wild and captive-bred Atlantic salmon.
HC Emerging Health Issues HC/PHAC Genomics Initiative 46.0 4.0 4.0 Genomic knowledge for the Canadian health regulatory system. Biochemical pathways perturbed by exposure to environmental hazards such as radiation from natural sources and consumer devices (e.g. cell phones), chemical carcinogens and endocrine disruptors were identified with the objective of supporting Health Canada's regulation of risks associated with environmental hazards. Gene responses to different dietary fibres were identified and investigated to assist in the policy decisions on regulating these nutritional components.

Public health-ready versions of the emerging high- throughput genome sequencing technologies are being developed by using priority pathogens as case studies, including Shiga toxin-producing Escherichia coli. These approaches include the laboratory technologies for the acquisition and finishing of whole bacterial genomes, and the informatic tools needed for the assembly, annotation and analysis of genome data in the context of molecular epidemiology.
NRCan Economic Opportunities for Natural Resources NRCan-CFS Genomics R&D Initiative 23.0 2.0 2.0 Genomic knowledge for forest generation and protection. Development of molecular markers a) towards the selection of spruce trees with desired characteristics, b) offering resistance to blister rust in white pine, and c) allowing the differentiation of Hemlock Looper (moth pest) ecotypes for use in tree breeding or pest management.

Construction of the most complete genetic map of a conifer (white spruce) allowing the transfer of markers among spruce species.

Identification of genes involved in pathogen-host interactions of Douglas fir and poplar which strengthens the understanding of pathogen resistance in trees.
EC Canadians Adopt Sustainable Consumption and Production Approaches Strategic Applications of Genomics in the Environment 12.0 1.0 1.0 Genomic applications for risk assessment/ management, wildlife conservation/ management, and enforcement. Tools and approaches were developed for assessing the risk of potentially toxic substances in the environment, to inform enforcement and compliance decisions, and to learn more about individual species (e.g., population structure and mating behaviour), which may contribute to the development of wildlife conservation and management plans.
CIHR N/A N/A 0.5 N/A N/A CIHR received a single allocation in 1999-00 to assist in creation of Genome Canada Secretariat. There are no expected results.
Total 234.1 19.9 19.9    

Comments on Variances: No variance was reported.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): N/A

Contact information: Gary Fudge, P. Eng., Director, Life Sciences Horizontal Initiatives, National Research Council, 613-949-0542

Top of Page

Natural Resources Canada

Horizontal Initiatives




Name of Horizontal Initiative: Improving the Performance of the Regulatory System for Major Natural Resource Projects

Name of lead department(s): Natural Resources Canada

Lead department program activity: Safety, Security and Stewardship – Natural Resource and Landmass Knowledge and Systems

Start date of the Horizontal Initiative: October 1, 2007

End date of the Horizontal Initiative: March 31, 2012

Total federal funding allocation (start to end date): $150 million over 5 years

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

To respond to the recent growth in the number of major resource projects and move forward on commitments to create a more accountable, predictable and timely regulatory review process, the Government allocated $150 million over five years to establish the Major Projects Management Office (MPMO) within Natural Resources Canada (NRCan); and to increase the scientific and technical capacity of key regulatory departments and agencies to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of the regulatory system for major resource projects.

The MPMO has been created to provide a single point of entry into the federal regulatory system for all stakeholders and to provide overarching management of the federal regulatory process for major natural resource projects. New capacity funding provided through this initiative is ensuring that key regulatory departments and agencies are positioned to respond to the regulatory demands of new major resource projects and better meet any legal responsibilities for Aboriginal Crown consultation associated with their regulatory decisions.

The purpose of the initiative is to provide the oversight and capacity needed to address issues affecting the performance of the federal regulatory system. In short, it is laying the foundation for more predictable and accountable regulatory processes that will improve the competitiveness of Canada's resource industries while ensuring careful consideration of environmental standards and technical requirements.

Shared outcomes:

Among the more tangible improvements resulting from this initiative is the timeliness and predictability of the regulatory process. The process for environmental review and permitting of major resource projects is targeted to be reduced from upwards of four years to an average of about two years.

Other important outcomes from this proposal include:

  • A more accountable, predictable and timely regulatory review process that will facilitate investment and planning decisions and improve the competitiveness of Canada's resources industries;
  • High quality assessments of the environmental and social effects of resource development so that federal decisions in relation to projects safeguard the environment and promote sustainability; and,
  • The fulfillment of Aboriginal consultation responsibilities in a more consistent, adequate and meaningful manner.

Governance structures:

The Cabinet Directive on Improving the Performance of the Regulatory System for Major Resource Projects established a new governance framework for federal government departments and agencies to facilitate the effective, coordinated, and concurrent discharge of their statutory duties, functions and obligations related to the regulation of major resource projects. It encourages federal government departments to work together to identify areas where the consistency, efficiency and effectiveness of the federal regulatory system can be improved and to develop and implement system improvements. These activities are intended to improve the accountability, transparency, timeliness and predictability of the federal regulatory system for major natural resource projects.

The Minister of Natural Resources is the lead Minister for the Initiative. In collaboration with his counterparts in other regulatory departments, the Minister of Natural Resources will report biannually to Cabinet on progress made towards achieving the objectives of the initiative, and will report annually to Parliament and the public through NRCan's annual reporting requirements.

A Major Projects Deputy Ministers' Committee has been created to serve as the governance body for the implementation of the initiative. This Committee will provide direction for the resolution of project-specific issues and oversee the application of the Cabinet Directive. Membership on this committee includes the Deputy Minister of NRCan (Chair), the Deputy Minister of Fisheries and Oceans Canada, the Deputy Minister of the Environment, the Deputy Minister of Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development, the Associate Deputy Minister of Transport, the President of the Canadian Environmental Assessment Agency, the President of the Canadian Nuclear Safety Commission, the Chair of the National Energy Board, the Deputy Minister of Justice, the Deputy Secretary of the Privy Council Office and the President of the Canadian Northern Economic Development Agency.

The MPMO has been established to provide overarching management of the federal regulatory system for major resource projects. It achieves this by working with the federal regulatory departments / agencies to identify areas where the consistency, efficiency and effectiveness of the federal regulatory process can be improved and to implement change. The MPMO also provides support to the Major Projects Deputy Ministers' Committee, through the provision of data, analysis and other information.

To ensure effective communication with federal regulatory departments on key issues and to facilitate collaboration and cooperation, interdepartmental working groups have been established at the ADM, DG and working levels.

Performance Highlights:

( $ millions):

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date)* Planned Spending for
2010-11
Actual Spending for
2010–11
Expected Results for
2010-11
Results Achieved in
2010–11
Natural Resources Canada Natural Resource and Landmass Knowledge and Systems a. Major Projects Management Office $13,000,000 $4,500,000 $4,535,638

Lead the development and implementation of a whole-of-government strategy to modernize the regulatory review process for natural resource projects;

Ensure the environmental assessment and regulatory review processes for major resource projects are integrated and well coordinated through the development of Project Agreements;

Increase the transparency and accountability of the federal regulatory review process through increased oversight and regular monitoring, tracking and reporting on progress against commitments in Project Agreements;

Identify and implement process improvements to continue to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of the federal regulatory system for major resource projects.

Lead the development and implementation of a consistent, whole of government approach to Aboriginal consultation;

Work collaboratively with provincial governments to identify opportunities to improve integration of federal and provincial review processes; and,

Work with partners to strengthen northern regulatory regimes.

Following its third full year of operations, the MPMO is now overseeing the federal regulatory review process for more than 70 major natural resource projects representing over $120 billion in potential new capital investment in communities across Canada.

Continuing its work in ensuring effective and efficient project reviews, the MPMO has introduced a number of important improvements, including:

  • Development of multiple Project Agreements signed by Deputy Ministers which included new service standards and target timelines (e.g., 2-year average) for each major project review.
  • Publicly tracking and monitoring performance of federal reviews for projects under the MPMO initiative to ensure greater transparency and accountability.
  • In 2010-2011, departments met their collective target timeline by delivering more than 80% of project reviews on time.

NRCan/MPMO also chaired monthly meetings of the Major Projects Deputy Ministers' Committee and supporting ADM and DG Committees to ensure timely resolution of project related issues, and to advance new policies, procedures and analysis to further improve the performance of the federal regulatory system for major resource projects;

In addition, the MPMO continued to lead federal efforts to identify opportunities to fundamentally improve environmental assessment and regulatory permitting processes as well as related Aboriginal consultation activities.  For example, the Jobs and Economic Growth Act:

  • Introduced targeted changes to the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act that have improved the delivery of environmental assessments in Canada, allowing assessments to start sooner, reducing delays and duplication, and are resulting in better assessments overall.
  • Established Participant Funding Programs for the CNSC and the NEB to support more timely and meaningful engagement of all Canadians, including Aboriginal people, in the public hearing processes.

The whole-of-government approach to Aboriginal consultation under the MPMO Initiative continues to be strengthened and applied:

  • Progress has been made to strengthen Aboriginal consultation work-planning, information-sharing and evaluation within federal review processes to inform more effective and legally sound decision-making.
  • The MPMO launched a Government-wide electronic records management system that enables sharing of consultation records across federal organizations, and provides transparent access to consultation information to over 350 federal officials across Canada.

The MPMO worked in close collaboration with provincial governments to identify opportunities to improve the integration of federal and provincial regulatory processes and requirements.

The MPMO also continued to work in close collaboration with the Canadian Northern Economic Development Agency to support the successful creation and establishment of the Northern Projects Management Office.

Total NRCan $13,000,000 $4,500,000 $4,535,638    
Canadian Environmental Assessment Agency Environmental Assessment Support   $40,177,900 $8,355,750 $ 8,056,767

Support a whole-of-government approach to addressing strategic and project-specific environmental assessment issues, including supporting implementation of the major resource projects initiative;

Manage the federal environmental assessment process and lead the integration of federal Aboriginal-Crown consultation activities for the review of major resource projects;

Develop and deliver training and guidance in support of the initiative.

Worked in collaboration with other organizations involved in the MPMO Initiative to strengthen coordination of EAs federally (such as outreach activities to successfully implement the amendments to the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act), to integrate EA into the federal regulatory process more effectively and, in support of a ‘one-window’ approach, to integrate Aboriginal consultation in EA process for major resource projects.

Led the federal  environmental assessment process for major natural resource projects (with the exception of CNSC and NEB screening and comprehensive studies), and coordinated Aboriginal engagement and consultation activities with the EA of these projects as mandated under the Cabinet Directive on Improving the Performance of the Regulatory System for Major Resource Projects and its Memorandum of Understanding.
   
Initiated work on the implementation of an information management system (InfoZONE) for project related information that will assist in the centralization of the Crown records within the MPMO. Implementation is expected in year 2011-2012.  

Updated the training package on Aboriginal consultation and delivered the course to the federal community.

Delivered basic training to the federal community and other interested parties through courses, such as an introduction to the Act and Screenings under the Act.

Supported public participation and Aboriginal consultation during comprehensive studies of major resource projects through the administration of a Participant Funding Program.

Supported MPMO-led initiatives aimed at working with stakeholders to identify opportunity to improve the regulatory system. This included an Aboriginal consultation workshop, co-led by the Agency and the MPMO, aimed at ensuring greater cohesion and cooperation among federal partners in relation to Aboriginal consultation activities.

 

Environmental Assessment Development   $3,991,000 $878,000 $ 814,622

Support the implementation of this horizontal initiative focused on achieving improvements in the process, capacity, and associated Aboriginal consultations with respect to major resource projects;

Contribute to the ongoing development of policies, procedures and guidance materials for enhancing coordination and collaboration on high-quality, timely and predictable environmental assessment within the regulatory approval process;

Contribute to the development of policies and procedures in support of the integration of Aboriginal Crown consultations in the environmental assessment and regulatory approval process.

Developed, jointly with other organizations involved with the MPMO Initiative, procedural documents and templates to improve process clarity, promote early engagement between project proponents and regulators, and ensure a coordinated federal approach throughout the entire review process (e.g. standardized milestones for Project Agreements, improved dashboard for senior management project tracking).

Established, jointly with other organizations involved in the MPMO Initiative, policies and guidance materials for enhancing coordination and collaboration on high quality, timely, and predictable environmental assessment within the regulatory approval process, such as operational guidance on the scope of a project pursuant to the Supreme Court decision in MiningWatch and operational implementation of the Supreme Court decision in Vanadium for projects in the James Bay and Northern Quebec Agreement territory.

Ongoing development, jointly with other organizations involved in the MPMO Initiative, of new policies, processes, procedures and guidance materials on the integration of Aboriginal Crown consultations in the EA and regulatory approval process. This included a policy framework to guide the activities of the Agency as Crown consultation coordinator for major resource projects and the development and implementation of an integration model for EA and Aboriginal consultation with supporting guidance for Agency staff serving as the Crown consultation coordinator.

Internal Support   $10,831,100 $2,666,250 $ 2,566,634 Core support services are provided to support program delivery. New staff successfully integrated into the organization. Accommodation required was provided. Provided infrastructure support for Program Delivery.
Total CEAA $55,000,000 $11,900,000 $11,438,023    
Environment Canada Biodiversity is conserved and protected Wildlife program $2,352,116 $466,159 $401,426

The efficiency and effectiveness of Environment Canada’s Canadian Wildlife Service’s regulatory role in major resource projects is improved; and,

Guidance is developed to support Environment Canada’s Canadian Wildlife Service involvement in the EA process for major resource projects.

Improved the efficiency and effectiveness of the Canadian Wildlife Service's regulatory role in major resource projects.

Developed guidance to support Canadian Wildlife Service involvement in the EA process for major resource projects.

Drafted policies related to the issuance of permits under the Species at Risk Act, the Canada Wildlife Act and the Migratory Birds Convention Act.

Drafted guidance documents to facilitate the incorporation of wildlife considerations in federal environmental assessment processes for major resource projects.

Water is clean, safe and secure Aquatic ecosystems are conserved and protected $614,683 $123,841 $123,841

The Sustainable Water Management Division of EC provides hydrologic, water quantity and hydraulic advice regarding EC’s environmental assessments of MPMO projects;

EC’s responsibilities associated with the International River Improvements Act are supported by standard operating procedures and policies for licensing.

Supported EC's responsibilities associated with the International River Improvements Act (IRIA) by upholding standard operating procedures and policies for licensing.


Supported EC’s responsibilities in the EA process associated with the IRIA for major natural resource projects by providing guidance, processes and issues reviews; and providing comments on hydrology, water quantity and water management.

Supported expert involvement with respect to hydrology, water quantity, hydraulics and water management in the regulatory review of major resource projects.

Amendments to the IRIA regulations were developed, reviewed and published through the formal process. 

Canadians adopt approaches that ensure the sustainable use and management of natural capital and working landscapes Environmental assessment and ecological monitoring $4,533,659 $868,975 $807,058

Environment Canada’s participation in the Major Projects Deputy Ministers’ Committee and associated governance structure is supported;

Departmental EA processes are streamlined to ensure efficiency and effectiveness of the MPMO regulatory process for major resource projects;

Regional offices are supported in the delivery of streamlining priorities for major resource projects; and,

Environment Canada’s participation in the regulatory streamlining initiative for major resource projects is well coordinated. 

MPMO’s governance structure was supported through participation in the Major Projects Deputy Ministers’ Committee and associated committees and working groups.


Departmental EA processes were streamlined to ensure efficiency and effectiveness of the MPMO regulatory process for major resource projects.


Regional offices were supported in the delivery of streamlining priorities for major resource projects via National Program liaison activities and coordination.


Coordinated Environment Canada's participation in the MPMO Initiative to meet established timelines and deliverables. Streamlined departmental EA processes, met established timelines and incorporated lessons learned from previous EA experience through workshops, post-project evaluations and contributions to operational policy statements.

Contributed to the interdepartmental impact analysis of Supreme Court decisions and supported related guidance on compliance.

Developed guidance, tools and training to support enhanced engagement in MPMO-track regulatory processes for major resource projects.

Worked with MPMO on the development of a Crown record management system.Followed established information monitoring and tracking procedures, systems, and databases for all MPMO projects.

Reviewed Terms of Reference and coordinated the provision of regional expertise for major resource projects.

Provided advice on policy / process and procedures to ensure quality control / consistency on input into environmental assessments of major resource projects.

Pursued national consistency and integration with respect to major resource project EA activities by working with other regions; headquarters; CEAA and the Major Project Management Office.

Supported RAs in engaging Aboriginal groups on major resource projects.  Provided strengthened and consistent capacity for Aboriginal consultation and engagement for major projects EA activities when requested by RAs.

Provided strategic advice and direction for EA with respect to Aboriginal issues, concerns and consultation pressures.  Ensured consistent consideration of issues in project reviews.

Documented risk-based decisions on Aboriginal consultation and strategic decisions made based on consultation needs.


Participated in regional networks to deal with existing and emerging marine and disposal at sea issues.

Risks to Canadians, their health and their environment posed by toxic and other harmful substances are reduced Risk management/ Risk mitigation and implementation $2,723,837 $562,122 $448,983

EC provides input into the federal EA process for major resource projects through the provision of expertise;

Environment Canada’s regulatory decisions related to Ocean Disposal permitting are timely; and,

Environment Canada’s involvement in the regulatory process for major natural resource projects is supported by guidance.

EC provided expert advice on major projects regarding disposal at sea, energy-related projects, mining projects and Metal Mining Effluent Regulations (MMER) for tailings impoundment areas.

Expert groups played a central and coordinating role on EA technical matters and projects.

Enhanced departmental technical expertise and processes to contribute to EAs. 

Provided guidance to support Environment Canada's involvement in the regulatory process for major resource projects.

Ensured timely regulatory decisions related to Ocean Disposal permitting.

Supported EC’s involvement in the regulatory process for major resource projects via triage systems and Regulatory Impact Analysis development work for regulatory amendments for the MMER.

Relations with other governments and partners are effectively managed in support of environmental priorities Inter-governmental and stakeholder relations $596,818 $122,302 $122,302

Regular, timely, and strategic advice is provided on consultation and engaging Aboriginal groups throughout the regulatory process for major resource projects; and,

Environment Canada’s participation on the Crown Oversight Committee and associated working groups on Aboriginal consultation is supported.

Regular, timely, strategic advice and training was provided on consultation and engaging Aboriginal groups throughout the regulatory process for major resource projects.


Supported Environment Canada's participation on the Crown Oversight Committee and associated working groups on Aboriginal consultation.


Worked with MPMO on the development of a Crown record management system.A departmental Policy on Public Participation and Aboriginal Consultation was developed and released.

Provided advice, support and training on public participation and aboriginal consultations relating to major natural resource projects.

Strategic management support enables the department to meet its objectives Legal services $650,739 $141,844 $192,100 Timely legal advice and support on delivery of national EA program involvement in major resource projects is provided.  Provided timely legal advice and support to deliver national EA program involvement in major resource projects, interpretation of court challenges and key policy considerations.
Internal Services Core Support Services $1,028,148 $214,757 $227,117 Core support services are provided to support program delivery. Core support services were provided to support program delivery.
Total EC $12,500,000 $2,500,000 $2,322,827    
Fisheries and Oceans Canada Habitat Management Habitat Management $34,041,800 $6,808,360 $6,437,564

Participation in the governance mechanism, e.g., Major projects Deputy Ministers’ Committee and supporting governance structures;

Provision of support to various initiatives led by MPMO in relation to the areas of regulatory activities, environmental assessment and Aboriginal consultation; and,

Provision of DFO technical capacity in the areas of the Fisheries Act, Species at Risk Act (SARA), Canadian Environmental Assessment Act (CEAA) and Aboriginal consultation activities relative to DFO’s regulatory decisions associated with major resource projects identified under this initiative.

Continued participation in the governance mechanisms at the senior management level, e.g., Major Projects Deputy Ministers' Committee, as well as other levels of working groups, discussions, etc. in the areas of regulatory activities, environmental assessment and Aboriginal consultation.

Provision of support to various initiatives led by MPMO in relation to areas of regulatory activities under the Fisheries Act and associated environmental assessment and Aboriginal consultation activities.

Continued provision of input to analyses of legislative, regulatory and policy issues associated with those areas relating to DFO mandates and responsibilities, as well as input to potential solutions.Provision of input in relation to DFO mandates and responsibilities for discussions with provincial governments to identify means of coordination and cooperation to determine areas for improved efficiencies and effectiveness.

Continued to provide technical capacity for advice to proponents, regulatory partners and external stakeholders in support of regulatory reviews and related activities for major resource projects under the Fisheries Act, and the associated environmental assessment and Aboriginal consultation processes.

Legal Services Legal Services $958,200 $191,640 $191,640 Provision of Legal Services to DFO and legal support to MPMO legal working group to operationalize initiatives put forward by MPMO as they relate to the Fisheries Act, CEAA, SARA and Aboriginal consultation issues associated with resource projects addressed under the initiative.

Provided legal advice and legal risk analysis associated with the review of EA reports and preparation of the RAs' course of action decision.

Provided legal advice and support of DFO's input to MPMO to operationalize the initiatives.

Total DFO $35,000,000 $7,000,000 $6,629,204    
Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada Northern Land and Resources Northern Affairs Organization $6,600,000 $1,320,000 $1,320,000

Timely and effective interventions in board hearings in North;

EA, regulatory, permitting and monitoring exercises carried out in a more timely and effective manner;

Increased capacity for Northern boards to carry out environmental assessment and regulatory responsibilities in a timely and effective manner;

Section 35 Aboriginal consultation carried out effectively and efficiently; and,

Northern partners participate in processes to strengthen northern EA and regulatory regimes.

Led AANDC participation and technical input into environmental assessments, and contributed to Crown consultation assessment and planning.

Initiated and/or continued specific projects including: saline contaminants in permafrost, drilling-mud sump research, and a delineation of lead/zinc near the abandoned Pine Point mine.

Conducted land and water use inspections of the South Mackenzie District Boards, used resources to undertake an external review of the environmental assessment process, developed a strategic and business plan, operating guides and regulatory procedures documents. 

Funding supported an FTE at the Mackenzie Valley Land and Water Board to enable it to better meet its Aboriginal consultation responsibilities. Funding provided was used towards participation in six different land and water Working Groups, to update and re-design websites, as well as, to establish an electronic Public Registry for regulatory applications and approval processes.

Seven consultation files were concluded.

Draft of Crown Consultation and Accommodation template completed; Consultation Map completed.

Responsible Federal Stewardship Lands and Economic Development – Environmental Management $3,400,000 $680,000 $420,000

Timely review and feedback on work plans, draft project agreements and final project agreements for major projects at regional and HQ levels;

Partners participate in processes to strengthen northern regulatory regimes; and,

Greater participation of First Nations and Inuit in major project review and licensing process.

Provided timely review and feedback on work plans, draft project agreements and final project agreements for major projects at regional and HQ levels;

Contributed to the timely and effective regulatory review of the Enbridge Northern Gateway Project;

Contributed to the greater participation of First Nations in major project reviews by contributing to the Aboriginal Funding Envelope associated with the Enbridge Northern Gateway Project.

Total AANDC $10,000,000 $2,000,000 $1,740,000    
Transport Canada Transportation Safety and Security   $3,365,555 $819,251 $ 1,918,372

To participate in the various governance mechanisms for the MPMO;

TC (headquarters and regional staff) to participate in working groups to assist with the creation and approval of key documents, processes and tracking systems required to operationalize the MPMO office; and,

TC to participate in projects in the MPMO process.

TC participated in various governance mechanisms established for the MPMO initiative, or that are aiding the MPMO initiative, including the Director General, Assistant Deputy Minister, and Deputy Minister Committees.

TC (headquarters and regional staff) participated in interdepartmental working groups to assist with the creation and approval of key documents, processes, and tracking systems required to operationalize the MPMO initiative; and,

TC maintained a headquarters MPMO committee in order to ensure that new MPMO processes are applied internally in as efficient a manner as possible and that advice to the Associate Deputy Minister is provided in a timely and coordinated manner.

Transportation Policy Development and Infrastructure Programs   $1,813,090 $457,388 Note: Due to changes in the Programs Activity Area (PAA) architecture, actual spending for this activity was transferred to other activity areas TC to develop procedures for and participate in consultation with Aboriginal groups. TC’s Aboriginal Consultation Unit assisted in implementing Aboriginal consultation for MPMO projects.  TC has also developed Aboriginal Consultation and Accommodation Guidelines, tools and training materials.  Finally, TC liaises with the MPMO and other government departments in implementing a whole-of-government approach for Aboriginal Consultation.
Sustainable Transportation Development and the Environment   $5,413,592 $1,364,819 $589,332

To participate in the various governance mechanisms for the MPMO;
TC (headquarters and regional staff) to participate in working groups to assist with the creation and approval of key documents, processes and tracking systems required to operationalize the MPMO office;


TC to work on departmental processes to ensure MPMO processes are applied in an efficient manner internally; and,


TC to participate in projects in the MPMO process.

TC participated in various governance mechanisms established for the MPMO initiative, or that are aiding the MPMO initiative including the Director General, Assistant Deputy Minister, and Deputy Minister Committees;

TC (headquarters and regional staff) participated in working groups to assist with the creation and approval of key documents, processes and tracking systems required to operationalize the MPMO initiative;

TC maintained a headquarters MPMO committee in order to ensure new MPMO processes are applied internally in as efficient a manner as possible, and that advice to be provided to the Associate Deputy Minister is provided in a timely and coordinated manner;

TC HQ held monthly teleconferences with regional staff to ensure consistent and effective implementation of the initiative; and,Funding received was used in order to increase capacity for technical review of EAs and other key aspects of carrying out EAs for major resource projects.

Internal Services   $3,407,763 $858,542 $770,611 TC to hire lawyers to increase capacity to deal with legal issues associated with the regulatory process across the country; and,
To support corporate involvement.
TC has engaged their legal services staff for review of various MPMO documents; and,
Legal services staff applied a portfolio approach to deal with legal issues associated with the regulatory process across the country.
Total TC $17,500,000 $3,500,000 $3,278,315    
Total $143,000,000 $31,400,000 $29,944,007    

*Totals do not equal the total allocation under the initiative (i.e.; $150 million over five years) due to changes that have occurred in departmental Program Activity Architectures since the beginning of the initiative.

Comments on Variances: N/A

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): N/A

Contact information:

Mr. Jay Khosla
Assistant Deputy Minister
Major Projects Management Office
Natural Resources Canada
155 Queen St
Ottawa, ON K1A 0E4


Top of Page

Parole Board of Canada

Horizontal Initiatives


Name of Horizontal Initiative: Firearms

Name of Lead Department(s): Canada Firearms Center

Lead Department Program Activity:

Start Date: 1995

End Date: Ongoing

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date): PBC Funding: $858,000 per year

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): Reduce firearms tragedies, including accidental injuries or death and the criminal use of firearms

Shared Outcome(s): Safe and secure Canada

Governance Structure(s): Roles/responsibilities set out in legislation (e.g. Firearms Act.)

Performance Highlights:

Federal Partners Program Activity Total Allocation Forecasted Spending 2010-11 Actual Spending 2010-11 Planned Results for 2010-11 Achieved Results 2010-11
Parole Board of Canada. Conditional release decisions N/A[1] $858,000 $858,000 Planned spending in 2009-10 was intended to provide PBC with the capacity to manage workloads related to changes in the Criminal Code which support the Firearms initiative. These changes provided longer sentences for firearms convictions and this created the need for the PBC to complete more conditional release reviews. N/A

The Board will also become involved in the National Anti-Drug Strategy following Royal Assent for legislative proposals calling for the introduction of mandatory minimum penalties for serious drug offences.  Current plans call for the provision of $7.5 million for PBC over four years, including $2.2 million in 2010-11 to manage increased numbers of conditional release reviews as a result of mandatory minimum sentences.

($ millions)
Federal Partner: Department of Justice
Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned Spending for 2010–11 Actual Spending for 2010–11 Expected Results for 2010–11 Results Achieved in 2010–11
Conditional Release Decisions Conditional Release Decisions $4.4 M $1.3 M $0.0 Link 1 N/A
Conditional Release Decisions Openness and Accountability Conditional Release Decisions Openness and Accountability $1.8 M $0.5M $0.0 Link 2 N/A
Internal Services Internal Services $1.3 M $0.4M $0.0 Support programs N/A
Total: $7.5 M [2] $2.2 M [2] $0.0 [2]    

Expected Results for 2010–11:

Link 1: Should the proposed legislation receive Royal Assent this funding will provide the PBC the capacity for effective management of its legislated responsibilities for parole decision-making for offenders in relation to the requirements of the new legislation.  PBC will collect information and report on workloads and outcomes of parole for provincial offenders incarcerated as a result of new legislative provisions (e.g., the number and proportion of offenders who successfully complete their parole).

Link 2: Should the proposed legislation receive Royal Assent this funding will provide the PBC the capacity for the provision of information and assistance to victims of crime, observers at hearings and individuals who seek access to the decision registry in relation to the requirements of the new legislation.  In a similar manner, PBC will report on the extent of involvement of victims, and observers in conditional release processes and the level of satisfaction of these individuals with the information and assistance provided by PBC.

Effective management of both of these responsibilities will contribute to public safety and reinforce public confidence in the justice system.

Results Achieved in 2010–11:

N/A



[1] The Board received a permanent increase to its funding base.  The increase was incremental, rising from $437,000 in 1999-00 to $858,000 per year in 2004-05 and future years, consistent with projected workload growth.

[2] This funding to implement MMPs for serious drug offences is held in a frozen allotment, to be released subject to the proposed legislation receiving Royal Assent.

Top of Page

Public Health Agency of Canada

Horizontal Initiatives


Federal Initiative to Address HIV/AIDS in Canada


Name of Horizontal Initiative: Federal Initiative (FI) to Address HIV/AIDS in Canada

Name of Lead Department(s): Public Health Agency of Canada (PHAC)

Lead Department Program Activities:

  • Disease and Injury Prevention and Mitigation
  • Surveillance and Population Health Assessment
  • Science and Technology for Public Health

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: January 13, 2005

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: Ongoing

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): Ongoing.

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (Including Funding Agreement): The FI strengthens domestic action on HIV and AIDS, builds a coordinated Government of Canada approach, and supports global health responses to HIV and AIDS. It focuses on prevention and access to diagnosis, care, treatment and support for those populations most affected by HIV and AIDS in Canada-people living with HIV and AIDS, gay men, Aboriginal people, people who use injection drugs, people in prison, youth, women, and people from countries where HIV is endemic. The FI also supports and strengthens multi-sector partnerships to address the determinants of health. It supports collaborative efforts to address factors which can increase the transmission and acquisition of HIV including sexually transmitted infections (STI) and also addresses co-infection issues with other infectious diseases (e.g., Hepatitis C and tuberculosis) from the perspective of disease progression and morbidity in people living with HIV and AIDS. People living with and vulnerable to HIV and AIDS are active partners in FI policies and programs.

Shared Outcome(s):

First level outcomes

  • Increased knowledge and awareness of the nature of HIV and AIDS and ways to address the disease;
  • Increased individual and organizational capacity;
  • Increased Canadian engagement and leadership in the global context; and
  • Enhanced engagement and collaboration on approaches to address HIV and AIDS.

Second level outcomes

  • Reduced stigma, discrimination, and other barriers;
  • Improved access to more effective prevention, care, treatment and support;
  • Internationally informed federal response; and
  • Increased coherence of the federal response.

Ultimate outcomes

  • Prevent the acquisition and transmission of new infections;
  • Improved quality of life for those at risk and living with HIV and AIDS;
  • Contribute to the global effort to reduce the spread of HIV and AIDS and mitigate its impact; and
  • Contribute to the strategic outcomes of partner departments.

*Shared Outcomes have been refined in response to an April 2009 Federal Initiative (FI) to Address HIV/AIDS in Canada Implementation Evaluation Report , which recommended strengthening of the FI's performance measurement framework.

Governance Structure(s): The Responsibility Centre Committee (RCC) is the governance body for the FI. It is comprised of directors from the nine Responsibility Centres which receive funding through the FI. Led by the Agency, the RCC promotes policy and program coherence among the participating departments and agencies, and ensures that evaluation and reporting requirements are met.

The Agency is the federal lead for issues related to HIV and AIDS in Canada responsible for overall coordination, communications, social marketing, reporting, evaluation, national and regional programs, policy development, surveillance and laboratory science.

Health Canada (HC) supports community-based HIV and AIDS education, capacity-building, and prevention for First Nations on-reserve and Inuit communities south of the 60th degree parallel and provides leadership on international health policy and program issues.

As the Government of Canada's agency for health research, the Canadian Institutes of Health Research (CIHR) sets priorities for and administers the extramural research program.

Correctional Service Canada (CSC), an agency of the Public Safety Portfolio, provides health services (including services related to the prevention, diagnosis, care and treatment of HIV and AIDS) to offenders sentenced to two years or more.

Highlights of performance: Federal partners collaborated to 1) provide guidance and support to key stakeholders on crosscutting priorities, including HIV and AIDS among Aboriginal populations; 2) respond to the outbreak signalled by evidence of increased transmission among a particular subpopulation; and 3) develop a critical Canadian presence at international sectoral events, including AIDS 2010 in Vienna, and Reinvigorating HIV Prevention, an international policy dialogue with Canada and countries with similar resources and prevalence patterns for HIV and AIDS.

In October 2010, the Cursor Icon Indicating Link Population Specific HIV/AIDS Status Report: Aboriginal Peoples was published and widely disseminated, twenty-one projects across Canada were approved for funding under the Non-Reserve first Nations, Inuit and Métis Communities HIV/AIDS Project Fund, capacity building activities were hosted for Aboriginal research communities, and federal program activities were coordinated to address the rise of reported HIV infections in Saskatchewan, including work with Saskatchewan to investigate the underlying factors that contributed to the rise, and to develop solutions to help mitigate this trend. Additional project activities at community-based organizations located in the region were also funded.

Federal Partner: The Agency
($M) Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from start to end date) Planned Spending for 2010-11 Actual Spending for 2010-11 Variance for 2010-11 (from planned to actual expenditure) Expected Results for 2010-11 Results Achieved in 2010-11
Public Health Agency of Canada Science and Technology for Public Health HIV/AIDS Reference Testing Ongoing 1.7 2.2 (0.5) Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 1.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 1.1
Surveillance and Population Health Assessment Surveillance of Infectious Disease Ongoing 5.1 5.8 (0.7) Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 2.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 2.1
Disease and Injury Prevention and Mitigation Infectious Disease Prevention and Control & Community Associated Infections Ongoing 35.6 30.3 5.3 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 3.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 3.2 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 3.3 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 3.1 RA 3.2 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 3.3
Total $42.4M $38.3M $4.1M    

Comments on Variance: The variance of $4.1M consists of: $2.9M of program activities deferred because of delays in internal processes; and $1.2M in transfers to other programs for joint action on Federal Initiative outcomes.

Expected Results (ER)/Results Achieved (RA):

ER 1.1: Public health decisions and interventions by public health officials are supported by timely and reliable and accredited reference service testing.

RA 1.1: The capacity to detect new and emerging subtypes of HIV infection in Canada was increased by evaluating new HIV testing platforms and developing and monitoring the performance of testing algorithms capable of detecting new HIV variant migrating into Canada from other countries.

Provincial HIV testing programs were supported through the provision of ISO accredited testing of specimens which are difficult to correctly diagnose.

Improved quality control standards for diagnosis and patient support were developed to support the standardization of laboratory testing across Canada.

ER 2.1: Establish prevalence of Sexually Transmitted and Bloodborne Infections (STBBI), patterns of risk and health behaviours and monitor trends among men who have sex with men and street youth in Canada through the support of national survey data collection, analysis, interpretation, transfer and exchange for M-Track and E-SYS.

RA 2.1: Specialized laboratory testing on HIV specimens was performed to determine which specimens come from people who are recently infected to better understand the characteristics of the leading edge of the Canadian HIV epidemic.

Laboratory surveillance was conducted for emerging HIV subtypes in order to detect changes in the patterns of the HIV epidemic in Canada. These data also assist in ensuring that commercial diagnostic tests used in the provinces can identify all prevalent strains of HIV and provide the vista of relevant targets to Canadian HIV vaccine researchers.

Key elements for improving HIV prevention strategies targeted to the most vulnerable populations were identified by evaluating the HIV genetic profile of the infections within and between different risk groups and social networks.

On-going HIV/AIDS surveillance and risk assessment activities produced or contributed to several population-based and population-specific reports and publications that monitor trends among men who have sex with men in Canada. They included:

Targeted enhanced surveillance studies of street youth (E-SYS) were undertaken in Vancouver, Edmonton, Saskatoon, Winnipeg, Toronto, Ottawa and Halifax which describe the incidence and prevalence of HIV and AIDS and other STBBI in this population. Knowledge transfer activities were undertaken by most sites to disseminate local findings. National E-SYS findings will be published in 2012 along with the implementation of national knowledge transfer activities. Funding supported knowledge transfer activities related to findings from the enhanced surveillance study among gay, bisexual and other men who have sex with men (M-Track).

ER 3.1: Increased knowledge and awareness of the nature of HIV and AIDS and ways to address the disease, as indicated by:

  1. the number and type of evidence-based information products, including three population-specific reports, an HIV prevention framework, HIV counselling and testing guidelines, the Canadian Guidelines on Sexually Transmitted Infections, Canadian Sexual Health Education Guidelines information products, interdepartmental pilot projects to address HIV and the determinants of health, augmented HIV case reporting, targeted epidemiological studies, improved knowledge and characterization of HIV strains in Canada, and findings from the study of HIV and AIDS funding programs' structure;
  2. ongoing support and guidance provided to partners, including the number and type of knowledge and awareness activities and products, and processes to develop funding proposals aligned with public health priorities;
  3. project data on number of presentations and workshops and their reach; and
  4. project data on increases in knowledge of HIV transmission and risk factors among target populations.

RA 3.1

  1. Knowledge of the factors that contribute to the spread of HIV infection was advanced through augmented HIV and risk behaviour surveillance programs. HIV and AIDS enhanced surveillance programs continue to be established and implemented among at-risk populations, in order to address questions and gaps arising from case-reporting, surveillance, and to provide statistical support for HIV and AIDS modeling efforts to assess the hidden epidemic and produce national HIV estimates.

    Enhanced epidemiological studies were developed and/or implemented, including: I-Track (national enhanced surveillance systems that focus on people who inject drugs, e.g., Intravenous Drug Users (IDU)); M-Track (national enhanced surveillance systems that focus on gay, bisexual and other men who have sex with other men); and E-Track (focused on persons who originate from countries where HIV is endemic). Plans were also developed to conduct a pilot study of A-Track (focused on Aboriginal persons) in Regina in collaboration with local public health officials and the Aboriginal community.

    The Cursor Icon Indicating Link Population Specific HIV/AIDS Status Report: Aboriginal Populations was published, and is being used by governments, researchers and community organizations to guide priorities in policy and program development. It summarizes the current evidence on the state of HIV/AIDS in this population and the factors that affect its vulnerability and resilience to HIV and AIDS. Federal, provincial and national and regional public health partners ensured that over 2100 copies of the report were sent to AIDS service organizations, First Nations, Inuit and Métis communities, and local public health units. The report was presented at knowledge translation and exchange events, nationally, regionally and internationally at AIDS 2010, as well as meetings of key Aboriginal and health research and advisory bodies, including CIHR's HIV/AIDS Research Advisory Committee, and the Canadian Aboriginal AIDS Network.

    The Youth Messaging Initiative resulted in three pilot projects using social media to improve knowledge and awareness of healthy sexuality, HIV and other STBBIs among Aboriginal youth. Digital stories were developed for public presentations and have been launched on YouTube. The initiative has been featured as a poster presentation at AIDS 2010 and at the Senate Committee against the Commercial Exploitation of Children and Youth.

    Community profiles which provide brief epidemiological and demographic information were completed by regional operations for Ontario communities. An environmental scan documenting the HIV vulnerability of deaf people in Quebec is currently underway. The Ontario region in partnership with the Province of Ontario, Ministry of Health and Quebec is currently underway. The Ontario Region, in partnership with the Province of Ontario, Ministry of Health and Long Term Care (AIDS Bureau), released its annual View from the Front Lines, a summary and analysis report of all data reported by federally and provincially-funded community-based HIV programs through the joint PHAC-AIDS Bureau reporting tool.

    Projects funded through the AIDS Community Action Program (ACAP) developed over 680 knowledge products including manuals and training kits geared to populations at risk, as well as train the trainer manuals for professionals and social service providers. Brochures, fact sheets and social media were other forms of products. Six of seven regions reported distributing a toal of over 1 million knowledge products.

    Quality practices in provincial / territorial HIV testing programs were promoted and standardized through the implementation of ISO 15189 (Medical Laboratory Requirements) quality management systems and accredited proficiency testing programs.

    Standardization and guidelines for HIV testing were promoted and improved as part of an international working group to review and revise interpretative criteria for HIV diagnosis.

  2. Support was provided to Canadian AIDS Treatment Information Exchange (CATIE) to increase dissemination of sexual health and STI resources through CATIE's Ordering Centre, and to promote a broader awareness of co-infection among these infectious diseases. Under the Knowledge Transfer and Exchange Fund, funded activities increased the knowledge of HIV among front-line workers across Canada. A survey of users showed that 92% of respondents indicated that the activities were useful or very useful in providing information, and that they enabled users to respond to the needs of clients and their community. Eighty-six percent of respondents used information provided to change work practices, or establish or adapt programming. As a result, the capacity of community based organizations to develop and deliver programs and services increased. Front line workers reported using funded services frequently-almost 70% used them at least monthly.

    Support was provided to two municipal public health efforts to improve public and practitioner awareness about inSPOT, an anonymous on-line partner notification application. The initiative worked to raised awareness about the importance of partner notification for HIV and other STBBIs, and to raise awareness about this new and alternative approach to partner notification.

    As part of outbreak support in Saskatchewan, PHAC provided a full-time senior epidemiologist for one year to help Saskatchewan investigate factors associated with recently diagnosed cases of HIV infection to guide prevention and control measures.

    PHAC continued to provide epidemiologic and laboratory technical assistance to the Canadian International Development Agency-funded HIV surveillance project in Pakistan. This project, ongoing since 2004, is now recognised as one of the best projects in the world on enhanced HIV surveillance in most-at-risk populations. Under UNAIDS-Health Canada-PHAC Partnership Agreement signed in 2006 and following a request from the Joint United Nations Programme on HIV/AIDS (UNAIDS), PHAC provided technical assistance towards the development and implementation of behavioural and HIV seroprevalence surveys amongst men who have sex with men (MSM) in two Caribbean countries-the Commonwealth of Dominica and in St. Vincent and the Grenadines. These studies were completed in 2010 and are the first successful epidemiologic studies of men who have sex with men in the Eastern Caribbean region.

    Modelling and projections activities provided technical support for the estimation of HIV incidence and prevalence in Canada. PHAC began the development of mathematical models to assess the effectiveness of various intervention scenarios.

    Mother-to-child pregnancy and breast feeding-related transmission (MTCT) of HIV in resource-limited regions was reduced through the use of HAART (highly active antiretroviral therapy). In collaboration with academic researchers (University of Toronto) and stakeholders in Zambia and Zimbabwe, the use of treatment in late-stage pregnancy and throughout breast feeding was evaluated as a method of improving maternal virological control and reducing MTCT.

    Through participation in the WHO HIV Drug Resistance Network Improve, care delivery to persons infected with HIV/AIDS globally was improved. Participation included training of scientist and contributing to international steering committees to improve global HIV drug resistance laboratory testing.

  3. Data from six of the seven regions, representing approximately 90% of ACAP funding, reported that regional projects provided close to 3300 workshops and presentations reaching over 100,000 participants including members of the target populations and professionals and service providers.
  4. In one case, reports indicate that the rate of knowledge of Aboriginal women who are aware of their HIV status increased from 45% to 69% over the course of four years.

    Data from five of the seven regions, representing approximately 85% of ACAP funding, reported that 43,264 members of the target populations were reached through a variety of interventions intended to increase knowledge about HIV transmission and risk. Of those reached, 19,400 ( 45%) reported that their knowledge about transmission and risk had increased as a result of the intervention and approximately 20% of the target population identified their intentions to change behaviours to reduce risk. Currently ACAP projects are involved in an outcome assessment evaluation with the purpose of collecting participant level data to examine increased practice of health behaviours, increased knowledge and awareness of HIV/Acquired immune deficiency syndromeand increased access to programs and services.

ER 3.2: Enhanced engagement and collaboration on approaches to address HIV and AIDS, as indicated by:

  1. coordinated approaches to data collection and dissemination, enhanced collaboration with key stakeholders in the response to HIV and AIDS, and STI's, including committees, partnerships and collaborative documents;
  2. focussed advisory and coordination agendas that link to FI expected results;
  3. enhanced engagement of community organisations in the response to HIV and AIDS and the factors that impact those affected and at risk for infection, the number of invitations to submit applications for specific types of activities and the number of funded project proposals;
  4. data on number and type of partnerships and their results;
  5. project data on improved access to health and social services; and
  6. ongoing guidance provided to partners.

RA 3.2

  1. Broader representation from organizations, individuals, and communities on the National Aboriginal Council on HIV and AIDS, a key advisory body for federal partners engaged in addressing HIV and AIDS among Aboriginal populations.

    A strong international presence for Canada was established at the International AIDS Conference, Vienna, Austria, with the Minister of Health and Chief Public Health Officer and other senior officials leading the 2010 Canadian delegation. PHAC led and/or participated in eleven satellite sessions and four oral and seven poster presentations. PHAC also participated in ten bilateral meetings to strengthen global partnerships. Commitments were made regarding the future sharing of PHAC technical expertise in the areas of surveillance, monitoring, evaluation, capacity building, policy and program approaches. The Canada Booth Exhibition showcased federal, provincial, territorial governmental and non-governmental public health contributions and fostered inter-sectoral engagement and knowledge exchange.

    The International Policy Dialogue on Reinvigorating HIV Prevention in March 2011, a partnership between PHAC, Health Canada and UNAIDS, engaged 65 representatives from Canadian and international civil society, government, and research organizations in an international policy dialogue. The aim was to identify and set strategic directions for promising practices and new directions for HIV prevention among countries with similar resource levels and epidemiological trends for HIV.

    Federal/Provincial partnership for outbreak response: Collaboration between PHAC and the Saskatchewan Ministry of Health to address the rise of reported HIV infections in that province. PHAC provided enhanced epidemiology and surveillance support through the Agency's Field Surveillance Officer program and additional epidemiologic technical support to investigate the underlying factors contributing to the rise; enhanced funding support to community-based responses to develop specific solutions to help mitigate this trend; and provided funding to support to develop an evaluation framework for Saskatchewan's new HIV/AIDS Strategy. Concurrent enhanced HIV surveillance studies are being conducted to provide further information to guide the response to HIV in Saskatchewan.

    The North American Housing and HIV/AIDS Research Summit 2010: PHAC demonstrated public health leadership by co-sponsoring this event to promote the exchange of knowledge to improve service delivery, health outcomes and reduce health inequalities of people living with, or at risk for, HIV/AIDS. Support was provided to the Canadian Treatment Action Council in partnership with other stakeholders, to host the First Canadian HIV/HBV/HCV Co-Infection Research Summit held October 2010 in Toronto. The Summit brought together 100 people from across Canada including researchers, epidemiologists, front-line and community-based workers, and health practitioners to hear about the most current available research on hepatitis and HIV co-infection.

    Memoranda of agreement were renewed to continue the province-based work of Field Surveillance Officers and the tracking of HIV strain and drug resistance in Canada.

    PHAC works with all 13 provincial/territorial jurisdictions on national HIV/AIDS case-based surveillance. PHAC collaborated with public health officials in Australia and New Zealand on a study comparing rates of new HIV diagnoses between Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal persons.

    PHAC regional operations engaged in over25 collaborative partnerships. PHAC contributed to committees and/or networks ranging from small local initiatives to those that are provincial in scope. Results included exchanging and building knowledge and efforts to work with regional and provincial governments to ensure effective use of funds and reduce duplication of efforts. Joint funding arrangements have facilitated support for the OCHART database in Ontario which collects and reports on data from both HIV initiatives funded by the province and PHAC, and had provided for the printing of community resources in Manitoba. PHAC contributed to the Government of Alberta STI and BBP Strategy and Action Report as well as the Alberta HIV Community HIV Policy Funding Consortium. The accessibility, quality and reliability of HIV point of care diagnosis and patient monitoring in remote location was improved by optimizing and evaluating in-house and commercial tests.

    Access to care by evaluating novel blood collection and storage techniques that allow easy specimen collection and storage in remote locations was improved. These new collection devices will permit blood-borne pathogen testing and molecular epidemiology analysis in remote regions of Canada.

    The quality of HIV testing in resource limited and remote settings by assessing alternative and affordable platforms for CD4 T-cell testing (a measure of immunodeficiency) to assist clinical laboratories with the selection and implementation of appropriate and affordable patient care was improved.

  2. PHAC provides leadership and direction for the national enhanced HIV surveillance studies among most-at-risk populations. The data from these studies is already being used to guide HIV prevention and control programs. PHAC held a national HIV and AIDS surveillance meeting in December 2010 to improve data standardization across jurisdictions and discuss ways to address gaps in the surveillance system.
  3. Non-Reserve First Nations, Inuit and Métis Communities HIV/AIDS Project Fund: 21 projects across Canada were approved to start in 2011-12. These projects aim to promote the prevention of HIV infection; facilitate access to diagnosis; treatment and social supports for Aboriginal people living with HIV/AIDS and those at risk; and enhance the capacity of service providers to deliver culturally relevant, community-based interventions among Canada's off-reserve First Nations, Inuit and Métis populations.
  4. Community-based organizations developed new partnerships with communities and provinces and territories to improve access to prevention and control programs and treatment. Partnerships increased at least 10% per year over the last two years.

    Regional projects in six of the seven regions reported over 650 partnerships. Projects in five regions reported a total of 63 partnerships with local and provincial governments across a number of key sectors. There were 48 collaborative partnerships with researchers and/or academics which is an increase over the last two years. Additionnally in Quebec, 33 projects reported partnerships with government and 11 projects reported partnerships with researchers. Examples of the nature and results of partnerships with researchers include: exploring models of rehabilitation programming for people living with HIV; exploring and documenting innovative models of HIV service delivery; strengthening community-based research skills and knowledge; and greater involvement and access to research expertise. Results of partnerships with the public and voluntary sector include: increased ability to reach populations at risk and provide care, treatment and support to newly diagnosed cases of HIV; increased access to nutritious foods for women and families with HIV; and increased access to medical appointments and to programs and services in general for target populations.

  5. Based on reporting from four of seven regions, there were 31 community projects that reported on improvements to health and social services for target populations.
  6. Ongoing guidance provided to partners.

In collaboration with provincial partners, the prevalence of transmitted drug resistance by testing HIV diagnostic specimens from all first-time diagnosed, treatment-naive patients in Canada was determined.

Laboratory testing and analysis for the emergence of drug resistance to newly developed HIV drugs, such as I inhibitors, was conducted in order to inform both clinicians and policy makers in the provinces.

ER 3.3: Increased individual and organizational capacity to address HIV and AIDS, as indicated by:

  1. sustained support to community-based organizations, including the number of projects funded and funds provided to community-based funding;
  2. number of projects in which target populations contribute to management and delivery of projects;
  3. number and type of capacity building activities for non-governmental and community-based organizations;
  4. project data on actions to improve access to health and social services; and
  5. project data on number of volunteers and volunteer hours.

RA 3.3:

  1. In 2010-11, national funding streams supported six projects under the Specific Populations Fund, seven projects under the National Voluntary Sector Response Fund, one under the Knowledge Exchange Fund, and six under the Non-Reserve First Nations, Inuit and Métis Communities HIV/AIDS Project Fund. Under the AIDS Community Action Program, 127 projects were funded for $12.4M. Eighty-four projects were operational, and 43 were time-limited. The majority of projects are delivered in urban and/or urban-rural settings.
  2. Based on data from six of the seven regions, 93 ACAP projects (98%) identified that target populations contribute to the delivery and management of projects.
  3. PHAC regional operations supported 16 capacity building activities reaching 550 community participants. Capacity building activities included conference presentation on ACAP and Hepatitis C funding to the Northern-Intertribal Health Association (NITHA) annual meeting in Prince Albert, Saskatchewan and training such as evaluation support and peer leadership training development for young gay men. PHAC worked in a consultative way with various stakeholders such as provincial government partners, federal government departments and community-based organizations. PHAC shared resources with internal and external stakeholders to keep them informed about pressing and emerging developments.
  4. Based on reporting from four regions there were 31 community projects that reported on improvements to health and social services for target populations.
  5. Regional project data from all seven regions reported over 5000 volunteers who donated 159,312 hours (an average of 31 hours per volunteer). There were over 2400 new volunteers. Significant training of over 900 sessions was reported by six of seven regions for both staff and volunteers.

Comment(s) on variance(s): The variance of $ 4.1M consists of: $3.0M of program activities deferred because of delays in internal processes; and $1.1M in transfers to other programs for joint action on Federal Initiative outcomes.

Federal Partner: Health Canada ($M)
Federal
Partners
Federal
Partner
Program
Activity (PA)
Names of
Programs
for Federal
Partners
Total
Allocation
(from start
to end date)
Planned
Spending
for
2010-11
Actual
Spending
for
2010-11
Variance for
2010-11
(from
planned to
actual
expenditure)
Expected
Results for
2010-11
Results
Achieved
in
2010-11
Health
Canada
International
Health Affairs
Global
Engagement
Ongoing 1.4 1.0 0.4 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 4.1
Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 4.2
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 4.1
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 4.2
First Nations
and Inuit
Health
Programming
and Services
Bloodborne
Diseases
and Sexually
Transmitted
Infections-HIV/AIDS
Ongoing 4.0 4.5 (0.5) Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 4.3
Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 4.4
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 4.3
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 4.4
Total HC $5.4M
$5.5M
$(0.1)M
   

Expected Results (ER)/Results Achieved (RA):

ER 4.1: Increased Canadian engagement and leadership in the global context through exchanging best practices with global partners to inform global and domestic policies on HIV and AIDS. This will be achieved by supporting the development and dissemination of two documents, and through increased dialogue and engagement with stakeholders and other Government of Canada departments by engaging in three global forums to share expertise and influence policies.

RA 4.1: Outcomes were shared from the October 2009 International Policy Dialogue on HIV/AIDS and Indigenous People and the March 2009 International Policy Dialogue on HIV/AIDS and Disability, at side events of the XVIII International AIDS Conference in Vienna in July 2010. Health Canada also engaged in a number of global fora in order to advance Government of Canada priorities and interests, including the December 2010 UNAIDS Programming Coordinating Board Meeting, the February 2010 International Policy Dialogue on Reinvigorating HIV Prevention, and the XVIII International AIDS Conference in Vienna in July 2010.

ER 4.2: Enhanced engagement and collaboration on approaches to address HIV and AIDS through provision of support to five formal advice documents to inform global collaboration on HIV and AIDS and policy coherence across federal government's global activities on HIV and AIDS.

RA 4.2: Policy advice and support was provided on the negotiation of a number of formal documents that information efforts to address global HIV and AIDS issues, including: 1) The protection of human rights in the context of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) and acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS) (HRC16); 2) The Organization of the 2011 comprehensive review of the progress achieved in realizing the Declaration of Commitment on HIV/AIDS and the Political Declaration on HIV/AIDS; 3) Supporting efforts to end obstetric fistula (UNGA65); 4) Women, the girl child and HIV and AIDS (CSW55); and 5) The Outcome Document - High-Level meeting on HIV (UNGASS).

ER 4.3: Increased knowledge and awareness of the nature of HIV and AIDS and ways to address the disease through the production of:

  1. A companion reference manual for nursing practice specific to Aboriginal communities on-reserve and Inuit populations to complement the Canadian Guidelines on Sexually Transmitted Infections; and
  2. A training tool to upgrade nursing skills on HIV, AIDS and STBBI.

RA 4.3:

  1. First Nations and Inuit Health Branch (FNIHB) led the development of an Aboriginal-specific component to accompany the Canadian Guidelines on Sexually Transmitted Infections to enhance the relevance of these guidelines for nurses, physicians, health care providers, outreach workers and community educators working at health facilities on-reserve. This document provides an integrated approach to addressing the management of the Hepatitis C virus, other blood borne pathogens and sexually transmitted infections.
  2. FNIHB conducted a mini-survey with input from FNIH Regional BBSTI-HIV Coordinators and the Office of Nursing Services to ascertain what culturally sensitive information is required to complement existing professional resources. Requirements identified through this assessment will be addressed to further meet the practice needs of nurses serving First Nations on-reserve and Inuit populations south of the 60th degree parallel. The FNIH Saskatchewan Region developed a Sexual Health Teaching Resource Toolkit for parents, teachers, nurses, and other health care providers. The manual includes: age appropriate teaching lessons, manuals and aids; interactive educational games and activities; and CDs and videos. Communication and dissemination of these resources to transferred and non transferred Nurse Managers was completed in June 2010. The aim is to empower Aboriginal youth to make informed sexual health choices and reduce the risk of unplanned pregnancy and sexually transmitted infections (STIs) including HIV/AIDS.

ER 4.4: Increased individual and organizational capacity to address HIV and AIDS, as indicated by:

  1. A gap analysis report on HIV and AIDS-STBBI - related services delivered by community nurses at health facilities on reserve;
  2. The number of community researchers attending a research proposal writing workshop;
  3. The number of First Nations and Inuit health nurses receiving training on HIV and AIDS and related health issues; and;
  4. The number of educational workshops for First Nations and Inuit health nurses.

RA 4.4:

  1. FNIHB conducted a gap analysis of current HIV/AIDS-BBSTI service delivery in on-reserve First Nations communities to better address service delivery gaps. Information from the gap analysis report was used to develop a Business Case with an increased focus on addressing capacity needs for HIV/AIDS-BBSTI testing, counselling and treatment.
  2. Over 30 community-based researchers from across Canada took part in a 2 ½-day skills building event organized by FNIHB, in partnership with CIHR. The goal of the workshop was to enhance the capacity of Aboriginal community-based representatives/researchers to prepare successful research grant proposals specifically applicable to HIV/AIDS-related concerns of on-reserve First Nations communities and Inuit communities south of the 60th degree parallel. The workshop offered an opportunity for participants to engage in open and candid dialogue around the challenges that Aboriginal communities often encounter when seeking research grants. This workshop was timely in equipping participants with the much needed resources to increase their likelihood of success in future grant competitions, and to enhance research capacity in the area of HIV/AIDS to help on-reserve First Nations community and Inuit communities increase their knowledge on how to address the HIV epidemic effectively.
  3. More than 635 First Nation and Inuit Health nurses and other health workers received training on HIV and AIDS and related health issues in fiscal year 2010-2011. The training sessions included such topics as: (1) public health challenges in the management of STIs; (2) Nursing Orientation and Skill building sessions, which include epidemiology and basic facts of diseases, teaching resources, and funding processes; and (3) training on pre and post testing counselling. These training sessions contributed to improved knowledge and capacity of health professionals and increased their competency in HIV testing, treatment, contact tracing, and case management identified in their learning objectives from previous educational events.
  4. FNIHB and FNIH Regions hosted/supported more than 50 educational workshops on HIV and AIDS and related health issues to nurses working with on-reserve First Nation communities. For example, FNIH Manitoba organized an educational workshop for Public Health Nurses working in First Nations Communities across Manitoba on HIV/AIDS and other related infections. The Saskatchewan Region, in partnership with the Office of Nursing Services, hosted 8 HIV Continuum of Care Workshops. The Ontario region held a Communicable Disease Workshop in May 2010. The Quebec Region supported the First Nations of Quebec and Labrador Health and Social Services Commission (FNQLHSSC) to conduct a two-day training session on pre and post-test counselling on HIV/AIDS. In addition, the Region supported the Quebec Native Women (QNW)/Femmes Autochtones du Quebec (FAQ) to offer several educational workshops on various subjects related to HIV/AIDS. The workshops offered to nurses knowledge and information regarding the demographics of HIV, HIV 101, the importance of HIV testing and early diagnosis, public health challenges in the management of Sexually Transmitted Infections, a First Nations perspective on sexuality, and social networking and contact tracing.
Federal Partner: Canadian Institutes of Health Research
($M)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from start to end date) Planned Spending for 2010-11 Actual Spending for 2010-11 Variance for 2010-11 (from planned to actual expenditure) Expected Results for 2010-11 Results Achieved in 2010-11

Comments on Variance: $0.8M was transferred to the Canadian HIV/AIDS Research Initiative by partner Agency PHAC in support of applications for catalyst research on HIV/AIDS and comorbidities (CIHR HIV Comorbidity Research Agenda), and knowledge dissemination.

CIHR HIV and AIDS Research Projects and Personnel Support HIV and AIDS Research Initiative Ongoing 21.3 22.1 (0.8) Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 4.5 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 4.6 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 4.5 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 4.6
Total CIHR $21.3M $22.1M $(0.8)M    

Expected Results (ER)/Results Achieved (RA):

ER 4.5: Increased knowledge and awareness of the nature of HIV and AIDS and ways to address the disease through the funding of high quality research and knowledge translation grants in HIV and AIDS. This will be achieved through the ongoing development and administration of strategic research funding programs.

RA 4.5: On behalf of the FI, the Canadian Institutes of Health Research invested a total of $22.1M in HIV/AIDS research and research capacity building in 2010-11. This amount includes $800,000 transferred from PHAC to CIHR in support of HIV comorbidity catalyst grants and overall supports biomedical and clinical research, research on health systems and services and social cultural and environmental determinants of health as well as the CIHR Canadian HIV Trials Network (CTN) and the CIHR HIV/AIDS Community-Based Research (CBR) Program.

In total, including both the Federal Initiative funding and additional CIHR funding, CIHR supported approximately 324 grants, 210 awards and 17 Canada Research Chairs for a total investment of $45.7 M in HIV/AIDS research in 2010-11. This funding level represents CIHR's largest annual investment in HIV/AIDS research to date.

In order to continue to support high quality HIV research and knowledge translation activities, the CIHR HIV/AIDS Research Initiative developed and launched the following research grant funding opportunities: Operating Grants: Priority Announcements (2), Catalyst Grants, Meetings, Planning and Dissemination Grants (5), and partnered on the following: Team Grants - Violence, Gender and Health. In the area of Community-Based Research, (2) Operating and Catalyst Grant funding opportunities were launched in 2010-11. The grants funded through these opportunities will ensure Canadian researchers and their partners are able to advance knowledge about HIV and effective ways to address the disease in the years to come.

CIHR-supported researchers continue to make significant contributions to addressing the HIV/AIDS epidemic both in Canada and globally. In November 2010, Dr. Julio Montaner, B.C. Centre of Excellence in HIV/AIDS, received a prestigious Prix Galien in recognition of his outstanding contribution to the management of people who are HIV-positive and, more recently, to understanding the role of treatment as a tool to reduce the spread of HIV through the population. The award recognizes his ability to bring the results of important research to the political and community environment and encourage the implementation of the findings, both locally and internationally.

Another example of contributions of CIHR funded researchers is the work of Dr. Mona Loutfy and her team at the Women and HIV Research Program of Women's College Research Institute. This team is working on dozens of projects aimed to reduce the stigma and discrimination associated with HIV-positive pregnancies and increase access to pre-conception prevention and fertility services. Dr. Loutfy's program is developing and launching programmatic interventions including the:

  • development of National HIV Pregnancy Planning Guidelines;
  • creation of four new pamphlets in partnership with CATIE;
  • piloting of workshops;
  • development of a website; and the
  • creation of a multidisciplinary community-based network of informed, supportive experts to assist HIV-positive people with their reproductive issues.

In terms of developing future strategic research programs, the CIHR HIV/AIDS Research Initiative conducted a series of consultations focused on the development of a research agenda to address issues of comorbidities for people living with HIV/AIDS in Canada-a major research priority for both the research community as well as those infected. The HIV Initiative sponsored an independent national consultation to determine what stakeholders viewed as the key issues and priorities for research in HIV/AIDS comorbidities and what research funding programs would be of greatest benefit. The consultation included two components, an electronic survey and targeted key informant interviews. It involved over 400 respondents from a wide range of stakeholder groups including researchers, people living with HIV/AIDS, health service providers, policy makers and others. The Initiative jointly sponsored an overview of systematic reviews of topics related to comorbidity in HIV/AIDS with the Ontario HIV Treatment Network (OHTN). The consultation activities culminated at an invitational Roundtable meeting involving over 30 experts from across Canada and internationally, during which focused discussions were held on the development of the research agenda. During the consultation process, the HIV Initiative launched two developmental funding opportunities related to this agenda in order to help the research community prepare for larger, longer-term opportunities to be launched in 2011-12. Through the consultation process it also built the foundation for strong and diverse partners for the CIHR Comorbidity Research Agenda which will be involved in future funding opportunities under the Agenda.

ER 4.6: Increased individual and organizational capacity for HIV and AIDS research through the funding of high-quality capacity-building grants and awards in HIV and AIDS. This outcome is achieved through the ongoing development and administration of strategic research capacity-building funding programs.

RA 4.6: The CIHR HIV/AIDS Research Initiative continues to build research capacity and foster the next generation of HIV/AIDS researchers by providing a range of capacity-building funding opportunities. The following opportunities were launched in 2010-11: Priority Announcements for New Investigator, Fellowship (2) and Doctoral Research Awards. These awards support trainees and new researchers across all priority areas of HIV/AIDS research. Under the CIHR HIV/AIDS Community-Based Research (CBR) program, Master's and Doctoral Research Awards specifically build new CBR capacity in both the general and Aboriginal streams of the program.

A number of other specific activities were conducted by the HIV Initiative in 2010-11 to build capacity for HIV/AIDS CBR such as a series of CBR grantscrafting presentations at conferences and meetings, several virtual presentations given across Canada, and a partnership developed with the CIHR Centre for REACH in HIV/AIDS (Research Evidence in Action for Community Heath) to provide travel grants for out of province participants to attend an Ontario-led CBR grantscrafting session. In addition, CIHR, in partnership with FNIHB and other organizations, hosted a 2-½-day workshop targeted to Aboriginal community researchers interested in conducting community-based Aboriginal research in the area of HIV/AIDS. This workshop involved over 30 on-reserve community representatives and also included key partner contributions from the Pauktuutit Inuit Women of Canada, the Assembly of First Nations, the Canadian Aboriginal AIDS Network and the Ontario HIV Treatment Network. The cumulative effect of the CBR capacity building activities of CIHR and CIHR funded research teams (i.e., Universities Without Walls and CIHR Centre for REACH in HIV) is a dramatic increase in both the number and quality of CBR applications received by CIHR. Specifically, compared to 2008-09, in 2010-11 there was a 500-% increase in application pressure in the General funding stream and a 900% increase in the Aboriginal funding stream; the number of fundable applications increased by 350% in the General funding stream and by 600% in the Aboriginal funding stream.

Further work was also done in 2010-11 to follow-up on the final component of the CBR program evaluation conducted in 2009. A two part consultation (web-based survey and key informant interviews) was undertaken in summer 2010 to review the current suite of funding mechanisms available in the Program with a specific emphasis on capacity building. Approximately 50 people responded to an online survey and 26 key informants were interviewed, with an excellent cross-section of community, academic, Aboriginal and General stream members participating. A report drafted in December 2010 will be reviewed by CIHR steering and advisory committees and used to guide the implementation of future enhancements of the CBR capacity-building tools.

Federal Partner: Correctional Services Canada
($M)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from start to end date) Planned Spending for 2010-11 Actual Spending for 2010-11 Variance for 2010-11 (from planned to actual expenditure) Expected Results for 2010-11 Results Achieved in 2010-11
Correction Service Canada Custody Institutional Health Services Public Health Services Ongoing 4.2 4.4 (0.2) Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 4.7 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 4.8 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 4.7 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 4.8
Total CSC $4.2M $4.4M $(0.2)M    

Expected Results (ER)/Results Achieved (RA):

ER 4.7: Increased knowledge and awareness of the nature of HIV and AIDS and ways to address the disease, as indicated by the percentage of federal offenders who indicate improved general knowledge of HIV and AIDS after attending CSC's Peer Education Course.

RA 4.7: Improvement in knowledge of HIV and AIDS after attending CSC's Peer Education Course is assessed by comparison of scores on knowledge tests administered before and after program attendance. To date, analysis has been done on change in scores of participants in the Aboriginal Peer Education Course (APEC) which is offered to Aboriginal offenders. During 2010-11, 87% of APEC participants obtained higher scores following completion of the program, thereby demonstrating improved knowledge. Average score improved from 77.5% (pre-test) to 83% (post-test).

ER 4.8: Enhanced engagement and collaboration on approaches to address HIV and AIDS, as indicated by collaborative partnerships with the Federal/Provincial/Territorial Heads of Corrections Working Group on Health and CSC's Community Consultation on Public Health.

RA 4.8: During 2010-11, CSC continued its engagement and collaboration on approaches to address HIV and AIDS. In-person meetings of the Federal/Provincial/Territorial Heads of Corrections Working Group on Health were held in April and October 2010, as well as a teleconference held in May 2010. A work plan was developed for FY 2010-11 which outlined the priorities of the working group. The Community Consultation Committee met via teleconference in June 2010. In addition, a meeting with representatives of the committee and other CSC Sectors was held in February to explore emergent issues.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable):

Contact information:

Stephanie Mehta
100 Eglantine Drive
Ottawa, ON K1A 0K9
613-954-4502

stephanie.mehta@phac-aspc.gc.ca


Preparedness for Avian and Pandemic Influenza


Name of Horizontal Initiative: Preparedness for Avian and Pandemic Influenza

Name of Lead Department(s): Public Health Agency of Canada (PHAC)

Lead Department Program Activities:

  • Public Health Preparedness and Capacity
  • Disease and Injury Prevention and Mitigation
  • Surveillance and Population Health Assessment
  • Science and Technology for Public Health
  • Regulatory Enforcement and Emergency Response

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: June 21, 2006

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: Ongoing

Total Federal Funding Allocation (Start to End Date): Ongoing

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): This initiative is directed at mitigating Canada's risk from two major, inter-related animal and public health threats: the potential spread of avian influenza (AI) virus (i.e., H5N1) to wild birds and domestic fowl in Canada; and, the potential for a human-adapted strain to arise resulting in human-to-human transmission potentially triggering a human influenza pandemic. A coordinated and comprehensive plan to address both avian and pandemic influenza is maintained.

The bulk of the initiative is ongoing. Activities have been launched in the areas of vaccines and antivirals, surge capacity, prevention and early warning, emergency preparedness, critical science and regulation, risk communication, and inter-jurisdictional collaboration. To enhance the federal capacity to address an on-reserve pandemic, efforts have been made to increase surveillance and risk assessment capacity to fill gaps in planning and preparedness.

Shared Outcome(s):

Immediate Outcomes

  • Strengthened Canadian capacity to prevent and respond to pandemics; and
  • Increased internal and external awareness, knowledge and engagement with stakeholders.

Intermediate Outcomes

  • Increased prevention, preparedness and control of challenges and emergencies related to AI/PI; and
  • Strengthened public health capacity.

Long-Term and Strategic Outcomes

  • Increased/reinforced public confidence in Canada's public health system; and
  • Minimization of serious illness, overall deaths, and societal disruption as a result of an influenza pandemic.

Governance Structure(s): In January 2008, the Agency, the Canadian Institutes of Health Research, the Canadian Food Inspection Agency and Health Canada finalized the Avian and Pandemic Influenza Preparedness Interdepartmental/Agency Governance Agreement. The primary scope of the Agreement is the management of specific horizontal issues and/or initiatives relating to avian and pandemic influenza preparedness.

The Agreement is supported by a structure that falls within the auspices of the Deputy Minister's Committee on Avian and Pandemic Influenza Planning. Implementation of the Agreement is led by the Avian and Pandemic Influenza Assistant Deputy Ministers (API ADM) Governance Committee focusing on implementation of the initiatives. The API ADM Governance Committee provides strategic direction and oversight monitoring.

An Avian and Pandemic Influenza Operations Directors General Committee supports the API ADM Governance Committee, makes recommendations to it and oversees the coordination of deliverables.

Federal Partner: The Agency
($M)
Federal
Partners
Federal
Partner
Program
Activity
(PA)
Names of
Programs
for Federal
Partners
Total
Allocation
(from Start
to End
Date)
Planned
Spending
for
2010-11
Actual
Spending
for
2010-11
Variance for
2010-11
(from
planned to
actual
expenditure)
Expected
Results for
2010-11
Results
Achieved in
2010-11
Public
Health
Agency of
Canada
Science and
Technology
for Public
Health
a. Rapid
vaccine
development and
testing
Ongoing 1.6 1.3 0.3 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 1.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 1.1
b. Winnipeg
lab and
space
optimization
Ongoing 20.2 6.1 14.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 2.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 2.1
Surveillance
and
Population
Health
Assessment
a.
Surveillance
Ongoing 8.3 6.8 1.5 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 3.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 3.1
Public
Health
Preparedness and
Capacity
a. Vaccine
readiness
and clinical
trials
Ongoing 14.6 3.3 11.3 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 4.1
Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 4.2
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 4.1
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 4.2
b. Capacity
for
pandemic
preparedne
ss
Ongoing 5.8 7.1 (1.3) Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 5.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 5.1
c.
Emergency
preparedness
Ongoing 5.9 6.0 (0.1) Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 6.1
Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 6.2
Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 6.3
Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 6.4
Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 6.5
Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 6.6
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 6.1
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 6.2
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 6.3
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 6.4
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 6.5
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 6.6
d.
Emergency
human
resources
Ongoing 0.4 0.4 0.0 ER .7.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 7.1
e.
Strengtheni
ng the
public
health
laboratory
network
Ongoing 1.2 1.0 0.2 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 8.1
Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 8.2
Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 8.3
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 8.1
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 8.2
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 8.3
f. Influenza
research
network
Ongoing 1.1 1.9 (0.8) Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 9.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 9.1
g.
Pandemic
influenza
risk
assessment
and
modelling
Ongoing 0.8 0.7 0.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 10.1
Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 10.2
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 10.1
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 10.2
h. Performance and
evaluation
Ongoing 0.6 0.6 0.0 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 11.1
Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 11.2
Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 11.3
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 11.1
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 11.2
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 11.3
i. Pandemic
influenza
risk
communications
strategy
Ongoing 1.8 1.1 0.7 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 12.1
Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 12.2
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 12.1
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 12.2
j. Skilled
national
public health
workforce
Ongoing 5.8 5.8 0.0 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 13.1
Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 13.2
Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 13.3
Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 13.4
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 13.1
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 13.2
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 13.3
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 13.4
Regulatory
Enforcement and
Emergency
Response
a.
Contribution
to National
Antiviral
Stockpile
Ongoing 0.1 0.0 0.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 14.1
Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 14.2
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 14.1
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 14.2
Total
Agency
$68.2M
$42.1M
$26.1M
   

Comments on Variances:

The Agency's actual spending is $26.1M less than planned. Costs for the construction of the JC Wilt Laboratory for Winnipeg Lab Space Optimization resulted in the reprofiling of $7.0M to future years and an additional $5.2M was internally reallocated within the Agency to offset costs for other program priorities. Lower than anticipated Vaccines Readiness costs gave way to an additional $11.3M of internal reallocations and delays in staffing actions and other minor contract delays created a surplus of $2.4M.

Expected Results (ER)/Results Achieved (RA):

ER 1.1: Progress made on the development of different clinical-grade commercial H5N1 influenza vaccines.

RA 1.1: Pre-pandemic mock vaccine clinical trial is completed and the process to have it licensed in Canada is underway. Pandemic vaccine H1N1 was not funded under this item, but also contributed significantly to the body of knowledge regarding adjuvanted vaccines.

ER 2.1: Renovation of the new lab is completed, thus increasing Canada's research and response capacity.

RA 2.1: The recapitalization of the JC Wilt Infectious Diseases Research Centre is underway. During 2010-11, detailed laboratory design specifications were used to develop construction tender documents. The construction tender process resulted in a contract being awarded in January 2011 on budget, followed by the commencement of the construction in February 2011. The laboratory is expected to be ready for occupancy in spring 2013.

ER 3.1: Capacity to rapidly identify and report human cases of avian flu and health care incidents of potential significance is improved.

RA 3.1: Capacity to rapidly identify and report human cases of avian flu and health care incidents was improved by increasing the number of hospitals reporting under the Canadian Nosocomial Infection Surveillance Program (CNISP), moving from passive to active surveillance and instituting case investigations as part of routine business. In addition, protocols were developed to monitor severe respiratory infections (including avian influenza) through the Critical Care Research Network.

ER 4.1: Clinical trials of a pre-pandemic vaccine are underway, and the relevance of individual trials to Canada's needs is assessed.

RA 4.1: Activity complete. No further activities undertaken or planned.

ER 4.2: Capacity for vaccine-adverse event surveillance and effectiveness monitoring during a pandemic is improved.

RA 4.2: Capacity for vaccine-adverse surveillance was improved through permanent representation of all provinces and territories on the Vaccine Vigilance Working Group (VVWG). For its part, the federal government increased membership to include Department of National Defence, First Nations and Inuit Health Branch at Health Canada, Corrections Services Canada and the Royal Canadian Mounted Police. This group of federal, provincial and territorial experts convenes regularly to monitor vaccine-adverse reactions and ensure the safety of the vaccine supply.

Capacity was also improved through the F/P/T VVWG by increasing the quality and timeliness of vaccine-adverse reaction data the group shares and has access to. In the past, the information regarding potential adverse reactions was provided by vaccine manufactures only to regulators charged with approving the vaccine. Under the new system, the VVWG has direct access to this information and can use it to inform and prepare public health practitioners.

ER 5.1: Capacity for increased use of the regional communication systems is improved.

RA 5.1: The Regional Communications Network capacity has been improved by:

  • participation on the PHN Communications Sub-Group;
  • sharing Best practises from regional experiences (i.e., British Columbia migrant ship situation);
  • maintaining up-to-date Provincial and Territorial contact lists; and
  • participating in cross-border committees and regional emergency communications network committees.

ER 6.1: Response mechanisms are established to respond to an avian or pandemic influenza outbreak.

RA 6.1: Rapid response research protocols are under development and will be in place by October 2011. Provided strict safety and ethical precautions have been met, this will enable the safe and rapid vaccine development and testing in the event of a pandemic emergency.

ER 6.2: Laboratories are capable of working with certified influenza strains.

RA 6.2: Each province continues to maintain at least one laboratory capable of working with influenza strains. Labs working with pandemic H1N1 samples must be certified to Containment Level 2 (CL2) which includes specific safety and security measures, labs working with pandemic H1N1 viral cultures must be certified to CL2-plus. Twenty-three labs are currently participating in the National Microbiological Laboratory's (NML) influenza virus proficiency testing program and twenty-one labs are currently participating in the NML's influenza polymerase chain reaction proficiency panel.

ER 6.3: Improved integration of quarantine stations with traditional services at the three major Canadian maritime ports.

RA 6.3: Marine training was provided to quarantine officers to enhance their preparedness and response to marine related incidents. This training was put into effect when the Office of Quarantine Services actively participated in the federal response to the MV SunSea, an illegal immigrant ship, which arrived in Victoria, B.C. This response required the deployment of Quarantine Officers from the Vancouver Quarantine Station to assess the ill travellers on board. There were no actions taken under the Quarantine Act .

ER 6.4: The National Emergency Stockpile System and the Emergency Operations Centres are maintained in a state of readiness.

RA 6.4: The National Emergency Stockpile System (NESS) continues to ensure Canada's ability to respond 24/7 as it maintains an on-call schedule. The NESS will continue to enhance the use of evidence informed decision making processes and the use of risk-based decision support methodologies and tools. The initiatives include the establishment of two task groups (The Pharmaceutical & Therapeutics Committee and The Medical Equipment and Supply Committee) and the development of a risk-based decision support tool to strategically renew and modernize NESS assets.

NESS also finalised the Mini Clinic as its principle deployable asset and completed the acquisition of ten Mini Clinics. The Mini Clinic module comprises the necessary equipment to provide primary assessment and care similar to that of a walk in clinic for surge capacity. It is scalable and meets modern standards of medical care. NESS organised two meetings with health care subject matter expert groups, in April and November 2010 respectively, to review and validate the new Mini Clinic module. The Mini Clinics have been successfully deployed and evaluated at national and international special events (2010 Winter Olympic Games, G8/G20 summits, Canada Winter Games 2011).

ER 6.5: Incident response plans are in place with provincial and territorial departments and non-governmental organizations.

RA 6.5: Forthcoming recommendations from the H1N1 Lessons Learned Report /After Action Review for the implementation of the Canadian Pandemic Influenza Plan during the H1N1 pandemic currently being carried out by PHAC evaluation services will be applied to a review of the plan. Pandemic preparedness and specifically the pandemic plan are on the priority list for being exercised in the coming/following year, based on the revised plan and/or any lessons learned from the H1N1 report. The Agency also, in partnership with Nunavut Health and Social Services, developed and facilitated a Northern Pandemic Table Top Exercise in support of the revision of the Pandemic Influenza Planning and Response Guidelines for the Health Sector.

ER 6.6: Increased efficiency and effectiveness of regional resources placed to facilitate the flow of information between federal, provincial and territorial levels.

RA 6.6: The information flow between federal, provincial and territorial levels was made more efficient and effective by strategically placing regional resources in near proximity to health portfolio partners, other federal departments, the provinces and territories and other stakeholders. This facilitates collaboration by ensuring a common understanding of priorities-both individual and shared, and rapid two-way dissemination of information to health partners and the public in the event of a pandemic-as well as ensuring decision-makers are well informed of regional developments.

ER 7.1: An updated Human Resources (HR) Emergency Response Plan (ERP) is in place.

RA 7.1: A framework to update the HR ERP was developed by March 2011. Under this framework, the following results were achieved:

  • Key positions and their back-ups have been identified for the Agency's EPR functions.
  • The process for scheduling employees into the Incident Management Structure in support of an event was refined and piloted.
  • The need to manage the location of deployed resources during an event was identified during the Trillium-Guardian Exercise in May 2010. A process was developed and piloted during G8/G20.
  • On-going participation in task groups has resulted in :
    • Development of a five-year training plan to increase surge capacity and identify EPR (Emergency Preparedness and Response) components for new employees for endorsement by the Joint Emergency Preparedness Committee.
    • Development of a process to mobilise employees for short term (30 days or less) international deployments.
  • Completed a Table Top Exercise within HRD in November 2010 to evaluate gaps in preparedness and response.

Going forward, HR will be working with their key clients to validate the balance of the framework, establish priorities and create a multi year action plan to update the HR Emergency Response Plan.

ER 8.1: Federal laboratory liaison technicians in provinces and territories are in place, trained, and equipped.

RA 8.1: Laboratory Liaison Technical Officers (LLTOs) are currently working in six of the ten provincial public health laboratories. The LLTO position in Newfoundland remains vacant, while the LLTO position in Alberta became vacant this fiscal year. Both positions cannot be staffed due to resource constraints. There are no plans to extend LLTO positions to the remaining two provinces.

The LLTOs support communication of information and data between the Public Health Laboratories (PHLs) and the Agency's National Microbiology Laboratory (NML); collaborate with other PHAC field positions within the provinces (e.g., Public Health Officers and HIV Field Surveillance Officers); and facilitate integration of laboratory and epidemiology surveillance data at the provincial and federal level.

ER 8.2: Communications between provincial and territorial labs and the National Microbiology Laboratory is improved thereby strengthening the national lab's capacity.

RA 8.2: Laboratory Liaison Technical Officers (LLTOs) continue to support communication of information and data between the Public Health Laboratories (PHLs) and the Agency's NML, collaborate with other PHAC field positions within the provinces (e.g., Public Health Officers and HIV Field Surveillance Officers), and facilitate integration of laboratory and epidemiology surveillance data at the provincial and federal level. The inability to staff LLTO positions has had negative implications for the linkages between the NML and the provincial labs.

The Canadian Public Health Laboratory Network (CPHLN), funded by the Agency, is the cornerstone for sharing laboratory information between the public health labs. This function continues to strengthen national capacity though a number of initiatives, including:

  • Assessing the national public health laboratory system to identify gaps and highlights;
  • Supplying a central hub for information exchange on testing protocols, procedures and techniques to identify infectious pathogens; and
  • Unified national response through standardization of protocols and testing

The NML, through CPHLN, participates in the development of the Multilateral Information Sharing Agreement (MLISA), a mechanism designed to facilitate the rapid dissemination of information among F/P/T stakeholders (e.g., public health labs) during an outbreak.

ER 8.3: Components of the Canadian Pandemic Influenza Plan's Annex C are in operation.

RA 8.3: The current version of the Canadian Pandemic Influenza Plan, Annex C - Pandemic Influenza Guidelines provides recommendations to Canadian influenza testing facilities on laboratory testing, surveillance and data collection, communication and pandemic preparedness planning. The Agency, through CPHLN, will revise Annex C upon establishment of new planning assumptions by a Public Health network Steering Committee.

ER 9.1: Research resources are optimally allocated to respond to the needs of avian and pandemic influenza preparedness.

RA 9.1: Funding for the projects discussed below was allocated on the basis of priorities and knowledge gaps. The priorities and gaps were identified by Federal, Provincial and Territorial (F/P/T) public health decision makers.

The PHAC/CIHR (Canadian Institutes of Health Research) Influenza Response Network (PCIRN) was created as a result of the partnership between PHAC and CIHR as a means of optimizing and streamlining funding of pandemic related research in accordance with the priorities of Federal, Provincial and Territorial (FPT) public health decision-makers. In its second year of operation, PCIRN continued to deliver valuable relevant research related to: Rapid Vaccine Trials; Rapid Program Implementation; Vaccine Coverage; Vaccine Safety; Vaccine Effectiveness; Laboratory Support; Information Technology Support; and Curriculum and Knowledge Translation. Further information regarding the specific research projects funded can be found online.

The Pandemic Preparedness Strategic Research Initiative (PPSRI), a joint initiative of PHAC and CIHR, funded pandemic research projects related to four research themes: Biology and Diagnostics; Pandemic Planning and Ethics; Transmission, Modeling and Infection Control; and Vaccines. Proceedings of the Canadian Pandemic Preparedness Meeting: Outcomes, Impacts and Lessons Learned are available online. This successful initiative was completed on March 31, 2011.

The Capacity for Pandemic Preparedness Grants and Contributions Program funded the Canadian Critical Care Trials Group to advance PHAC's rapid response research strategy by developing a risk factor database and emergency clinical trial protocols for treatment effectiveness. This grant included FY10/11 and FY11/12 funding and will be completed by October 2011.

ER 10.1: Predictive and assessment models used for pandemic preparedness are developed and established.

RA 10.1: Pandemic influenza models have been developed to support decision-making surrounding the renewal of the National antiviral stockpile, and the impact of demographic variables on the transmission of pandemic influenza in remote and isolated communities. Additional modeling work has focused on examining how diseases spread in various settings and populations of pandemic influenza in rural and urban areas. These decision-support tools will aid in the Agency's initial response to a pandemic and improve the predictive capacity of the Agency.

With respect to quickly identifying emerging pandemics, new statistical models and methods have been developed and applied to assist in the interpretation of surveillance data for seasonal and pandemic influenza and predictive models have been developed to further support decision-making for pandemic planning.

ER 10.2: More potential learners in university and college settings are being trained as mathematical modelers to augment public health capacity in mathematical modeling.

RA 10.2: Significant training of both students and existing public health professionals has occurred over the course of the 2010-11 year. Engaging in semester-long academic course work, students are developing mathematical modelling for public health skills. For example, PHAC scientists have contributed to the design and delivery of the mathematical modelling course offered at the Dalla Lana School of Public Health at the University of Toronto.

In addition, several professional development workshops have been held for public health professionals and students from around the world in conjunction with existing public health organizations (e.g., Ontario Agency for Health Protection and Promotion, American College of Epidemiology, Society for Medical Decision Making, and the North American Congress of Epidemiology).

ER 11.1: Evaluation improvements proposed in the Evaluation Plan for avian and pandemic influenza preparedness are implemented.

RA 11.1: Evaluation Services produced three reviews that provided evidence for future evaluative activities on avian and pandemic influenza preparedness. They are the:

  • Lessons Learned Review: Public Health Agency of Canada and Health Canada Response to the 2009 H1N1 Pandemic;
  • Evaluation of the National Emergency Stockpile System; and the
  • Evaluation of the grant and contribution components of the Avian and Pandemic Influenza Preparedness Initiative.

Progress on Management Response and Action Plans will be monitored by the PHAC Evaluation Committee until all commitments have been addressed. Expected timelines for implementation of specific management responses are specified in the Plans.

ER 11.2: Components of the performance measurement framework are in place at the responsibility-centre level.

RA 11.2: Preparedness for Avian and Pandemic Influenza Responsibility Centres were engaged in collecting, verifying and approving performance measurement information collected for 2006-07 to 2009-10. Results were presented to the Evaluation Committee in August 2010.

Responsibility for maintaining the performance measurement system was transferred from Evaluation Services to the Centre for Immunization and Respiratory Infectious Diseases. The Centre for Immunization and Respiratory Infectious Diseases is currently developing a governance framework for managing this horizontal initiative program on an ongoing basis.

ER 11.3: Performance data and evidence are collected using a Web-based system and are used for management and reporting.

RA 11.3: Performance monitoring and measurement data and evidence for 2006-07 to 2009-10 were analyzed and compared to expected targets. The resulting analysis was provided to each responsibility centre for management, reporting and evaluation use in 2010-11.It has been decided not to use a Web-based data collection system at this time in favour of a more flexible spreadsheet tool.

ER 12.1: Social marketing needs are reviewed and appropriate modifications have been made in light of the H1N1 experience.

RA 12.1: H1N1 communications messaging and information materials were modified for use in the 2010-11 influenza campaign. This modified messaging re-enforced appropriate behaviours for infection prevention of seasonal influenza. Examples include: the FluWatch campaign; posters on busses; GoogleAdWords; print ads targeted to Aboriginal communities; and targeted Facebook advertisements for women 20-45. Through the use of GoogleAdWords, the traffic to the FightFlu website doubled within the week of the launch.

Ongoing collaboration through the Public Health Network Social Marketing Working Group exchanges information and best practices as well as aligning approaches where appropriate. Although no social marketing strategies were revised in 2010-11, this group exchange reinforced the concept of working together across provinces and territories to ensure a collaborative and coordinated approach to seasonal flu campaigns.

ER 12.2: A communications operational plan is developed to support the Canadian Pandemic Influenza Plan.

RA 12.2: Informal consultations with Public Health Network Communications working group on the appropriateness of Annex K of the CPIP-based on H1N1 lessons learned-resulted in changes to the communications operational plan. A revised annex is expected to be prepared by March 31, 2012.

The Communications Directorate identified activities in the H1N1 Management Response and Action Plan to respond to the Health Portfolio Lesson H1N1 Lessons Learned Review. The plan identifies the need to clarify in the CPIP Annex K the roles and responsibilities of communications partners.

ER 13.1: Memoranda of understanding (MOU) with selected placement sites for public health officers across the country are completed.

RA 13.1: Letters of Agreement (LOA) were drafted and signed with 17 placement sites. Four MOUs are already in place and the remaining two LOAs are with sites for signature. Staffing of positions in Canadian Public Health Service is cumulative. To date 23 positions have been staffed and the staffing process for an additional position in Quebec is underway. Due to resource constraints the program is not anticipated to staff to capacity (26 positions) at this time.

ER 13.2: An increased number of public health officers and Canadian Public Health Service regional coordinators are in place across Canada.

RA 13.2: By the end of 2010-11, 23 Public Health Officers (PHO) were hired and placed in public health sites at the P/T, local level or NGOs across Canada. A process to staff a PHO position in Quebec is underway.

ER 13.3: An increased number of training modules are developed and delivered to public health officers in the field.

RA 13.3: 22 Public Health Officers are expected to attend Field Service Training Institute (FSTI) 2011 in Vancouver. Course modules have changed slightly, especially to accommodate attendees with a policy-focus. There has not been an increase in the number of modules.

ER 13.4: Competency profiles for public health officers are developed.

RA 13.4: Work Descriptions and Statements of Merit Criteria have been developed for the 26 PHO positions. These profiles remain current; however, they are subject to revision as needed.

ER 14.1: Improved lead time between the outbreak of a pandemic and the availability of a pandemic vaccine.

RA 14.1: Experience gained in the development of pre-pandemic vaccine, as well as H1N1 vaccines, has yielded improvements in the currently available egg-based vaccine production technology and regulatory processes.

A new pandemic influenza vaccine contract was negotiated with GlaxoSmithKline to replace the contract expiring March 31, 2011. The new contract will provide Canada priority access to a supply of pandemic vaccine manufactured in Canada. A second contract with a back-up supplier of pandemic influenza vaccine was established as a safeguard in the event of delays in domestic vaccine production.

ER 14.2: The National Antiviral Stockpile is maintained and plans are established for the replacement of antiviral stocks as they reach the end of their shelf-life.

RA 14.2: Updated recommendations for national antiviral stockpile size and composition have been developed based on best available science, H1N1 experience and lessons learned, and mathematical modelling research. Further work is underway to develop a long-term strategy for national antiviral stockpile procurement, management and sustainability.

Federal Partner: Health Canada
($M)
Federal
Partners
Federal
Partner
Program
Activity
(PA)
Names of
Programs
for Federal
Partners
Total
Allocation
(from Start
to End
Date)
Planned
Spending
for
2010-11
Actual
Spending
for
2010-11
Variance for
2010-11
(from
planned to
actual
expenditure)
Expected
Results for
2010-11
Results
Achieved in
2010-11
Health
Canada
Health
Products
a.
Regulatory
activities
related to
pandemic
influenza
vaccine
Ongoing 1.1 1.2 (0.1) 1
Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 15.1
Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 15.2
Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 15.3
Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 15.4
Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 15.5
Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 15.6
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 15.1
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 15.2
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 15.3
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 15.4
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 15.5
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 15.6
b. Resources
for review
and approval
of antiviral
drug
submissions
for treatment
of pandemic
influenza
Ongoing 0.2 0.2 0.0 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 16.1
Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 16.2
Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 16.3
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 16.1
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 16.2
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 16.3
c. Establishment of a
crisis risk
management
unit for
monitoring
and post-market
assessment
of therapeutic
products
Ongoing 0.3 0.3 0.0 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 17.1
Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 17.2
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 17.1
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 17.2
First Nations
and Inuit
health
programming and
services
a. FN/I surge
capacity -
FN/I
Community
Services
$1.5M
(2007-08 to
2009-10)
No funding
available
No funding
available
  Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 18.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 18.1
b. Strengthen
federal public
health
capacity
through
Governance
and
Infrastructure
Ongoing 0.7 0.7   Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 19.1
Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 19.2
Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 19.3
Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 19.4
Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 19.5
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 19.1
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 19.2
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 19.3
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 19.4
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 19.5
Support to
FN/I Health
System
           
c. FN/I
emergency
preparedness,
planning,
training and
integration
Ongoing 0.3 0.3 0.0 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 20.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 20.1
Sustainable
environmental
health
a. Public
health
emergency
preparedness and
response
(EPR) on
conveyances
Ongoing 0.2 0.2 0.0 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 21.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 21.1
Total Health Canada $2.8M
$2.9M
$(0.1)M
   

Expected Results (ER)/Results Achieved (RA):

ER 15.1: World Health Organization (WHO) Guidance on Regulatory Preparedness for Human Pandemic Influenza Vaccines.

RA 15.1: Further to the publication of the guidance and the 2009 pandemic, Health Canada, in collaboration with the WHO, hosted "Confronting the Next Pandemic Workshop" in Ottawa, Ontario, on July 27-29, 2010 to discuss lessons learned from potency testing of pandemic (H1N1) 2009 influenza vaccines and considerations for future potency tests. The report from the workshop will be used to help update the WHO Guidance document in preparation for any future pandemics.

ER 15.2: Finalize Extraordinary Use New Drugs regulations.

RA 15.2: The regulations for Extraordinary Use New Drugs were approved by Treasury Board and came into effect in March 2011.

ER 15.3: Continue links established with international regulatory bodies (WHO, Chinese SFDA) which increase the timeliness and availability of information in the event of a pandemic (i.e., pandemic influenza strain).

RA 15.3: Health Canada continues to link with other regulators as well as the WHO via participation in the International Conference on Drug Regulatory Harmonization, the Pan American Network for Drug Regulatory Harmonization and bilateral agreements. These links facilitate information sharing, which is essential when dealing with a pandemic. For example, China was the first country in the world to initiate a vaccination programme during the 2009 pandemic and their early information on safety was shared with regulators of other countries. Going forward, bilateral agreements with other regulators are in place to allow information sharing in similar situations, even if the information would normally be confidential.

ER 15.4: Review response to the H1N1 events and produce lessons learned.

RA 15.4: Health Canada has been an active participant in numerous H1N1 related reviews and lessons learned such as:

  • the Health Portfolio and the Senate Committee H1N1 Lessons Learned reports;
  • internal branch lessons learned report (produced and presented to senior management on April 30, 2010);
  • the development of a case scenario to assess standard operating procedures for deployment of health human resources during an emergency situation;
  • the proposed governance structure for pandemic influenza during response time tabled at Pandemic Preparedness Oversight Committee and Public Health Network Council.

Health Canada is also actively engaged with the Centre for Emergency Preparedness and Response at PHAC to address National Emergency Stockpile System and surge capacity issues. More specifically, Health Canada participated in the discussions around intra- and inter-sharing of health professionals during emergency situations.

ER 15.5: Continue coordinating blood system preparedness through regular teleconferences and regulatory advice/decisions to Canada Blood Services (CBS) and Headquarters (HQ). Our approaches have been shared with WHO Blood Regulator.

RA 15.5: Health Canada continues to meet every three months with both CBS and HQ to discuss risk management issues and continues to play a leading role in the WHO Blood Regulators network.

ER 15.6: Work with the WHO on recommendations for new pneumococcal conjugate vaccine through the WHO Expert Committee on Biologic Standardization (ECBS).

RA 15.6: The new recommendations were adopted by ECBS at its 2009 meeting; therefore no further results for 2010-2011 were anticipated.

ER 16.1: Complete review of any anti-viral submissions that may be received.

RA 16.1: Health Canada received and completed an influenza-antiviral submission review on one Supplemental New Drug Submission (Tamiflu©) and authorized the product for use in the Canadian market. The department also reviewed and approved one Notifiable Change (Relenza©).

ER 16.2: Finalize "Expedited Pandemic Influenza Drug Review" (EPIDR) Protocol.

RA 16.2: The completion of EPIDR protocol is ongoing. The document is currently out for comments and management's review and approval. Founded on existing review principles, the protocol proposes to accept short-term and pre-clinical (animal studies) data. The challenges to finalizing the protocol include competing priorities and meeting the current review deadlines under the new user fee act. Resources will need to be diverted from the regular review stream and legal aspects may need to be sorted out.

ER 16.3: Ongoing on-the-job reviewer training for the "accelerated review." Review procedures for antivirals submissions, before and during pandemic occurrences are established.

RA 16.3: Reviewers were involved in the lesson-learned discussions regarding best ways to achieve antiviral drug review goals under circumstances such as a pandemic (with use of the draft EPIDR protocol). The staff continued to participate in various working groups across the Health Portfolio to provide regulatory/clinical expertise regarding antiviral drug related issues. The review procedures remain the same except that safety conclusions will need to be drawn from limited data and in a short time frame. All decisions made in this area will need to be approved at the executive level.

ER 17.1: Maintenance of the crisis risk management unit.

RA 17.1: The capacity of the crisis management unit to respond in case of an influenza pandemic was maintained in the 2010-11 fiscal year.

ER 17.2: Ongoing post-market assessment of therapeutic products.

RA 17.2: Surveillance of therapeutic products that may be used in the case of an influenza pandemic was ongoing in the 2010-11 fiscal year.

ER 18.1: Implementation of Pandemic and infection control education and training initiatives.

RA 18.1: Using resources received from Branch Public Health Funds, Health Canada leads the development of a National Infection Prevention and Control Strategy. The Strategy aims to align priorities and roles and responsibilities of National and Regional offices for a more coordinated and strategic approach to reducing the incidence of health care-acquired infections in First Nation and Inuit communities within the mandate of the First Nations and Inuit Health Branch (FNIHB). The following partners/stakeholders were involved in the development of the Strategy: Public Health Agency of Canada (PHAC), Assembly of First Nations (AFN), NGOs including CHICA- Canada and Ontario Regional Infection Network.

An environmental scan was conducted in July 2010 with the objective being to capture infection prevention and control structures and activities currently in place in the regions, including strengths, challenges and priorities.

Health Canada also assessed personal protective equipment processes, including related occupational health and safety activities. Results indicated a lack of standardized and formalized respiratory protection activities. To address these respiratory protection issues, Health Canada established a working group including FNIHB partners, FNIH Regional Offices, and Regions and Programs Branch Emergency Preparedness and Occupational Health Directorate.

Health Canada's FNIH Regions were engaged in various infection prevention and control activities depending on regional realities. These activities included fit-testing for N95 masks, infection prevention and control Tool-Kit, infection prevention and control manual and addressing such issues as reprocessing for dental and foot care instruments.

In addition, Health Canada provided feedback on Annex F of the Canadian Pandemic Influenza Plan ( Infection Control and Occupational Health Guidelines During Pandemic Influenza In Traditional and Non-Traditional Health Care Settings) .

ER 19.1: Implement pandemic and infection control education and training initiatives.

RA 19.1: Utilizing Health Canada public health funds, Health Canada also worked closely with PHAC and the Assembly of First Nations to assess the three-year Trilateral Workplan on Pandemic Preparedness. The results of the assessment will guide future collaborative work between the three partners in the area of pandemic preparedness.

ER 19.2: Collaborate with PHAC, Public Safety Canada, and AANDC for planning and response.

RA 19.2: Health Canada participated in several F/P/T task groups and committees. For example, Health Canada is working closely with PHAC, and other provinces and territories, on the F/P/T Office of Emergency Response Services to address intra- and inter-sharing of health professionals during health emergencies. Health Canada also participated as a technical lead at the Canadian Pandemic Influenza Plan (CPIP) for the Health Sector review committee.

Health Canada worked closely with PHAC and the Assembly of First Nations to assess the three-year Trilateral Workplan on Pandemic Preparedness. The results of the assessment will guide future collaborative work between the three partners in the area of pandemic preparedness.

In response to the 2009 H1N1 pandemic, Health Canada has re-established its working relationship with Aboriginal Affairs and Northern Development Canada (AANDC). A working group has been established to ensure that both departments are kept fully informed and each organization provides support in its areas of mandate and expertise to the other, including coordinated advice on issues of common interest related to emergency management and communicable disease emergencies, including pandemics.

ER 19.3: Work on surveillance needs with PHAC.

RA 19.3: In February 2011, Health Canada hosted, in collaboration with PHAC, a meeting between the Communicable Disease Emergencies' Coordinators and the Health Portfolio Emergency Preparedness and Response Coordinators to clarify roles and responsibilities and to discuss how to better integrate to provide emergency preparedness and response to First Nations communities. Health Canada and AANDC are in this process to ensure a comprehensive approach to emergency planning and response.

ER 19.4: Enhance support for First Nations communities.

RA 19.4: Health Canada continues to provide technical expertise and financial support for the communicable disease emergencies' initiative such as the development, testing, and revision of community-level pandemic plans. In collaboration with PHAC, the department developed a pilot version of Annex B (First Nations annex to the Canadian Pandemic Influenza Plan (CPIP) for the Health Sector) that is more user-friendly, interactive and adapted to the Web in language and format, and can be used as a hands-on planning tool.

Health Canada is engaged in the review process of the CPIP to ensure that First Nations considerations are well integrated into the planning activities.

ER 19.5: Increase links with national and regional emergency preparedness and response program staff and with provinces and territories.

RA 19.5: Health Canada participated in several F/P/T committees related to emergency management in general and communicable disease emergency management in particular. The department continues to advocate and to pursue the inclusion of First Nations and Inuit health issues and concerns to the National/Pan-Canadian agenda via the work with the Aboriginal subcommittee of the Senior Officials Responsible for Emergency Management in partnership with AANDC as well as being part of the consultation processes of National and Pan Canadian plans and frameworks such as the Foodborne Illness Outbreak Response Protocol and the Federal Emergency Response Plan.

ER 20.1: Continue to support the testing and revision of community pandemic plans.

RA 20.1: In response to the 2009 H1N1 Pandemic, the level of preparedness in on-reserve First Nations communities has increased. However, important work remains to be done in the area of pandemic preparedness and planning. Currently, 98% of First Nation communities have a community-level pandemic plan, and over 86% of these communities have tested components of their plans such as the mass immunization section.

Additionally, some Health Canada's FNIH Regional Offices updated their pandemic planning template to reflect H1N1 lessons learned. The regions are also working with communities to address the lessons learned through H1N1 activities. These lessons learned will be addressed in revisions of plans.

ER 21.1: Continue ongoing program delivery, training and partnerships, program evaluations and adjustments to address findings.

RA 21.1: Health Canada monitored quarantine calls at points of entry, updated Standard Operating Procedures and environmental health officer training materials, and participated in working groups. Capacity continues at core levels.

Federal Partner: Canadian Institutes of Health Research
($M)
Federal
Partners
Federal
Partner
Program
Activity
(PA)
Names of
Programs
for Federal
Partners
Total
Allocation
(from start
to end date)
Planned
Spending
for
2010-11
Actual
Spending
for
2010-11
Variance
for 2010-11
(from
planned to
actual
expenditure)
Expected
Results for
2010-11
Results
Achieved in
2010-11
Canadian
Institutes of
Health
Research
  a. Influenza
research
priorities
$40.9 M
(The end
date of the
PPSRI is
March 31,
2011,
however,
additional
partner
funds are
committed in
2011-12)
11.0 10.6 0.4 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 22.1
Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 22.2
Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 22.3
Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 22.4
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 22.1
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 22.2
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 22.3
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 22.4
Total CIHR $11.0 M
$10.6M
$0.4M
   

Expected Results (ER)/Results Achieved (RA):

ER 22.1: Research projects are peer reviewed and funded.

RA 22.1: No new requests for application (RFAs) were launched in 2010-11, therefore no projects were peer reviewed or received new funding.

ER 22.2: Requests for research applications are developed and launched as needed.

RA 22.2: With the exception of the PHAC-CIHR Influenza Research Network, funding for activities within the Pandemic Preparedness Strategic Research Initiative (PPSRI) ended in March 2011. Therefore, no new RFAs were launched.

ER 22.3: Progress on funded projects and outcomes of research are reviewed.

RA 22.3: Funded principal investigators were required to submit their annual progress reports in January 2011. The information contained in these reports is currently being synthesized into a report for dissemination to partners and the general public in September, 2011.

ER 22.4: Uptake of research results is facilitated, and consultations on future research needs are completed through reports and meetings of researchers, stakeholders and decision makers.

RA 22.4: In addition to the report described in RA 22.3, the Annual Canadian Pandemic Preparedness Meeting was held in November 2010. This meeting, entitled "Impacts, Outcomes and Lessons Learned," gave researchers an opportunity to disseminate their findings through oral and poster presentations, and to discuss the gaps in the landscape and future needs of pandemic research. A report summarizing this meeting was prepared, and posted on the CIHR website.

Federal Partner: Canadian Food Inspection Agency
($M)
Federal
Partners
Federal
Partner
Program
Activity
(PA)
Names of
Programs
for Federal
Partners
Total
Allocation
(from Start
to End
Date)
Planned
Spending
for
2010-11
Actual
Spending
for
2010-11
Variance for
2010-11
(from
planned to
actual
expenditure)
Expected
Results for
2010-11
Results
Achieved in
2010-11
Canadian
Food
Inspection
Agency
Zoonotic Risk a. Enhanced
enforcement
measures
Ongoing 1.5 2.1 (0.6) Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 23.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 23.1
b. Avian
biosecurity
on farms
Ongoing 2.7 2.3 0.4 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 24.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 24.1
c. Real
property
requirements
$4.0M
(2006-07 to
2007-08)
0.0 0.0 - Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 25.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 25.1
d. Domestic
and wildlife
surveillance
Ongoing 3.1 1.5 1.6 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 26.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 26.1
e. Strengthened
economic
and
regulatory
framework
Ongoing 0.9 0.1 0.8 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 27.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 27.1
f.
Performance
and
evaluation
Ongoing 1.2 0.9 0.3 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 28.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 28.1
g. Risk
communications
Ongoing 1.6 1.6 0.0 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 29.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 29.1
h. Field
training
Ongoing 1.1 0.8 0.3 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 30.1
Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 30.2
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 30.1
Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 30.2
i. AI
enhanced
managemen
t capacity
Ongoing 1.0 1.8 (0.8) Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 31.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 31.1
j. Updated
emergency
response
plans
Ongoing 2.0 0.9 1.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 32.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 32.1
k. Risk
assessment
and
modelling
Ongoing 2.0 0.2 1.8 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 33.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 33.1
l. AI
Research
Ongoing 1.5 0.1 1.4 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 34.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 34.1
m.
International
collaboration
Ongoing 1.6 0.2 1.4 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 35.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 35.1
n. Animal
vaccine
bank
$0.9M
(2006-07 to
2008-09)
0.0 0.0 - Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 36.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 36.1
o. Access to
antivirals
Ongoing 0.1 0.0 0.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 37.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 37.1
p.
Specialized
equipment
$20.7M
(2006-07 to
2008-09)
0.0 0.0 - Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 38.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 38.1
q.
Laboratory
surge
capacity and
capability
Ongoing 3.7 4.2 (0.5) Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 39.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 39.1
r. Field
surge
capacity
Ongoing 1.0 1.7 (0.7) Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 40.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 40.1
s. National
veterinary
reserve
Ongoing 0.9 0.8 0.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 41.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 41.1
Total CFIA $25.9M
$19.2M
$6.7M
   

Comments on Variances:

The Agency's 2010-11 Avian Influenza commitments were met. The variance between planned spending and actual spending is related to funding reallocated to expenditures that support this initiative, for example, laboratories operation during the Manitoba Avian Influenza outbreak, Avian Influenza research, and other Agency priorities.

Expected Results (ER)/Results Achieved (RA):

ER 23.1: Increased capacity to support enhanced screening procedures for live birds or poultry products at Canada's ports of entry with a view to mitigating the risk of future avian influenza outbreaks in Canada.

RA 23.1: CFIA maintains its border look-out on Avian Influenza (AI) with the Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA) to target live birds, poultry products and poultry by-products for appropriate action. CBSA reports on the number of birds intercepted on behalf of the CFIA.

ER 24.1: Continuation of stakeholder and general public education, communications and outreach programs in support of the implementation of the National Avian On Farm Biosecurity Standard. Provide stakeholder consultations and develop communication tools to expand education and awareness to the poultry industry service sector.

RA 24.1: The National On Farm Avian Biosecurity Standard outcomes have been incorporated into provincial biosecurity implementation and incentive programming, provincial and federal outreach communication campaigns, and has been disseminated through poultry industry sector magazines and national associations. A producer guidance document has been developed to assist producers in achieving the outcomes in the Standard and is available to stakeholders. A service sector biosecurity guideline for the poultry sector has been drafted and will be released 2011-12 to assist producers with compliance to farm level biosecurity protocols when service personnel are on the farm.

ER 25.1: No planned expenditures as investments were realized in previous fiscal years.

RA 25.1: N/A

ER 26.1: Enhanced/integrated Canadian surveillance system, supported by a robust systems platform and the analysis and interpretation of the data collected to allow more timely identification of potential outbreaks, and more timely response to avian influenza situations. Targeted wild bird surveillance plan is yet to be determined for 2010.

RA 26.1: The CFIA continued with the Canadian Notifiable Avian Influenza Surveillance System (Canadian Notifiable Avian Influenza Surveillance System). Targeted wild bird surveillance plan implemented in collaboration with Canadian Cooperative Wildlife Health Centre. From the results, the National Centre for Foreign Animal Diseases (NCFAD) was able to link the H5N2 turkey outbreak in Manitoba to isolates found in the wild bird survey in ducks from Manitoba, Saskatchewan, and Alberta.

ER 27.1: Initiatives to strengthen regulatory capacity during outbreaks, including a review and analysis of current legislative/regulatory framework continues.

RA 27.1: CFIA continued work on strengthening capacity for analysis of the legislative/regulatory framework.

ER 28.1: Management and evaluation of CFIA's AI activities, including ongoing performance measurement to monitor results.

RA 28.1: CFIA has enhanced its quality management system which supports the compilation and analysis of performance data to ensure consistency and continuous improvement across programs and activities delivered. This system has been incorporated into CFIA's management approach in order to understand the quality of regulatory and service activities delivered by the Agency and to search out opportunities for the continuous improvement of those activities.

ER 29.1: Continued implementation of the "Be Aware and Declare" international border biosecurity outreach campaign. Ongoing media monitoring and training and risk communications related to AI prevention, preparedness and response activities.

RA 29.1: Through the "Be Aware and Declare!" outreach campaign, the CFIA maintained partnerships with 21 international airlines that either broadcast the "Be Aware and Declare!" public service announcement or distributed brochures to passengers on flights to Canada. Under the umbrella of the broader animal health awareness campaign, information was shared with key stakeholders, such as producers and industry associations, via calendars, brochures, posters, public notices and face-to-face interactions.

During the response to the AI outbreak in November, various communications channels, including Twitter, were used to provide information to Canadians. Media monitoring and risk communications related to AI prevention, preparedness and response activities also continued.

ER 30.1: Continued training that will contribute to a skilled and experienced workforce ready to respond to an AI outbreak.

RA 30.1: CFIA maintains a high number of staff trained on Incident Command System (ICS), equipment monitoring and use, venipuncture, Transportation of Dangerous Goods, and First Assessment and Sampling Team training. To augment this training, focus was given to training on biocontainment and Occupational Health and Safety (OSH) procedures. Further, CFIA completed several exercises and drills based on Notifiable Avian Influenza (NAI) scenarios, both in the Western Area, and the Atlantic Area. The objectives of the exercises varied, but included, evaluating initial response procedures, sampling, biocontainment procedures, donning and doffing of protective equipment, and communications.

Annually CFIA holds an internationally recognized disease diagnostic course at the high security virus lab. There the clinical effects of Avian Influenza are demonstrated to CFIA and provincial staff.

ER 30.2: Continued development of training materials (instructor-led and e-learning) in support of emergency response procedures and plans and of trainers in support of end-user training.

RA 30.2: CFIA maintains a high number of staff trained on Incident Command System (ICS), equipment monitoring and use, venipuncture, Transportation of Dangerous Goods and First Assessment and Sampling Team training. To augment this training, focus was given to training on biocontainment and Occupational Health and Safety (OSH) procedures. Further, CFIA completed several exercises and drills based on Notifiable Avian Influenza (NAI) scenarios, both in the Western Area, and the Atlantic Area. The objectives of the exercises varied, but included, evaluating initial response procedures, sampling, biocontainment procedures, donning and doffing of protective equipment, and communications.

Annually CFIA holds an internationally recognized disease diagnostic course at the high security virus lab. There the clinical effects of Avian Influenza are demonstrated to CFIA and provincial staff.

ER 31.1: A multi-disease version for the Canadian Emergency Management Response System (CEMRS) application for national surveillance/outbreak use will be available. Work on the next generation of the application will have begun.

RA 31.1: The CEMRS application continued to be updated to the extent possible in order to enhance its functionality in capturing and querying emergency response data from the field.

Veterinary Biologics products were evaluated with respect to AI virus inclusions and two on-site inspections were conducted on vaccine manufacturing facilities in Guelph and Montreal.

CFIA has engaged personnel with the technical skills necessary to effectively track monitor and respond to outbreaks using geographical information systems and emergency management systems. This information enables informed decisions and rapid interventions.

ER 32.1: Continued development and updating of emergency response procedures and plans.

RA 32.1: CFIA completed after action reports for exercises and responses. The National Disease Control Expert Working Groups continued the development, revision, and updating of disease response protocols for all aspects of the detection, containment and eradication of incursions of Notifiable Avian Influenza (NAI). Validation of updated plans and procedures occurred through field exercises and drills based on NAI scenarios, both in Western Area and Atlantic Area, as well as an actual event in late November 2010, in Manitoba.

The Foreign Animal Disease and Emergency Management (FADEM) section is updating the Notifiable Avian Influenza Hazard Specific Plan (NAIHSP) including the App M that was subject to a large consultation with industry, CVOs, CFIA staff and poultry practitioners.

ER 33.1: Continued development of models to better understand the influence and interaction of various factors on the spread of AI and the effectiveness of the various methods used to control and eradicate the disease.

RA 33.1: Risk assessments were initiated and completed on AI risk issues, including those related to importation of live birds from various AI-infected or exposed countries, and those related to the importation of animal product that might contain the AI virus.

A critical literature review identifying approaches and parameters used for modelling the spread of influenza both within and between animal and human populations was completed in December 2010.

ER 34.1: Investment through research in an improved federal capacity for control, risk assessment, diagnostics and vaccines on avian influenza issues will allow a better understanding of the spread of influenza and the effectiveness of disease control measures. These investments will allow more timely and evidence-based decision making on avian influenza responses, thus helping to reducing the risk of transmission to humans and mitigating economic and production losses.

RA 34.1: The CFIA continued improvement to the rapid diagnostic capability by developing tools and distributing updated tests to the Canadian Animal Health Surveillance Network (CAHSN). Research was also conducted to better understand the biology and evolution of virus pathogenicity and to be able to develop better strategies for AI control.

An initial conceptual framework has been developed to link human and animal disease spread models using the North American Animal Disease Spread Model (NAADSM) and EpiFlex. The final report that identifies the similarities and differences between these two models was provided in December 2010.

ER 35.1: CFIA staff continues to provide assistance to the World Organisation for Animal Health (OIE) Central Bureau in the Communications Department in an effort to promote the development and implementation of science based standards. Furthermore, the CFIA continues to support the OIE's mandate and efforts to assist member countries in the control and eradication of animal diseases, including zoonotics, through its annual contribution to the OIE. In addition, the CFIA continues to support the development of capacity to address emergence of risk at the animal level through the Canadian chapter of Veterinarians without Borders.

RA 35.1: The CFIA continues to be active internationally. For example, the North American Plan for Avian Influenza and Pandemic Influenza (NAPAPI) was revised to become the North American Plan for animal influenza and Pandemic influenza and involved CFIA representatives from TAHD, Sciences and PA. The agreement should be completed in 2011.

The CFIA engaged Australia, the United States, New Zealand, the United Kingdom, and Ireland to exchange best practices for managing activities such as destruction, disposal, decontamination, and surveillance. Incorporation into CFIA plans and procedures was made where such inclusions added value.

ER 36.1: Future AI vaccines will be purchased on an "as needed" basis.

RA 36.1: N/A

ER 37.1: Maintenance of access protocols and bank of antivirals to provide appropriate protection to federal employees, ensuring a more timely and effective response to an avian influenza situation and better protection of Canadians.

RA 37.1: The CFIA continued to maintain access to the antiviral stockpile.

ER 38.1: No planned expenditures as investments realized in previous fiscal years.

RA 38.1: N/A

ER 39.1: Maintaining, coordinating and managing an integrated lab network (federal, provincial and university labs). This network allows for rapid testing, detection and reporting of AI.

RA 39.1: CFIA continued to improve the diagnostic capacity of CAHSN, a network linked to federal, provincial, and university laboratories. As of March 31, 2011, three provincial labs were certified to the foreign Animal Disease biocontainment level, while another four provincial labs were working on certification.

An application to collate influenza test results from swine for all testing methodologies was programmed in response to the pandemic H1N1 virus. This has proven very successful and CFIA has a complete data set for all of 2009 and 2010 from all provincial, academic, and private laboratories.

ER 40.1: Continued development of a viable response plan, including HR capacity and data management tools.

RA 40.1: The Agency increased ability to respond through:

  • multiple training initiatives;
  • maintenance of the national stockpile inventory giving ready access to necessary equipment and supplies within hours of a declared emergency;
  • continued development of a human resources skills inventory database which will provide a centralized information source to identify appropriately trained individuals to respond in an emergency (including retired staff who possess disease response experience and related skills in order to enable broader surge capacity); and
  • updates to response plans to ensure the effective use of developed field surge capacity.

ER 41.1: Continued training of a reserve of professional veterinarians to enhance surge capacity, expertise and rapid response capability for animal disease control efforts.

RA 41.1: Continued to work with the Canadian Veterinary Medical Association on the development of the Canadian Veterinary Reserve to maintain and increase specialized capacity in the event of a large scale emergency. The number of reservists trained in 2010-11 was 40, bringing the total trained to 242.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): N/A

Contact information:

Dr. John Spika
130 Colonnade Road
Ottawa ON K1A 0K9
613-948-7929
john.spika@phac-aspc.gc.ca


Canadian HIV Vaccine Initiative


Name of Horizontal Initiative: Canadian HIV Vaccine Initiative

Name of lead department(s): Public Health Agency of Canada (the Agency)

Lead department program activity: Disease and Injury Prevention and Mitigation

Start date of the Horizontal Initiative: February 20, 2007

End date of the Horizontal Initiative: March 31, 2017

Total federal funding allocation (start to end date): $111M

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The Canadian HIV Vaccine Initiative (CHVI) is a collaborative undertaking between the Government of Canada and the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation (BMGF) to contribute to the global effort to develop a safe, effective, affordable and globally accessible HIV vaccine. This collaboration, formalized by a Memorandum of Understanding signed by both parties in August 2006 and renewed in July 2010, builds on the Government of Canada's commitment to a comprehensive, long-term approach to address HIV/AIDS. Participating federal departments and agencies are the Agency, Health Canada, Industry Canada, the Canadian International Development Agency, and the Canadian Institutes of Health Research.

The CHVI's overall goals are to: advance the basic science of HIV vaccine discovery and social research in Canada and low-and-middle-income countries (LMICs); support the translation of basic science discoveries into clinical research, with a focus on accelerating clinical trials in humans; address the enabling conditions to facilitate regulatory approval and community preparedness; improve the efficacy and effectiveness of HIV Prevention of Mother-to-Child (PMTCT) services in LMICs by determining innovative strategies and programmatic solutions related to enhancing the accessibility, quality, and uptake; and ensure horizontal collaboration within the CHVI and with domestic and international stakeholders.

Shared Outcome(s):

Immediate (1-3 years) Outcomes

  • Increased and improved collaboration and networking among researchers working in HIV vaccine discovery and social research in Canada and in LMICs;
  • Greater capacity for vaccine research in Canada;
  • Enhanced knowledge base;
  • Increased readiness and capacity in Canada and LMICs; and
  • An Alliance Coordinating Office established.

Intermediate Outcomes

  • Strengthened contribution to global efforts to accelerate the development of safe effective, affordable, and globally accessible HIV vaccines;
  • An increase in the number of women receiving a complete course of anti-retroviral prophylaxis to reduce the risk of mother to child transmission of HIV; and
  • A CHVI Research and Development Alliance established.

Long -Term Outcomes

  • The CHVI contributes to the global efforts to reduce the spread of HIV/AIDS particularly in LMICs.

Governance Structure(s): The Minister of Health, in consultation with the Minister of Industry and the Minister of International Cooperation, is the lead Minister for the CHVI. An Advisory Board is being established and be responsible for making recommendations to responsible Ministers regarding projects to be funded and will oversee the implementation of the Memorandum of Understanding between the Government of Canada and the BMGF. The CHVI Secretariat, housed in PHAC will continue to provide a coordinating role to the Government and the BMGF.

Federal Partner: The Agency
($M)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total
Allocation
(from Start
to End
Date)
Planned Spending for 2010-11 Actual Spending for 2010-11 Variance for 2010-11 (from planned to actual expenditure) Expected Results for 2010-11 Results Achieved in 2010-11

Comments on Variances: The manufacturing facility did not move forward as planned. None of the applicants were found to be successful in meeting pre-established criteria. Funds have been reprofiled. For ER 1.1, with the new direction for the CHVI, funding allocated for previously defined policy initiatives was transferred to ER 3.1, to support the increased demand in staffing resources required to establish the renewed CHVI.

Public Health Agency of Canada Disease and Injury Prevention and Mitigation Infectious Disease Prevention and Control 6.5 1.2 0.9 0.3 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 1.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 1.1
17.0 8.7 0.0 8.7 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 2.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 2.1
3.5 0.7 1.1 (0.4) Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 3.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 3.1
Total Agency $27.0M $10.7M $2.0M $8.6M    

Expected Results (ER)/Results Achieved (RA):

ER 1.1: New vaccine policy approaches and increased community involvement (in partnership with Health Canada).

RA 1.1: Results achieved with respect to this expected result are demonstrated by:

  • Ongoing and increased support to domestic and international stakeholders addressing HIV vaccines policy issues; building capacity and promoting global harmonization of regulatory pathways; and improving community preparedness for an eventual HIV Vaccine. The CHVI supports community organizations collaborating together and hosts dialogues and satellite sessions at key domestic and international HIV events.
  • Increased knowledge about HIV vaccine research and development by supporting activities that promote the exchange of lessons learned and best practices from previous public health interventions in key population groups.
  • Enhanced linkages with domestic and international programs related to HIV vaccines, supporting the AIDS Vaccine 2010 Conference attended by international: researchers, funders, policy makers and advocates.

ER 2.1: New areas of investment defined.

RA 2.1: Transferred funds to Canadian Institutes of Health Research and Health Canada to support ER 10.1 and ER 4.1.

ER 3.1: Effective horizontal coordination and communications with stakeholder groups through secretariat support services provided to CHVI committees, CHVI Web site and day-to-day communications.

RA 3.1: Results achieved with respect to this expected result are demonstrated by:

  • Coordinated Government-Foundation approach to implementing the CHVI , which included r enewing the funding for an increased duration of the partnership.
  • Supporting the establishment of a strong vibrant CHVI Research and Development Alliance through the establishment of the renewed governance structure and the CHVI Advisory Board and undertaking an open and transparent selection process to select an organization to host the Alliance Coordinating Office.
  • Strengthening linkages with domestic and international stakeholders.
Federal Partner: Health Canada
($M)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned Spending for 2010-11 Actual Spending for 2010-11 Variance for 2010-11 (from planned to actual expenditure) Expected Results for 2010-11 Results Achieved in 2010-11

*This Program was previously listed as the International Health Grants Program; however, Health Canada's engagement in the renewed CHVI was revised.

Health Canada International Health Affairs International Health Grants Program* 1.0 0.0 0.05 (0.05) Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 4.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 4.1
Health Products Biologics and Genetic Therapies Directorate 0.0 0.0 0.15 (0.15) Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 4.2 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 4.2
Total Health Canada $1.0M $0.0M $0.2M $(0.2)M    

Comments on Variances: Planned spending was $0.0M when RPP 2010-11 was published. Plans were later adjusted to reflect initiatives to be implemented in 2010-11. Additional funds under International Health Affairs in the amount of $0.15M were not spent due to the postponement of an international regulatory capacity building workshop until June 2011, and the unavailability of funds until February 2011 resulting in limited time to implement initiatives such as the Health Canada Mentorship Program. Implementation of the Mentorship Program has commenced as of 2011-12.

Health Canada spending also included $0.15M based on funds transferred from PHAC to Health Canada as outlined in R.A. 2.1 ($0.15M for FY 2010-11 from a total of $4.0M over a 5 year period) towards the implementation of regulatory capacity building activities. Therefore total Health Canada spending for FY 2010-11 was $0.2M.

Expected Results (ER)/Results Achieved (RA):

ER 4.1: New vaccine policy approaches and increased community involvement (in partnership with the Agency).

RA 4.1: Implementation of regulatory capacity building initiatives for developing countries in collaboration with the Biologics and Genetic Therapies Directorate.

ER 4.2: Strengthen the regulatory capacity of developing national regulatory authorities targeted for vaccine and clinical trial submissions, including those related to HIV/AIDS.

RA 4.2: Implementation of capacity building initiatives for developing countries to help strengthen their ability to regulate clinical trials and licensing of HIV/AIDS vaccines.

Federal Partner: Industry Canada
($M)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total
Allocation
(from Start
to End
Date)
Planned Spending for 2010-11 Actual Spending for 2010-11 Variance for 2010-11 (from planned to actual expenditure) Expected Results for 2010-11 Results Achieved in 2010-11

Comments on Variances: The manufacturing facility did not move forward as planned. None of the applicants were found to be successful in meeting pre-established criteria. Funds have been reprofiled.

Industry Canada Industry Sector- Science and Technology and Innovation Canadian
HIV
Technology
Development
13.0 3.3 0.0 (3.3) Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 5.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 5.1
Total Industry Canada $13.0M $3.3M $0.0M $(3.3)M    

Expected Results (ER)/Results Achieved (RA):

ER 5.1: New areas of investment defined.

RA 5.1: New areas of investment defined, along with the development, approbation and implementation of a new contribution program to encourage the participation of small and medium enterprises (SMEs) that operate in Canada in the development of an HIV vaccine and other technologies related to the prevention, treatment and diagnosis of HIV.

In 2010-11, Industry Canada received the authorization to create and redirect funding to the new Canadian HIV Technology Development (CHTD) component of the National Research Council's Industrial Research Assistance Program (NRC-IRAP) and to modify NRC-IRAP Terms and Conditions. In February 2011, NRC-IRAP Technology Advisors launched the CHTD and started to promote the program to Canadian SMEs in order to raise awareness and solicit project applications. When NRC-IRAP signs a Contribution Agreement with an SME, money is disbursed only after proposed activities have been undertaken and invoices for admissible expenses submitted. As this could not realistically happen before the end of the 2010-11, funds were reprofiled to 2011-12. As of May 2011, eight projects have been submitted to the CHVI Advisory Board and NRC-IRAP is waiting for a positive recommendation (in writing) before they can sign any contribution agreement.

Federal Partner: Canadian International Development Agency ($M)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total
Allocation
(from Start
to End
Date)
Planned Spending for 2010-11 Actual Spending for 2010-11 Variance for 2010-11 (from planned to actual expenditure) Expected Results for 2010-11 Results Achieved in 2010-11

Comments on Variances: The manufacturing facility did not move forward as planned. None of the applicants were found to be successful in meeting pre-established criteria. Funds have been reprofiled.

Canadian
International
Development
Agency
Enhanced
capacity and
effectiveness of
multilateral
institutions,
Canadian
and
international
organizations in
achieving
development
goals
International
Development
Assistance
Program
16.0 3.5 3.5 0.0 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 6.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 6.1
12.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 7.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 7.1
30.0 12.3 6.0 6.3 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 8.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 8.1
2.0 0.5 0.5 0.0 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 9.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 9.1
Total CIDA $60.0M $16.3M $10.0M $6.3M    

Expected Results (ER)/Results Achieved (RA):

ER 6.1: Increased capacity to conduct high-quality clinical trials of HIV vaccine and other related prevention technologies in LMICs through new teams of Canadian and LMICs researchers and research institutions.

RA 6.1: A six-year, $16.0M project spanning 2008-09 to 2013-14 is in place with the Global Health Research Initiative. This project will strengthen the capacity of researchers and research institutions to conduct high quality clinical trials and build site capacity to conduct HIV vaccine clinical trials in low and middle-income countries. To date, capacity building sub-grants totalling $11.7M have been awarded to seven teams made up of Canadian and African researchers.

ER 7.1: In collaboration with CIHR, increased capacity and greater involvement and collaboration amongst researchers working in HIV vaccine discovery and social research in Canada and in LMICs through the successful completion of the development stage of the Team Grant program to support collaborative teams of Canadian and LMIC researchers.

RA 7.1: A seven-year project in partnership with the CIHR ($17.0M from 2010-11 to 2016-17) is now in place. This project will strengthen the capacity of researchers, promoting greater involvement and collaboration among researchers working in HIV vaccine discovery and social research in Canada and LMICs. The project includes elements such as:

  • Ongoing funding provided to five Canadian researchers for operating grants;
  • Funding of two teams of Canadian researchers through the Emerging Team Grants - HIV/AIDS Vaccine Discovery and Social Research program; and
  • Funding for nine collaborative teams of Canadian and LMIC researchers to support the development of Large Team Grant - HIV/AIDS Vaccine Discovery and Social Research program applications.

ER 8.1: New areas of investment defined.

RA 8.1: An agreement has been put in place with the World Health Organization for $20.0 million over the five years from 2010-11 to 2014-15 to enhance the availability, quality and uptake of prevention of mother to child transmission services. Other projects are being pursued for the remaining funds under this component.

ER 9.1: Increased capacity of regulatory authorities in LMICs especially those where clinical trials are planned or ongoing, through training and networking initiatives.

RA 9.1: The Agency has a project in place with the World Health Initiative in support of capacity-building activities to improve regulatory capacity in LMICs, especially those where clinical trials are planned or ongoing. To date, this four-year project from 2009-10 to 2012-13 has realized the:

  • recruitment of full-time professional staff person for the African Vaccine Regulatory Forum;
  • assembly of a task team to develop and consult on Terms of Reference for the formalization of the African Vaccine Regulatory Forum;
  • delivery of GCP inspection courses in Indonesia (March 2010); and
  • delivery of Evaluation of Clinical Data course for participants from seven countries (March 2011)
Federal Partner: Canadian Institutes of Health Research
($M)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned Spending for 2010-11 Actual Spending for 2010-11 Variance for 2010-11 (from planned to actual expenditure) Expected Results (ER) for 2010-11 Results
Achieved (RA)
in
2010-11
Canadian Institutes of Health Research HIV/AIDS Research Initiative HIV/AIDS Research Initiative 10.0 1.2 1.2 0.0 Cursor Icon Indicating Link ER 10.1 Cursor Icon Indicating Link RA 10.1
Total CIHR $10.0M $1.2M $1.2M $0.0M    

Comments on Variances: none

Expected Results (ER)/Results Achieved (RA):

ER 10.1: Increased capacity and greater involvement and collaboration amongst researchers working in HIV vaccine discovery and social research in Canada and in LMICs through:

  1. ongoing support for operating and catalyst grants undertaken by Canadian researchers;
  2. commencement of funding for two emerging teams of Canadian researchers; and
  3. completion of the development stage of the Large Team Grant program to support collaborative teams of Canadian and LMIC researchers in collaboration with CIDA.

RA 10.1: Increased capacity and greater collaboration amongst researchers with new and on-going funding awarded to researchers and teams of researchers working in HIV vaccine and social research in Canada and in LMICs demonstrated by:

  1. ongoing funding provided to five Canadian researchers for operating grants;
  2. funding of two teams of Canadian researchers through the Emerging Team Grants - HIV/AIDS Vaccine Discovery and Social Research program; and
  3. funding for nine collaborative teams of Canadian and LMIC researchers to support the development of Large Team Grant - HIV/AIDS Vaccine Discovery and Social Research program applications.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable):

Contact Information:

Lilja Jónsdóttir
200 Eglantine Driveway
Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0K9
613-957-6592
Lilja.Jonsdottir@phac-aspc.gc.ca


Top of Page

Public Safety Canada

Horizontal Initiatives




Name of Horizontal Initiative: Integrated Market Enforcement Teams (IMET) Program

Name of Lead Department(s): Public Safety Canada

Lead Department Program Activity: Law Enforcement

Start Date: 2003-04

End Date: Ongoing

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date): $304,299,000 from 2003-04 through 2012-13 and $40,000,000 per year ongoing (includes EBP and PWGSC accommodation costs).

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The objective of the IMET program is to effectively enforce the law against serious criminal capital market fraud offences in Canada. To achieve this objective, IMET is mandated to investigate serious Criminal Code capital market fraud offences that are of regional or national significance and threaten investor confidence or economic stability in Canada.

Shared Outcome(s): Improved Canadian and international investor confidence in the integrity of Canada's capital markets.

Governance Structure(s): The IMET Executive Council is composed of senior officials from the Royal Canadian Mounted Police (co-chair), Department of Finance (co-chair), the Office of the Director of Public Prosecutions, Department of Justice and Public Safety Canada who provide strategic oversight for the IMET program.

Performance Highlights: A full evaluation of the Integrated Market Enforcement Team (IMET) program was completed in 2010. An action plan was developed to address the recommendations and work continues on its implementation. In addition, the RCMP has undertaken an organizational change to align with the recommendations in the Le Pan Report.

Horizontal Initiative: Integrated Market Enforcement Teams (IMET) Program
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Public Safety Canada Law Enforcement IMET FY 2008-13: $1,703,290 (Ongoing: $340,658) $340,658 $335,616 Fulfillment of Public Safety Canada's IMET program management responsibilities, including coordinating reporting, evaluations, policy development and research

PS completed a full program evaluation in accordance with Treasury Board Secretariat guidelines.

PS coordinated the commission of a study on the vulnerabilities of the Canadian Securities markets to infiltration by organized crime.

PS collaborated in the development of a Joint Management Response and Action Plan to implement the outstanding Le Pan Report and the Benchmarking Study recommendations.

PS fully participated in IMET Executive Council and the IMET working group.

Internal Services   FY 2008-09 to 2012-13: $590,660 (Ongoing: $68,132) $68,132 $68,132 Provision of program support Internal services operating expenditures incurred to support the activities of the program through the provision of key corporate services.
Royal Canadian Mounted Police Federal and International Operations IMET FY 2008-09 to 2012-13: $154,584,010 (Ongoing: $30,968,817) $30,968,817 $25,116,584 Fulfillment of the RCMP's IMET prevention and investigation responsibilities, including the operation of the securities intelligence units (SIUs), investigative teams, headquarters operational support, and program management.

Several RCMP Integrated Market Enforcement Team (IMET) program's project status investigations worked their way through the final stages of the court process during the 2010-11 fiscal year. As well, charges were laid in two investigations. In December 2010, the RCMP charged an individual in Vancouver with nine fraud and related charges in a case allegedly involving approximately $150M; while in February 2011, the RCMP charged 11 individuals in Montreal with fraud and fraudulent manipulation of stock exchange transactions, valued at approximately $3M.

During the fiscal year, an organizational change took place within RCMP's Federal Policing directorate. The Assistant Commissioner of Financial Crime (AC/FC) now reports directly to the Deputy Director, Federal Policing. This reorganization is in line with recommendations made by Nick Le Pan in his 2007 "Report to the Commissioner: Enhancing Integrated Market Enforcement Teams, Achieving Results in Fighting Capital Markets Crime".

In May 2010, the report of a full evaluation of the Integrated Market Enforcement Team (IMET) program was submitted to the Treasury Board Secretariat, and made available publicly. Coordinated by the Department of Public Safety, this evaluation was generally supportive of the IMET program. The RCMP prepared an action plan to address the recommendations and work continues on implementing this plan.

Office of the Director of Public Prosecutions (ODPP) Regulatory offences and economic crime prosecution program IMET FY 2008-09 to 2012-13: $29,266,685 (Ongoing: $5,853,337) $5,853,337 $4,080,261 Provision of pre-charged legal advice and litigation support, as well as prosecution of fraud offences under the Criminal Code in response to the workload generated by the IMETs.

Over the course of 2010-11, the ODPP dedicated a total of 23,660 hours to IMET-related activities, including the provision of legal advice and litigation support, prosecution services as well as management and administrative support.

ODPP counsel acted as co-counsel in two IMET prosecutions. Near the end of 2010-11, the ODPP took carriage of three other IMET prosecutions that are still before the courts.

As well, the IMET reserve fund was accessed to retain an agent to prosecute a case, with staff counsel acting as co-counsel.

Department of Justice (DOJ)[1] Justice, Policies, Laws and Programs IMET FY 2008-09 to 2012-13: $10,775,780 (Ongoing: $2,405,156) $2,405,156 $558,432 Provincial Attorney Generals of IMET participating provinces are aware of and able to access the IMET Reserve Fund.

Two applications were received and all inquiries about the IMET Reserve Fund were responded to in a timely manner.

Two agreements were signed to support eligible expenditures

Service to Government IMET FY 2008-09to 2012-13: $844,110 (Ongoing: $168,822) $168,822 $169,483 Provision of legal advice on international assistance requests and coordination of all IMET requests to and from foreign countries.[2]

Legal advice was provided on international assistance requests and all IMET requests were coordinated to and from foreign countries.

DOJ assisted IMET personnel in the preparation of all outgoing MLA requests.

DOJ liaised regularly with IMET headquarters and IMET regional offices.

DOJ provided legal advice and assistance in the area of MLA to IMET headquarters and IMET regional offices (Montreal Toronto, Calgary and Vancouver) with respect to current and potential MLA requests.

DOJ reviewed and approved IMET MLA requests.

DOJ transmitted IMET's outgoing MLA requests to the central authority of the requested state.

DOJ followed-up with IMET personnel and foreign central authorities to ensure that all IMET MLA requests were executed in accordance with the treaty and the terms of the request.

DOJ assisted in the gathering of evidence of all outgoing MLA requests in relation to eight IMET investigations.

DOJ reviewed all incoming IMET MLA requests to ensure that they met the relevant treaty and Canadian legal requirements.

DOJ prepared monthly IMET MLA status reports that were provided to IMET headquarters and IMET regional offices.

DOJ met quarterly with IMET headquarters and PPSC and provided legal advice in the areas of current and potential MLA requests.

DOJ provided MLA training to IMET personnel.

Internal Services   FY 2008-09 to 2012-13: $113,425 (Ongoing: $22,685) $22,685 $20,808 Provision of program support Internal services operating expenditures incurred to support the activities of the program through the provision of key corporate services.
Finance Canada Economic and Fiscal Policy Framework IMET FY 2008-09 to 2012-13: $872,040 (Ongoing: $172,393) $172,393 $172,393

Provision of strategic direction to the IMET program that reflects the Government of Canada's broader capital markets agenda.

Provision of leadership in engaging external stakeholders in efforts to enhance program performance, including opportunities to strengthen the continuum of enforcement.

Finance Canada provided oversight and strategic direction to the IMET program.
Total $304,299,000 $40,000,000 $30,352,226    

Comments on Variances:

Public Safety Canada: Variance between planned and actual spending is attributed to staffing changes.

Royal Canadian Mounted Police: As noted in Chapter 5 of the June 2011 Status Report of the Auditor General of Canada, the RCMP has had to reallocate funding internally from all programs in order to meet the increased demands for National Policing Services. Consequently, the IMET program was subject to an internal reallocation resulting in $3.9M being directed toward RCMP pressures.

Justice Canada: Variance between planned and actual spending is attributed to the limited number of applications submitted by the Provinces to support eligible expenditures under the Reserve Fund.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): N/A


[1] All amounts include PWGSC accommodation costs totaling $27K for 2010-11 planned and actual spending. The Department of Justice received for FY 2003-04 to 2007-08 a total funding of $26.67M (including accommodation) and this amount takes into account a transfer of $3.75M to ODPP for the FY 2007-08 following the creation of this organization.

[2] Once a request for mutual legal assistance has been executed, it is the responsibility of the RCMP, not the Department of Justice, to monitor the outcome of the relevant investigation or prosecution for which the evidence was gathered.

Top of Page

Public Works and Government Services Canada

Horizontal Initiatives


Name of Horizontal Initiative: Sydney Tar Ponds and Coke Ovens Remediation Project

Name of Lead Department(s): PWGSC

Lead Department Program Activity: Specialized Programs & Services

Start Date: May 12, 2004

End Date: March 31, 2014

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date):

$282 million for PWGSC cost share with the Province of Nova Scotia. (The Province of Nova Scotia’s share is up to $120 million for a total project cost of $402 million.) Related costs outside of the cost share for federal operations oversight and regulatory responsibility with regard to the site are: PWGSC federal lead oversight $25.8 million, Environment Canada $7.6 million and Health Canada $5.5 million.

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

This initiative is a Federal - Provincial Cost Share to remediate the Sydney Tar Ponds and Coke Ovens sites situated on federally and provincially owned lands in the heart of Sydney, Nova Scotia. These sites were contaminated as a result of a century of manufacturing steel. The project is in support of the federal governments' sustainable development initiative, recognizing the environmental, social and economic dimensions of the Sydney area. The project will have long term benefits for all Canadians.

A Protocol Agreement and subsequent Aboriginal Set Aside Procurement Strategy were developed with specific project work elements totalling approximately $19M set aside for competition among Canadian First Nations businesses and contractors.

When remediation is complete, Nova Scotia will take ownership of the lands. Any remaining contaminants will be managed and monitored by the Province of Nova Scotia in accordance with the Memorandum of Agreement.

The provincial agency’s website can be found at: http://www.tarpondscleanup.ca. The project was subject to the federal environmental assessment process under a joint panel review pursuant to the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act.The website for the Canadian Environmental Assessment Agency is: http://www.ceaa-acee.gc.ca/050/viewer_e.cfm?cear_id=8989#Documents

Shared Outcome(s):

The targeted results to be achieved by the partners will result in long term environmental, economic, and social benefits for Nova Scotians, First Nations Communities and all Canadians. Downtown Sydney will have new land to be developed, which will aid in the rejuvenation of the economically depressed area.

Governance Structure(s):

  1. Memorandum to Cabinet dated April 2004 defined Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC) as the federal lead for the project.

  2. Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) between Canada and the Province of Nova Scotia was signed on May 12, 2004.

  3. The Interim Cost Share Agreement with the province, signed on October 20, 2004, provided for interim governance and funding and for undertaking preventative works and preliminary works as set out in the MOA.

  4. The Sydney Tar Ponds Agency (STPA) was set up by the province to manage and implement the project. Its operating charter was established on August 18, 2004.

  5. An Independent Engineer was jointly appointed in October 2005, to monitor and confirm the engineering and financial integrity of the project as work progresses.

  6. A Project Management Committee (PMC), which includes senior representatives from both the federal and provincial governments, oversees all aspects of the project.

  7. A PMC Secretariat assists the PMC with day to day administration of the agreements.

  8. An Operations Advisory Committee supports the PMC by coordinating all operational activities required for implementation and successful completion of the work activities.

  9. An Environmental Management Committee supports the PMC by coordinating the federal and provincial provision of advice to the proponent and the PMC on issues related to Environmental Management of the Project.

  10. A Community Liaison Committee is composed of representatives of the community and serves as a sounding board for the STPA activities, project progress and planned work.

  11. A Protocol Agreement was established October 28, 2005, allowing for meaningful economic participation of First Nations communities.

  12. On July 9, 2008, an Aboriginal Set Aside Procurement Strategy was established for competition among Canadian First nations businesses. This Strategy identifies specific project works totalling approximately $19M.

  13. Results-based Management and Accountability Framework and Risk-based Audit Frameworks were established.

  14. The Final Cost Share Agreement was signed on September 27, 2007, incorporating Environmental Assessment panel recommendations, reaffirming funding commitments and further delineating the governance structure for the final seven years of the remediation project to its completion in 2014.

  15. On March 18, 2009, a MOA was signed between Canada and Nova Scotia to share expertise and coordinate relevant regulatory process.

Performance Highlights:

  1. The remediation Project remains on time, on budget and within scope. The quality of deliverables meets project standards and a risk management strategy is implemented.

  2. The standards (air, water, soil, health and safety) are identified, monitored and met and environmental components are monitored regularly and impacts are mitigated as planned.

  3. Tools in the Project communications strategy keep the community informed of and supportive of the Project. A Community Liaison Committee acts as a bridge between the Project and the local community.

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (2004-2014) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending

PWGSC Operating:

Cost Share Payment to Province of Nova Scotia:

PA 1

Federal lead

Specialized Programs & Services -Sydney Tar Ponds & Coke Ovens Remediation Project

$25,870,000 $2,380,088 $2,335,543
$282,240,000 $40,416,068 $40,416,068

ENVIRONMENT CANADA

PA 1

Provision of advice to PWGSC on technical issues, historical studies and scientific issues related to contaminated sites.

N/A

$7,640,000 $677,491 $581,108

HEALTH CANADA

PA 1

Provision of advice to PWGSC on issues related to human health, technical issues and risk assessment.

N/A

$5,500,000 $285,662 $133,358
Total $321,250,000 $43,759,309 $43,466,077

Expected Results for 2010-2011:

  • Expert and technical advice; and

  • PWGSC’s project team, as federal lead, ensures the project is complying with the project agreements, the efficient and effective use of public funds, application of federal standards and policies, and effective communication with stakeholders, using appropriate oversight and due diligence.

Results Achieved in 2010-2011:

The Project remains on track to meet the approved budget and the Project is moving ahead pursuant to the MOA.

Comments on Variances:

The PWGSC variance after the February 2011 reprofiling was minor, less than 1% of the budget. The minor variance of $44K in planned and actual expenditures arose due to consultants’ fees being less than planned. The HC and EC variance resulted from their advisory responsibilities consuming fewer resources than initially forecast.

Results Achieved by Non-federal Partners:

The Sydney Tar Ponds Agency, who is implementing the day to day technical aspects of the Project elements in accordance with the agreements signed by the government partners, carried out remediation work for cost shared expenditures in the amount of $67.3M ($40.4M federal cost share).

Contact information:

Randy Vallis, Director, Sydney Tar Ponds and Coke Ovens Remediation Project, 295 Charlotte Street, Sydney, NS B1P 6J9
Tel: (902) 564-2543
Email: randy.vallis@pwgsc.gc.ca

Brenda Powell, Chief Business Management, Sydney Tar Ponds and Coke Ovens Remediation Project
Tel: (902) 368-0359
Email: brenda.powell@pwgsc.gc.ca


Top of Page

Royal Canadian Mounted Police

Horizontal Initiatives




Name of Horizontal Initiative: Games Security and Public Safety (GS&PS) for the Vancouver 2010 Olympic and Paralympics Games

Name of Lead Department(s): The Royal Canadian Mounted Police leads a multi-organizational, Integrated Security Unit (ISU) known as the Vancouver 2010 Integrated Security Unit (V2010ISU). The Departments and Agencies that form the V2010 ISU are: Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA), Canadian Security Intelligence Service (CSIS), Citizenship and Immigration Canada (CIC), Department of National Defence (DND), Health Canada (HC), Industry Canada (IC), Privy Council Office (PCO), Public Health Agency of Canada (PHAC), Public Safety Canada (PS), and Transport Canada (TC).

Lead Department Program Activity: Protective Policing Services

Start Date: 2004-2005

End Date: 2010-2011

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date): Approximately $900 million

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

As the lead agency responsible for the development and delivery of the 2010 Winter Games security, the Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP) leads a multi-organizational, Integrated Security Group known as the Vancouver 2010 Integrated Security Unit (V2010 ISU) which has had the overall responsibility for coordinating and providing security for the 2010 Winter Olympic Games.

The participating Departments and Agencies worked closely together, using a four-phased approach to major event planning: design and planning; a robust exercise and testing stage leading to a declaration of operational readiness; Games operation; and demobilization/debrief.

The overall goal of the V2010 ISU was to provide a “safe and secure game” for the athletes, officials and visitors. This was accomplished through an integrated security model and in close collaboration with partners including all levels of government, the Vancouver 2010 Organizing Committee (VANOC) and private corporations.

The total budget for the 2010 Olympic and Paralympic Games is estimated at $900 million, in which the Province of British Columbia cost-shares a portion through a 2010 Olympic Games and Paralympic Games Security Cost Sharing Memorandum of Agreement.

Shared Outcomes:

The shared outcomes of partners for common key results are:

a. Safe and Secure Games

  • When a safety or security issue did occur, it did not result in a disruption to the Games.

b. Effective Policing in Games Security area and Urban Domain

  • RCMP: Access control were successful in prohibiting the ability for unauthorized vehicles, material and people from entering a designated area.
  • RCMP: The athletes, officials and other accredited individuals were transported successfully between athlete’s village and all venues in accordance with the plan.
  • RCMP: Traffic patterns and traffic flows in the area on an approach were managed.
  • RCMP: Flow rates were met without compromising security procedures.

c. Effective Land Security

  • DND: Land interdiction operations were successful.
  • TC: Level of compliance with policy, regulatory and/or voluntary requirements.

d. Effective Air Security

  • DND: Air interdiction operations s were successful.
  • RCMP: Systems and forces provided effective early warning and detection of aircraft in the Olympic Control Area (OCA) being breached.
  • TC: Level of compliance with policy, regulatory and/or voluntary requirements.

e. Effective Marine Security

  • DND: Maritime interdiction operations were successful.
  • RCMP: Breaches of unauthorized vessels in the exclusion zone (EZ) were dealt with successfully.
  • TC: Level of compliance with policy, regulatory and/or voluntary requirements.

f. Effective Intelligence

  • CSIS: Effective and efficient disclosure of information and intelligence to the Joint Intelligence Group (JIG).
  • DND: Appropriate information/intelligence shared in a timely manner.
  • RCMP: Intelligence shared was accurate as possible.
  • TC: Effective information flows between JIG and Transport Canada (TC).

g. Effective Border Integrity

  • CBSA: Successfully delivered integrated border services.
  • CBSA: Was able to provide an assessment of increased volumes and heightened security in a pre/during/post Olympic Games operational environment to senior management which will help in decision making for future major events.
  • RCMP: Detection and interdiction of illegal entry into Canada between ports of entry were dealt with successfully.
  • RCMP: Response to reports of international or organized crime human trafficking were dealt in an effective and timely manner.

h. Effective Operational Support

  • CSIS: Respected the Service Level Agreement (SLA) that was established with the RCMP in regards to the accreditation program.
  • CSIS: Participated fully in the Exercise program; this validated the flow of information and intelligence, and the roles and responsibilities of CSIS officers who were deployed for the Games.
  • DND: Personnel deployed in a timely manner.
  • DND: Accommodations and/or transportation for the key Canadian Forces (CF) security delivery assets were available and needs were met.
  • IC: Number of security agencies requesting the use of the radio frequency spectrum provided fair access to the radio frequency spectrum; where and when appropriate, provided alternatives to requests that could not be accommodated.
  • IC: Confirmation of advanced planning by demonstrating that each radio frequency assigned to a user was disruption-free or highly unlikely to encounter disruption as a result of a detailed analysis of the proposed system and knowledge of radio frequency environment.
  • IC: Number of incidents of disruption to radio communications systems investigated and resolved in a timely manner
  • IC: Assignment of highest priority of service granted to security system service requests.
  • PS: All required stakeholders at regional, federal and municipal levels were engaged to support Situational Awareness and response activities.
  • PS: Effective communications between PS, PREOC and the GOC: vertically between the GOC and the FERP Governance, and horizontally between the GOC and federal/ provincial partners in the activation of an emergency response.
  • RCMP: Background checks were conducted efficiently with the tools available.
  • RCMP: Control measures were in place to ensure compliance to recommendations given by the Accreditation Screening and Verification Team (ASVT).
  • TC: RCMP requirements for staffing Operations Centres were met.
  • TC: Provision of timely and accurate information to ISU and TC Senior Management.

i. Effective Information Technology

  • CSIS: Installed telecommunication technologies to ensure those CSIS Officers who were deployed for the Games, could efficiently and effectively communicate with other CSIS colleagues and colleagues from other departments and agencies.
  • DND: The uninterrupted provision of accurate and relevant information to decision makers.
  • RCMP: Attempts of intrusion at the venues were detected by the Perimeter Intrusion Detection System (PIDS) successfully.
  • TC: Effective resolution of service calls taken by TC IT support.

Governance Structure(s):

The Games Security and Public Safety group has completed a security Results-based Accountability Framework (RMAF) as required by Treasury Board Secretariat. The RMAF formalizes the federal commitment of the RCMP and its federal partners to be accountable for the implementation of this initiative.

The RMAF describes the roles and responsibilities of Key Federal Departments and Agencies participating in this horizontal initiative, as well as its goals and objectives, its related components, and expected results, and a coordinated performance measurement and evaluation plan.

The Commissioner of the RCMP reports to the Minister of Public Safety Canada. The participating departments/agencies have a working relationship with the RCMP and report to their respective Ministers.

The Deputy Ministers Working Group is chaired by the Coordinator for 2010 Olympics and G8 and G20 Security. This working group is comprised of the respective Security Departments and Agencies participating as members in order to facilitate an integrated federal approach to security.

Performance Highlights:

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
CBSA PA1 Risk Assessment $5.311    

a. Safe and Secure and Games:

Finalize/Implement plans, processes and policies

Deliver training and perform accreditation screening.Operational readiness

a. CBSA successfully delivered integrated border services that fully supported a “Safe and Secure Games”.

CBSA successfully finalized/implemented plans, processes and policies.

CBSA successfully delivered training and performed accreditation screening.

CBSA successfully declared itself “operationally ready” well in advance of the Games

CBSA successfully delivered integrated border services.

g. Effective Border Integrity  
PA2 Enforcement $1.095        
PA3 Facilitated Border $3.780 $0.3      
PA4 Conventional Border $2.134   $0.113    
PA5 Trade $0.184   $0.099    
PA6 Recourse $3.296   $0.237    
PA7 Internal Services   $0.1      
  Total $15.800 $0.4 $0.449    
CIC PA1 a) Selection and processing of temporary residents

$5.1 Incremental funding

$2.1 Foregone revenue 1

$0 $0

a. Safe and Secure Games;

a. CIC successfully implemented amended regulations, policies, processes and operational tools and products.

CIC successfully delivered training to internal processing staff.

CIC successfully performed screening and visa/work permit/temporary resident permit assessments.

2009-2010 Results for “Safe and Secure Games” and “Effective Border Integrity” are as follows:

Number Applications processed (all LOB) =
41,522

Number Refusals for OFM/PFM and WKF = 105

g. Effective Border Integrity;  
CSIS PA1 a) Intelligence Program
$7,710,900 $93,620 $21,453

a. Safe and Secure and Games

a. Post Game After Action Report completed.

 

f. Effective Intelligence

f. CSIS derived information and intelligence was disclosed to the Joint Intelligence Group in an efficient and effective manner.

h. Effective Operational Support

h. CSIS was an active member of the RCMP-led Olympic Accreditation Working Group (OAWG).

CSIS contributed to the successful deployment of the RCMP’s Secure Accreditation Management System (SAMS).

CSIS respected the Service Level Agreement (SLA) that was established with the RCMP in regards to the accreditation program.

CSIS developed new, and honed existing, Business Continuity Plans; more so, they were subjected to formal Exercises to confirm their robustness and validity.

CSIS participated fully in the Exercise program; this validated the flow of information and intelligence, and the roles and responsibilities of CSIS officers who were deployed for the Games.

The planning and coordination of CSIS operational support requirements were conducted so as to keep actual expenditures within the allocated budget.

i. Effective Information Technology

i. CSIS installed telecommunication technologies to ensure those CSIS Officers who were deployed for the Games, could efficiently and effectively communicate with other CSIS colleagues, and colleagues from other departments and agencies.

CSIS confirmed the robustness and validity of its telecommunication and other information technologies via formal Exercises.

PA2 b) Security Screening Program $3,237,500        
DND PA1 a) Conduct Operations

$231.1
($212 + $19.1: frozen contingency – was not used).

$13.5 $9.5

a. Safe and Secure and Games

a. DND/CF provided support to the RCMP to ensure the safety and security of the Games. There were no disruptions to the Games.

c. Effective Land Security

c. Land interdiction operations successful:

There were several encounters within the Olympic Controlled Access Zone by CF land forces, in company with RCMP officers.

All personnel encountered in the OCAZ were escorted out of the OCAZ as quickly as possible. There were no incidents to report and all encounters were in support of the RCMP.

d. Effective Air security

d. Air interdiction operations successful:

There were several Targets of Interest (TOIs) designated during the Games.

All incidents were successfully resolved.

All air patrols were conducted in support of the RCMP

e. Effective Marine Security

e. Maritime interdiction operations successful:

There were no incursions into the maritime Controlled Access Zones. All maritime patrols were conducted in support of the RCMP.

f. Effective Intelligence

f. Appropriate information/intelligence shared in a timely manner:

Information and intelligence was shared amongst all security partners in a timely manner.

f. Appropriate information/intelligence shared in a timely manner:

Information and intelligence was shared amongst all security partners in a timely manner.

h. Effective Operational Support

h. Personnel deployed in a timely fashion:

Deployment took place in accordance with deployment orders, including reception, staging and onward movement (RSOM) and all CF operational needs were met.

h. Accommodations and transportation for the key CF security delivery assets were available and needs were met:

Inter-departmental and task-tailored accommodations and transportation arrangements were made through contracts, lease arrangements with the RCMP, BC Ministry of Forestry and Rangers, and DND resources.

All operational needs were met with economy of effort and cost savings realized to keep CF expenditures within allocated funding.

i. Effective Information Technology

i. The uninterrupted provision of accurate and relevant information to decision makers:

Daily sitreps were provided to the GOC and the NOC.

Liaison officers and inter-departmental communications provided timely information to security partners.

Internal communications provided timely briefings to the CDS to maintain situational awareness.

Health Canada PA1 Sustainable Environmental Health $1.196 $0 $0

a. Safe and Secure and Games

a. No activities.

b. Effective policing in games security area and Urban Domain

 
h. Effective Operational Support

h. Effective Operational Support:

HC led multi-departmental team providing RN support to RCMP and to EHOs; provided instrumentation, on-site advice and analysis (lab); RN surveillance informed security activities through real-time detection of radioactive material and rapid distinction between natural, medical, and malicious alarms

Industry Canada PA1

Provide access to the radio frequency spectrum

$9.8 $0 $0

a. Safe and Secure and Games

a. No activities

h. Effective Operational Support

h. PA1: 2,800 frequencies were authorized for the 2010 Winter Games; all radio frequency requirements of security and public safety organizations were met;

PA2: 84 investigations into reports of radio interference were carried out within accepted service standards; no security and public safety activities at the 2010 Winter Games were jeopardized due to interference to the respective organizations radio communication systems.

PA2 Minimize the impact of interference to radio communications systems       i. Effective Information Technology

 

Public Health Agency of Canada PA1 Emergency Preparedness and Response $0.9 $0.100 $0.019

a. Safe and Secure and Games

a. Microbiological Emergency Response Team (MERT):

As part of the National CBRN team, MERT provided on-site rapid diagnostic assessment capacity for any bio-threat agents and/or exhibits collected by RCMP/DND and were ready to provide reference service support to BCCDC during the Games.

f. Effective Intelligence

f. National Emergency Stockpile System (NESS):

The NESS pre-positioned supplies in both Vancouver and Whistler. Pre-positioned equipment included CBRN supplies.

h. Effective Operational Support

h. Surveillance:

PHAC participated in 2010 Inter-Regional Surveillance Teleconference calls, provided local and provincial health partners with GPHIN and GIS products and mobilized epidemiological support staff to Vancouver and Whistler.

i. Effective Information Technology

i. Training:

Training on Emergency Operations Centre Response Structure and Emergency Preparedness and Response was provided to nearly 400 portfolio personnel in the regions and in Ottawa.

Public Safety Canada PA1 Emergency Management and National Security $1.2  

$0.141

186

a. Safe and Secure and Games

a. After Action Reporting, Lessons Learned and re-deployment of staff from the BC region took place during the 2010-2011 fiscal year:

1) Public Safety Canada participated in the RCMP and DRDC evaluation and lessons learned processes post Olympic Games.

2) The lessons learned and best practices identified within these initiatives will be applied to future major events as appropriate through the Capability Improvement Process which supports whole-of-government emergency management response improvement.

h. Effective Operational Support

h. Coordinated federal family through ADM-EMC V2010 Sub-Committee meetings, convened daily throughout duration of Games.

Linkages across all levels of government maintained to ensure timely information flow through daily ADM-EMC meetings as well as Regional Operations Liaison Officer presence in the Government Operations Centre, the Integrated Security Unit, the PREOC and the TCC throughout the Games.

Communications        

Led communications coordination on safety and security of the 2010 Winter Games through the 2010 Government Partners Public Affairs Group Security and Public Safety (GPPAG). The GPPAG provided unprecedented coordination of partners from federal, provincial, municipal governments as well as crown corporations and private industry with a primary or supporting role in security and public safety.

Facilitated coordination, PS Canada Communications set up the 2010 Government Partners Public Affairs Centre (GPPAC) in Vancouver during the Games. Public affairs partners from the Province of B.C., Integrated Security Unit, Canada Border Services Agency, DND, Canadian Heritage, Department of Foreign Affairs and the Vancouver Organizing Committee for the 2010 Olympic and Paralympic Winter Games (VANOC) were co-located with PS Canada staff.

Law Enforcement and Policing      

h. Effective Operational Support

h. Policy support and advice to the RCMP on security-related issues resulting from the implementation of the security operational plan

Research project examining the impact of the 2010 Olympic and Paralympic Vancouver Games on the prevalence of human trafficking in Canada, particularly in the lower mainland of British Columbia.

Co-lead with the Province of British Columbia the disposal of assets procured for the Games by the RCMP-led Integrated Security Unit.

RCMP PA1

Protective Policing Services

$558 $12.12 $10.957

a. Safe and Secure and Games

a. After the close of a safe and secure Games, the fiscal year 2010-11 was a year of wind-down for ISU. This was the year of completing the deployment processes, asset disposal, and archiving of records.

b. Effective policing in games security area and Urban Domain

b. The ISU developed and executed policing in Games Security Area and Urban Domain successfully in the following:

Vehicle Access and Parking Permits (VAPP) allowed approved vehicles to access to Olympic venues;

Master Delivery Schedule permitted scheduled deliveries to be made to venues within a specified period of time;

Remote Vehicle Screening Sites (RVSS), located away from Olympic facilities, where “dirty” vehicles, goods, and materials were screened and confirmed “clean”;

Material Transfer Areas (MTA) screened all materials intended for entry into secure areas, focusing on goods and materials and not on the delivery vehicle or driver;

Vehicle Screening Areas (VSA) were located at venues and used to screen vehicles, their occupants, and cargo;

Pedestrian Screening Areas (PSA) were used to screen people and personal articles for prohibited and illegal or dangerous material;

The Vendor Certification Program (VCP) was an Olympic program whereby sponsors and official suppliers were certified to self-inspect, screen and seal goods prior to delivery at an Olympic venue; and

The Perimeter Intrusion Detection System (PIDS) was designed to supply temporary electronic security detection for the perimeters of venues.

The “In-Transit” Security Plan provided safe and secure transportation for Olympic athletes, team officials and other designated personnel travelling on the VANOC – Transport Athlete (TA) system.

d. Effective Air security

d. The air security was successful in the following:

Established the Federal Aviation Steering Committee (FASC) to provide senior stakeholder oversight and guidance to the Federal Aviation Technical Working Group (FATWG);

Established the FATWG which was responsible for the development of aviation safety and security plans to address airspace design, air management, and air traffic enhancement for the Olympic and Paralympic Games;

Established a Registration and Flight Authorization (R&FA) program to perform security checks on flight crew and authorized flight access to the Olympic Controlled Airspace (OCA); and

Established the concept and operations for an Air Services Operations Coordination Centre (ASOCC), a Games time interagency-staffed organization which enhanced the effectiveness of both air security and overall security operations in the Olympic Theatre.

In summary:

43 days of airspace control measures.

90,000+ aircraft movements recorded.

17,795 aircraft authorized/ released by ISU

7,495 aircraft screened through temporary facilities

6 Air incursions (minor violations of the restrictions)

e. Effective Marine Security

e. The Marine Security was successful in the following:

Established the Federal Marine Working Technical Group (FMTWG) to develop and assist in the creation of an overall marine and surface safety and security plan for 2010;

Established the concept and operations for an Olympic Marine Operations Centre which was a Games time interagency-staffed organization whose coordinated actions enhanced the effectiveness of Marine security;

Established the Marine Exercise Working Group (MEWG) that focused on planning exercise requirements for specific Olympic venue security including regional, national, international, and multi-jurisdictional considerations in the development of a comprehensive marine exercise plan; and

The employment of a Community Relations Group team member to work with marine stakeholders on an ongoing basis along with regular marine updates to the public and some interest groups via briefings and public notices clearly ensured our security requirements were well communicated and accepted.

During the operational period there were 23 boats (multiple agencies) on the water and 400 vessels were stopped and/or checked.

f. Effective Intelligence

f. The JIG was successful in developing reliable and useful intelligence in a timely manner to keep all areas of the ISU and other partner agencies informed of all events and threats relating to the security of the Games.

The Financial Intelligence Investigative Team (FIIT) was established to monitor venue contracting and construction. This was well publicized which is believed to be one of the factors contributing to the lack of evidence of organized crime pertaining to venue construction

Creation of the Liaison Management Team to cultivate and maintain relationships with domestic and international agencies was able to provide timely and accurate intelligence.

Integration of both the CF and CSIS LO’s and utilization of the Sensitive Information Handling Unit (SIHU) within the JIG was paramount to the timely exchange of intelligence.

g. Effective Border Integrity

g. The overarching priority for Border Integrity during the Olympic period (2010-02-07 to 2010-03-24) was successful in augmenting Olympic Security by focusing on areas of high risk within the Border Integrity areas of responsibility – especially the border.

There were no reports or intelligence that indicated any instances of human trafficking and although there were reports of Border incursions specific to border jumpers there was no information that suggested an Olympic nexus. The actual numbers although up slightly were consistent with the previous year while the apprehension rate increased.

h. Effective Operational Support

h. The operational support was successful in the following:

The Accreditation, Screening and Validation Team (ASVT) successfully met the challenges of providing Security Background Checks (SBC) for more than 200,000 people.

The establishment of the Olympic Accreditation Working Group (OAWG) encouraged and facilitated discussions between Canadian Security Intelligence Service (CSIS), Canadian Border Services Agency (CBSA), Citizenship and Immigration Canada (CIC), and Heritage Canada.

The development of the Secure Accreditation Management System (SAMS) provided a secure means of conducting an SBC and provided a legacy capability for the RCMP in future major events.

By the end of the Games, ASVT had conducted approximately 205,000 SBC on volunteers, security services, work force and Olympic Family using SAMS.

The provision of effective operational support throughout the Games period is tied directly to the extensive exercise program that was developed. This allowed for the clear definition of the roles and responsibilities of all the staff in the various command and operations centres located throughout the theatre of operations.

i. Effective Information Technology i. The RCMP/ISU delivered effective information technology support through the development of systems by the CIO, most notably EMS and SAMS, by Technical Operations in the form of the SAP, and through the acquisition of off the shelf products (Common Operating Picture) and the service contract for PIDS. All systems performed exceptionally well; however, the ISU did have a well defined Service Level Agreement and a back up site if the main command centre failed.
Transport Canada PA1 A safe transportation system

$8.3M
NAV Canada

additional ask of 24.7M for contribution:

2008-09 6.6M

2009-10 17.9M

2010-11 250K

*numbers were re-profiled as per TB decision record 834526

$0.548 (does not include EBP and accommodation)
NAV Canada
$0.25
$0.311 (does not include EBP and accommodation)
NAV Canada

a. Safe and Secure and Games

a. Transport Canada worked closely with other federal departments and agencies involved in safety and security during the Olympic games. TC contributed to a Safe and Secure Games by exercising leadership and its legislative/regulatory powers relating to the transportation system.

c. Effective Land Security

d. Effective Air security

e. Effective Marine Security

c, d, e. A very high level of compliance in all modes was experienced during the games.

Any non-compliance was minor and easily resolved with no impact on the security or safety of the games:

113 TDG companies registered

706 DG vehicles licensed

780 DG drivers licensed -215 rail site visits

2,443 km of rail track inspected

7,500 aircraft screened/searched

68 vessels inspected
316 marine facilities inspected

43 days restricted airspace with only three minor alleged incursions

f. Effective Intelligence f. No issues reported effecting the flow of information between JIG and TC

h. Effective Operational Support

h. Operations and Coordination Centres were staffed with embedded personnel as required.

Timely and accurate information flowed between TC and ISU

PA2

A secure transportation system

i. Effective Information Technology

i. IT service calls resolved in a timely manner
Total $844.4444 $27.01162
$21.411 639 $21.411 639  

Comments on Variances:

DND/CF was able to provide a wide range of unique military capabilities in support of the RCMP to ensure the safety and security of the Games. DND/CF provided support without using any initially identified contingency funding. The Department was able to achieve significant cost reductions and savings due mainly to a review of its concept of support, active contract management and the establishment of financial controls.

CSIS: Actual expenditures were lower than projected resource requirements for the following primary reasons: the number of accreditation requests were substantially lower than projected (i.e. salaries)and travel and accommodation costs were lower than projected and the costs associated with required upgrades to critical facilities were lower than projected

IC: Expenditures were lower than projected for the following reasons: travel and accommodation costs were considerably lower than projected; there were savings in network systems support and professional services; and a contingency reserve of $1.7 million in capital was not required.

RCMP: The security budget for the RCMP of $492.5M was supplemented by the Olympic Federal Contingency in the amount of $65.5M for a total security budget of $558M.

TC: Actual costs at Nav Canada were higher and/or lower than planned resulting in a variance. There was also a reduction in the level of some services provided (determined as not required) resulting in lower labour costs.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): N/A

Contact information:

Inspector Jane MacLatchy,
Federal Security Coordinator, Vancouver 2010,
Protective Policing, Major Events,
Royal Canadian Mounted Police,
(613)-949-2120



Name of Horizontal Initiative: Investments to Combat the Criminal Use of Firearms (ICCUF)

Name of Lead Department: Royal Canadian Mounted Police

Lead Department Program Activity: Canadian Firearms Program

Start Date: May 2004

End Date: Ongoing

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date): Originally $49.9 million over five years; now extended indefinitely.

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

The overall aim of the ICCUF is to improve the national collection, analysis and sharing of firearms-related intelligence and information. Funding is distributed within the RCMP to the Canadian Firearms Program (CFP), Criminal Intelligence (CI) and the Criminal Intelligence Service Canada (CISC). The initiative also provides funds to Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA) and Public Safety Canada (PSC).

The ICCUF directly supports the Government's objective to tackle violent crime (especially firearms-related offences in relation to organized crime and street gangs).

Shared Outcomes: Enhanced RCMP and CBSA capacity to gather, analyze and share criminal intelligence in order to improve individual investigations, and to increase knowledge of the extent and patterns of smuggling and trafficking of firearms used in crime. These contribute to Canada’s intelligence-led national enforcement strategy.

Governance Structures: A Joint Management Team (JMT) coordinates ICCUF efforts. All partners participate in JMT meetings.

Performance Highlights:

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Public Safety Canada Policing and Law Enforcement ICCUF Ongoing $ .275 $ .275 Independent policy advice to the Minister of Public Safety on firearms and gun crime and research on gun crime issues.

Provided ongoing policy advice to the Minister.

Contributed to the summative evaluation of the initiative. Initiated process mapping project for the initiative.

Examined illicit firearms market acquisition patterns.

Royal Canadian Mounted Police Canadian Firearms Program ICCUF Ongoing $8.215 $10.345 Reduce the impact of organized crime through continued support to law enforcement agencies by providing specialized assistance to effectively investigate, gather evidence and share criminal intelligence leading to the successful prosecution of individuals involved in the illegal movement and criminal use of firearms.

Enhancement of the Centralized Firearms Occurrence and Trace Reporting System has allowed the Canadian Firearms Program’s Firearms Investigation and Enforcement Services Directorate (FIESD) to refine the collection, collation, reporting and analysis of firearms data.

In 2010, 9,568 firearms were reported to FIESD, with 20% of those firearms submitted for tracing.

Implementation of a national Firearms Occurrence Reporting and Trace Request Form has facilitated RCMP members across the country submitting firearms occurrence directly to the CFP.

Enhancements to Firearms Tracing Deliverables, such as the creation of the Firearms Trace Report, has allowed for a more comprehensive and accurate depiction of firearms trace results, and facilitates the dissemination and sharing of firearms trace information.

Alignment of the Ontario Provincial Tracing Program and the Canadian National Firearms Tracing Centre has contributed to an enhanced relationship between both the provincial and national centres.

The RCMP’s Firearms Reference Table (FRT) remains the data dictionary for the purposes of consistent firearms data collection for the National Firearms Collection Framework.

Continued dissemination of the FRT to Law enforcement agencies (7,524 DVD copies of the Canadian version, 1,214 copies of the International version). A web version is now also available online to RCMP personnel, as well as through the Canadian Firearms Program’s secure web services portal for public agents and firearms businesses respectively.

The FRT network capable DVD has also been placed on the Canada Revenue Agency national IT system for use by CBSA agents.

INTERPOL was provided updated 2010 FRT content for the INTERPOL Firearms Reference Table.

INTERPOL was supplied the Firearms Identification for Public Agents course content for use on the INTERPOL firearms web portal.

Active participations in the following conferences:

Member of the official Canadian delegation to the United Nations Fourth Biennial Meeting of States on the Program of Action on Small Arms and Light Weapons (New York, June 2010).

Presented at the Organization of American States on Interdiction and Regional Security of Small Arms and Light Weapons, (Buenos Aires, Argentina, August 2010), and Firearms Marking (San Jose, Costa Rica, December 2010).

Development of electronic training programs for law enforcement to be delivered via the Canadian Police Knowledge Network in 2010-11:

Firearms Identification for Police Agencies training (208 registrants) and Canadian Firearms Registry On-line training (58 registrants).

Provision of 173 training sessions conducted with a total of 4,410 law enforcement persons trained in various firearm-related issues.

Criminal Intelligence Directorate ICCUF Ongoing $1.12 $ .951 Criminal intelligence has played an important role in supporting frontline policing by providing actionable intelligence. Their efforts have identified and led to the arrest of suspects involved in firearms crimes.
Canada Border Services Agency Intelligence and Targeting Operations Directorate ICCUF Ongoing $1.33 $1.48 Valuable criminal intelligence was shared in support of firearms crime investigations

Seizure of non-restricted, restricted and prohibited firearms at various ports of entry across Canada.

Development of intelligence on individuals and businesses suspected of being involved in the cross-border movement of illicit firearms.

Provision of intelligence support to Canadian law enforcement agencies in matters relating to the trafficking of firearms.

Total   $10.94 $13.051    

Comments on Variances: The variance in planned and actual spending for 2010-11 is due to the purchase of two Integrated Ballistics Identification System TRAX instruments by the RCMP.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): N/A

Contact information:

C/Supt. Geoffrey Francis
Director, Firearms Investigative and Enforcement Services Directorate
RCMP Canadian Firearms Program
73 Leikin Drive
Ottawa, Ontario K1A OR2
Email: Geoffrey.Francis@rcmp-grc.gc.ca


Notes


1 Foregone revenue funds are not allocated to CIC reference levels. Purpose is to obtain a source of funds for the fiscal framework for fees waived and therefore not deposited in the consolidated revenue fund (CRF).


Top of Page

Transport Canada

Horizontal Initiatives




Name of Horizontal Initiative: ecotransport Strategy

Name of Lead Department(s): Transport Canada

Lead Department Program Activity: Clean Air from Transportation

Start Date: 2007-2008

End Date: 2010-2011*
*The ecomobility and Marine Shore Power programs were extended to 2011-2012.

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date): *As of 2012, total allocation will be $463 million due to a $1.4-million allocation for a one-year extension of the ecomobility ($1.1 million) and Marine Shore Power ($0.3 million) programs.

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The ecotransport strategy involves a series of initiatives designed to reduce the amount of fuel consumed, improve transportation efficiency and introduce cleaner transportation technologies. Launched as part of the Government’s Clean Air Agenda, this strategy features the ecomobility Program; the ecotechnology for Vehicles program; the ecoenergy for Personal Vehicles program (Natural Resources Canada); and the ecofreight programs, which include Natural Resources Canada’s ecoenergy for Fleets program. The ecoauto Rebate Program and Environment Canada’s National Vehicle Scrappage Program were introduced separately but are complementary to the programs for personal vehicles.

(See the ecoaction website.)

  • The ecomobility Program is a $9.3-million initiative that seeks to work with municipalities to help cut urban passenger transportation emissions by encouraging commuters to choose public transit or other sustainable transportation options. Working with cities across Canada, this initiative results in programs, services and products that improve sustainable transportation options in urban areas. This program was extended by one year to 2012.
  • The ecotechnology for Vehicles program ($14.1 million) includes in-depth testing and showcasing of advanced technologies for vehicles in order to raise awareness, foster important new partnerships with the automotive industry and encourage the introduction of a broader range of environmental technologies in Canada. The ecoenergy for Personal Vehicles program ($21 million), delivered by Natural Resources Canada, will provide fuel consumption information and decision-making tools to encourage consumers to purchase fuel-efficient vehicles that are currently available in the market.
  • The ecofreight programs, with $58.7 million in funding, feature new steps to reduce the environmental and health effects of freight transportation through technology and will be delivered by Transport Canada ($36.7 million) and Natural Resources Canada ($22 million). These programs include:
    • the Freight Technology Demonstration Fund ($9.3 million) that has provided cost-shared funding of demonstrations to test and measure new freight transportation technologies in real-world conditions; the Freight Technology Incentives Program ($9.4 million) that has provided cost-shared funding to help recipients purchase and install proven emission-reducing technologies; the ecofreight Partnerships program ($6.6 million) that has built industry partnerships; the Marine Shore Power Program, extended by one year to 2012 ($6 million) that demonstrates the installation and use of shore-based power for marine vessels in Canadian ports; the National Harmonization Initiative for the Trucking Industry ($5.4 million) that identifies regulatory barriers and solutions in collaboration with provinces and territories, so that the Canadian trucking industry can embrace emission-reducing technologies; and the ecoenergy for Fleets program ($22 million), aiming to reduce fuel use and emissions in commercial and institutional fleets via training, sharing of best practices, anti-idling campaigns, technical analysis to look for potential improvements and other technology opportunities.
  • The $264-million ecoauto Rebate Program ended in March 2009. The program provided performance-based rebates to consumers who purchased fuel-efficient vehicles.
  • Environment Canada’s National Vehicle Scrappage Program is a national program of $92 million over four years, intended to promote the accelerated scrappage of older vehicles.

Shared Outcome(s): The overall objective of the ecotransport Strategy is to reduce energy use and emissions in the transportation sector. All the specific measures envisioned in the strategy are expected to contribute to reduced fuel consumption. As a result, the personal vehicle fleet, as well as the freight sector, will use less energy. Other measures will help reduce the demand for personal transportation and encourage modal shifts to more sustainable transportation options. The strategy will lead to reduced emissions of greenhouse gases and other air pollutants that contribute to smog, thus protecting the environment and the health of Canadians.

Governance Structure(s): Under the ecotransport Strategy, each of the three departments implicated (Transport Canada, Natural Resources Canada and Environment Canada) will manage its respective programs in accordance with defined governance structures for the individual programs concerned. Each program is subject to a results-based management accountability framework that includes committee structures, risk management strategies, as well as provisions for performance measurement, information management, auditing, evaluation and reporting. In addition, a broader horizontal management accountability and reporting framework for the Clean Air Agenda was developed and encompasses, among others, all regulatory and program initiatives for clean transportation, including those of the ecotransport Strategy. The horizontal management accountability and reporting framework includes governance structures; financial, measurement, risk and information management strategies; and lines of reporting.

Performance Highlights: During their fourth and final year of operation, the ecotransport Strategy programs continued to address the challenges of pollution and greenhouse gas emissions from the movement of people and goods in Canada. Regulations have been developed or are being developed to reduce emissions from road vehicles, as well as rail, air and marine transportation. Programs provide information essential to the development of informed regulations and to the coordination and harmonization of regulations across different jurisdictions. Programs also supplement regulations and help ensure their success by tackling two key barriers to reducing pollution from transportation: the lack of information, knowledge and engagement on the part of consumers and industry; and the costs and risks associated with uptake of new technologies. In 2010-2011, the focus was on completing the projects and program activities funded, measuring their impact and gathering information about results and cases to make this available to industry and other stakeholders.

To help inform the regulatory process, the ecotechnology for Vehicles program worked in partnership with vehicle manufacturers, industry associations, government departments and other stakeholders to test and evaluate emerging vehicle technologies in accordance with the test procedures developed by standard testing bodies and important regulatory agencies like the Society of Automotive Engineers. Under the National Harmonization Initiative for the Trucking Industry, two studies were commissioned examining the performance and potential safety implications of emerging add-on aerodynamic devices in the trucking industry. This includes the "Truck Trailer Side Skirts" study that reports on commercially available designs, their construction materials and mounting methods; cost; potential side effects for vehicle safety such as effects on brake cooling; and the ability of side skirts to provide side underrun protection to vulnerable road users such as cyclists.

Addressing the lack of information and improving knowledge is essential to change the behaviour of consumers and industry. A number of programs address this objective. The ecoenergy for Personal Vehicles program helped lower emissions from personal vehicles by providing training on fuel-efficient driving practices to over 580,000 new drivers. The ecoenergy for Fleets program helped reduce emissions from trucking by providing training in fuel-efficient driving practices to over 8000 drivers. To elicit the engagement of stakeholders, the ecoenergy for Fleets program concluded agreements with the trucking industry under which over 500 tractors and trailers were retrofitted with fuel-efficient components. Under the ecoenergy Partnerships program, memoranda of understanding continue to be implemented with the aviation and rail industries. In the aviation industry, annual average fuel efficiency improvements between 1990 and 2009 were 1.9 percent, surpassing the memorandum of understanding-established target of 1.1 percent. The intensity of greenhouse gas emissions from the rail industry similarly decreased by 23 percent by 2008 compared with the 1990 baseline. Finally, under the Freight Technology Demonstration Fund and the Freight Technology Incentives Program, over 30 different information-sharing products were developed, including webinars, technology case studies, greenhouse gas calculators and success stories. These products are available on the program’s website to inform stakeholders of the benefits of green freight technologies. In addition, one newsletter was developed and directly distributed to over 800 freight industry stakeholders to further stimulate technology adoption.

The costs and risks associated with new technologies are important barriers to capital turnover, particularly during a period of economic recession. To address this, the National Vehicle Scrappage Program provided incentives that led to the retirement of over 70,000 old, high-polluting vehicles. The Freight Technology Demonstration Fund and Freight Technology Incentives Program are completing their sponsorship of 40 projects valued at $25 million, covering a wide range of best practices and technology applications such as aerodynamics, electrification, engine innovation and best operating practices. The Marine Shore Power Program completed its second tranche of funding with the provision of $645,000 to the Prince Rupert Port Authority to demonstrate shore power technology for container ships at Fairview Terminal. The ecomobility Program continued to provide funding to 13 projects in 12 communities across Canada, and developed several information and social marketing tools needed to support the implementation of transportation demand management projects across Canada.

Finally, international harmonization and cooperation are essential to emissions reduction. To ensure that Canada’s voice is heard, under the ecofreight programs Transport Canada has contributed to the development of international environmental standards, practices and guidelines under the auspices of the International Civil Aviation Organization, the International Maritime Organization, and the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development.

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Transport Canada 2.1 — Clean Air from Transportation eco-MOBILITY $8.2 $2.8 $2.3 Expected Results for 2010-2011 for ecomobility Results Achieved in 2010-2011 for ecomobility are listed below.

Expected Results for 2010-2011 for ecomobility

Increased use of transportation demand management measures can help reduce urban transportation greenhouse gas emissions. The ecomobility Program responds to two major findings from the Urban Transportation Showcase Program regarding barriers to the use of transportation demand management: a lack of knowledge on the part of Canadian practitioners and decision makers about transportation demand management measures; and a lack of resources to implement initiatives.

Immediate Outcomes:

  • Informed positions on policies and programs influencing transportation technologies and practices.
  • Increased participation of the target audience in emission-reducing activities through partnerships and other program activities.
  • Increased capacity of the target audience to undertake initiatives that reduce energy consumption, or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminants, or the release of toxic substances.

In 2010-2011, the 14 pilot projects that were announced for funding under the ecomobility Program will enter their second year of implementation. These 12 municipalities (one municipality is delivering two projects) will increase the use of transit, carpooling, and active transportation and pilot initiatives in workplaces and schools to encourage Canadians to use more sustainable modes of transportation, while advancing their understanding of how transportation demand management can work in their community to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by increasing the use of alternatives to single occupancy vehicles. A qualitative and quantitative results measurement and reporting strategy will continue to be implemented in each of the 12 municipalities with respect to the demonstration projects. The project baseline information will be completed in 2009-2010; the first follow-up measurement will occur in 2010-2011; and the final measurement will be completed in 2011-2012. Information on the success factors in implementing various transportation demand management approaches will be shared with other Canadian communities during targeted workshops and Web-based information products in 2010-2011 and 2011-2012, thus increasing the knowledge and use of transportation demand management measures in a broader number of Canadian communities.

In order to further increase the capacity of Canadian municipalities to implement effective transportation demand management strategies to reduce energy consumption, as well as emissions of greenhouse gases and criteria air contaminants, a number of tools will be developed and disseminated under the program in addition to the funded pilot projects. Tools that have already been created and that will be shared more broadly in 2010-2011, will increase the capacity of municipalities to measure the impacts of transportation demand management strategies underway in their communities, and to develop and implement a range of options for small and rural communities; launch community bike-sharing programs/services; establish employee transit discount programs, as well as community-based social marketing approaches to support mode shift away from personal vehicle use; and telework programs and supporting services. New tools that will be developed and disseminated to municipalities in 2010-2011 will include guidelines (with hands-on professional development events) for identifying the business case for successful transportation demand management strategies; and case studies (approximately 10 to 15) on specific topics, including university and school-based transportation demand management initiatives, transit marketing strategies and recent trends in carpooling. The program will deliver/support approximately 20 learning events in 2010-2011.

In 2010-2011, program staff will monitor and track the number of participating municipalities in the above activities, the number of strategies and information products developed, and the size of the target audience reached with the information, so as to link the 2010-2011 program activities with the above immediate outcomes.

Intermediate Outcome:

  • Use of transportation best practices that reduce energy consumption, or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminants.

The program will not report intermediate outcomes until the final year of the program in 2011-2012. The program measurement strategy will be initiated in 2010-2011 to begin to collect information on the outcomes of the program. Indicators have been developed to measure changes in the Canadian capacity to implement the transportation demand management initiatives addressed by this program. These indicators will seek to identify where transportation demand management has been incorporated into municipal plans and operations, and the number of municipalities that add or enhance commitments in their plans and operations. Transportation demand management professionals will be asked to identify the extent to which they increased their knowledge and their ability to implement and measure their initiatives due to program activities. The usefulness of the tools developed by the program will also be measured. The feedback from participants will also be gathered from ecomobility learning activities and information dissemination activities.

Final Outcome:

  • Reductions in energy consumption, or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminants from transportation.

The program is forecasting a greenhouse gas reduction of 0.11 megatonnes in 2012. This final outcome will be measured in 2011-2012.

Results Achieved in 2010-2011

The ecomobility Program continued to provide funding to 13 projects (one project withdrew) in 13 communities across Canada. Two were completed by the end of March 2011 and the remaining 11 are well underway and are gearing up for their final year as projects are to be completed by December 31, 2011. In 2010-2011, the program also continued to develop tools and resources needed to support the implementation of transportation demand management projects and build national capacity. Some of the new resources published include Changing Transportation Behaviours: A Social Marketing Planning Guide; Bicycle End-of-Trip Facilities: A guide for Canadian municipalities and employers; and the Compendium of Canadian survey research on consumer attitudes and behavioural influences affecting sustainable transportation options, all of which can be found on Transport Canada’s Urban Information Network along with the dozen case studies and issue papers published this year. Learning events such as conferences are another forum for disseminating information resources; the ecomobility Program was represented at seven conferences through conference sessions, workshops, speakers and/or an ecomobility booth. In addition, the program hosted six webinars that attracted approximately 500 participants.

The 13 projects funded under the program are subject to an extensive measurement approach based on reductions in distance travelled and fuel used. In 2010-2011 ecomobility completed the development of its measurement strategy. The strategy includes gathering and analyzing data, and estimating the increased penetration of relevant urban transportation practices. The program is planning on deploying a questionnaire to collect feedback from key stakeholders to help evaluate the intermediate outcomes of the program. Based on this, greenhouse gas and criteria air contaminant reductions will be estimated. Actual greenhouse gas emission reductions will be known in 2012, after the funded projects have provided their final report and after the results measurement strategy has been fully implemented.

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Transport Canada 2.1 — Clean Air from Transportation ecotechnology for Vehicles $14.1 $2.7 $2.6 Expected Results for 2010-2011 ecotechnology for Vehicles Results Achieved in 2010-2011 for ecotechnology for Vehicles are listed below.

Expected Results for 2010-2011 for ecotechnology for Vehicles

Immediate Outcome:

  • Informed positions on policies and programs influencing transportation technologies and practices.
  • Increased uptake of technologies that reduce energy consumption, or greenhouse gases or criteria air contaminants.
  • Increased participation of the target audience in emission-reducing activities through partnerships and other program activities.
  • Increased capacity of the target audience to undertake initiatives that reduce energy consumption, or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminants, or the release of toxic substances.

Informed positions on policies and programs influencing transportation technologies and practices will be supported in 2010-2011 by the program’s extensive testing and evaluation of advanced vehicle technologies in Canada. The program will work in collaboration with vehicle manufacturers to acquire and test eight to 10 advanced light-duty vehicles in 2010-2011 — including clean diesel, hybrid, plug-in hybrid, full electric and fuel cell vehicles. These key technologies range from near-term availability in the market (clean diesel, advanced gasoline technologies) to medium-term introduction (electric and plug-in electric hybrid technologies) to longer-term introduction (hydrogen and fuel cell technologies). Test results will evaluate the safety and environmental performance of a range of emerging technologies. This will be used to inform policies, programs, emergent codes and standards, and the program’s outreach activities to reduce barriers to the uptake of these technologies.

The program will also work in collaboration with industry to identify and help address barriers to the adoption of promising technologies for use in Canada, including consumers’ awareness and acceptance of advanced technologies. This will increase the participation of vehicle manufacturers and technology suppliers in educating the Canadian public on emerging emission-reducing vehicle technologies.

The program will continue to draw upon the results of its testing and industry partnerships to disseminate the results of vehicle technology testing and evaluation to Canadians, to promote acceptance and adoption of technology. This will include technical information provided at over 15 public events across Canada; an updated and interactive website with over 60 advanced technology articles and 10 videos; a quarterly public newsletter; and an "edukit"/virtual program that provides resources to secondary school teachers to help them add clean vehicle technology information to the curriculum. The selected program audience targets Canadian men and women who will purchase a vehicle in one to 10 years’ time and who fit pre-determined psychographics. Activity outcomes will be measured using Web metrics, newsletter subscriptions, event attendance and event exit evaluations. Through increased exposure to performance information from a credible, neutral government source, it is anticipated that the targeted Canadian audience will increase its capacity to understand and adopt vehicles with targeted advanced technologies over the near and medium term.

Intermediate Outcome:

  • Use of transportation technologies that reduce energy consumption, or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminants.

The program measurement strategy will be implemented in 2010-2011 to collect information on the immediate and intermediate outcomes of the program. This will include an assessment of the increased penetration of specific advanced vehicle technologies in the Canadian fleet of light-duty vehicles, using the department’s Vehicle Fuel Economy Information System in 2011.

Final Outcome:

  • Reductions in energy consumption, or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminants from transportation.

The program is forecasting a greenhouse gas reduction of 0.15 megatonnes in 2011. This final outcome will be measured in 2011-2012 using a methodology that includes analyzing market sales data and estimating the increased penetration of relevant advanced vehicle technologies. Based on this, greenhouse gas and criteria air contaminant reductions will be estimated using fuel efficiency data provided by the Fuel Consumption Guide and driving profiles available from the Canadian Transportation Survey.

Results Achieved in 2010-2011

In 2010-2011, the program worked in partnership with industry to acquire, test and evaluate 25 advanced low rolling resistance tires; a Ford Fiesta clean diesel vehicle; a Zero S Electric motorcycle; and a Roush Liquid Propane Gas Retrofit Module installed in a Ford E-150 Econoline van. In addition, the program also developed an extensive electric vehicle strategy, in collaboration with industry, to test and evaluate the performance of several electric vehicles in unique Canadian conditions, including two Mitsubishi iMiEVs, a Tesla Roadster and an A123Systems Hymotion L5 plug-in conversion module installed in a Toyota Prius. Test results for ecotechnology for Vehicles are among the first sets of data detailing the environmental performance of electric vehicles in cold weather conditions.

The program shared these test results with, and participated in, standards development committees and working groups to support the development of new energy consumption and efficiency testing procedures for plug-in hybrid and electric vehicles. In addition, the program supported Canadian efforts to modernize the Canadian Electrical Code to reduce regulatory barriers to the introduction of electric vehicles in Canada. New test procedures for plug-in hybrids were published in 2011, and test procedures for electric vehicles was published in July 2011. In addition, the Canadian Electrical Code will be amended to include electric vehicles in 2011.

By sharing test results, ecotechnology for Vehicles has helped inform and support the development of non-regulatory codes and standards that industry requires to commercialize new technologies in Canada, facilitating the uptake of technologies that reduce energy consumption, and emissions of greenhouse gases and criteria air contaminants. In addition, testing results have helped develop government consumer information programs for these technologies by ensuring that decision makers have access to accurate and independent data.

In 2010-2011, the program undertook a number of educational partnership and outreach activities to enhance Canadians’ knowledge about the environmental and performance benefits of advanced technologies. These activities helped the program’s target audience engage in emission-reducing activities, specifically by helping increase their adoption of advanced vehicle technologies. For example:

  • The program’s public website (www.tc.gc.ca/eTV) was updated with new educational and interactive features, including five videos on key program test results, seven interactive animations, a technical photo gallery and seven new technology articles.
  • The program worked in partnership with industry to produce the video "The Life Electric" and an electric vehicles primer booklet, both of which provide a high-level overview of electric vehicles, and how government, industry and power utilities are working to prepare for their introduction in Canada.
  • The ecotechnology for Vehicles program expanded its media outreach strategy by hosting several technical information sessions and demonstration events for members of the automotive press. As a result, over 25 technical articles about advanced technologies were published in major daily newspapers, websites and blogs across Canada, reaching several hundred thousand Canadians.
  • The ecotechnology for Vehicles program completed its project with the Canada Science and Technology Museum to develop educational tools in 2010-2011, including an "edukit" / virtual program, to help secondary school teachers integrate lessons about advanced vehicles and the environment into their curricula.

On March 24, 2011, the program hosted the first Government of Canada Advanced Vehicle Technology Forum. The forum gathered representatives from several federal government departments and provided an opportunity for ecotechnology for Vehicles to present program test results to federal stakeholders in order to support program, policy and regulatory developments.

In 2010-2011 ecotechnology for Vehicles also completed the development of its measurement strategy. The strategy includes gathering and analyzing market sales data and estimating the increased penetration of relevant advanced vehicle technologies. In 2011-2012, the program is planning on deploying a questionnaire to collect feedback from key stakeholders to help evaluate the intermediate outcomes of the program. Based on this, greenhouse gas and criteria air contaminant reductions will be estimated using fuel efficiency data provided by the Fuel Consumption Guide and driving profiles available from the Canadian Transportation Survey. Actual results of the program will be known once the program results measurement strategy has been completed.

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Transport Canada 2.1 — Clean Air from Transportation National harmonization for the trucking industry $5.4 $1.9 $0.8 Expected Results for 2010-2011 for the National Harmonization Initiative for the Trucking Industry Results Achieved in 2010-2011 for the National Harmonization Initiative for the Trucking Industry are listed below.

Expected Results for 2010-2011 for the National Harmonization Initiative for the Trucking Industry

The National Harmonization Initiative for the Trucking Industry was established to identify and promote solutions to barriers currently slowing the uptake of emission-reduction technologies in the Canadian trucking industry. It was designed to support provinces and territories in their efforts towards regulatory harmonization supporting emission-reduction technologies in the trucking sector.

Immediate Outcome:

  • Informed positions on policies and programs influencing transportation technologies and practices.
  • Increased uptake of technologies that reduce energy consumption, or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminants.
  • Increased participation of the target audience in emission-reducing activities through partnerships and other program activities.
  • Increased capacity of the target audience to undertake initiatives that reduce energy consumption, or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminants, or the release of toxic substances.

The program has successfully supported the move by Ontario and Quebec to mandate the use of speed limiters for heavy trucks. Although other provinces have also expressed an interest in heavy truck speed limiters, and information will continue to be provided, further regulatory activity on speed limiters is not anticipated within the 2010-2011 time frame.

In 2010-2011, information will be shared with provinces and governments from the ongoing testing of emerging environmental technologies to verify their environmental performance and compliance with regulatory requirements for on-road operation. For example, the program will assess the fuel efficiency improvements and regulatory compliance with safety standards of rear trailer fairings (boat tails) for on-road use in all jurisdictions by Canadian fleets. This is expected to remove barriers to the increased uptake of technologies that reduce energy consumption and greenhouse gas emissions in the trucking industry.

Intermediate Outcome / Final Outcome:

  • Use of transportation technologies and alternative modes that reduce energy consumption, or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminants.
  • Reductions in energy consumption, or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminants from transportation.

Increases in the use of specific technologies that reduce energy consumption, greenhouse gas and criteria air contaminants in the trucking sector will be evaluated through the ecofreight demonstration and incentive programs. The National Harmonization Initiative for the Trucking Industry is one of six initiatives under the ecofreight Program that are expected to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by a total of 1.25 megatonnes in 2011. This final outcome will be measured in 2010-2011.

Results Achieved in 2010-2011

Consistent with previous studies assessing the fuel efficiency improvements and regulatory compliance with safety standards of truck environmental technologies, two additional studies were completed. The results are currently being reviewed.

  • Winter traction performance of low rolling resistance tires for heavy-duty tractor trailers: Transport Canada investigated the effects that low rolling resistance tires certified by SmartWay (California Environmental Protection Agency Air Resources Board regulations) [have on winter traction performance of tractor trailers that also operate in cold weather climates such as Canada’s by conducting controlled dynamic performance track testing of a loaded heavy-duty tractor trailer in winter conditions. Two full sets of low rolling resistance tires were evaluated against one full set of control tires.
  • Side skirts: The department reviewed the aerodynamic performance of commercially available side skirts and wheel covers, including any side effects on both drum and disc brake cooling of redistributed airflow. The ability of side skirts to provide side under run protection to vulnerable road users such as cyclists was also assessed by controlled impact testing of bicycles colliding into side skirts.
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Transport Canada 2.1 — Clean Air from Transportation Freight Technology Demonstration Fund $9.3 $2.1 $2.0 Expected Results for 2010-2011 Freight Technology Demonstration Fund Results Achieved in 2010-2011 for the Freight Technology Demonstration Fund are listed below.

Expected Results for 2010-2011 for the Freight Technology Demonstration Fund

The Freight Technology Demonstration Fund has supported the purchase, installation and demonstration of the effectiveness of new and underused emission-reducing technologies in the freight industry.

Immediate Outcome:

  • Informed positions on policies and programs influencing transportation technologies and practices.
  • Increased uptake of technologies that reduce energy consumption, or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminants.
  • Increased participation of the target audience in emission-reducing activities through partnerships and other program activities.
  • Increased capacity of the target audience to undertake initiatives that reduce energy consumption, or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminants, or the release of toxic substances.

The Freight Technology Demonstration Fund has supported industry projects to purchase, install and demonstrate new and underused emission-reducing technologies in the freight industry. These projects will demonstrate technology such as common rail fuel injection, variable-speed gantry container cranes at a port; ultra low-emitting Genset locomotives for yard and road switching; multiple truck technologies (aerodynamic trailer skirts, base flaps, auxiliary power units and single wide-base tires); truck on-board computers and hybrid reefer technology; and an engineless (non-petroleum) auxiliary power unit. These technologies offer promise to contribute to both economic and environmental objectives, as reducing fuel use is vital to the productivity and competitiveness of the transportation industry, as well as to reducing emissions. As of December 2009, 12 demonstration projects are proceeding with total committed funding of $4.1 million.

In 2010-2011, the program will receive information from completed technology projects and disseminate the results to industry through events, case studies and other products that explain the business case for the tested technologies and increase the capacity of industry to take advantage of successful technologies. The ecofreight program will participate in at least four events in Canada to enable the transfer of knowledge acquired from demonstration projects to the broader industry. Events will consist of freight industry conferences, annual general meetings and trade shows where ecofreight program staff will participate along with industry partners. The ecofreight Web-based Information Network will be a key outreach tool and will be enhanced in 2010-2011 with published demonstration results achieved by specific companies and other information enabling the transfer of knowledge to industry. This will broaden the participation of members of the freight industry in emission-reducing activities and technology uptake beyond the initial funding recipients.

Intermediate Outcome:

  • Use of transportation technologies and alternative modes that reduce energy consumption, or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminants.
  • Use of transportation best practices that reduce energy consumption, or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminants.

The final stage of the program measurement strategy will be initiated in 2010-2011 to collect information on the outcomes of the program. Indicators have been developed to measure changes in the uptake, awareness and acceptance of new and underused energy-efficient freight technologies supported by the program. Freight transportation professionals and technology suppliers/users will identify the extent to which they increased their knowledge, and their ability to implement and use energy-efficient technologies due to program activities. The usefulness of case studies developed by the program will also be measured.

Final Outcome:

  • Reductions in energy consumption, or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminants from transportation.

The Freight Technology Demonstration Fund is one of six initiatives under the ecofreight programs that are expected to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by 1.25 megatonnes in 2011. This final outcome will be measured in 2010-2011.

Results Achieved in 2010-2011

In 2010-2011, the Freight Technology Demonstration Fund helped mitigate barriers to a broader adoption of technologies in the freight industry by finalizing the establishment of 12 cost-shared demonstration projects to test and measure new and underused freight transportation technologies in real-world conditions. These projects took place across Canada, in each transportation mode.

The Freight Technology Demonstration Fund activities focused on completing and measuring the emissions results of the projects funded under the program, and disseminating those project results to industry. In conjunction with the Freight Technology Incentives Program, the Freight Technology Demonstration Fund developed over 30 different information-sharing products, including webinars, technology case studies, greenhouse gas calculators and success stories. These products are available on the program’s website to inform stakeholders of the benefits of green freight technologies. In addition, a newsletter was developed and directly distributed to over 800 freight industry stakeholders to further stimulate technology adoption.

The 12 projects funded under the Freight Technology Demonstration Fund programs are subject to extensive greenhouse gas emission measurement approaches based on reductions in fuel consumption through the use of clean technology. The impact of the program will be assessed through a series of information-gathering exercises for which measurement strategies were developed. These include project results analysis and approaches to collect the information such as questionnaires to stakeholders. Actual program emissions reductions will be available once the program’s results measurement has been completed in 2011-2012.

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Transport Canada 2.1 — Clean Air from Transportation Freight Technology Incentives Program $9.4 $1.7 $1.6 Expected Results for the 2010-2011 Freight Technology Incentives Program Results Achieved in 2010-2011 for the Freight Technology Incentives Program are listed below.

Expected Results for 2010-2011 for the Freight Technology Incentives Program

The Freight Technology Incentives Program has provided incentives for companies to purchase and install proven freight transportation technologies that reduce greenhouse gas and/or criteria air contaminants.

Immediate Outcome:

  • Informed positions on policies and programs influencing transportation technologies and practices.
  • Increased uptake of technologies that reduce energy consumption, or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminants.
  • Increased participation of the target audience in emission-reducing activities through partnerships and other program activities.
  • Increased capacity of the target audience to undertake initiatives that reduce energy consumption, or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminants, or the release of toxic substances.

The Freight Technology Incentives Program has supported industry projects to purchase and install available freight transportation technologies that reduce greenhouse gas emissions and/or criteria air contaminants. These contribution funds to industry support the purchase and installation of a mix of technologies that include: ultra low-emitting Genset locomotive technology, alternative fuel for baggage tractors, refurbishing marine engines with the latest fuel-efficient technology, bundled advanced truck technologies (e.g., aerodynamic truck technologies, advanced auxiliary power technologies for trucks, single tire technologies and long combination vehicle options for trucks). These technologies offer promise to meet both economic and environmental objectives, as reducing fuel use and emissions is vital to productivity and competitiveness of the industry.

In 2010-2011, the program will receive information from completed technology projects and disseminate the results to industry through events, case studies and other products that explain the business case for the tested technologies and increase the capacity of industry to take advantage of successful technologies. The ecofreight programs will participate in at least four events in Canada to enable the transfer of knowledge acquired from demonstration projects to the broader industry. Events will consist of freight industry conferences, annual general meetings and trade shows where ecofreight program staff will participate along with industry partners. The ecofreight Web-based Information Network will be a key outreach tool and will be enhanced in 2010-2011 with published demonstration results achieved by specific companies and other information enabling the transfer of knowledge to industry. This will broaden the participation of members of the freight industry in emission-reducing activities and technology uptake beyond the initial funding recipients.

Intermediate Outcome:

  • Use of transportation technologies and alternative modes that reduce energy consumption, or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminants.

The final stage of the program measurement strategy will be initiated in 2010-2011 to collect information on the outcomes of the program, including uptake in the industry of technology addressed by this program. Indicators have been developed to measure changes in the uptake, awareness and acceptance of energy-efficient freight technologies supported by the program. Freight transportation professionals and technology suppliers/users will provide information on the extent to which they increased their knowledge and their ability to implement and use energy-efficient technologies due to program activities. The usefulness of case studies developed by the program will also be measured.

Final Outcome:

  • Reductions in energy consumption, or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminants from transportation.

The Freight Technology Incentives Program is one of six initiatives under the ecofreight Program that are expected to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by 1.25 megatonnes in 2011. This final outcome will be measured in 2010-2011.

Results Achieved in 2010-2011

In 2010-2011, the Freight Technology Incentives Program helped mitigate barriers to broader adoption of technologies in the freight industry by finalizing the establishment of 26 cost-shared projects to purchase and install proven freight transportation technologies. These projects took place across Canada, in each transportation mode.

Freight Technology Incentives Program activities focused on completing and measuring the emissions results of the projects funded under the program and disseminating those project results to industry. In conjunction with the Freight Technology Demonstration Fund, over 30 different information-sharing products were developed, including webinars, technology case studies, greenhouse gas calculators and success stories. These products are available on the program’s website to inform stakeholders of the benefits of green freight technologies. In addition, one newsletter was developed and directly distributed to over 800 freight industry stakeholders to further stimulate technology adoption.

The 26 projects funded under the Freight Technology Demonstration Fund programs are subject to extensive greenhouse gas emission measurement approaches, based on reductions in fuel consumption through the use of clean technology. The impact of the program will be assessed through a series of information-gathering exercises for which measurement strategies were developed. These include project results analysis and approaches to collect the information, such as questionnaires to stakeholders. Actual program emission reductions will be available once the program’s results measurement has been completed in 2011-2012.

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Transport Canada 2.1 — Clean Air from Transportation Marine Shore Power Program $5.7 $1.7 $1.1 Expected Results for the Marine Shore Power Program Results Achieved in 2010-2011 for the Marine Shore Power Program are listed below.

Expected Results for 2010-2011 for the Marine Shore Power Program

The Marine Shore Power Program will complete the funding of the project selected in September 2008 as part of the Round 1 selection process.

Immediate Outcome:

  • Informed positions on policies and programs influencing transportation technologies and practices.
  • Increased uptake of technologies that reduce energy consumption, or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminants.
  • Increased participation of the target audience in emission-reducing activities through partnerships and other program activities.
  • Increased capacity of the target audience to undertake initiatives that reduce energy consumption, or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminants, or the release of toxic substances.

In 2010-2011, the Marine Shore Power Program will complete its $2.0-million investment in a marine shore power facility at Port Metro Vancouver. This $9-million project demonstrates the use of shore-based power for marine vessels in Canadian ports to reduce air pollution from idling ship engines and will be in operation for a second cruise season in 2010-2011. The emissions impact and business case will continue to be measured as part of the demonstration project. The Marine Shore Power Program will support an additional demonstration project for completion in 2011-2012.

Information collected through these demonstration projects will improve the industry’s knowledge of the funding required to build this type of infrastructure, as well as the emissions reduction that can be expected, and the partnerships necessary to deliver shore power (e.g., with an electricity provider). It will also document the business case for this technology at Canadian ports. These are necessary resources if Canadian ports are to develop the capacity to implement shore power on a wider scale.

Intermediate Outcome:

  • Use of transportation technologies and alternative modes that reduce energy consumption, or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminants.

The program’s measurement strategy will be initiated in 2010-2011 to collect information on the outcomes of the program with respect to increased take-up and capacity for marine shore power in Canada. Indicators have been developed to measure changes in the uptake, awareness and acceptance of technology approaches supported by the program. These indicators will measure the extent to which port professionals and technology suppliers/users increased their knowledge and their ability to implement shore power technologies. The usefulness of case studies developed by the program will also be measured.

Final Outcome:

  • Reductions in energy consumption, or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminants from transportation.

The Marine Shore Power Program is expected to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by .008 megatonnes in 2012. This final outcome will be measured in 2011-2012.

Results Achieved in 2010-2011

The main barriers to implementing marine shore power in Canadian ports include the initial cost of these installations for port and terminal operators, the lack of experience in Canada with this technology and the lack of a proven business case for shore power in the freight industry.

The Marine Shore Power Program helped overcome barriers to implementing marine shore power by providing financial contributions for two selected projects. The Vancouver Fraser Port Authority was selected to build a marine shore power installation for cruise ships at the east and west berth at its Canada Place facility. The second project was announced in September 2010. The Prince Rupert Port Authority project is eligible to receive up to $1.8 million from Transport Canada for the demonstration of shore power technology for container ships at its Fairview Terminal.

In 2010-2011, Marine Shore Power Program activities focused on initiating the Prince Rupert project and developing information-sharing products, including a video that shows how shore power works for cruise ships and provides the project partners’ perspective through insightful interviews. This video will be uploaded to the Transport Canada website, and will be available for showing at trade shows and conferences to disseminate information.

In its final year, the program’s activities will focus on completing the monitoring of the Prince Rupert Project, disseminating project results to industry to mitigate the information barriers to the adoption of marine shore technology and initiating the program’s performance assessment. The program’s final report will be available in 2012-2013 once the program is complete and its results have been measured.

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Transport Canada 2.1 — Clean Air from Transportation ecofreight Partnerships $6.6 $1.5 $1.0 Expected Results for 2010-2011 ecofreight Partnerships Results Achieved in 2010-2011 for ecofreight Partnerships are listed below.

Expected Results for 2010-2011 for ecofreight Partnerships

Immediate Outcomes:

  • Informed positions on policies and programs influencing transportation technologies and practices.
  • Increased uptake of technologies that reduce energy consumption, or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminants.
  • Increased participation of the target audience in emission-reducing activities through partnerships and other program activities.
  • Increased capacity of the target audience to undertake initiatives that reduce energy consumption, or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminants, or the release of toxic substances.

In 2010-2011, the ecofreight Partnerships program will contribute to the 2010 Canadian Industrial Transportation Association’s annual survey of Canadian industry to better understand the Association’s environmental practices and decision making with respect to transportation. This annual survey, which will have generated five years of consecutive information and trends by 2010-2011, helps understand the drivers for industry decision making, as well as industry’s knowledge of the environmental impacts of its decisions and the mitigating options that it can take.

The program will support at least three events with the freight transportation industry and/or industry shippers to transfer knowledge and information on emission-reducing technologies and best practices. With this knowledge, users will be better able to include environmental impacts in the decision-making process when selecting between modes and carriers during their freight transportation decisions. The program will sponsor at least one industry award to recognize industry environmental leaders with respect to transportation and to promote their best practices to their peers.

Overall, the program will develop and disseminate information and tools to stakeholders, including freight shippers and forwarders, to increase awareness of sustainable transportation options. This program will support several outcomes, including increased knowledge and opportunities for uptake of technologies that reduce energy consumption, or greenhouse gas and criteria air contaminants, as well as increased capacity of the target audience to undertake initiatives that reduce energy consumption, or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminant emissions and increased participation of the freight industry in emission-reduction activities.

In 2010-2011, Transport Canada will continue to provide an increased presence in international committees, working groups and other international transportation fora with a dedicated focus on emission reduction (e.g., the International Civil Aviation Organization, International Maritime Organization, Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development, International Transport Forum and Commission for Environmental Cooperation). Transport Canada will also continue to provide support to the international development of environmental standards, practices and guidelines, contributing to the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions and air pollutants, and the improved efficiency of the aviation and marine sectors under the auspices of the International Maritime Organization and the International Civil Aviation Organization.

These initiatives will contribute to more informed positions on policies and programs influencing transportation technologies and practices; and to the dissemination and use of transportation best practices that reduce energy consumption, or greenhouse gas and criteria air contaminants.

Transport Canada will continue to support implementing the voluntary memorandum of understanding with the Railway Association of Canada, in effect until 2010, that identifies commitments by the Canadian railway companies to reduce greenhouse gas and criteria air contaminant emissions on a voluntary basis.

Transport Canada will continue to collaborate with domestic aviation industry organizations, including the Air Transport Association of Canada and National Airlines Council of Canada. This initiative supports the industry’s efforts to reduce emissions and improve fleet and fuel efficiency, and the uptake of new technologies and best practices with the goal of reducing greenhouse gas and criteria air contaminants.

Final Outcome:

  • Reductions in energy consumption, or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminants from transportation.

The ecofreight Partnerships program is one of six initiatives under the ecofreight Program that is expected to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by 1.25 megatonnes in total in 2011. This final outcome will be measured in 2010-2011.

Results Achieved in 2010-2011

The Canadian freight transportation sector faces a considerable challenge in reducing greenhouse gas emissions and air pollutants. The ecofreight Partnerships program has established a partnership with the freight industry and the international community to address this challenge in order to:

  • contribute to more informed positions on policies and programs influencing transportation technologies and practices that reduce energy consumption, or greenhouse gas and criteria air contaminants;
  • increase uptake of technologies that reduce energy consumption, or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminants;
  • increase participation of the target audience in emission-reducing activities through partnerships and other program activities; and
  • increase the capacity of the target audience to undertake initiatives that reduce energy consumption, or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminants, or the release of toxic substances.

The ecofreight Partnerships program has an overarching role in the suite of ecofreight programs in contributing to mitigate the barriers to adopting new and proven technologies and practices in the freight transportation sector by engaging freight industry leaders to improve fleet and fuel efficiency, and increase their uptake of new technologies and best practices, with the goal of reducing emissions of greenhouse gases and criteria air contaminants.

More specifically, the program had an opportunity to create greater awareness and seek support within the Canadian freight transportation industry by distributing the information gained from the funded projects of the Freight Technology Demonstration Fund and the Freight Technology Incentives Program. It achieved this by distributing its newsletter to 950 freight industry stakeholders; by sharing the success stories of the industry in reducing its environmental footprint; and by supporting events such as the Low Carbon Shipping panel at the globe 2010 event in Vancouver, the Sustainable Rail Initiatives and Research panel at the Rail Association of Canada’s North American Rail Summit 2010 in Montreal and a webinar on ecofreight intermodal freight initiatives in Canada.

The program recognized the industry’s effort to reduce emissions by sponsoring the Green Supply Chain Award (awarded annually at the Supply Chain & Logistics Association Canada and Canadian Industrial Transportation Association’s Annual Conference) that was awarded to Bison Transport.

The ecofreight programs also added four more tools to their website to support the freight transportation industry’s efforts to reduce emissions, including a link to the jointly developed Checklist for Green Transportation Options for Shippers and Freight Forwarders (hosted on the Supply Chain and Logistics Association Canada website).

The program also built and maintained partnerships within the transportation sector to reduce emissions from transportation through voluntary actions that can support the regulatory framework through the memoranda of understanding with the Railway Association of Canada and with the aviation sector. Both reported encouraging results.

The intensity of rail industry greenhouse gas emissions decreased by 23.3 percent in 2008 compared with the 1990 baseline. The 2009 locomotive emissions monitoring report will be released in 2011. This memorandum of understanding expired December 31, 2010.

In the air industry, between 1990 and 2009, the average annual fuel efficiency improvement in litres per total revenue-tonne-kilometre was 1.9 percent, surpassing the target of 1.1 percent improvement per year that was established by the aviation memorandum of understanding. Fuel intensity per revenue-tonne-kilometre also fell by 30 percent between 1990 and 2009, compared to the memorandum of understanding target of 24 percent cumulative improvement to be achieved by 2012.

Through the ecofreight Partnerships program, Transport Canada continued its presence at international fora and on international committees, resulting in more informed positions on policies and programs influencing transportation decision making in Canada; fostering of key relationships with other nations; and the sharing of information and best practices related to the reduction of emissions. Transport Canada had integral input into the development of negotiating positions, measures, standards, regulations, action plans, declarations and outcome statements.

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Transport Canada 2.1 — Clean Air from Transportation ecoauto $252.7 $0 $0 Expected Results for 2010-2011 ecoauto The program has now ended; there are no expected results for 2010-2011.

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Transport Canada 2.1 — Clean Air from Transportation Analytical and Policy support $4.0 $1.0 $0.8 Expected Results for 2010-2011 Analytical and Policy support Results Achieved in 2010-2011 for Analytical and Policy support are listed below.

Expected Results for 2010-2011 for Analytical and Policy support

Transport Canada will work with the provinces and territories, and other federal departments and agencies to improve data and analytical capacity. Work will include the development of a data strategy, and pilot projects in collaboration with some jurisdictions. The goal of this initiative is to update Transport Canada’s core knowledge and data to contribute to more informed positions on policies and programs related to energy consumption, and the reduction of emissions of greenhouse gas and criteria air contaminants.

Policy support will also be provided for the evaluation of Transport Canada’s ecotransport programs and reporting on the Kyoto Protocol Implementation Act reporting.

Results Achieved in 2010-2011

The department collaborated with Environment Canada, Statistics Canada, and all provincial and territorial jurisdictions to implement four high-priority projects (creating a national road transportation fuel consumption database; improving Statistics Canada’s New Motor Vehicle Sales Survey to include vehicle sales by class and improving the distinction between light-duty vehicle versus heavy duty vehicle sales; improving Statistics Canada’s Monthly Refined Petroleum Products Survey; and implementing findings of the Canadian Vehicle Use Study).

Transport Canada provided analytical support for the evaluation of the ecotransport programs and reporting on the Kyoto Protocol Implementation Act.

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Natural Resources Canada 2.1 — Clean Energy ecoenergy for Fleets $22.0 $6.0 $4.9 Expected Results for 2010-2011 ecoenergy for Fleets Results Achieved in 2010-2011 ecoenergy for Fleets are listed below.

Expected Results for 2010-2011 for ecoenergy for Fleets

Output targets for 2010-2011

  • Financial support: The department expects to receive 10 proposals under the ecoenergy for Fleets funding opportunity for 2010-2011 with funding of up to $1 million.
  • Partnerships and networks: The ecoenergy for Fleets program is expected to develop partnerships and networks through participation in 15 trade shows and 30 meetings with industry.
  • Training and education: The department expects to train 2,200 transportation professionals, including drivers, driving instructors, mechanics and fleet managers, in fuel-efficient driving, maintenance and business practices during 2010-2011.
  • Research studies: Transport Canada expects to complete two research studies to support the development of an energy-efficient tire consumer information program that will steer purchasers to low rolling resistant and energy-efficient tires. The studies will examine the performance elements of energy-efficient tires and tire-purchasing decisions.

Immediate Outcome targets for 2010-2011

Informed positions on policies and programs influencing transportation technologies and practices.

  • The program team will use knowledge gained through research studies related to energy-efficient tires and tire-purchasing decisions to plan outreach initiatives and more comprehensive messaging for the trucking sector.

Increased participation in emission-reducing activities through partnerships and other program activities.

  • Increased participation in emission-reducing activities will be achieved through delivery of up to 10 collaborative agreements.

Increased capacity to undertake initiatives that reduce energy consumption, or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminants, or the release of toxic substances.

  • The capacity of transportation professionals (drivers, driver trainers, mechanics and managers) to address emissions through their decision making will be enhanced through training and through the provision of decision-support tools and information materials, including workshops. These knowledge transfer opportunities encompass training 2,200 transportation professionals; mounting 45 workshops; and receiving 25,000 web hits. Additionally, capacity to undertake emissions-reducing projects will be increased through the provision of up to $1 million in funding, which will enable fleets to gain valuable on-road experience with energy-efficient fleet vehicle technologies.

Intermediate Outcome targets for 2010-2011

Use of transportation best practices that reduce energy consumption, or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminants.

  • The department expects that 2,200 professional drivers and fleet managers trained in fuel efficiency best practices will apply these practices on the road and within fleets to secure fuel savings and reduce greenhouse gas emissions.
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Natural Resources Canada 2.1 — Clean Energy ecoenergy for Personal Vehicles $21.0 $5.7 $4.7 Expected Results for 2010-2011 ecoenergy for Personal Vehicles Results Achieved in 2010-2011 for ecoenergy for Personal Vehicles results are listed below.

Expected Results for 2010-2011 for ecoenergy for Personal Vehicles

Output targets for 2010-2011

  • Financial support: Transport Canada expects to receive 20 proposals under the ecoenergy for Personal Vehicles funding opportunity, for funding of up to $1 million.
  • Partnerships and networks: The department expects to hold two meetings with the auto industry.
  • Training and education: The department expects 125,000 new drivers will be trained in fuel-efficient driving practices.
  • Information and decision support/analysis: The department expects to target purchasers of new vehicles through the production of the 2011 EnerGuide for Vehicles fuel consumption guide and the most fuel-efficient vehicles list.

Immediate Outcome targets for 2010-2011

Increased participation in emission-reducing activities through partnerships and other program activities.

  • Increased participation in emission-reducing activities will be achieved through delivery of at least five collaborative agreements.

Increased capacity to undertake initiatives that reduce energy consumption, or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminants, or the release of toxic substances.

  • Capacity to address emissions from personal vehicles through better driving practices and purchases of more fuel-efficient vehicles will be enhanced through the training of 125,000 new drivers and through the national distribution of information materials such as the 2011 Fuel Consumption Guide with a targeted circulation of 350,000 units. Additionally, funding of up to $1 million for emission-reducing projects will enable proponents to deliver targeted outreach activities aimed at increasing consumer awareness and adoption of energy-efficient buying, driving and maintenance practices for personal vehicles.

Intermediate Outcome targets for 2010-2011

  • Use of transportation best practices that reduce energy consumption, or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminants.
  • The department expects that 31,250 new drivers will employ fuel-efficient driver behaviours as a result of the fuel-efficient driving techniques learned through training.

Results Achieved in 2010-2011

Outputs

  • Financial support: A total of 37 proposals were received and five proposals were funded at a cost of $488,000.
  • Partnerships and networks: The department held three meetings with the auto industry to discuss vehicle labelling and the Fuel Consumption Guide.
  • Training and education: Over 500,000 new drivers were trained in fuel-efficient driving best practices.
  • Information and decision support/analysis: The program produced and released the 2011 EnerGuide for Vehicles fuel consumption guide and the most fuel-efficient vehicles list.

Immediate Outcomes:

Increased participation in emission-reducing activities through partnerships and other program activities: Five new agreements were funded in 2010-2011 that will enable proponents to deliver training in fuel-efficient driving practices.

Increased capacity to undertake initiatives that reduce energy consumption, or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminants, or the release of toxic substances: Approximately 580,000 new drivers were exposed to fuel-efficient driving information and have been equipped with the information required to reduce their energy consumption while driving. Additionally, $488,000 in funding provided to proponents made it possible to deliver targeted fuel-efficient driving instruction to 10,500 experienced drivers. An online version of the 2011 Fuel Consumption Guide, as well as 300,000 print copies, were made available to Canadians to enable them to make more energy-conscious vehicle-purchasing decisions.

Intermediate Outcomes:

Use of transportation best practices that reduce energy consumption, or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminants: As a result of 580,000 new drivers receiving training in better driving practices, over 290,000 Canadians are expected to actively use fuel-efficient driving techniques, based on program surveys that consider adoption and retention rates.

Final Outcome:

Reductions in energy consumption, or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminants from transportation: As a result of activities undertaken by the ecoenergy for Personal Vehicles program since its launch in 2007, including the exposure of approximately 1.9 million new drivers to fuel-efficient driving materials, Canadians have reduced their annual consumption of energy by 3.19 petajoules (PJ), which yields a greenhouse gas reduction of 0.21 megatonnes. Additionally, a memorandum of understanding with automobile manufacturers achieved a greenhouse gas reduction of between 3.10 and 3.40 megatonnes upon its termination in 2007-2008.

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Human Resources and Skills Development Canada Policy, Program and Service delivery support ecoauto $11.3 $0 $0 Expected Results for 2010-2011 ecoauto The program has now ended; there are no expected results for 2010-2011.

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Environment Canada 3C. Risks to Canadians, their health and their environment from air pollutants and greenhouse gas emissions are reduced. National Vehicle Scrappage Program $92.0 $42.6 $30.2 Expected Results for 2010-2011 for the National Vehicle Scrappage Program Results Achieved in 2010-2011 for the National Vehicle Scrappage Program are listed below.

Expected Results for 2010-2011 for the National Vehicle Scrappage Program

Financial support

  • The "Retire Your Ride" program will continue to run in every province, delivered by a network of not-for-profit organizations coordinated by Summerhill Impact (formerly Clean Air Foundation). The goal is to retire at least 50,000 old vehicles annually, representing a smog reduction of about 2,250 tonnes.
  • Canadians who own older vehicles (1995 and earlier models) will be encouraged to retire them and to choose from a range of attractive rewards such as free transit passes; rebates on bicycles; memberships in car-sharing programs; and rebates on the purchase of a new vehicle offered by vehicle manufacturers.
  • Real-time program results are tracked using a national database.

Outreach

  • Regional program delivery agents will promote Retire Your Ride through local outreach activities.
  • The second wave of a public awareness campaign will be implemented by the Canadian Urban Transit Association, with contribution funding from Environment Canada. Posters will be displayed on buses and bus shelters across the country.

Partnership and network

  • An exhibit on vehicle recycling and sustainable transportation will be on display at the Biosphere, and smaller, travelling versions of the exhibit will be displayed in one or two other Canadian museums.

Guidelines and agreements

  • To ensure responsible recycling of vehicles, all vehicle recyclers participating in the Retire Your Ride program will adhere to the National Code of Practice that outlines the legal requirements and best environmental management practices before, during and after vehicle recycling.
  • Up to 350 audits will be conducted through on-site visits to participating vehicle recyclers to verify their compliance with the code of practice.

Results Achieved in 2010-2011

The Retire Your Ride program achieved or surpassed its expected achievements in 2010-2011. Just over 70,000 vehicles were retired, resulting in an estimated reduction of 2,550 tonnes of smog-forming emissions. Canadians in every province were offered one of a selection of rewards for retiring their older vehicles, including $300 cash, free transit passes, bicycle rebates and car-sharing memberships. The cash reward is the most popular reward, selected by 92 percent of participants. In addition, vehicle manufacturers continued to offer vehicle rebates ranging in value from $500 to $3,000 on the purchase of one of their new vehicles.

The program was successfully promoted through outreach activities, national advertising, public relations initiatives, and a public awareness campaign on buses and bus shelters.

The department audited 348 vehicle recyclers for adherence to the code of practice for vehicle recycling and only 3 percent of these recyclers failed this audit and had to leave the program.

Total Allocation For All Federal Partners
(from Start to End Date)
($000s)
Total Planned Spending for All
Federal Partners for 2010-2011
($000s)
$463,000 $69,529

Comments on Variances: There was a surplus in ecotransport Strategy initiative activity as a result of delays in negotiating a contribution agreement for the Marine Shore Power Program that affected project implementation and associated staff costs; industry proponents re-scoping some freight technology projects to reduce costs as a result of the economic downturn; lack of uptake of funding available to provinces under the National Harmonization Initiative for the Trucking Industry Program; and a contribution to the National Vehicle Scrappage Program that was re-profiled to 2011-2012 to wrap up activities, and was allocated to other priorities.

Contact information: Alain Paquet, Manager, Performance Measurement Unit, Environmental Program, Transport Canada, 613-990-5394, alain.paquet@tc.gc.ca



Name of Horizontal Initiative: Marine Security

Name of Lead Department(s): Transport Canada

Lead Department Program Activity: Marine Security

Start Date: 2001

End Date: Ongoing

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date): N/A

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): Marine Security is a horizontal initiative that is linked to the government’s key priority of A Safe and Secure Canada. Its aim is to improve the security of Canada’s marine domain, including territorial waters, inland waterways and ports. Elements of this initiative include:

  • increased domain awareness, surveillance and tracking of marine traffic;
  • improved coordination of and cooperation on marine security, including the development of Marine Security Operations centres;
  • a security clearance program for marine-sector employees;
  • new detection equipment at Canadian ports to monitor containers;
  • additional resources for emergency and law enforcement response capacity in the marine domain; and
  • international initiatives that will ensure Canada meets current international standards and obligations, including those being developed by the International Maritime Organization.

Shared Outcome(s): The following are planned shared outcomes and activities. Key areas include:

  • domain awareness: Canada’s surveillance and awareness efforts within marine areas;
  • responsiveness: enforcement efforts in cooperation with all relevant police forces and security agencies;
  • safeguarding: efforts to enhance the physical security of marine infrastructure of other critical infrastructure in or around marine areas; and
  • collaboration: efforts in support of all other activities to ensure the various federal and provincial departments, agencies and police forces, and other groups with a responsibility for marine security work together.

Immediate Outcomes:

Immediate outcomes of the Marine Security initiative are:

  • increased surveillance and awareness of the marine security environment;
  • increased on-water presence;
  • enhanced security measures at ports and marine facilities;
  • increased capability to respond to marine threats;
  • increased stakeholder awareness and understanding;
  • increased stakeholder ability to meet marine security requirements; and
  • increased cooperation between government departments and agencies involved with marine security.

Intermediate Outcomes:

Immediate outcomes will be:

  • effective domain awareness;
  • rapid and effective response to marine threats and incidents;
  • a security-conscious culture among stakeholders;
  • stakeholder compliance with security regulations; and
  • increased collaboration: internationally, with industry partners, multilateral organizations, provinces and municipalities.

Ultimate Outcomes:

The final outcomes of this initiative are expected to be:

  • an effective and efficient marine security system;
  • high public confidence in Canada’s marine security system; and
  • a marine security system that facilitates the efficient and legitimate flow of people and goods.

Strategic Outcome:

  • The expected strategic outcome will be a marine system that contributes to the security, safety and prosperity of Canadians, and of our allies.

Governance Structure(s): The Government of Canada created the Interdepartmental Marine Security Working Group, chaired by Transport Canada, to identify and coordinate federal actions in support of Canada’s objectives with regard to public security and anti-terrorism in the marine domain, as well as its international marine security obligations. Under the guidance of the Interdepartmental Marine Security Working Group, key departments are responsible for the following:

Transport Canada

The department leads the government’s initiatives in marine security enhancements, including:

  • policy coordination;
  • chairing of the Interdepartmental Marine Security Working Group;
  • regulatory development in support of marine security initiatives;
  • the Marine Security Oversight and Enforcement Program;
  • the Marine Transportation Security Clearance Program; and
  • participation in the Marine Security Operations centres.

Fisheries and Oceans Canada, and the Canadian Coast Guard

These organizations contributed to the enhancement of domain awareness within the Canadian Exclusive Economic Zone through increased surveillance activities and the implementation of shore-based automatic identification system infrastructure and the development of a long-range vessel tracking capability. In addition, they increased their level of on-water capability for providing platform support to respond to marine security incidents. The organizations also participate in the Marine Security Operations centres.

Public Safety Canada

Public Safety Canada is the country’s lead department for public safety. The department coordinates efforts with portfolio agencies, federal partners, other levels of government (including international allies) and stakeholders in building national policies and programs dealing with national security, emergency management, law enforcement, corrections, crime prevention and border integrity. This includes, for example, the development and implementation of marine-based counter-terrorism exercises.

Canada Border Services Agency

The Canada Border Services Agency’s mandate is to manage the nation’s borders at ports of entry by administering and enforcing the domestic laws that govern trade and travel, as well as international agreements and conventions. The work of the Canada Border Services Agency includes identifying and interdicting high-risk individuals and goods, working with law enforcement agencies to maintain border integrity and engaging in enforcement activities, including seizure of goods, arrests, detentions, investigations, hearings and removals.

Royal Canadian Mounted Police

The Royal Canadian Mounted Police is responsible for enforcing federal statutes, leading national security and organized crime investigations across Canada on both land and water, and for maintaining border integrity between ports of entry.

National Defence

The department contributes to enhanced domain awareness of the strategic high-traffic coastal area. It leads the Marine Security Operations centres on the coasts and participates in the Great Lakes-St. Lawrence Seaway Marine Security Operations centres. It works with partner departments and agencies to improve interdepartmental tactical operations. Lastly, it leads the IMIC3 project (approved January 10, 2011) that will improve tactical communications between the various departmental/agency vessels at sea.

Performance Highlights:

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Transport Canada Marine Security a) Marine Security Coordination Fund $16.2 $2.0 $1.9 Expected Results for the Marine Security Coordination Fund Results Achieved in 2010-2011 for the Marine Security Coordination Fund are listed below.

Funding was provided for the following projects:

  • Commercial Marine Examination Mapping Process (Canada Border Services Agency);
  • Arctic Security and Foreign Marine Research in Canada (Canada Border Services Agency);
  • Enhanced Marine Order Coordination (Canadian Space Agency);
  • Prince Rupert Coordinated Port Surveillance Platform (Royal Canadian Mounted Police);
  • Waterside Security: Review of Roles and Responsibilities (Transport Canada);
  • Operational Tool Kit Project (Royal Canadian Mounted Police);
  • Small Vessel and Facility Stakeholder Outreach (Transport Canada);
  • Commercial Marine Examination Framework (Canada Border Services Agency); and
  • the amendment to Secure Tactical Communications for funding to purchase secure hand-held radios (Canadian Coast Guard).
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Transport Canada Marine Security b) Oversight and Enforcement $54.1 $6.9 $11.7 Expected Results for Oversight and Enforcement Results Achieved in 2010-2011 for Oversight and Enforcement are listed below.

Significant progress continues to be made in revising the Marine Transportation Security Regulations. Phase I series of amendments to the existing Marine Transportation Security Regulations will:

  • meet international requirements (vessel personnel certification under the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS), 1974) and seafarer access to marine facilities;
  • address interpretation issues and regulatory gaps;
  • harmonize with the U.S. regulatory regime ; and
  • contribute to the reduction of red tape for industry.

Security measures were developed for a tall ships event at the Redpath Toronto Waterfront Festival in May 2010, as well as for the G-20 summit to help secure the waterfront in downtown Toronto in May 2010.

Significant support and coordination were provided during the G-8/G-20 summits in Toronto. This included developing the Marine Security Concept of Operations and Contingency Plan, as well as carrying out several periodic inspections and security assessments of ports, facilities and vessels in the Ontario Region.

Nationally, more than 155 marine facility and vessel certifications (including domestic ferry vessels and facilities) were also issued in 2010-2011.

Several Marine Security operations bulletins and Marine Security operations policies were issued to provide awareness to stakeholders, regional inspectors and other government departments.

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Transport Canada Marine Security c) Marine Security Policy and Interdepartmental Coordination $5.0 $0.8 $1.0 Expected Results for Marine Security Policy and Interdepartmental Coordination Results Achieved in 2010-2011 for Marine Security Policy and Interdepartmental Coordination are listed below.

  • The Maritime Security Strategic Framework and the Maritime Domain Awareness Strategy are near final approval.
  • The quick and organized resumption of commercial activities at Canada’s ports in the event of a disruption to maritime commerce resulting from a security incident, emergency or natural disaster is paramount for Canada’s economy. As such, Transport Canada’s Marine Security Program has worked closely with maritime stakeholders to develop the National Maritime Commerce Resumption Strategy. Maritime commerce resumption activities took place at the ports of Halifax, Hamilton and Montreal, as did the integrated Maritime Commerce Resumption workshop between these ports and Port Metro Vancouver.
  • A Transport Canada- / Royal Canadian Mounted Police-led study on waterside security roles and responsibilities is ongoing.
  • Following the approval of small vessel and facility security recommendations, security awareness brochures were published and have been distributed to stakeholders at national and regional Canadian Marine Advisory Council and Recreational Boating Advisory Council meetings. In addition, regional small vessel security workshops were held in British Columbia, Ontario, Quebec and Atlantic Canada.
  • On July 1, 2010, the memorandum of understanding on offshore facility security between the Canada-Newfoundland and Labrador Offshore Petroleum Board and Transport Canada came into effect. The memorandum of understanding on offshore facility security between the Canada-Nova Scotia Offshore Petroleum Board and Transport Canada was prepared.
  • In partnership with the Organization of American States / Inter-American Committee against Terrorism, Transport Canada Marine Security participated in international marine security capacity-building activities in the Americas and the Caribbean.
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Transport Canada Marine Security d) Marine Transportation Security Clearance Program $11.8 $1.6 $0.7

Expected Results for the Marine Transportation Security Clearance Program

Results Achieved in 2010-2011 for the Marine Transportation Security Clearance program are listed below.

  • All ports captured under this program are fully compliant.
  • To date, over 15,587 port workers have been processed across Canada under this program.
  • In 2009, Transport Canada and the Royal Canadian Mounted Police signed a new memorandum of understanding to provide expanded criminal background checks on individuals working in restricted areas or performing certain duties at Canadian marine ports. This means transport security clearance decisions are based on more complete data from a broader range of intelligence sources than previously.
  • Guidance tools for existing inspection forms were developed to assist inspectors in their day-to-day compliance and enforcement duties.
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Transport Canada Marine Security e) Great Lakes-St. Lawrence Seaway Marine Security Operations Centre (design team) $9.1 $1.9 $0.7 Expected Results for the Great Lakes-St. Lawrence Seaway Marine Security Operations Centre (design team) Results Achieved in 2010-2011 for the Great Lakes-St. Lawrence Seaway Marine Security Operations Centre (design team) are listed below.

Implementation of the Great Lakes-St. Lawrence Seaway Marine Security Operations centres project continues. Transport Canada staffed three positions in 2010-2011 at the interim Great Lakes-St. Lawrence Seaway Marine Security Operations centres, and is collaborating on the continued design and development for final project approval and delivery, which is forecast for 2016.

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Fisheries and Oceans Canada Safe and Accessible Waterways a) Increased On-Water Patrols $10.0
(annually
and
ongoing)
$ 10.0 $ 10.0 Expected Results for Increased On-Water Patrols Due to the transition of data systems within the fleet, results (with respect to operational days) will not be available until Fall 2011.

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Fisheries and Oceans Canada Safe and Accessible Waterways b) Automatic Identification System and Long Range Identification and Tracking $27.5 $4.0 $2.5 Expected Results for the Automatic Identification System and Long-Range Identification and Tracking Results Achieved in 2010-2011 for the Automatic Identification System and Long-Range Identification and Tracking are listed below.

  • To date, 100 percent of the Automatic Identification System’s base stations are installed and an interim software contract solution is currently in place. Automatic Identification System shore infrastructure has been integrated within Marine Communications and Traffic Services centres and, to date, 19 Marine Communications and Traffic Services centres and 113 radio sites across Canada (excluding the Arctic) have been fitted with Automatic Identification systems.
  • As there have been several delays in implementing the full Automatic Identification System solution, factory acceptance (full operational capacity) is not scheduled until the end of 2011-2012. An interim solution has been installed and National Defence is being fed raw Automatic Identification System positional data. This interim solution will continue to be maintained until the final contracted version has been completed, tested and installed.
  • The department completed full national implementation of the Long-Range Identification and Tracking System.
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Fisheries and Oceans Canada Safe and Accessible Waterways c) Great Lakes/ St. Lawrence Seaway Marine Security Operations Centre $3.2
(annual
and
ongoing)
$3.2 $2.0 Expected Results for the Great Lakes-St. Lawrence Seaway Marine Security Operations Centre
Results Achieved in 2010-2011 for the Great Lakes-St. Lawrence Seaway Marine Security Operations Centre are listed below.

  • Reliability of Canadian Coast Guard maritime vessel traffic information for use at Marine Security Operations centres (proportion of year information is fully available):
    • target: 99.7 percent
    • results: 99.7 percent
  • The system has been available and reliable. No major equipment/system breakdown occurred that affected the availability of service to Marine Security Operations centres.
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Fisheries and Oceans Canada Safe and Accessible Waterways d) Marine Security Enforcement Teams $18.0 $5.0 $6.2 Expected Results for Marine Security Enforcement Teams Results Achieved in 2010-2011 for Marine Security Enforcement Teams are listed below.

  • The Marine Security Enforcement Teams supported G-8/G-20 meetings held in the Greater Toronto Area.
  • The teams also supported ad hoc law enforcement requests in all areas of Canadian waters (e.g., requests relating to the MV Sun Sea, MV Ocean Lady, drug interdictions, etc.).
  • Due to the transition of data systems within the fleet, quantitative results regarding operational days will not be available until late Fall 2011.
  • Interdepartmental Marine Security Working Group-funded secure tactical radios are included in actual spending figures.
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Fisheries and Oceans Canada Safe and Accessible Waterways e) Construction of Mid-Shore Patrol Vessels $68.5 $8.0 $27.0 Expected Results for Construction of Mid-Shore Patrol Vessels Results Achieved in 2010-2011 for Construction of Mid-Shore Patrol Vessels are listed below.

A contract was awarded for the mid-shore patrol vessels, and construction commenced in September 2010. Marine Security Enforcement Team vessels will come into service by 2012 and early 2013; all vessels will be delivered by 2014.

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Fisheries and Oceans Canada Safe and Accessible Waterways f) Increased Surveillance Flights $7.0
(annually
and
ongoing)
$7.0 $7.0 Expected Results for Increased Surveillance Flights Results Achieved in 2010-2011 for Increased Surveillance Flights are listed below.

The department provided aerial surveillance coverage for the migrant vessel on the West Coast and other operations over this period. All operations were successful and Fisheries and Oceans Canada flew approximately 4,486 hours in 2010-2011.

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Canada Border Services Agency Risk Assessment a) Radiation Detection Equipment Initiative $42.1 $0.3 $0.4 Increased security measures at ports and marine facilities Results Achieved in 2010-2011 for the Radiation Detection Equipment Initiative are listed below.
Enforcement $4.5 $4.9
Internal Services $0.3 $0
  Total $42.1 $5.1 $5.3    

The Canada Border Services Agency performed 2.5 million scans under its radiation screening program. Of these, 28,973 resulted in an alarm, as a result of which additional radiation screening was performed. All risks were mitigated. Personal radiation detectors have begun to be distributed in the field. Marine officers operating at all major marine ports (Halifax, Montreal, Vancouver, Prince Rupert) have received and are using the units; further deployment will be initiated shortly for the air cargo mode.

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Canada Border Services Agency Risk Assessment b) Passenger and Crew Screening Initiative $52.9 $0.8 $2.2 Increased security measures at ports and marine facilities CBSA increased security measures at ports and marine facilities. The Agency screened 100 percent of all vessels entering Canadian waters and boarded selected vessels identified as high risk.
Enforcement $1.3 $1.4
Facilitated Border $0.8 $0.4
Conventional Border $3.1 $3.0
Internal Services $0.9 $0
  Total $52.9 $6.9 $7.0    

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Canada Border Services Agency Risk Assessment c) Cruise Ship Inspections $35.3 $0 $0 Increased security measures at ports and marine facilities. Increased security measures at ports and marine facilities.
Screened 100% of all vessels entering Canadian waters.
Boarded selected vessels identified as high-risk.
Enforcement $0 $0.5
Facilitated Border $0.1 $0.5
Conventional Border $4.3 $3.8
Internal Services $0.2 $0
  Total $35.3 $4.6 $4.8    

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Public Safety Conventional Border a) Marine-Based Counterterrorism Exercises (sometimes referred to as “scenario-based training”) $1.2 $0.2 $5.0 Results Achieved for Marine-Based Counter Terrorism Exercises Results Achieved in 2010-2011 for Marine-Based Counter Terrorism Exercises are listed below.

For Charlottetown, P.E.I., a building block approach has been established to prepare the region for a full-scale exercise involving a security incident and with maritime implications affecting the Confederation Bridge. The full-scale exercise will be followed by a tabletop exercise dealing with consequence management due to closure of the bridge for more than a month. To date (June 2011) the following activities have been completed:

  • An information session was held to introduce the exercise and identify all partners.
  • A workshop on roles and responsibilities was held during which each organization presented what it would do during the incident and explained what type of information can be shared during a security incident, as well as how and with whom.
  • A tabletop exercise on roles and responsibilities was conducted to demonstrate the linkage between each player and prepare the group for the full-scale exercise planned for September 21-22, 2011.
  • Two planning conferences were held to plan the full-scale exercise.

Forthcoming activities:

  • Writing board and final planning conference: writing of injects for both the tabletop exercise (consequence) and full-scale exercise (security); preparation of manuals for players and evaluators/controllers; and synchronization of the master sequence event list
  • Full-scale exercise (security) September 21, 2011
  • Tabletop exercise (consequence management) September 22, 2011
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Public Safety Conventional Border b) Great Lakes-St. Lawrence Seaway Marine Security Operations Centre (Design Team) $1.6 $0.3 $0.2 Results Achieved for the Great Lakes-St. Lawrence Marine Security Operations Centre Results Achieved in 2010-2011 for the Great Lakes-St. Lawrence Seaway Marine Security Operations Centre are listed below.

  • The department participated in the Great Lakes-St. Lawrence Seaway Marine Security Operations Centres National Representatives Working Group [and provided overall policy coordination and support in developing the Great Lakes-St. Lawrence Seaway Marine Security Operations Centre’s Concept of Operations and the Great Lakes-St. Lawrence Seaway Marine Security Operations Centre’s legal analysis.
  • Transport Canada participated in a Maritime Domain Awareness and Counter-Piracy working group and provided policy support towards developing a Treasury Board submission on establishing a permanent facility for the Great Lakes-St. Lawrence Seaway Marine Security Operations Centre.
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
National Defence Generate and Sustain Integrated Forces — Generate and Sustain Forces Capable of Maritime Effects — Operational Units a) Coastal Marine Security Operations Centres $165.0 $22.5 $9.8 Expected Results for Coastal Marine Security Operations Centres Results Achieved in 2010-2011 for the Coastal Marine Security Operations Centres are listed below.

  • The Marine Security Operations Centres Project received effective project approval on March 24, 2011.
  • Transport Canada prepared for project management and engineering support contracts to be used during the project’s implementation phase.
  • The department initiated the development of the Marine Security Operations Centres Capability Management Organization to support the Marine Security Operations centres capability upon project close-out.
  • The project increased cooperation between departments and agencies.
  • It provided effective domain awareness and support to the core partner departments and agencies.
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
National Defence Generate and Sustain Integrated Forces — Generate and Sustain Forces Capable of Maritime Effects — Operational Units b) Interdepartmental Maritime Integrated Command Control and Communication $10.0
+7.0 recurring
O&M
yearly
commencing
2013
$0.1
(for
definition
phase)
$0.1 Expected Results for Interdepartmental Maritime Integrated Command Control and Communication Results Achieved in 2010-2011 for Interdepartmental Maritime Integrated Command Control and Communication are listed below.

  • A contract was awarded on January 14, 2011 ($11 million).
  • A contractor kick-off meeting was held.
  • The department performed a system requirement review with the contractor.
  • The department met with various working groups to address the training, security and ILS components of the project.
  • The department completed and authorized the preliminary design review.
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
National Defence Conduct Operations — Domestic and Continental Operations — Conduct Ongoing Operations and Services to Canadians c) Increased On-Water Presence/Coordination (Marlant and Joint Task Force) $5.0
annual
recurring
amount
$5.0 $5.7 Expected Results for Increased On-Water Presence/ Coordination Results Achieved in 2010-2011 for Increased On-Water Presence / Coordination are listed below.

The department provided additional sea day funding to Maritime Canada to enable the Canadian Forces to further contribute to maritime surveillance / Maritime Domain Awareness within Canada’s coastal approaches.

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Royal Canadian Mounted Police Conduct Operations — Domestic and Continental Operations — Conduct Ongoing Operations and Services to Canadians Marine Security a) National Ports Project $1.0
$1.0
Included in the actual for 6 (b). See below.
Expected Results for the National Ports Project Results Achieved in 2010-2011 for the National Ports Project are listed below.
b) National Port Enforcement Teams $4.4 $4.4 $5.7 Expected Results for National Port Enforcement Teams Results Achieved in 2010-2011 for National Port Enforcement Teams are listed below.

  • The National Port Enforcement Teams continue to have very strong relationships with core partners such as the Canada Border Services Agency and local law enforcement agencies.
  • National Port Enforcement Teams recovered 698 stolen vehicles that were being exported mainly from the Port of Montreal and the Port of Halifax. This is a sharp increase compared to the 300 vehicles seized in the previous year. The approximate value of the recovered stolen vehicles is $15 million. The seizures led to a number of charges in the Montreal, Toronto and Calgary areas involving organized crime groups.
  • National Port Enforcement Teams also seized a total of 668 kg of cocaine and 27 tonnes of hashish during this period. Investigations are being pursued, with court proceedings expected to follow.
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Royal Canadian Mounted Police Conduct Operations — Domestic and Continental Operations — Conduct Ongoing Operations and Services to Canadians c) Marine Security Emergency Response Team Training $0.6 $0.6 $0.3 Expected Results for Marine Security Emergency Response Team training Results Achieved in 2010-2011 for Marine Security Emergency Response Team training are listed below.

  • The Emergency Response Team Marine Intervention training course is delivered once a year. Emphasis is placed on tactical proficiency while operating safely in a marine environment.
  • "O" Division and "C" Division Marine Security Emergency Response Teams have completed over 80 training sessions during the past fiscal year. A recruiting and in-house training program was put in place to identify and train suitable candidates to ensure human resources sustainability in both divisions. Both teams were involved in a week-long joint training exercise at Kingston in May 2010 to ensure interoperability and maintain operational standards.
  • Support is being provided to the Marine Security Emergency Response teams through continuous research and tactical innovation. Required improvement and evolution of equipment remains ongoing and is necessary to ensure safe and efficient operations.
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Royal Canadian Mounted Police Conduct Operations — Domestic and Continental Operations — Conduct Ongoing Operations and Services to Canadians d) Marine Security Emergency $5.6 $5.6 $4.6 Expected Results for Marine Security Emergency Response Teams Re-profiled funding carried forward to 2007-2008 Results Achieved in 2010-2011 for Marine Security Emergency Response Teams are listed below.

  • Marine Security Emergency Response Teams were involved in several high-risk operations and assisted other units, as well as other agencies.
  • While both Marine Security Emergency Response Team units participated in the G-8 and G-20 summits, the "O" Division team was also involved in two other major visits. The "C" Division team participated, for an extended period of time, in a major marine security operation. "C" Division has put in place an emergency plan in cooperation with the St. Lawrence Seaway Management Corporation (Corporation de gestion de la voie maritime du St-Laurent).
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Royal Canadian Mounted Police Forensic Identification e) Marine Transportation Clearance Program $0.2 $0.2 $0.1 Expected Results for the Marine Transportation Clearance Program A significant amount of fingerprint submissions from Transport Canada were processed for security clearance purposes.

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Royal Canadian Mounted Police Marine Security f) Great Lakes-St. Lawrence Seaway Marine Security Operations Centre $3.0 $0 $2.5 Expected Results for the Great Lakes-St. Lawrence Seaway Marine Security Operations Centre Results Achieved in 2010-2011 by the Great Lakes-St. Lawrence Seaway Marine Security Operations Centre are listed below.

  • Implementation of the Marine Security Operations Centre’s collection plan and the increased involvement of core partners and other law enforcement agencies within the Great Lakes-St. Lawrence Seaway are contributing to obtaining a better marine domain awareness picture within the Marine Security Operations Centre.
  • The use of the Marine Security Operations Centre’s mobile radar has improved our domain awareness, but more sensor equipment is required for the monitoring of small vessels.
  • Substantive units and other law enforcement agencies requested the support of the mobile radar to assist during joint operations, including operations involving the United States.
  • As part of its mandate, the centre supported the G-8 and G-20 operations, and conducted two major threat and risk assessments.
  • The building project is meeting its timelines with the approval of the Treasury Board submission. Consultation continues with the project management team.
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Royal Canadian Mounted Police Conduct Operations — Domestic and Continental Operations — Conduct Ongoing Operations and Services to Canadians g) National Waterside Security Coordination Team $0.9 $0.8 $0.9 Expected Results for the National Waterside Security Coordination Team Results Achieved in 2010-2011 for the National Waterside Security Coordination Team are listed below.

  • The National Waterside Security Coordination Team is a fully integrated law enforcement team with representation from Vancouver, Niagara Falls and Halifax. The program supported an Interdepartmental Marine Security Working Group study involving clarification of on-water roles and responsibilities.
  • Additional research was completed for the "Waterside Security in Canada: Phase II" study.
  • The National Waterside Security Coordination Team coordinated activities associated with the Domestic Small Vessel Security Strategy and the Operational Tool Kit program in Vancouver.
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Royal Canadian Mounted Police Conduct Operations — Domestic and Continental Operations — Conduct Ongoing Operations and Services to Canadians h) Marine Security Enforcement Teams $6.3 $0 $4.8 Expected Results for Marine Security Enforcement Teams Results Achieved in 2010-2011 for Marine Security Enforcement Teams are listed below.

  • The Marine Security Enforcement Teams held vessel open houses that were attended by approximately 1,000 visitors and participated in major boat shows to increase public awareness of the Marine Security Enforcement Teams.
  • The Marine Security Enforcement Teams participated in the Marine Security Emergency Response Teams training and the delivery of the Tactical Vessel Operator course.
  • The Marine Security Enforcement Teams helped improve our marine domain awareness through their partnership with the Canadian Coast Guard and with other law enforcement agencies, and by providing the Marine Security Operations centres with timely information and intelligence.
  • The Marine Security Enforcement Teams increased their intelligence gathering and reporting capacity over the previous year.
  • The Marine Security Enforcement Teams participated in several joint operations, national and international, involving human trafficking, drug importation and other border-related criminal activities. Overall, participation in operations and investigations with substantive units and other federal departments and/or law enforcement agencies have increased and contributed to the safety and security of Canada.

Comments on Variances:

Transport Canada

  1. The Coordination Fund was not fully subscribed in 2010-2011, as the final transfers did not take place due to Parliament dissolving.
  2. Due to pressures related to critical marine security projects, including the Emergency Management and Quality Management System, Transport Canada reallocated $1.2 million to cover these initiatives.
  3. Costs related to the Marine Transportation Security Clearance Program were less than originally anticipated.
  4. Great Lakes Marine Security Operations Centre costs were less than originally anticipated due to staffing delays.

Fisheries and Oceans Canada, and the Canadian Coast Guard

  1. Additional Fleet Operations: N/A
  2. Automatic Identification and Long-Range Identification and Tracking: The contractor replaced the subcontractor that formed part of the original winning bid due to technical issues with its software. This has caused a one-year delay in the delivery of the system. The delivery of the complete and compliant system will not occur until the end of 2011-2012.
  3. The Great Lakes-St. Lawrence Seaway Marine Security Operations Centre: One million dollars was carried forward from 2010-2011 to 2011-2012. The Great Lakes Marine Security Operations Centre was declared 24/7 by the Canadian Coast Guard in April 2011. This and relocation costs being lower than expected contributed to the carry-forward.
  4. Great Lakes-St. Lawrence Seaway Marine Security Enforcement Teams: An unanticipated additional $1.19 million was spent for the Marine Security Enforcement Teams program due to fuel prices, secure tactical radios and unforeseen refit costs.
  5. Acquisition of Great Lakes-St. Lawrence Seaway Mid-Shore Patrol Vessels: The variance of $2.78 million is due to an adjustment to the 2010-2011 budget to meet production milestones.
  6. Enhanced Conservation and Protection Aerial Surveillance Flights: N/A

National Defence

Sections a & b

Variance:

  1. Marine Security Operations Centre Vote 5: Funds were conserved as contingency for delays in receiving Environmental Protection Agency approval in case the project was adversely affected by an election.
  2. Marine Security Operations Centre Vote 1: The centres are currently being staffed, and the Capability Management Organization for future capability support has not yet been formed.

Contact information: Fulvio Fracassi, Director General, Marine Security, Transport Canada, 613-991-4173, fulvio.fracassi@tc.gc.ca



Name of Horizontal Initiative: Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Initiative

Name of Lead Department(s): Transport Canada

Lead Department Program Activity: Gateways and Corridors

Start Date: October 19, 2006

End Date: March 31, 2014

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date): $1.045 billion

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Initiative is intended to strengthen Canada’s competitive position in global commerce. It is an integrated package of investment and policy measures that will advance the capacity and efficiency of the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor into North America. It reflects the Government of Canada’s undertaking to work in partnership with provincial governments, the private sector and other stakeholders to further develop and exploit Western Canada’s geographic advantage and strong transportation system. The initiative seeks to establish Canada’s Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor as the best transportation network facilitating global supply chains between North America and Asia.

Shared Outcome(s): The following are planned shared outcomes and activities for the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Initiative.

Key themes include:

  • gateway capacity: strategic infrastructure investments and network improvements;
  • competitiveness: increase Canada’s share of Asia-Pacific commerce;
  • efficiency and reliability: improve the movement of goods throughout supply chains;
  • security and border efficiency: establish a secure and efficient transportation network linking Canadian and North American markets; and
  • regulatory framework: integrate policy frameworks and regulations that address new approaches to governance.

Ultimate Outcome:

  • Boost Canada’s commerce with the Asia-Pacific region.
  • Increase the Gateway’s share of North America-bound container imports from Asia.
  • Improve the efficiency and reliability of the Gateway for Canadian and North American exports and imports.
  • Ensure travel routes are safe, open to through traffic and minimize environmental impacts.

Governance Structure(s): The Minister for the Pacific Gateway is the champion for this initiative, with support in this effort provided by Transport Canada. The Minister of Transport, Infrastructure and Communities is accountable for the management of resources in the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Transportation Infrastructure Fund. These two ministers are jointly responsible for the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Initiative.

The Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Initiative is a horizontal initiative, and its development and implementation involve a number of other key federal departments/agencies. While each is ultimately accountable for its own programs/activities and associated resources from the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Initiative fund, the implicated federal departments/agencies are also responsible for contributing to the overarching objectives of the initiative. All federal partners are accountable for the day-to-day management of their respective component of the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Initiative. Furthermore, each department/agency is expected to provide regular updates to the two lead ministers, through the director general-level Interdepartmental Steering Committee on the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Initiative.

An overall horizontal performance framework has been prepared in collaboration with all the departments/agencies involved in the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Initiative. This framework will provide a sound, coordinated and ongoing performance measurement and evaluation strategy to assess the overall process in implementing the initiative. Partner departments and their role in the initiative are as follows:

Transport Canada

Transport Canada, as the lead department, reports to the Minister for the Pacific Gateway and to the Minister of Transport, Infrastructure and Communities. Transport Canada’s Policy Group is responsible for the ongoing coordination, management, integration, and strategic development and implementation of the initiative overall. Other federal departments and agencies, the four western provinces and stakeholders from the private sector are consulted and involved in building consensus on decisions related to the initiative.

Transport Canada is also responsible for the management of the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Transportation Infrastructure Fund, whose primary objective is to address capacity challenges facing the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor. The projects funded under the fund will enhance the competitiveness, efficiency and capacity of Canada’s multimodal transportation network and will be focused specifically on the movement of international commerce between the Asia-Pacific region and North America.

While transportation infrastructure is at its core, the initiative also focuses on interconnected issues that impact on the further development and exploitation of the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor. Transport Canada has completed a number of non infrastructure / competitiveness measures and is currently engaged in many others, including:

  • a policy renewal agenda to examine policy issues that directly impact the efficiency of the transportation infrastructure that defines the Gateway and Corridor, or its exploitation;
  • a security review to assess issues related specifically to the Gateway’s reputation and performance;
  • roundtable events across western provinces and an international conference to advance understanding of the long-term challenges and opportunities of the Gateway by tapping into Canadian and international academic expertise;
  • the integration of the three major ports in British Columbia’s Lower Mainland to improve efficiency and capacity;
  • support for the establishment of the Lower Mainland Trucking Forum to make recommendations, on a consensus basis, on methods for improving the efficiency of trucking operations at Vancouver ports; and
  • studies directly related to the Gateway’s operations and efficiency, to better understand and improve the multimodal infrastructure network and increase the productivity of the full supply chain.

Foreign Affairs and International Trade

The Department of Foreign Affairs and International Trade Pacific Gateway International Marketing Group is responsible for the ongoing development and implementation of an international marketing strategy in coordination with all stakeholders. The objective is to promote greater use of the Gateway as the Asia-Pacific travel and supply chain route of choice for North American and Asia-Pacific importers, exporters, investors and transportation companies.

Key missions abroad are actively engaged in advancing Canada as the gateway and corridor of choice through dialogue with transportation companies, producers, exporters and/or importers in each of their respective regions to showcase the strengths of the Canadian transportation network. These missions encourage investment and technology transfer, play an advocacy role on key Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Initiative issues such as security and border efficiency; provide intelligence back to Canada to support policy development; and help determine what messages resonate in their markets.

The Department of Foreign Affairs and International Trade has established a core group of trade commissioners from Asia-Pacific and North American missions who understand the Gateway and the opportunities it presents for Canada’s economy and are, thereby, able to support the government’s objective of establishing Canada as the gateway and corridor of choice between North America and the Asia-Pacific region.

Canada Border Services Agency

The Canada Border Services Agency is responsible for the implementation of a marine container inspection operation located at the Port of Prince Rupert. The marine container inspection operation allows the Canada Border Services Agency to develop operations to ensure containers arriving from other countries are properly inspected by means of effective processes and state-of-the-art technology.

The Canada Border Services Agency’s marine container inspection operation plays a vital and strategic role, integrated within the overall Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Initiative.

Parks Canada Agency

Parks Canada is responsible for the maintenance and recapitalization of highways that pass through national parks, including the Trans-Canada Highway. It is a major pan-Canadian highway that connects the West Coast and its Asia-Pacific linkages to the rest of Canada, especially markets in the western provinces.

Parks Canada is in the process of four-laning (twinning) the Trans-Canada Highway through the Banff National Park of Canada to improve capacity and efficiency. The funding provided by the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Initiative will help ensure the timely completion of a congested 10-kilometre section of highway and hence support the initiative’s objective of improving the movement of goods through the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor.

It should be noted that funding is also being contributed from other sources for other sections of the Trans-Canada Highway twinning project.

Western Economic Diversification Canada

Western Economic Diversification Canada was responsible for two elements of the first phase of the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Initiative: a business opportunities and awareness-raising initiative called "Seizing the Gateway Opportunity: Western Canada and the Asia-Pacific Challenge"; and funding of the dredging work on the Fraser River to maintain a competitive shipping channel.

As part of "Seizing the Gateway Opportunity," Western Economic Diversification Canada supported research on successful gateway economies and how best to capitalize on the long-term, value-added economic opportunities presented by the rise of the Asia-Pacific market; case studies of successful Canadian small and medium enterprises in the Asia-Pacific market; a Canadian presence at the China International Fair for Investment and Trade; a study tour of Western Canadian innovation capabilities by trade commissioners from Canadian posts in the Asia-Pacific region; and an assessment of community-level needs in Saskatchewan and Manitoba for doing business in and with Asia.

Western Economic Diversification Canada provided a $4-million grant over two years to the Fraser River Port Authority to support dredging activities on the Fraser River shipping channel. This funding provided the Fraser River Port Authority with the capacity to maintain its existing business and position itself to attract new business, thereby taking advantage of the Asia-Pacific Gateway opportunities. This temporary measure enabled the port to accommodate the increasingly large shipping vessels, until a long-term solution is developed that would provide for self-sustaining access to port facilities.

Human Resources and Skills Development Canada

Human Resources and Skills Development Canada is responsible for the Asia-Pacific Gateway Skills Table (Skills Table). Modelled on the Sector Council Program, the Skills Table was established in March 2008 to help address the skills and labour pressure issues related to the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Initiative. The development of the Skills Table follows a one-year fast-track consultative and planning process designed to inform the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Initiative’s future policy direction and investment decisions.

Human Resources and Skills Development Canada was provided with $3 million over four years through the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Initiative to fund projects prioritized by the Skills Table. These funds will support projects in priority areas identified by the Skills Table. Human Resources and Skills Development Canada is providing an additional $2 million to support the establishment and operation of the Skills Table (total federal investment is $5 million).

The Skills Table acts as a clearinghouse, ensuring sharing of data, projects, timetables, strategies, recruitment and retention practices, and related ideas. It provides a focused forum to identify, coordinate and leverage investments to address skills issues related to the Asia-Pacific Gateway.

Performance Highlights: In 2010-2011, development of reliability indicators and performance metrics was completed. These indicators are intended to measure the reliability of transit times for containers originating from Asian ports through Asia-Pacific Gateway ports and beyond. The indicators will help quantify Canada’s international trade supply chain performance and will provide the starting point for targeting bottlenecks.

Dedicated funding under the Transportation Infrastructure Fund has been fully committed to strategic projects with six projects completed and four more under construction in 2010-2011. In addition, two contribution agreements/amendments were signed with Port Metro Vancouver and Corporation of Delta for 80th Street.

In 2010-2011, as part of the Asia-Pacific Skills Table, six projects were underway focusing on customizing and updating industry-certified programs in response to workplace skills requirements, workplace training, support and skills development, as well as comparative analysis of international best practices in gateway industries. This helps foster a stronger understanding and articulation of labour requirements in the Gateway.

In addition, promotion of Canada’s tax and duty advantages for international trade (including foreign trade zone-type programs) to public- and private-sector stakeholders continued, and a waiver of the 25-per-cent duty on imports of all general cargo vessels and tankers was announced.

International and domestic outreach continued with the second International Conference on Gateways and Corridors in November 2010, attracting renowned experts and practitioners from Canada and abroad, as well as the Chinese Minister of Transport. The conference was funded by Transport Canada and discussions provided new perspectives on key issues that will inform the further development of Canada’s Gateway strategies.

Several ministerial missions to Asia have helped build momentum and raise Canada’s profile internationally, further leveraging Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Initiative international outreach efforts.

To better promote the advantages of the Asia-Pacific Gateway abroad, Transport Canada:

  • launched a re-vamped Asia-Pacific Gateway website and interactive map to provide updates on the projects and initiative;
  • launched a series of Pacific Gateway video vignettes ;
  • updated Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Initiative background materials and distributed Gateway Corridor News, Spring 2010 edition, an e-news update from the Minister on the Asia-Pacific Gateway to multiple domestic and international stakeholders; and
  • released a report to Canadians on the progress of the initiative entitled Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Initiative Reaches a Milestone.
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Transport Canada

1.2 — Gateway and Corridors

Transport Canada

Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Transportation Infrastructure Fund $944.2 $243.9 $123.5 Expected Results for the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Transportation Infrastructure Fund
Results Achieved in 2010-2011 for the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Transportation Infrastructure Fund are listed below.

Data Collection

  • Transport Canada conducted research on industry best practices in the innovation and development of reliability indicators and performance metrics. These indicators are intended to measure the reliability of transit times for containers originating from Asian ports through Asia-Pacific Gateway ports. The indicators will quantify Canada’s international trade supply chain performance and will provide the starting point for targeting bottlenecks.

Infrastructure Projects

  • The dedicated Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Initiative Transportation Infrastructure Fund has been fully committed to strategic projects.

    Two agreements were signed:

    1. Port Metro Vancouver; and
    2. Corporation of Delta for 80th Street.

    Six projects were completed in 2010-2011:

    1. Pitt River Bridge and Mary Hill Interchange;
    2. Highway 97 — Wright Station Curves;
    3. River Road Improvements — Foley Crescent to CN Fraser River Bridge;
    4. Derwent Way left turn lanes;
    5. Chester Road Centre left turn lane; and
    6. Southern Railway of BC - Rail Barge Ramp.

    Four projects are under construction:

    1. RBRC #3 152nd Street Overpass;
    2. RBRC #8 80th St. Overpass;
    3. NSTA: Brooksbank Avenue Underpass; and
    4. CentrePort Canada Way Project.

Regional Transportation Management Centre and Smart Corridors

  • The department concluded the project design work for the Regional Transportation Management Centre. It also negotiated a funding agreement with stakeholders, including the British Columbia Ministry of Transportation and Infrastructure, and the South Coast British Columbia Transportation Authority (TransLink).
  • The department also completed the development and design work, including negotiating the funding agreement for the Regional Traffic Data Systems project as part of a Smart Corridors component.
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Transport Canada

1.2 — Gateway and Corridors

Transport Canada

Competitiveness Investment $12.3 $2.0 [1] $1.7 Expected Results for Competitiveness Investment
Results Achieved in 2010-2011 for Competitiveness Investment are listed below.

Research and Studies

  • Five analytical studies were conducted. This analytical work included the development of a consistent Graphical Information System database for the Metro Vancouver area, as well as an international shipping line database. Other analytical work looked at the movement of freight across the Canada-U.S. border in British Columbia, third-party logistics providers and their supply chains, and environmental initiatives currently being undertaken by stakeholders operating in the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor.
  • A technical study of the New Westminster Rail Bridge was completed to evaluate the useful life of the existing bridge, and estimate the rail demand and capacity of the bridge by 2030.

Performance Measures

  • The department initiated the next phase of the Asia-Pacific Gateway Performance Table to focus on improved efficiency of the supply chains for both containers and bulk commodities, particularly through development of performance indicators.

Value Added

  • The department promoted Canada’s tax and duty advantages for international trade (including foreign trade zone-type programs) to public- and private-sector stakeholders, and announced the waiver of the 25 percent duty on imports of all general cargo vessels and tankers.

Expert Outreach through a Contribution Agreement to the Sauder School of Business, British Columbia

  • The department funded the second International Conference on Gateways and Corridors in November 2010, attracting renowned experts and practitioners from Canada and abroad. Conference discussions provided new perspectives on key issues that will inform the further development of Canada’s Gateway strategies, such as green supply chains; innovation; changing global shipping routes; building international relationships; and developing export opportunities.

Canada-China Collaboration on Transportation and Trade Logistics:

  • Two missions to China by the Minister for the Asia-Pacific Gateway in 2010:
    1. Beijing, Shanghai (May 2010); and
    2. Guangzhou, Hong Kong (November 2010)
  • The Policy Dialogue on Trade Logistics in Suzhou, China (June 2010)
  • The Joint Research Program on Advanced Technology Applications and Supply Chain Management (Terms of Reference for the container tracking study, an individual project under the Joint Research Program, January 2011); and
  • A contribution agreement with the Supply Chain & Logistics Association Canada, for an exchange of trade logistics professionals (supported the incoming Chinese delegation in May 2010 and the Supply Chain & Logistics Association Canada-led delegation to China in November 2010).

APEC Port Services Network

  • Transport Canada’s continued leadership of the APEC Port Services Network, including:
    1. the third annual APEC Port Services Network meeting in Shanghai in September 2010, where Canada was again re-elected to the presidency of the APEC Port Services Network; and
    2. a one-day workshop on free trade zones at ports, providing Canada with the opportunity to highlight Canada’s gateways and how Canada’s highly competitive tax and duty deferral regimes allowed companies engaged in export-oriented activities to enjoy free trade zone-type advantages from any location in Canada.

International Outreach and Engagement

  • Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Initiative business mission to Vietnam (November 2010); and
  • Joint Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Initiative ministerial events with British Columbia in Guangzhou and Hong Kong (November 2010)

Public Engagement and Awareness

The department:

  • launched a re-vamped Asia-Pacific Gateway website and interactive map to provide updates on the projects and initiative (October 2010);
  • launched a series of Pacific Gateway video vignettes ;
  • updated Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Initiative background materials and distributed Gateway Corridor News, Spring 2010 edition, an e-news update from the minister on the Asia-Pacific Gateway to multiple domestic and international stakeholders; and
  • released a report to Canadians on the progress of the initiative entitled Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Initiative Reaches a Milestone (October 2010).
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Transport Canada 1.2 — Gateway and Corridors Coordination and Management $6.5 $1.3 $1.0 Continued interdepartmental coordination and management of the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Initiative Transport Canada coordinated and integrated policy within Transport Canada and across federal departments through the internal and interdepartmental steering committees.

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Transport Canada 1.2 — Gateway and Corridors Fast-Track Process $2.3 $0   N/A (Completed in 2007-2008) N/A

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Foreign Affairs and International Trade Canada International Commerce — Managing and delivering commerce services and advice to Canadian business Marketing the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Initiative $7.0 $1.0 $0.7 Expected Results for International Commerce Results Achieved in 2010-2011 for Marketing the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Initiative are listed below.

Business-to-Business Outreach

  • Transport Canada facilitated four business-to-business missions:
    1. Memphis, Atlanta, Nashville (June 2010);
    2. Chicago (November 2010);
    3. New York/New Jersey (February 2011); and
    4. Chicago and Minneapolis (March 2011).

Participation at Key Industry Events

  • The department promoted the Gateway and Corridor at four key industry events:
    1. Eye for Transport (Atlanta, June 2010);
    2. TIACA Air Cargo Forum (Amsterdam, November 2010);
    3. World Route Development Forum (Vancouver, September 2010); and
    4. Retail Industry Leaders Association (February 2011).

International Media Programs

  • The department hosted three media missions from:
    1. Japan;
    2. China; and
    3. the U.S.

Outgoing Missions

  • The department supported two outgoing missions for the Honourable Stockwell Day, Minister responsible for the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor:
    1. China and Japan (May 2010); and
    2. Hong Kong, China and Vietnam (November 2010).

Transport Canada supported the outgoing mission to Asia of Minister Shirley Bond, B.C. Ministry of Transportation and Infrastructure, in November 2010.

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Canada Border Services Agency Canadian Importing and Exporting Community Marine Container Inspection Operation at the Port of Prince Rupert $28.0 $0 $0 N/A (Completed in 2009-2010) N/A

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Parks Canada Throughway management Banff Trans-Canada Highway Twinning $37.0 $0 $0 N/A (Completed in 2009-2010) N/A

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Western Economic Diversification Business development and entrepreneurship Seizing the Gateway Opportunity $0.4 $0
$0 N/A (Completed in 2008-2009) N/A
Dredging the Fraser River $4.0 $0 $0 N/A (Completed in 2007-2008) N/A

Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11 ($ millions)
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Human Resources and Skills Development Canada Skills and Labour Pressure Asia-Pacific Gateway Skills Table $3.0 $0.6 $1.1 Expected Results for the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Skills Table Results Achieved in 2010-2011 for the Asia-Pacific Gateway Skills Table are listed below.

Six projects are underway to date. Project activities include:

  • customizing and updating industry-certified programs in response to workplace skills requirements;
  • establishing skills/competencies profiles and workplace training to support incorporation of the skills;
  • developing skills and competency models for supervisors/forepersons;
  • customizing an human resources guide and tool kit, and delivering workshops to small and medium enterprises;
  • developing industry and project-based labour market information; and
  • comparative analysis of international best practices in gateway industries.

The department continued to foster partnerships with National Sector Councils (e.g., Supply Chain, Trucking) that help develop projects to support the aboriginal labour market and coordinate labour demand forecasts with influence from regional labour market information data.

The department experienced continued provincial support, at the government and private level, to coordinate and support delivery of provincial workforce training initiatives targeting gateways sectors.

The department fostered a stronger understanding of labour requirements through creation of an online industry human resources clearinghouse and inventory of Asia-Pacific Gateway labour market information and industry-based training resources.

Total Allocation For All Federal Partners
(from Start to End Date)
($000s)
Total Planned Spending for All
Federal Partners for 2010-2011
($000s)
$1,045,000* $250,007

*Includes $1,001 million of core Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Initiative funding, as well as a transfer of $44 million from the Mountain Pine Beetle Fund to the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Initiative Transportation Infrastructure Fund.

Comments on Variances: The variance under the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Initiative program resulted from delays in project design, approval and the start of construction; the need to secure additional funding partners; delays in finalizing the contribution agreements; and, finally, the need to undertake due diligence.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): N/A

Contact information: Paul Sandhar-Cruz, Director, Pacific Gateway Coordination, Transport Canada, 613-949-0654, paul.sandhar-cruz@tc.gc.ca


[1] An error has been identified in the 2010-2011 Report on Plans and Priorities under the Horizontal Initiatives table for the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Initiative. Transport Canada reports on planned spending for 2010-2011 as $3,200. This amount includes the figures already disclosed under the sections for Foreign Affairs and International Trade, and Human Resources and Skills Development Canada. Federal Department: Transport Canada should report Transport Canada numbers only and therefore planned spending for 2010-2011 is $1,995. Additionally, total allocation from start to end date should be reported as $12,348 and not $12,650.


Top of Page

Western Economic Diversification Canada

Horizontal Initiatives


Name of Horizontal Initiative: Western Economic Partnership Agreements (WEPAs)

Name of Lead Department(s): Western Economic Diversification

Lead Department Program Activity: Community Economic Planning, Development and Adjustment; Business Development and Entrepreneurship; and Innovation.

Start Date: April 17, 2008

End Date: March 31, 2013

Total Federal Funding Allocation (from start date to end date): $100 million

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): WEPAs are five-year, $50 million cost shared agreements between the federal government and each of the four western provinces to promote shared economic development priorities. Approvals may be made up until March 31, 2012, although expenditures on approved WEPA projects may continue until September 2013.

Shared Outcome(s): Greater federal-provincial cooperation towards realizing the economic and regional development potential of the West by helping to create innovative, entrepreneurial and sustainable communities.

Governance Structures: Joint Federal Provincial Management Committees

Performance Highlights: Approval of 27 projects, totalling $25.7 million in WD funding, and continued strong intergovernmental relationships between WD and the western provinces, which support mutual priorities across Western Canada.

($ millions)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 2010-11
Planned Spending Actual Spending Expected Results Results Achieved
Western Economic Diversification Community Economic Development Western Diversification Program 10.0 7.3 9.9 Leveraging (from all sources) of $1.21 for every dollar spent $1.30 for every dollar spent *
Business Development Western Diversification Program 45.0 11.1 17.5 Leveraging (from all sources) of $1.21 for every dollar spent $1.30 for every dollar spent *
Innovation Western Diversification Program 45.0 $10.9 0.1 Leveraging (from all sources) of $1.21 for every dollar spent $1.30 for every dollar spent *
Total 100.0 29.3 27.5    

Comments on Variances: *Leverage at the time of approval, for all projects approved and proceeding during 2010-11.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): The provincial governments of British Columbia, Alberta, Saskatchewan and Manitoba contributed towards the mutually agreed upon priorities of each of the four WEPAs. The agreements focus on the following federal priorities:

  • Supporting the creation and growth of knowledge-based research and development, business clusters and the commercialization of new products, technologies and services;
  • Supporting trade and investment promotion;
  • Enhancing business productivity and competitiveness; and
  • Increasing value-added production in traditional industries.

Projects were also approved and funded in support of Provincial government priority areas such as:

  • Increased rural innovation and rural capacity to commercialize technologies, products and services;
  • Promote economic development through tourism opportunities;
  • Community and regional development and diversification initiatives; and
  • Promote economic diversification in regions and communities.

Contact information:

Toll Free Telephone: 1-888-338-WEST (9378)
E-mail address: info@wd-deo.gc.ca